Science and Health 
With 
KEY to THE SCRIPTURES 
By 
President of Massachusetts Metaphysical College 
AND 
Pastor Emeritus of The First Church of Christ, Scientist 
Boston, Mass. 
MARY BAKER EDDY 
BOSTON, U.S.A. 
Published by Allison V. Stewart 
FOR THE TRUSTEES UNDER THE WILL OF MARY BAKER G. EDDY 
Falmouth and St. Paul Streets 
1917 Authorized Literature of 
The First Church of Christ, Scientist 
in Boston, Massachusetts 
Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1875, by 
Mary Baker Glover 
(now Mbs. Eddy) 
In the Office of the Librarian of Congress, at Washington 
Copyright renewed 1903. Extended 1917 
Copyright, 1890, 1894,1901,1906 
By Mary Baker G. Eddy 
All rights reserved Ye shall know the truth, and the truth shall make you free. 
John viii. 32. 
There is nothing either good or bad, but thinking makes it so. 
Shakespeare. 
Oh! Thou hast heard my prayer; 
And I am blest! 
This is Thy high behest: — 
Thou here, and everywhere. 
Mart Baker G. Eddy. CONTENTS 
Chapter Page 
I. Prayer 1 
II. Atonement and Eucharist 18 
III. Marriage 56 
IV. Christian Science versus Spiritualism 70 
Y. Animal Magnetism Unmasked .... 100 
YI. Science, Theology, Medicine .... 107 
YII. Physiology 165 
YIII. Footsteps of Truth 201 
IX. Creation 255 
X. Science of Being 268 
XI. Some Objections Answered 341 
XII. Christian Science Practice .... 362 
XIII. Teaching Christian Science .... 443 
XIV. Recapitulation 465 
KEY TO THE SCRIPTURES 
XY. Genesis 501 
XYI. The Apocalypse 558 
XVII. Glossary 579 
XVIII. Fruitage 600 PREFACE 
TO those leaning on the sustaining infinite, to-day is 
big with blessings. The wakeful shepherd beholds 
the first faint morning beams, ere cometh the full radiance 
of a risen day. So shone the pale star to the prophet- 
shepherds ; yet it traversed the night, and came where, in 
cradled obscurity, lay the Bethlehem babe, the human 
herald of Christ, Truth, who would make plain to be- 
nighted understanding the way of salvation through Christ 
Jesus, till across a night of error should dawn the morn- 
ing beams and shine the guiding star of being. The Wise- 
men were led to behold and to follow this daystar of 
divine Science, lighting the way to eternal harmony. 
The time for thinkers has come. Truth, independent 
of doctrines and time-honored systems, knocks at the 
portal of humanity. Contentment with the past and 
the cold conventionality of materialism are crumbling 
away. Ignorance of God is no longer the stepping- 
stone to faith. The only guarantee of obedience is a 
right apprehension of Him whom to know aright is 
Life eternal. Though empires fall, “the Lord shall 
reign forever.” 
A book introduces new thoughts, but it cannot make 
them speedily understood. It is the task of the sturdy 
pioneer to hew the tall oak and to cut the rough 
granite. Future ages must declare what the pioneer 
has accomplished. 
Since the author’s discovery of the might of Truth in PREFACE 
the treatment of disease as well as of sin, her system has 
been fully tested and has not been found wanting; but 
to reach the heights of Christian Science, man must live 
in obedience to its divine Principle. To develop the full 
might of this Science, the discords of corporeal sense 
must yield to the harmony of spiritual sense, even as the 
science of music corrects false tones and gives sweet con- 
cord to sound. 
Theology and physics teach that both Spirit and 
matter are real and good, whereas the fact is that 
Spirit is good and real, and matter is Spirit’s oppo- 
site. The question, What is Truth, is answered by 
demonstration, — by healing both disease and sin; and 
this demonstration shows that Christian healing con- 
fers the most health and makes the best men. On this 
basis Christian Science will have a fair fight. Sickness 
has been combated for centuries by doctors using ma- 
terial remedies; but the question arises, Is there less 
sickness because of these practitioners ? A vigorous 
“ No ” is the response deducible from two connate 
facts, — the reputed longevity of the Antediluvians, 
and the rapid multiplication and increased violence of 
diseases since the flood. 
In the author’s work, Retrospection and Introspec- 
tion, may be found a biographical sketch, narrating 
experiences which led her, in the year 1866, to the dis- 
covery of the system that she denominated Christian 
Science. As early as 1862 she began to write down and 
give to friends the results of her Scriptural study, for 
the Bible was her sole teacher; but these compositions 
were crude, — the first steps of a child in the newly dis- 
covered world of Spirit. PREFACE 
IX 
She also began to jot down her thoughts on the 
main subject, but these jottings were only infantile 
lispings of Truth. A child drinks in the outward world 
through the eyes and rejoices in the draught. He is 
as sure of the world’s existence as he is of his own; yet 
he cannot describe the world. He finds a few words, 
and with these he stammeringly attempts to convey his 
feeling. Later, the tongue voices the more definite 
thought, though still imperfectly. 
So was it with the author. As a certain poet says of 
himself, she “ lisped in numbers, for the numbers 
came.” Certain essays written at that early date are 
still in circulation among her first pupils; but they are 
feeble attempts to state the Principle and practice of 
Christian healing, and are not complete nor satisfac- 
tory expositions of Truth. To-day, though rejoicing 
in some progress, she still finds herself a willing dis- 
ciple at the heavenly gate, waiting for the Mind of 
Christ. 
Her first pamphlet on Christian Science was copy- 
righted in 1870 ; but it did not appear in print until 
1876, as she had learned that this Science must be 
demonstrated by healing, before a work on the subject 
could be profitably studied. From 1867 until 1875, 
copies were, however, in friendly circulation. 
Before writing this work, Science and Health, she 
made copious notes of Scriptural exposition, which 
have never been published. This was during the years 
1867 and 1868. These efforts show her comparative 
ignorance of the stupendous Life-problem up to that 
time, and the degrees by which she came at length 
to its solution; but she values them as a parent PREFACE 
may treasure the memorials of a child’s growth, and 
she would not have them changed. 
The first edition of Science and Health was pub- 
lished in 1875. Various books on mental healing have 
since been issued, most of them incorrect in theory 
and filled with plagiarisms from Science and Health. 
They regard the human mind as a healing agent, 
whereas this mind is not a factor in the Principle of 
Christian Science. A few books, however, which are 
based on this book, are useful. 
The author has not compromised conscience to suit 
the general drift of thought, but has bluntly and hon- 
estly given the text of Truth. She has made no effort 
to embellish, elaborate, or treat in full detail so in- 
finite a theme. By thousands of well-authenticated 
cases of healing, she and her students have proved the 
worth of her teachings. These cases for the most part 
have been abandoned as hopeless by regular medical 
attendants. Few invalids will turn to God till all 
physical supports have failed, because there is so little 
faith in His disposition and power to heal disease. 
The divine Principle of healing is proved in the 
personal experience of any sincere seeker of Truth. Its 
purpose is good, and its practice is safer and more po- 
tent than that of any other sanitary method. The un- 
biased Christian thought is soonest touched by Truth, 
and convinced of it. Only those quarrel with her 
method who do not understand her meaning, or dis- 
cerning the truth, come not to the light lest their 
works be reproved. No intellectual proficiency is req- 
uisite in the learner, but sound morals are most de- 
sirable. PREFACE 
Many imagine that the phenomena of physical heal- 
ing in Christian Science present only a phase of the 
action of the human mind, which action in some unex- 
plained way results in the cure of disease. On the con- 
trary, Christian Science rationally explains that all 
other pathological methods are the fruits of human 
faith in matter, — faith in the workings, not of Spirit, 
but of the fleshly mind which must yield to Science. 
The physical healing of Christian Science results 
now, as in Jesus’ time, from the operation of divine 
Principle, before which sin and disease lose their real- 
ity in human consciousness and disappear as naturally 
and as necessarily as darkness gives place to light and 
sin to reformation. Now, as then, these mighty works 
are not supernatural, but supremely natural. They are 
the sign of Immanuel, or “ God with us,” — a divine 
influence ever present in human consciousness and re- 
peating itself, coming now as was promised aforetime, 
To preach deliverance to the captives [of sense], 
And recovering of sight to the blind, 
To set at liberty them that are bruised. 
When God called the author to proclaim His Gospel 
to this age, there came also the charge to plant and 
water His vineyard. 
The first school of Christian Science Mind-healing 
was started by the author with only one student in 
Lynn, Massachusetts, about the year 1867. In 1881, 
she opened the Massachusetts Metaphysical College in 
Boston, under the seal of the Commonwealth, a law 
relative to colleges having been passed, which enabled 
her to get this institution chartered for medical pur- PREFACE 
poses. No charters were granted to Christian Scien- 
tists for such institutions after 1883, and up to that 
date, hers was the only College of this character which 
had been established in the United States, where 
Christian Science was first introduced. 
During seven years over four thousand students 
were taught by the author in this College. Meanwhile 
she was pastor of the first established Church of 
Christ, Scientist; President of the first Christian Sci- 
entist Association, convening monthly; publisher of 
her own works; and (for a portion of this time) sole 
editor and publisher of the Christian Science Journal, 
the first periodical issued by Christian Scientists. She 
closed her College, October 29, 1889, in the height of 
its prosperity with a deep-lying conviction that the 
next two years of her life should be given to the prep- 
aration of the revision of Science and Health, which 
was published in 1891. She retained her charter, and 
as its President, reopened the College in 1899 as auxil- 
iary to her church. Until June 10, 1907, she had never 
read this book throughout consecutively in order to elu- 
cidate her idealism. 
In the spirit of Christ’s charity,— as one who “ hopeth 
all things, endureth all things,” and is joyful to bear 
consolation to the sorrowing and healing to the sick, —■ 
she commits these pages to honest seekers for Truth. 
MARY BAKER EDDY SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
CHAPTER I 
PRAYER 
For verily I say unto you, That whosoever shall say unto this moun- 
tain, Be thou removed, and he thou cast into the sea ; and shall not doubt 
in his heart, hut shall believe that those things which he saith shall come 
to pass ; he shall have whatsoever he saith. Therefore 1 say unto you, 
What things soever ye desire when ye pray, believe that ye receive them, 
and ye shall have them. 
Your Father knoweth what things ye have need of, before ye ask Him. 
— Christ Jesus. 
THE prayer that reforms the sinner and heals the 
sick is an absolute faith that all things are 
possible to God, — a spiritual understanding of Him, 
an unselfed love. Regardless of what another may say 
or think on this subject, I speak from experience. 
Prayer, watching, and working, combined with self-im- 
molation, are God’s gracious means for accomplishing 
whatever has been successfully done for the Christian- 
ization and health of mankind. 
Thoughts unspoken are not unknown to the divine 
Mind. Desire is prayer; and no loss can occur from 
trusting God with our desires, that they may be 
moulded and exalted before they take form in words 
and in deeds. 2 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
What are the motives for prayer? Do we pray to 
make ourselves better or to benefit those who hear us, 
to enlighten the infinite or to be heard of 
men? Are we benefited by praying? Yes, 
the desire which goes forth hungering after righteous- 
ness is blessed of our Father, and it does not return 
unto us void. 
God is not moved by the breath of praise to do more 
than He has already done, nor can the infinite do less 
than bestow all good, since He is unchang- 
ing wisdom and Love. We can do more for 
ourselves by humble fervent petitions, but the All-lov- 
ing does not grant them simply on the ground of lip- 
service, for He already knows all. 
Prayer cannot change the Science of being, but it 
tends to bring us into harmony with it. Goodness at- 
tains the demonstration of Truth. A request that 
God will save us is not all that is required. The mere 
habit of pleading with the divine Mind, as one pleads 
with a human being, perpetuates the belief in God as 
humanly circumscribed, — an error which impedes spirit- 
ual growth. 
Right 
motives 
Deity un- 
changeable 
God is Love. Can we ask Him to be more ? God is 
intelligence. Can we inform the infinite Mind of any- 
thing He does not already comprehend ? 
Do we expect to change perfection? Shall 
we plead for more at the open fount, which is pour- 
ing forth more than we accept? The unspoken desire 
does bring us nearer the source of all existence and 
blessedness. 
Asking God to be God is a vain repetition. God is 
“the same yesterday, and to-day, and forever;” and 
God’s 
standard PRAYER 
lie who is immutably fight will do right without being 
reminded of His province. The wisdom of man is not 
sufficient to warrant him in advising God, 
Who would stand before a blackboard, and pray the 
principle of mathematics to solve the problem? The 
rule is already established, and it is our 
task to work out the solution. Shall we 
ask the divine Principle of all goodness to do His own 
work? His work is done, and we have only to avail 
ourselves of God’s rule in order to receive His bless- 
ing, which enables us to work out our own salvation. 
The Divine Being must be reflected by man, — else 
man is not the image and likeness of the patient, 
tender, and true, the One “altogether lovely;” but to 
understand God is the work of eternity, and demands 
absolute consecration of thought, energy, and desire. 
The spiritual 
mathematics 
How empty are our conceptions of Deity I We admit 
theoretically that God is good, omnipotent, omni- 
present, infinite, and then we try to give 
information to this infinite Mind. We plead 
for unmerited pardon and for a liberal outpouring of 
benefactions. Are we really grateful for the good 
already received? Then we shall avail ourselves of the 
blessings we have, and thus be fitted to receive more. 
Gratitude is much more than a verbal expression of 
thanks. Action expresses more gratitude than speech. 
If we are ungrateful for Life, Truth, and Love, and 
yet return thanks to God for all blessings, we are in- 
sincere and incur the sharp censure our Master pro- 
nounces on hypocrites. In such a case, the only 
acceptable prayer is to put the finger on the lips and 
remember our blessings. While the heart is far from 
Prayerful 
ingratitude 4 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
divine Truth and Love, we cannot conceal the ingrati- 
tude of barren lives. 
What we most need is the prayer of fervent desire 
for growth in grace, expressed in patience, meekness. 
love, and good deeds. To keep the com- 
mandments of our Master and follow his 
example, is our proper debt to him and the only 
worthy evidence of our gratitude for all that he has 
done. Outward worship is not of itself sufficient to 
express loyal and heartfelt gratitude, since he has 
said: “If ye love me, keep my commandments.” 
The habitual struggle to be always good is unceas- 
ing prayer. Its motives are made manifest in the 
blessings they bring, — blessings which, even if not 
acknowledged in audible words, attest our worthiness 
to be partakers of Love. 
Efficacious 
petitions 
Simply asking that we may love God will never 
make us love Him; but the longing to be better 
and holier, expressed in daily watchful- 
ness and in striving to assimilate more of 
the divine character, will mould and fashion us 
anew, until we awake in His likeness. We reach the 
Science of Christianity through demonstration of the 
divine nature; but in this wicked world goodness 
will “be evil spoken of,” and patience must bring 
experience. 
Watchfulness 
requisite 
Audible prayer can never do the works of spiritual 
understanding, which regenerates; but silent prayer, 
watchfulness, and devout obedience enable 
us to follow Jesus’ example. Long prayers, 
superstition, and creeds clip the strong pinions of love, 
and clothe religion in human forms. Whatever mate- 
Veritable 
devotion 5 
PRAYER 
rializes worship hinders man’s spiritual growth and keeps 
him from demonstrating his power over error. 
Sorrow for wrong-doing is but one step towards reform 
and the very easiest step. The next and great step re- 
quired by wisdom is the test of our sincerity, 
— namely, reformation. To this end we are 
placed under the stress of circumstances. Temptation 
bids us repeat the offence, and woe comes in return for 
what is done. So it will ever be, till we learn that there 
is no discount in the law of justice and that we must pay 
“the uttermost farthing.” The measure ye mete “shall 
be measured to you again,” and it will be full “and run- 
ning over.” 
Saints and sinners get their full award, but not always 
in this world. The followers of Christ drank his cup. 
Ingratitude and persecution filled it to the brim; but God 
pours the riches of His love into the understanding and 
affections, giving us strength according to our day. Sin- 
ners flourish “like a green bay tree;” but, looking farther, 
the Psalmist could see their end, — the destruction of sin 
through suffering. 
Sorrow and 
reformation 
Prayer is not to be used as a confessional to cancel sin. 
Such an error would impede true religion. Sin is forgiven 
only as it is destroyed by Christ, — Truth and 
Life. If prayer nourishes the belief that sin is 
cancelled, and that man is made better merely by praying, 
prayer is an evil. He grows worse who continues in sin 
because he fancies himself forgiven. 
Cancellation 
of human sin 
An apostle says that the Son of God [Christ] came to 
“destroy the works of the devil.” We should 
follow our divine Exemplar, and seek the de- 
struction of all evil works, error and disease included. 
Diabolism 
destroyed 6 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
We cahnot escape the penalty due for sin* The Scrip- 
tures say, that if we deny Christ, “he also will deny us.” 
Divine Love corrects and governs man. Men may 
pardon, but this divine Principle alone reforms the 
sinner. God is not separate from the wis- 
dom He bestows. The talents He gives we 
must improve. Calling on Him to forgive oUr work 
badly done Or left Undone, implies the Vain supposition 
that We have nothing to do but to ask pardoh, and 
that afterwards We shall be free to repeat the offence. 
To cause suffering as the result of sih, is the means 
of destroying sin. Every supposed pleasure in sin 
will furnish more than its equivalent of pain, Until be- 
lief in material life and sin Is destroyed. To reach 
heaven, the harmony of being, we must understand 
the divine Principle of being. 
Pardon and 
amendment 
“God is Love/’ More than this we cannot ask, 
higher We cannot look, farther We cannot go. To 
suppose that God forgives of punishes sin 
according as His mercy is sought Of un- 
sought, is to misunderstand Love and to make pfaver 
the safety-Valve for wrong-doing. 
Mercy with- 
out partiality 
JeSUs uncovered and rebuked sin before he cast it 
out. Of a sick woman he said that Satan had bound 
her, and to Peter he said, “Thotl art an of- 
fence unto me.” He carrie teaching and 
showing men how to destroy sin, sickness, and death. 
He said of the fruitless tree, “tR] is hewn down.” 
It is believed by many that a certain magistrate, 
who lived in the time of JestiS, left this record: “His 
rebuke is fearful.” The strohg language of our Mas- 
ter confirms this description. 
Divine 
severity PRAYER 
7 
The only civil sentence which he had for error was, 
“Get thee behind me, Satan.” Still stronger evidence 
that Jesus’ reproof was pointed and pungent is found 
in his own words, — showing the necessity for such 
forcible utterance, when he cast out devils and healed 
the sick and sinning. The relinquishment of error de- 
prives material sense of its false claims. 
Audible prayer is impressive j it gives momentary 
solemnity and elevation to thought. But does it pro- 
duce any lasting benefit ? Looking deeply 
into these things, we find that “a zeal . . . 
not according to knowledge” gives occasion for reac- 
tion unfavorable to spiritual growth, sober resolve, and 
wholesome perception of God’s requirements. The mo- 
tives for verbal prayer may embrace too much love of 
applause to induce or encourage Christian sentiment. 
Audible 
praying 
Physical sensation, not Soul, produces material ec- 
stasy and emotion. If spiritual sense always guided 
men, there would grow out of ecstatic mo- 
ments a higher experience and a better life 
with more devout self-abnegation and purity. A self- 
satisfied ventilatioh of fervent sentiments never makes 
a Christian. God is not influenced by man* The “di- 
vine ear” is not an auditory nerve. It is the all-hearing 
ahd all-knowing Mitldj to whom each need of man is 
always known and by whom it will be supplied. 
fcmotional 
utterances 
1 he danger trom prayer is that it may lead us into temp- 
tation. By it we may become involuntary hypocrites, ut- 
tering desires which are not real and consoling 
ourselves in the midst of sin with the recollection 
that We have prayed over it or mean to ask for- 
giveness at some later day. Hypocrisy is fatal to religion. 
Danger 
from audible 
prayer 8 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
A wordy prayer may afford a quiet sense of self- 
justification, though it makes the sinner a hypocrite. 
We never need to despair of an honest heart; but 
there is little hope for those who come only spasmodi- 
cally face to face with their wickedness and then seek to 
hide it. Their prayers are indexes which do not correspond 
with their character. They hold secret fellowship with 
sin, and such externals are spoken of by Jesus as “like 
unto whited sepulchres . . . full ... of all uncleanness.” 
If a man, though apparently fervent and prayerful, 
is impure and therefore insincere, what must be the 
comment upon him ? If he reached the 
loftiness of his prayer, there would be no 
occasion for comment. If we feel the aspiration, hu- 
mility, gratitude, and love which our words express, — 
this God accepts; and it is wise not to try to deceive 
ourselves or others, for “there is nothing covered that 
shall not be revealed.” Professions and audible pray- 
ers are like charity in one respect, — they “cover the 
multitude of sins.” Praying for humility with what- 
ever fervency of expression does not always mean a 
desire for it. If we turn away from the poor, we are 
not ready to receive the reward of Him who blesses 
the poor. We confess to having a very wicked heart 
and ask that it may be laid bare before us, but do 
we not already know more of this heart than we are 
willing to have our neighbor see? 
Aspiration 
and love 
We should examine ourselves and learn what is the 
affection and purpose of the heart, for in this way 
only can we learn what we honestly are. If a 
friend informs us of a fault, do we listen pa- 
tiently to the rebuke and credit what is said ? Do we not 
Searching 
the heart PRAYER 
9 
rather give thanks that we are “not as other men”? 
During many years the author has been most grateful 
for merited rebuke. The wrong lies in unmerited cen- 
sure, — in the falsehood which does no one any good. 
The test of all prayer lies in the answer to these 
questions: Do we love our neighbor better because of 
this asking? Do we pursue the old selfish- 
ness, satisfied with having prayed for some- 
thing better, though we give no evidence of the sin- 
cerity of our requests by living consistently with our 
prayer? If selfishness has given place to kindness, 
we shall regard our neighbor unselfishly, and bless 
them that curse us; but we shall never meet this great 
duty simply by asking that it may be done. There is 
a cross to be taken up before we can enjoy the fruition 
of our hope and faith. 
Summit of 
aspiration 
Dost thou “love the Lord thy God with all thy 
heart, and with all thy soul, and with all thy mind”? 
This command includes much, even the sur- 
render of all merely material sensation, affec- 
tion, and worship. This is the El Dorado of Christianity. 
It involves the Science of Life, and recognizes only the 
divine control of Spirit, in which Soul is our master, 
and material sense and human will have no place. 
Practical 
religion 
Are you willing to leave all for Christ, for Truth, and 
so be counted among sinners ? No ! Do you really desire 
to attain this point ? No ! Then why make long 
prayers about it and ask to be Christians, 
since you do not care to tread in the footsteps of our 
dear Master? If unwilling to follow his example, why 
pray with the lips that you may be partakers of his 
nature? Consistent prayer is the desire to do right. 
The chalice 
sacrificial 10 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
Prayer means that we desire to walk and will walk in 
the light so far as we receive it, even though with bleed- 
ing footsteps, and that waiting patiently on the Lord, 
we will leave our real desires to be rewarded by Him. 
The world must grow to the spiritual understanding 
of prayer. If good enough to profit by Jesus’ cup of 
earthly sorrows, God will sustain us under these sorr 
rows. Until we are thus divinely qualified and are 
willing to drink his cup, millions of vain repetitions 
will never pour into prayer the unction of Spirit in 
demonstration of power and “with signs following.” 
Christian Science reveals a necessity for overcoming the 
world, the flesh, and evil, and thus destroying all error. 
Seeking is not sufficient. It is striving that enables 
us to enter. Spiritual attainments open the door to a 
higher understanding of the divine Life. 
One of the forms of worship in Thibet is to carry a 
prayingrmachine through the streets, and stop at the 
doors to earn a penny by grinding out a 
prayer. But the advance guard of progress has 
paid for the privilege of prayer the price of persecution. 
Perfunctory 
prayers 
Experience teaches us that we do not always receive 
the blessings we ask for in prayer. There is some mis- 
apprehension of the source and means of 
all goodness and blessedness, or we should 
certainly receive that for which we ask. The Scrip- 
tures say: “ Ye ask, and receive not, because ye ask 
amiss, that ye may consume it upon your lusts.” That 
which we desire and for which we ask, it is not always 
best for us to receive. In this case infinite Love will 
not grant the request. Do you ask wisdom to be mer- 
ciful and not to punish sin? Then “ye ask amiss.” 
Asking 
aipiss PRAYER 
11 
Without punishment, sin would multiply. Jesus’ prayer, 
“Forgive us our debts,” specified also the terms of 
forgiveness. When forgiving the adulterous woman he 
said, “Go, and sin no more.” 
A magistrate sometimes remits the penalty, but this 
may be no moral benefit to the criminal, and at best, it 
only saves the criminal from one form of 
punishment. The moral law, which has the 
right to aoquit or condemn, always demands restitu- 
tion before mortals can “go up higher.” Broken law 
brings penalty in order to compel this progress. 
Remission 
of penalty 
Mere legal pardon (and there is no other, for divine 
Principle never pardons our sins or mistakes till they 
are corrected) leaves the offender free to re- 
peat the offence, if indeed, he has not already 
suffered sufficiently from vice to make him turn from it 
with loathing. Truth bestows no pardon upon error, but 
wipes it out in the most effectual manner. Jesus suffered 
for our sins, not to annul the divine sentence for an in- 
dividual’s sin, but because sin brings inevitable suffering. 
Truth anni- 
hilates error 
Petitions bring to mortals only the results of mor- 
tals’ own faith. We know that a desire for holiness is 
requisite in order to gain holiness; but if we 
desire holiness above all else, we shall sac- 
rifice everything for it. We must be willing to do this, 
that we may walk securely in the only practical road 
to holiness. Prayer cannot change the unalterable 
Truth, nor can prayer alone give us an understanding 
of Truth; but prayer, coupled with a fervent habitual 
desire to know and do the will of God, will bring us 
into all Truth. Such a desire has little need of audible 
expression. It is best expressed in thought and in life. 
Desire for 
holiness 12 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
“The prayer of faith shall save the sick,” says the 
Scripture. What is this healing prayer? A mere re- 
quest that God will heal the sick has no 
power to gain more of the divine presence 
than is always at hand. The beneficial effect of 
such prayer for the sick is on the human mind, mak- 
ing it act more powerfully on the body through a blind 
faith in God. This, however, is one belief casting out 
another, — a belief in the unknown casting out a belief 
in sickness. It is neither Science nor Truth which 
acts through blind belief, nor is it the human under- 
standing of the divine healing Principle as manifested 
in Jesus, whose humble prayers were deep and con- 
scientious protests of Truth, — of man’s likeness to 
God and of man’s unity with Truth and Love. 
Prayer to a corporeal God affects the sick like a 
drug, which has no efficacy of its own but borrows its 
power from human faith and belief. The drug does 
nothing, because it has no intelligence. It is a mortal 
belief, not divine Principle or Love, which causes a 
drug to be apparently either poisonous or sanative. 
The common custom of praying for the recovery of the 
sick finds help in blind belief, whereas help should come 
from the enlightened understanding. Changes in belief 
may go on indefinitely, but they are the merchandise of 
human thought and not the outgrowth of divine Science. 
Prayer for 
the sick 
Does Deity interpose in behalf of one worshipper, 
and not help another who offers the same measure of 
prayer ? If the sick recover because they 
pray or are prayed for audibly, only peti- 
tioners (per se or by proxy) should get well. In divine 
Science, where prayers are mental, all may avail them- 
Love impartial 
and universal PRAYER 
13 
selves of God as “a very present help in trouble.” 
Love is impartial and universal in its adaptation and 
bestowals. It is the open fount which cries, “ Ho, 
every one that thirsteth, come ye to the waters.” 
In public prayer we often go beyond our convictions, 
beyond the honest standpoint of fervent desire. If we 
are not secretly yearning and openly striv- 
ing for the accomplishment of all we ask, 
our prayers are “vain repetitions,” such as the heathen 
use. If our petitions are sincere, we labor for what we 
ask; and our Father, who seeth in secret, will reward 
us openly. Can the mere public expression of our de- 
sires increase them? Do we gain the omnipotent ear 
sooner by words than by thoughts? Even if prayer is 
sincere, God knows our need before we tell Him or our 
fellow-beings about it. If we cherish the desire hon- 
estly and silently and humbly, God will bless it, and 
we shall incur less risk of overwhelming our real 
wishes with a torrent of words. 
Public ex- 
aggerations 
If we pray to God as a corporeal person, this will 
prevent us from relinquishing the human doubts and 
fears which attend such a belief, and so we 
cannot grasp the wonders wrought by infi- 
nite, incorporeal Love, to whom all things are possible. 
Because of human ignorance of the divine Principle, 
Love, the Father of all is represented as a corporeal 
creator; hence men recognize themselves as merely 
physical, and are ignorant of man as God’s image or re- 
flection and of man’s eternal incorporeal existence. The 
world of error is ignorant of the world of Truth, — blind 
to the reality of man’s existence, — for the world of sen- 
sation is not cognizant of life in Soul, not in body. 
Corporeal 
ignorance 14 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
If we are sensibly with the body arid regard omnipo- 
tence as a corporeal, material person* whose ear we 
would gain, we are not “absent from the 
body” and “present with the Lord” in the 
demonstration of Spirit. We carthot “serve two mas- 
ters.” To be “present with the Lord” is to have, not 
mere emotional ecstasy or faith, but the actual demon- 
stration and understanding of Life as revealed in 
Christian Science. To be “with the Lord” is to be in 
obedience to the law of God, to be absolutely governed 
by divine Love, — by Spirit, not by matter. 
Bodily 
presence 
Become conscious for a single tnotilent that Life and 
intelligence are purely spiritual, — neither in nor of 
tnatter, — and the body will then utter no 
complaints. If suffering from a belief in 
sickness, you will find yourself suddenly well. Sorrow 
is turned into joy when the body is controlled by spir- 
itual Life, Truth, and Love. Hence the hope of the 
promise Jesus bestows: “He that believeth oh tne, 
the works that I do shall he do also; . . < because I 
go unto my Father,” — [because the Ego is absent from 
the body, and present with Truth and Love,] The 
Lord’s Prayer is the prayer of Soul, not of material 
sense. 
Spiritualized 
consciousness 
Entirely Separate from the belief and dream of mate- 
rial living, is the Life divine* revealing spiritual under- 
standing and the consciousness of man’s dominioh 
over the whole earth. This understanding casts out 
error and heals the sick, and with it you can speak 
“as one having authority.” 
“ When thou prayest, enter into thy closet* and, 
when thou hast shut thy door, pray to thy Father PRAYER 
15 
which is in secret; and thy Father, which seeth in 
secret, shall reward thee openly.’’ 
So spake Jesus. The closet typifies the sanctuary of 
Spirit, the door of which shuts out sinful sense but 
lets in Truth, Life, and Love. Closed to 
error, it is open to Truth, and vice vefsd. 
The Father in secret is unseen to the physical senses, 
but He knows all things and rewards according to 
motives, not according to speech. To enter into the 
heart of prayer, the door of the erring senses must be 
closed. laps must be mute and materialism silent, 
that man may have audience with Spirit, the divine 
Principle, Love, which destroys all error. 
Spiritual 
sanctuary 
In order to pray aright, we must enter into the 
closet and shut the door. We must close the lips and 
silence the material senses. In the quiet 
sanctuary of earnest longings, we must 
deny sin and plead God’s allness. We must resolve to 
take up the cross, and go forth with honest hearts to 
work and watch for wisdom, Truth, and Love. We 
must “pray without ceasing.” Sudh prayer is an- 
swered, in so far as we put our desires into practice. 
The Master’s injunction is, that we pray in secret and 
let our lives attest our sincerity. 
Effectual 
invocation 
Christians rejoice in secret beauty and bounty, hidden 
from the world, but known to God. Self-forgetfulness, 
purity, and affection are constant prayers. 
Practice not profession, understanding not 
belief, gain the ear and right hand of omnipotence and 
they assuredly call down infinite blessings. Trustworthi- 
ness is the foundation of enlightened faith. Without a 
fitness for holiness, we cannot receive holiness. 
Trustworthy 
beneficence 16 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
A great sacrifice of material things must precede this 
advanced spiritual understanding. The highest prayer 
is not one of faith merely; it is demonstra- 
tion. Such prayer heals sickness, and must 
destroy sin and death. It distinguishes between Truth 
that is sinless and the falsity of sinful sense. 
Loftiest 
adoration 
Our Master taught his disciples one brief prayer, 
which we name after him the Lord’s Prayer. Our Mas- 
ter said, “After this manner therefore pray 
ye,” and then he gave that prayer which 
covers all human needs. There is indeed some doubt 
among Bible scholars, whether the last line is not an 
addition to the prayer by a later copyist; but this does 
not affect the meaning of the prayer itself. 
In the phrase, “Deliver us from evil,” the original 
properly reads, “Deliver us from the evil one.” This 
reading strengthens our scientific apprehension of the peti- 
tion, for Christian Science teaches us that “the evil one,” or 
one evil, is but another name for the first lie and all liars. 
Only as we rise above all material sensuousness and 
sin, can we reach the heaven-born aspiration and spir- 
itual consciousness, which is indicated in the Lord’s 
Prayer and which instantaneously heals the sick. 
Here let me give what I understand to be the spir- 
itual sense of the Lord’s Prayer: 
Our Father which art in heaven, 
Our Father-Mother God, all-harmonious, 
Hallowed be Thy name. 
Adorable One. 
Thy kingdom come. 
Thy kingdom is come; Thou art ever-present. 
The prayer of 
Jesus Christ 17 
PEAYEE 
Thy will be done in earth, as it is in heaven. 
Enable us to know, — as in heaven, so on earth, — God is 
omnipotent, supreme. 
Give us this day our daily bread; 
Give us grace for to-day; feed the famished affections; 
And forgive us our debts, as we forgive our debtors. 
And Love is reflected in love; 
And lead us not into temptation, but deliver us from 
evil; 
And God leadeth us not into temptation, bid delivereth 
us from sin, disease, and death. 
For Thine is the kingdom, and the power, and the 
glory, forever. 
For God is infinite, all-power, all Life, Truth, Love, over 
all, and All. CHAPTER II 
ATONEMENT AND EUCHARIST 
And they that are Christ’s have crucified the flesh with the affections 
and lusts. — Paul. 
For Christ sent nte Hot to baptize, but to preach the gospel. — Paul. 
For I say unto you, I will not drink of the fruit of the vine, until the 
kingdom of God shaU come. — Jesus. 
ATONEMENT is the exemplification of man’s unity 
with God, whereby man reflects divine Truth, Life, 
and Love. Jesus of Nazareth taught and demonstrated 
man’s oneness with the Father, and for this we owe him 
endless homage. His mission was both in- 
dividual and collective. He did life’s work 
aright not only in justice to himself, but in mercy to 
mortals, — to show them how to do theirs, but not to do 
it for them nor to relieve them of a single responsibility. 
Jesus acted boldly, against the accredited evidence of the 
senses, against Pharisaical creeds and practices, and he 
refuted all opponents with his healing power. 
Divine 
oneness 
The atonement of Christ reconciles man to God, not 
God to man; for the divine Principle of Christ is God, 
and how can God propitiate Himself? Christ 
is Truth, which reaches no higher than itself. 
The fountain can rise no higher than its source. Christ, 
Truth, could conciliate no nature above his own, derived 
Human rec- 
onciliation 19 
ATONEMENT AND EUCHARIST 
from the eternal Love. It was therefore Christ’s purpose 
to reconcile man to God, not God to man. Love and 
Truth are not at war with God’s image and likeness. 
Man cannot exceed divine Love, and so atone for him- 
self. Even Christ cannot reconcile Truth to error, for 
Truth and error are irreconcilable. Jesus aided in recon- 
ciling man to God by giving man a truer sense of Love, 
the divine Principle of Jesus’ teachings, and this truer 
sense of Love redeems tnan from the law of matter, 
sin, and death by the law of Spirit, — the law of divine 
Love. 
The Master forbore not to speak the whole truth, de- 
claring precisely what would destroy sickness, sin, and 
death, although his teaching set households at Variance, 
and brought to material beliefs not peace, but a 
sword. 
Every pang of repentance and suffering, every effort 
for reform, every good thought and deed, Will help us to 
understand Jesus’ atonement for sin and aid 
its efficacy; but if the sinner continues to pray 
and repent, sin and be sorry, he has little part in the atone- 
ment, — in the aUone-m&nt with God, —- for he lacks the 
practical repentance, which reforms the heart and enables 
man to do the will of wisdom. Those who cannot dem- 
onstrate, at least in part, the divine Principle of the teach- 
ings and practice of our Master have no part ih God. If 
living in disobedience to Him, we ought to feel no secur- 
ity, although God is good. 
Efficacious 
repentance 
Jesus urged the corrttnatidment, “Thoti shalt have no 
other gods before me” which may be ren- 
dered : Thou shalt have no belief of Life as 
mortal; thou shalt not know evil, for there is one Life, — 
Jesus’ sin- 
less career 20 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
even God, good. He rendered “unto Csesar the things 
which are Caesar’s; and unto God the things that are 
God’s.” He at last paid no homage to forms of doctrine 
or to theories of man, but acted and spake as he was moved, 
not by spirits but by Spirit. 
To the ritualistic priest and hypocritical Pharisee 
Jesus said, “ The publicans and the harlots go into the 
kingdom of God before you.” Jesus’ history made a 
new calendar, which we call the Christian era; but he 
established no ritualistic worship. He knew that men 
can be baptized, partake of the Eucharist, support the 
clergy, observe the Sabbath, make long prayers, and yet 
be sensual and sinful. 
Jesus bore our infirmities; he knew the error of mortal 
belief, and “with his stripes [the rejection of error] we are 
healed.” “Despised and rejected of men,” 
returning blessing for cursing, he taught mor- 
tals the opposite of themselves, even the nature of God; 
and when error felt the power of Truth, the scourge and 
the cross awaited the great Teacher. Yet he swerved not, 
well knowing that to obey the divine order and trust God, 
saves retracing and traversing anew the path from sin to 
holiness. 
Perfect 
example 
Material belief is slow to acknowledge what the 
spiritual fact implies. The truth is the centre of all 
religion. It commands sure entrance into 
the realm of Love. St. Paul wrote, “Let us 
lay aside every weight, and the sin which doth so 
easily beset us, and let us run with patience the race that 
is set before us;” that is, let us put aside material self 
and sense, and seek the divine Principle and Science of 
all healing. 
Behest of 
the cross ATONEMENT AND EUCHARIST 
21 
If Truth is overcoming error in your daily walk and 
conversation, you can finally say, “I have fought a 
good fight ... I have kept the faith,” be- 
cause you are a better man. This is having 
our part in the at-one-ment with Truth and Love. 
Christians do not continue to labor and pray, expecting 
because of another’s goodness, suffering, and triumph, 
that they shall reach his harmony and reward. 
If the disciple is advancing spiritually, he is striv- 
ing to enter in. He constantly turns away from ma- 
terial sense, and looks towards the imperishable things 
of Spirit. If honest, he will be in earnest from the 
start, and gain a little each day in the right direction, 
till at last he finishes his course with joy. 
Moral 
victory 
If my friends are going to Europe, while I am en 
route for California, we are not journeying together. 
We have separate time-tables to consult, 
different routes to pursue. Our paths have 
diverged at the very outset, and we have little oppor- 
tunity to help each other. On the contrary, if my 
friends pursue my course, we have the same railroad 
guides, and our mutual interests are identical; or, if I 
take up their line of travel, they help me on, and our 
companionship may continue. 
Inharmonious 
travellers 
Being in sympathy with matter, the worldly man is at 
the beck and call of error, and will be attracted thither- 
ward. He is like a traveller going westward 
for a pleasure-trip. The company is alluring 
and the pleasures exciting. After following the sun for 
six days, he turns east on the seventh, satisfied if he can 
only imagine himself drifting in the right direction. By- 
and-by, ashamed of his zigzag course, he would borrow 
Zigzag 
course 22 
(SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
the passport of some wiser pilgrim, thinking with the aid 
of this to find and follow the right road, 
Vibrating like a pendulum between sin and the hope 
of forgiveness, — selfishness and sensuality causing con- 
stant retrogression, — pur moral progress will 
be slow, Waking to Christ’s demand, mortals 
experience suffering- This causes them, even as drown- 
ing men, to make vigorous efforts to save themselves; and 
through Christ’s precious love these efforts are crowned 
with success- 
Moral 
retrqgression 
“Work out your own salvation,” is the demand of 
Life and Love, for to this end God worketh with you, 
M Occupy till I come!” Wait for your re- 
ward, and “ be not weary in well doing.” If 
your endeavors are beset by fearful odds, and you receive 
no present reward, go not back to error, nor become a 
sluggard in the race, 
When the smoke of battle clears away, you will dis- 
cern the good you have done, and receive according to 
your deserving. Love is not hasty to deliver us from 
temptation, for Love means that we shall be tried and 
purified. 
Wait for 
reward 
Final deliverance from error, whereby we rejoice in 
immortality, boundless freedom, and sinless sense, is not 
reached through paths of flowers nor by pinning 
one’s faith without works to another’s vicarious 
effort. Whosoever believeth that wrath is righteous or 
that divinity is appeased by human suffering, does not 
understand God. 
Justice requires reformation of the sinner. Mercy 
cancels the debt only when justice approves. Revenge 
is inadmissible. Wrath which is only appeased is not 
Deliverance 
not viparious ATONEMENT AND EUCHARIST 
23 
destroyed, but partially indulged. Wisdom and Love 
may require many sacrifices of self to save us from sin. 
One sacrifice, however great, is insufficient to 
pay the debt of sin. The atonement requires 
constant self-immolation on the sinner’s part. That 
God’s wrath should be vented upon His beloved Son, is 
divinely unnatural. Such a theory is man-made. The 
atonement is a hard problem in theology, but its scien- 
tific explanation is, that suffering is an error of sinful sense 
which Truth destroys, and that eventually both sin and suf- 
fering will fall at the feet of everlasting Love. 
Justice and 
substitution 
Rabbinical lore said : “ He that taketh one doctrine, 
firm in faith, hq,s the Holy Ghost dwelling in him.,, 
This preaching receives a strong rebuke in 
the Scripture, H Faith without works is dead.” 
Faith, if it be mere belief, is as a pendulum swinging be- 
tween nothing and something, having no fixity. Faith, 
advanced to spiritual understanding, is the evidence gained 
from Spirit, which rebukes sin of every kind and estab- 
lishes the claims of God. 
Doctrines 
ar)d faith 
In Hebrew, Greek, Latin, and English, faith and the 
words corresponding thereto have these two defini- 
tions, trustfulness and trustworthiness. One 
kind of faith trusts one’s welfare to others. 
Another kind of faith understands divine Love and how 
to work out one’s “own salvation, with fear and trem- 
bling.” “Lord, I believe; help thou mine unbelief!” 
expresses the helplessness of a blind faith; whereas the 
injunction, “ Believe . , . and thou shalt be saved! ” 
demands self-reliant trustworthiness, which includes spir- 
itual understanding and confides all to God. 
The Hebrew verb to believe means also to be firm or 
Self-reliance 
and confidence 24 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
to be constant. This certainly applies to Truth and Love 
understood and practised. Firmness in error will never 
save from sin, disease, and death. 
Acquaintance with the original texts, and willingness 
to give up human beliefs (established by hierarchies, and 
instigated sometimes by the worst passions of 
men), open the way for Christian Science to be 
understood, and make the Bible the chart of life, where 
the buoys and healing currents of Truth are pointed 
out. 
Life’s healing 
currents 
He to whom “the arm of the Lord” is revealed will 
believe our report, and rise into newness of life with re- 
generation. This is having part in the atone- 
ment ; this is the understanding, in which 
Jesus suffered and triumphed. The time is not distant 
when the ordinary theological views of atonement will 
undergo a great change, — a change as radical as that 
which has come over popular opinions in regard to pre- 
destination and future punishment. 
Radical 
changes 
Does erudite theology regard the crucifixion of Jesus 
chiefly as providing a ready pardon for all sinners who 
ask for it and are willing to be forgiven ? 
Does spiritualism find Jesus’ death necessary 
only for the presentation, after death, of the material 
Jesus, as a proof that spirits can return to earth? Then 
we must differ from them both. 
The efficacy of the crucifixion lay in the practical af- 
fection and goodness it demonstrated for mankind. The 
truth had been lived among men; but until they saw that 
it enabled their Master to triumph over the grave, his own 
disciples could not admit such an event to be possible. 
After the resurrection, even the unbelieving Thomas was 
Purpose of 
crucifixion ATONEMENT AND EUCHARIST 
25 
forced to acknowledge how complete was the great proof of 
Truth and Love. 
The spiritual essence of blood is sacrifice. The effi- 
cacy of Jesus’ spiritual offering is infinitely greater than 
can be expressed by our sense of human 
blood. The material blood of Jesus was no 
more efficacious to cleanse from sin when it was shed 
upon “the accursed tree,” than when it was flowing in 
his veins as he went daily about his Father’s business. 
His true flesh and blood were his Life; and they truly eat 
his flesh and drink his blood, who partake of that divine 
Life. 
True flesh 
and blood 
Jesus taught the way of Life by demonstration, that 
we may understand how this divine Principle heals 
the sick, casts out error, and triumphs over 
death. Jesus presented the ideal of God better 
than could any man whose origin was less spiritual. By 
his obedience to God, he demonstrated more spiritu- 
ally than all others the Principle of being. Hence the 
force of his admonition, “If ye love me, keep my com- 
mandments.” 
Though demonstrating his control over sin and disease, 
the great Teacher by no means relieved others from giving 
the requisite proofs of their own piety. He worked for 
their guidance, that they might demonstrate this power as 
he did and understand its divine Principle. Implicit faith 
in the Teacher and all the emotional love we can bestow 
on him, will never alone make us imitators of him. We 
must go and do likewise, else we are not improving the 
great blessings which our Master worked and suffered to 
bestow upon us. The divinity of the Christ was made 
manifest in the humanity of Jesus. 
Effective 
triumph 26 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
While we adore Jesus, and the heart overflows with 
gratitude for what he did for mortals, — treading alone 
his loving pathway up to the throne of 
glory, in speechless agony exploring the way 
lor us, — yet Jesus spares us not one individual expe- 
rience, if we follow his commands faithfully; and all 
have the cup of sorrowful effort to drink in proportion 
to their demonstration of his love, till all are redeemed 
through divine Love. 
Individual 
experience 
The Christ was the Spirit which Jesus implied in his 
own statements: “ I am the way, the truth, and the life; ” 
“ I and my Father are one.” This Christ, 
or divinity of the man Jesus, was his divine 
nature, the godliness which animated him. Divine Truth, 
Life, and Love gave Jesils authority over sin, sickness, 
and death. His mission was to reveal the Science of 
celestial being, to prove what God is and what He does 
for man. 
Christ’s dem- 
onstration 
A musician demonstrates the beauty of the music he 
teaches in order to show the learner the way by prac- 
tice as well as precept. Jesus’ teaching and 
practice of Truth involved such a sacrifice 
as makes us admit its Principle to be Love. This was 
the precious itnport of our Master’s sinless career and 
of his demonstration of power over death. He proved 
by his deeds that Christian Science destroys sickness, sin, 
and death. 
Our Master taught no mere theory, doctrine, or belief. 
It was the divine Principle of all real being which he 
taught and practised. His proof of Christianity was no 
form or system of religion and worship, but Christian 
Science, working out the harmony of Life and Love. 
Proof in 
practice ATONEMENT AND EUCHARIST 
27 
Jesus sent a message to John the Baptist, which was in- 
tended to prove beyond a question that the Christ had 
come : “Go yoitt way, and tell John what thihgs ye have 
seen and heard ‘ how that the blind see, the lame walk, 
the lepers are cleansed,'the deaf hear, the dead are raised, 
to the poor the gospel is preached.” In other words: 
Tell John what the demonstration of divine power is, 
and he will at once perceive that God is the power in 
the Messianic work. 
That Life is God, Jesus proved by his reappearance 
after the crucifixion in strict accordahce with his scien- 
tific statement: ‘‘LeStroy this temple [body], 
and in three days I [Spirit] will raise it Up.” 
It is as if he had said : The I — the Life, substance, 
and intelligence of the universe — is not irt matter to 
be destroyed. 
Jesus’ parables explain Life as hever mingling with 
sin and death. He laid the axe of Science at the root 
of material knowledge, that it might be ready to cut 
down the false doctrine of pantheism, — that God, or 
life, is in or of matter. 
Living 
temple 
Jesus sent forth seventy students at OUe tittie* but only 
elevetl left a desirable historic record. Tradition Credits 
him with two or three hundred other disciples 
who have left no name. “Many ate called* 
but few are chosen.” They fell aWay from grace because 
they hever truly understood their Master’s 
Why do those Who profess to follow Christ reject the 
essential religion he came to establish ? JesUs’ persecu- 
tors made their strongest attack upon this very point. 
They endeavored to hold him at the mercy of matter and 
to kill him according to certain assumed material laws. 
Recreant 
disciples 28 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
I he Pharisees claimed to know and to teach the di- 
vine will, but they only hindered the success of Jesus’ 
mission. Even many of his students stood 
in his way. If the Master had not taken a 
student and taught the unseen verities of God, he would 
not have been crucified. The determination to hold Spirit 
in the grasp of matter is the persecutor of Truth and 
Love. 
While respecting all that is good in the Church or out 
of it, one’s consecration to Christ is more on the ground 
of demonstration than of profession. In conscience, we 
cannot hold to beliefs outgrown; and by understanding 
more of the divine Principle of the deathless Christ, we 
are enabled to heal the sick and to triumph over sin. 
Help and 
hindrance 
Neither the origin, the character, nor the work of 
Jesus was generally understood. Not a single compo- 
nent part of his nature did the material 
world measure aright. Even his righteous- 
ness and purity did not hinder men from saying: He 
is a glutton and a friend of the impure, and Beelzebub is 
his patron. 
Misleading 
conceptions 
Remember, thou Christian martyr, it is enough if 
thou art found worthy to unloose the sandals of thy 
Master’s feet! To suppose that persecution 
for righteousness’ sake belongs to the past, 
and that Christianity to-day is at peace with the world 
because it is honored by sects and societies, is to mis- 
take the very nature of religion. Error repeats itself. 
The trials encountered by prophet, disciple, and apostle, 
“of whom the world was not worthy,” await, in some 
form, every pioneer of truth. 
There is too much animal courage in society and not 
Persecution 
prolonged ATONEMENT AND EUCHARIST 
29 
sufficient moral courage. Christians must take up arms 
against error at home and abroad. They must grapple 
with sin in themselves and in others, and 
continue this warfare until they have finished 
their course. If they keep the faith, they will have the 
crown of rejoicing. 
Christian experience teaches faith in the right and dis- 
belief in the wrong. It bids us work the more earnestly 
in times of persecution, because then our labor is more 
needed. Great is the reward of self-sacrifice, though we 
may never receive it in this world. 
Christian 
warfare 
There is a tradition that Publius Lentulus wrote to 
the authorities at Rome: “ The disciples of Jesus be- 
lieve him the Son of God.” Those instructed 
in Christian Science have reached the glori- 
ous perception that God. is the only author of man. 
The Virgin-mother conceived this idea of God, and 
gave to her ideal the name of Jesus — that is, Joshua, 
or Saviour. 
The Father- 
hood of God 
The illumination of Mary’s spiritual sense put to 
silence material law and its order of generation, and 
brought forth her child by the revelation of 
Truth, demonstrating God as the Father of 
men. The Holy Ghost, or divine Spirit, overshadowed 
the pure sense of the Virgin-mother with the full recog- 
nition that being is Spirit. The Christ dwelt forever 
an idea in the bosom of God, the divine Principle of the 
man Jesus, and woman perceived this spiritual idea, 
though at first faintly developed. 
Man as the offspring of God, as the idea of Spirit, 
is the immortal evidence that Spirit is harmonious and 
man eternal. Jesus was the offspring of Mary’s self- 
Spiritual 
conception 30 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
conscious communion with God, Hence he could give 
a more spiritual idea of life than other men, and conld 
demonstrate the Science of Love — his Father or divine 
Principle. 
Bom pf p, woman, Jesus’ advent in the flesh partook 
partly of Mary’s earthly condition, although he was en- 
dowed with the Christ, the divine Spirit, with- 
out measure. This accounts for his struggles 
in Gethsemane ftnd on Calvary, and this enabled him to 
be the mediator, or way-shower, between God and men. 
Had his origin and birth been wholly apart from mortal 
usage, Jesns would not have been appreciable to mortal 
mind as “the way.” 
Rabbi and priest taught the Mosaic law, which said: 
“An eye for an eye,” and “Whoso sheddeth man’s blood, 
by man shall his blood be shed,” Not so did Jesus, the 
new executor for God, present the divine law of Love, 
which blesses even those that curse it. 
Jesus the 
way-shower 
As the individual ideal of I ruth, Christ Jesus came to 
rebuke rabbinical error and all sin, sickness, and death, — 
to point out the way of Truth and Life. This 
ideal was demonstrated throughout the whole 
earthly career of Jesus, showing the difference between 
the offspring of Soul and of material sense, of Truth and 
of error. 
If we have triumphed sufficiently over the errors of 
material sense tq allow Soul to hold the control, we 
shall loathe sin and rebuke it under every mask. Only 
in this way can we bless our enemies, though they 
may not so construe our words. We cannot choose for 
ourselves, but must work out our salvation in the way 
Jesus taught In meekness and might, he was found 
Rebukes 
helpful ATONEMENT AND EUCHARIST 
31 
preaching the gospel to the poor. Pride find fear are unfit 
to bear the standard of Truth, and God will never place 
it in such hands. 
Jesus acknowledged no ties of the flesh, He said: “ Call 
no man your father upon the earth : for ope is your Father, 
which is in heaven.” Again he asked: “Who 
is my mother, and who are my brethren,” im- 
plying that it is they who do the will of his Father. We 
have no record of his calling any man by the name of 
father. He recognized Spirit, God, as the only creator, and 
therefore as the Father of all. 
Fleshly ties 
temporal 
First in the list of Christian duties, he taught his fol- 
lowers the healing power of Truth and Love. He attached 
no importance to dead ceremonies. It is the 
living Christ, the practical Truth, which makes 
Jesus “the resurrection and the life” to all who follow him 
in deed. Obeying his precious precepts, -— following his 
demonstration so far as we apprehend it, — we drink of 
his cup, partake of his bread, are baptized with his pu- 
rity ; and at last we shall rest, sit down with him, in a full 
understanding of the divine Principle which triumphs 
over death. For what says Paul? “As often as ye eat 
this bread, and drink this cup, ye do show the Lord’s 
death till he come.” 
Healing 
primary 
Referring to the materiality of the age, Jesus said: 
“The hour cometh, and now is, when the true wor- 
shippers shall worship the Father in spirit 
and in truth.” Again, foreseeing the perse- 
cution which would attend the Science of Spirit, Jesus 
said: “They shall put you out of the synagogues; yea, 
the time cometh, that whosoever killeth you will think 
that he doeth God service; and these things will they 
Painful 
prospect 32 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
do unto you, because they have not known the Father 
nor me.” 
In ancient Rome a soldier was required to swear 
allegiance to his general. The Latin word for this oath 
was sacr amentum, and our English word 
sacrament is derived from it. Among the 
Jews it was an ancient custom for the master of a 
feast to pass each guest a cup of wine. But the 
Eucharist does not commemorate a Roman soldier’s 
oath, nor was the wine, used on convivial occasions and 
in Jewish rites, the cup of our Lord. The cup shows 
forth his bitter experience, — the cup which he prayed 
might pass from him, though he bowed in holy submis- 
sion to the divine decree. 
“As they were eating, Jesus took bread, and blessed 
it and brake it, and gave it to the disciples, and said, 
Take, eat; this is my body. And he took the cup, and 
gave thanks, and gave it to them saying, Drink ye all 
of it.” 
Sacred 
sacrament 
The true sense is spiritually lost, if the sacrament is 
confined to the use of bread and wine. The disciples 
had eaten, yet Jesus prayed and gave them 
bread. This would have been foolish in a 
literal sense; but in its spiritual signification, it was nat- 
ural and beautiful. Jesus prayed; he withdrew from the 
material senses to refresh his heart with brighter, with 
spiritual views. 
Spiritual 
refreshment 
Ihe Passover, which Jesus ate with his disciples m 
the month Nisan on the night before his crucifixion, 
was a mournful occasion, a sad supper taken 
at the close of day, in the twilight of a 
glorious career with shadows fast falling around; and 
Jesus’ sad 
repast ATONEMENT AND EUCHARIST 
33 
this supper closed forever Jesus’ ritualism or concessions 
to matter. 
His followers, sorrowful and silent, anticipating the hour 
of their Master’s betrayal, partook of the heavenly manna, 
which of old had fed in the wilderness the 
persecuted followers of Truth. Their bread 
indeed came down from heaven. It was the great truth 
of spiritual being, healing the sick and casting out error. 
Their Master had explained it all before, and now this 
bread was feeding and sustaining them. They had borne 
this bread from house to house, breaking (explaining) it to 
others, and now it comforted themselves. 
For this truth of spiritual being, their Master was about 
to suffer violence and drain to the dregs his cup of sorrow. 
He must leave them. With the great glory of an everlast- 
ing victory overshadowing him, he gave thanks and said, 
“Drink ye all of it.” 
1 
3 
6 
9 
12 
15 
18 
21 
24 
27 
30 
Heavenly 
supplies 
When the human element in him struggled with the 
divine, our great Teacher said: “ Not my will, but 
Thine, be done ! ” — that is, Let not the flesh, 
but the Spirit, be represented in me. This 
is the new understanding of spiritual Love. It gives all 
for Christ, or Truth. It blesses its enemies, heals the 
sick, casts out error, raises the dead from trespasses 
and sins, and preaches the gospel to the poor, the meek 
The holy 
struggle 
Christians, are you drinking his cup? Have you 
shared the blood of the New Covenant, the persecutions 
which attend a new and higher understand- 
ing of God? If not, can you then say that 
you have commemorated Jesus in his cup? Are all 
who eat bread and drink wine in memory of Jesus willing 
Incisive 
questions 34 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
truly to drink his cup, take his cross, and leave all for 
the Christ-principle? Then why ascribe this inspira- 
tion to a dead rite, instead of showing, by casting out 
error and making the body “holy, acceptable unto God,” 
that Truth has come to the understanding? If Christ, 
Truth, has come to us in demonstration, no other com- 
memoration is requisite, for demonstration is Immanuel, 
or God with us; and if a friend be with us, why need we 
memorials of that friend ? 
If all who ever partook of the sacrament had really 
commemorated the sufferings of Jesus and drunk of 
his cup, they would have revolutionized the 
world. If all who seek his commemoration 
through material symbols will take up the cross, heal 
the sick, cast out evils, and preach Christ, or Truth, 
to the poor, — the receptive thought, — they will bring 
in the' millennium. 
Millennial 
glory 
Through all the disciples experienced, they became more 
spiritual and understood better what the Master had 
taught. His resurrection was also their resur- 
rection. It helped them to raise themselves and 
others from spiritual dulness and blind belief in God into 
the perception of infinite possibilities. They needed this 
quickening, for soon their dear Master would rise again 
in the spiritual realm of reality, and ascend far above 
their apprehension. As the reward for his faithfulness, 
he would disappear to material sense in that change which 
has since been called the ascension. 
Fellowship 
with Christ 
What a contrast between our Lord s last supper and 
his last spiritual breakfast with his disciples 
in the bright morning hours at the joyful 
meeting on the shore of the Galilean Sea! His gloom 
The last 
breakfast ATONEMENT AND EUCHARIST 
35 
had passed into glory, and his disciples’ grief into repent- 
ance, — hearts chastened and pride rebuked. Convinced 
of the fruitlessness of their toil in the dark and wakened 
by their Master’s voice, they changed their methods, turned 
away from material things, and cast their net on the right 
side. Discerning Christ, Truth, anew on the shore of 
time, they were enabled to rise somewhat from mortal 
sensuousness, or the burial of mind in matter, into new- 
ness of life as Spirit. 
This spiritual meeting with our Lord in the dawn of a 
new light is the morning meal which Christian Scientists 
commemorate. They bow before Christ, Truth, to re- 
ceive more of his reappearing and silently to commune 
with the divine Principle, Love. They celebrate their 
Lord’s victory over death, his probation in the flesh 
after death, its exemplification of human probation, and 
his spiritual and final ascension above matter, or the flesh, 
when he rose out of material sight. 
Our baptism is a purification from all error. Our 
church is built on the divine Principle, Love. We can 
unite with this church only as we are new- 
born of Spirit, as we reach the Life which 
is Truth and the Truth which is Life by bringing forth 
the fruits of Love, — casting out error and healing the. 
sick. Our Eucharist is spiritual communion with the one 
God. Our bread, “which cometh down from heaven,” 
is Truth. Our cup is the cross. Our wine the inspira- 
tion of Love, the draught our Master drank and com- 
mended to his followers. 
The design of Love is to reform the sinner. If the 
sinner’s punishment here has been insufficient to re- 
form him, the good man’s heaven would be a hell to 
Spiritual 
Eucharist 36 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
the smner. I hey, who know not purity and affection by 
experience, can never find bliss in the blessed company of 
Truth and Love simply through translation 
into another sphere. Divine Science reveals 
the necessity of sufficient suffering, either before or after 
death, to quench the love of sin. To remit the penalty 
due for sin, would be for Truth to pardon error. Escape 
from punishment is not in accordance with God’s govern- 
ment, since justice is the handmaid of mercy. 
Jesus endured the shame, that he might pour his 
dear-bought bounty into barren lives. What was his 
earthly reward? He was forsaken by all save John, 
the beloved disciple, and a few women who bowed in 
silent woe beneath the shadow of his cross. The earthly 
price of spirituality in a material age and the great moral 
distance between Christianity and sensualism preclude 
Christian Science from finding favor with the worldly- 
minded. 
Final 
purpose 
A selfish and limited mind may be unjust, but the un- 
limited and divine Mind is the immortal law of justice as 
well as of mercy. It is quite as impossible for 
sinners to receive their full punishment this 
side of the grave as for this world to bestow on the right- 
eous their full reward. It is useless to suppose that the 
wicked can gloat over their offences to the last moment 
and then be suddenly pardoned and pushed into heaven, 
or that the hand of Love is satisfied with giving us only 
toil, sacrifice, cross-bearing, multiplied trials, and mock- 
ery of our motives in return for our efforts at well doing. 
Religious history repeats itself in the suf- 
fering of the just for the unjust. Can God 
therefore overlook the law of righteousness which de- 
Righteous 
retribution 
Vicarious 
suffering ATONEMENT AND EUCHARIST 
37 
stroys the belief called sin ? Does not Science show that 
sin brings suffering as much to-day as yesterday? They 
who sin must suffer. “With what measure ye mete, it 
shall be measured to you again.” 
History is full of records of suffering. “ The blood of 
the martyrs is the seed of the Church.” Mortals try in 
vain to slay Truth with the steel or the stake, 
but error falls only before the sword of Spirit. 
Martyrs are the human links which connect one stage with 
another in the history of religion. They are earth’s lumi- 
naries, which serve to cleanse and rarefy the atmosphere of 
material sense and to permeate humanity with purer ideals. 
Consciousness of right-doing brings its own reward; but 
not amid the smoke of battle is merit seen and appreciated 
by lookers-on. 
Martyrs 
inevitable 
When will Jesus’ professed followers learn to emulate 
him in all his ways and to imitate his mighty works? 
Those who procured the martyrdom of that 
righteous man would gladly have turned his 
sacred career into a mutilated doctrinal platform. May 
the Christians of to-day take up the more practical im- 
port of that career ! It is possible, — yea, it is the duty 
and privilege of every child, man, and woman, -— to follow 
in some degree the example of the Master by the demon- 
stration of Truth and Life, of health and holiness. Chris- 
tians claim to be his followers, but do they follow him in 
the way that he commanded ? Hear these imperative com- 
mands : “Be ye therefore perfect, even as your Father 
which is in heaven is perfect!” “Go ye into all the world, 
and preach the gospel to every creature!” “Heal the 
sick ! ” 
Why has this Christian demand so little inspiration 
Complete 
emulation 38 
SCIENTE AND HEALTH 
to stir mankind to Christian effort? Because men are 
assured that this command was intended only for a par- 
ticular period and for a select number of fol- 
lowers. This teaching is even more pernicious 
than the old doctrine of foreordination, — the election of a 
few to be saved, while the rest are damned; and so it will 
be considered, when the lethargy of mortals, produced 
by man-made doctrines, is broken by the demands of 
divine Science. 
Jesus said : “ These signs shall follow them that be- 
lieve ; . . . they shall lay hands on the sick, and they 
shall recover.” Who believes him? He was addressing 
his disciples, yet he did not say, “ These signs shall follow 
you,” but them — “them that believe” in all time to come. 
Here the word hands is used metaphorically, as in the text, 
“ The right hand of the Lord is exalted.” It expresses 
spiritual power; otherwise the healing could not have 
been done spiritually. At another time Jesus prayed, not 
for the twelve only, but for as many as should believe 
“through their word.” 
Jesus’ teach- 
ing belittled 
.Jesus experienced few of the pleasures of the physical 
senses, but his sufferings were the fruits of other peo- 
ple’s sins, not of his own. The eternal Christ, 
his spiritual selfhood, never suffered. Jesus 
mapped out the path for others. He unveiled the Christ, 
the spiritual idea of divine Love. To those buried in the 
belief of sin and self, living only for pleasure or the grati- 
fication of the senses, he said in substance: Having eyes 
ye see not, and having ears ye hear not; lest ye should un- 
derstand and be converted, and I might heal you. He 
taught that the material senses shut out Truth and its 
healing power. 
Material 
pleasures ATONEMENT AND EUCHARIST 
39 
Meekly our Master met the mockery of his unrecog- 
nized grandeur. Such indignities as he received, his fol- 
lowers will endure until Christianity’s last 
triumph. He won eternal honors. He over- 
came the world, the flesh, and all error, thus proving 
their nothingness. He wrought a full salvation from sin, 
sickness, and death. We need “Christ, and him cruci- 
fied.” We must have trials and self-denials, as well as 
joys and victories, until all error is destroyed. 
Mockery 
of truth 
The educated belief that Soul is in the body causes 
mortals to regard death as a friend, as a stepping-stone 
out of mortality into immortality and bliss. 
The Bible calls death an enemy, and Jesus 
overcame death and the grave instead of yielding to them. 
He was “the way.” To him, therefore, death was not 
the threshold over which he must pass into living 
glory. 
A belief 
suicidal 
“Now,” cried the apostle, “is the accepted time; be- 
hold, now is the day of salvation,” —- meaning, not that 
now men must prepare for a future-world salva- 
tion, or safety, but that now is the time in which 
to experience that salvation in spirit and in life. Now is 
the time for so-called material pains and material pleas- 
ures to pass away, for both are unreal, because impossible 
in Science. To break this earthly spell, mortals must get 
the true idea and divine Principle of all that really exists 
and governs the universe harmoniously. This thought is 
apprehended slowly, and the interval before its attain- 
ment is attended with doubts and defeats as well as 
triumphs. 
Who will stop the practice of sin so long as he believes 
in the pleasures of sin? When mortals once admit that 
Present 
salvation 40 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
evil confers no pleasure, they turn from it. Remove error 
from thought, and it will not appear in effect. The ad- 
vanced thinker and devout Christian, perceiv- 
ing the scope and tendency of Christian healing 
and its Science, will support them. Another will say ; 
“Go thy way for this time ; when I have a convenient 
season I will call for thee.” 
Divine Science adjusts the balance as Jesus adjusted 
it. Science removes the penalty only by first removing 
the sin which incurs the penalty. This is my sense of 
divine pardon, which I understand to mean God’s method 
of destroying sin. If the saying is true, “ While there’s 
life there’s hope,” its opposite is also true, While there’s 
sin there’s doom. Another’s suffering cannot lessen our 
own liability. Did the martyrdom of Savonarola make 
the crimes of his implacable enemies less criminal? 
Sin and 
penalty 
Was it just for Jesus to suffer ? No; but it was 
inevitable, for not otherwise could he show us the way 
and the power of Truth. If a career so great 
and good as that of Jesus could not avert a 
felon’s fate, lesser apostles of Truth may endure human 
brutality without murmuring, rej'oicing to enter into 
fellowship with him through the triumphal arch of 
Truth and Love. 
Suffering 
inevitable 
Our heavenly Father, divine Love, demands that all 
men should follow the example of our Master and his 
apostles and not merely worship his personal- 
ity. It is sad that the phrase divine service 
has come so generally to mean public worship instead of 
daily deeds. 
The nature of Christianity is peaceful and blessed, 
but in order to enter into the kingdom, the anchor of 
Service and 
worship ATONEMENT AND EUCHARIST 
41 
hope must be cast beyond the veil of matter into the 
Shekinah into which Jesus has passed before us; and 
this advance beyond matter must come 
through the joys and triumphs of the right- 
eous as well as through their sorrows and afflictions. 
Like our Master, we must depart from material sense 
into the spiritual sense of being. 
Within 
the veil 
The God-inspired walk calmly on though it be with 
bleeding footprints, and in the hereafter they will reap 
what they now sow. The pampered hypo- 
crite may have a flowery pathway here, but 
he cannot forever break the Golden Rule and escape the 
penalty due. 
The thorns 
and flowers 
The proofs of Truth, Life, and Love, which Jesus gave 
by casting out error and healing the sick, completed his 
earthly mission; but in the Christian Church 
this demonstration of healing was early lost, 
about three centuries after the crucifixion. No ancient 
school of philosophy, materia medica, or scholastic theol- 
ogy ever taught or demonstrated the divine healing of 
absolute Science. 
Healing 
early lost 
Jesus foresaw the reception Christian Science would have 
before it was understood, but this foreknowledge hindered 
him not. He fulfilled his God-mission, and 
then sat down at the right hand of the Father. 
Persecuted from city to city, his apostles still went about 
doing good deeds, for which they were maligned and 
stoned. The truth taught by Jesus, the elders scoffed at. 
Why ? Because it demanded more than they were willing 
to practise. It was enough for them to believe in a national 
Deity; but that belief, from their time to ours, has never 
made a disciple who could cast out evils and heal the sick. 
Immortal 
achieval 42 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
Jesus’ life proved, divinely and scientifically, that God 
is Love, whereas priest and rabbi affirmed God to be a 
mighty potentate, who loves and hates. The Jewish the- 
ology gave no hint of the unchanging love of God. 
The universal belief in death is of no advantage. It 
cannot make Life or Truth apparent. Death 
will be found at length to be a mortal dream, 
which comes in darkness and disappears with the light. 
A belief 
in death 
I he ‘man of sorrows” was in no peril from salary or 
popularity. Though entitled to the homage of the world 
and endorsed pre-eminently by the approval 
of God, his brief triumphal entry into Jerusa- 
lem was followed by the desertion of all save a few friends, 
who sadly followed him to the foot of the cross. 
Cruel 
desertion 
The resurrection of the great demonstrator of God’s 
power was the proof of his final triumph over body 
and matter, and gave full evidence of divine 
Science, — evidence so important to mortals. 
The belief that man has existence or mind separate from 
God is a dying error. This error Jesus met with divine 
Science and proved its nothingness. Because of the won- 
drous glory which God bestowed on His anointed, temp- 
tation, sin, sickness, and death had no terror for Jesus. 
Let men think they had killed the body! Afterwards he 
would show it to them unchanged. This demonstrates 
that in Christian Science the true man is governed by 
God — by good, not evil — and is therefore not a mortal 
but an immortal. Jesus had taught his disciples the 
Science of this proof. He was here to enable them to 
test his still uncomprehended saying, “ He that believ- 
eth on me, the works that I do shall he do also.” They 
must understand more fully his Life-principle by casting 
Death 
outdone ATONEMENT AND EUCHARIST 
43 
out error, healing the sick, and raising the dead, even as 
they did understand it after his bodily departure. 
The magnitude of Jesus’ work, his material disappear- 
ance before their eyes and his reappearance, all enabled 
the disciples to understand what Jesus had 
said. Heretofore they had only believed; 
now they understood. The advent of this understanding 
is what is meant by the descent of the Holy Ghost, — that 
influx of divine Science which so illuminated the Pentecos- 
tal Day and is now repeating its ancient history. 
Pentecost 
repeated 
Jesus’ last proof was the highest, the most convincing, 
the most profitable to his students. The malignity of 
brutal persecutors, the treason and suicide of 
his betrayer, were overruled by divine Love to 
the glorification of the man and of the true idea of God, 
which Jesus’ persecutors had mocked and tried to slay. 
The final demonstration of the truth which Jesus taught, 
and for which he was crucified, opened a new era for the 
world. Those who slew him to stay his influence perpetu- 
ated and extended it. 
Convincing 
evidence 
Jesus rose higher in demonstration because of the cup 
of bitterness he drank. Human law had condemned 
him, but he was demonstrating divine Science. 
Out of reach of the barbarity of his enemies, 
he was acting under spiritual law in defiance of mat- 
ter and mortality, and that spiritual law sustained him. 
The divine must overcome the human at every point. 
The Science Jesus taught and lived must triumph over 
all material beliefs about life, substance, and intelli- 
gence, and the multitudinous errors growing from such 
beliefs. 
Love must triumph over hate. Truth and Life must 
Divine 
victory 44 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
seal the victory over error and death, before the thorns 
can be laid aside for a crown-, the benediction follow, 
“Well done, good and faithful servant,” and the suprem- 
acy of Spirit be demonstrated. 
The lonely precincts of the tomb gave Jesus a refuge 
from his foes, a place in which to solve the great 
problem of being. His three days’ work in 
the sepulchre set the seal of eternity on time. 
He proved Life to be deathless and Love to be the mas- 
ter of hate. He met and mastered on the basis of Chris- 
tian Science, the power of Mind over matter, all the claims 
of medicine, surgery, and hygiene. 
He took no drugs to allay inflammation. He did not 
depend upon food or pure air to resuscitate wasted 
energies. He did not require the skill of a surgeon to 
heal the torn palms and bind up the wounded side and 
lacerated feet, that he might use those hands to remove 
the napkin and winding-sheet, and that he might employ 
his feet as before. 
Jesus in 
the tomb 
Could it be called supernatural for the God of nature 
to sustain Jesus in his proof of man’s truly derived power ? 
It was a method of surgery beyond material 
art, but it was not a supernatural act. On 
the contrary, it was a divinely natural act, whereby divinity 
brought to humanity the understanding of the Christ- 
healing and revealed a method infinitely above that of 
human invention. 
The deific 
naturalism 
His disciples believed Jesus to be dead while he was 
hidden in the sepulchre, whereas he was alive, demon- 
strating within the narrow tomb the power 
of Spirit to overrule mortal, material sense. 
There were rock-ribbed walls in the way, and a great 
Obstacles 
overcome 45 
ATONEMENT AND EUCHARIST 
stone must be rolled from the cave’s mouth) but Jesus 
vanquished every material obstacle, overcame every law 
of matter, and stepped forth from his gloomy resting-place, 
crowned with the glory of a sublime success, an everlasting 
victory. 
Our Master fully and finally demonstrated divine Sci- 
ence in his victory over death and the grave. Jesus’ 
deed was for the enlightenment of men and 
for the salvation of the whole world from sin, 
sickness, and death. Paul writes : “For if, when we were 
enemies, we were reconciled to God by the [seeming] death 
of His Son, much more, being reconciled, we shall be saved 
by his life.” Three days after his bodily burial he talked 
with his disciples. The persecutors had failed to hide im- 
mortal Truth and Love in a sepulchre. 
Victory over 
the grave 
Glory be to God, and peace to the struggling hearts! 
Christ hath rolled away the stone from the door of hu- 
man hope and faith, and through the reve-- 
lation and demonstration of life in God, hath 
elevated them to possible at-one-ment with the spiritual 
idea of man and his divine Principle, Love. 
The stone 
rolled away 
They who earliest saw Jesus after the resurrection 
and beheld the final proof of all that he had taught, 
misconstrued that event. Even his disciples 
at first called him a spirit, ghost, or spectre, 
for they believed his body to be dead. His reply was: 
“Spirit hath not flesh and bones, as ye see me have.” 
The reappearing of Jesus was not the return of a spirit. 
He presented the same body that he had before his cru- 
cifixion, and so glorified the supremacy of Mind over 
matter. 
Jesus’ students, not sufficiently advanced fully to un- 
After the 
resurrection 46 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
derstand their Master’s triumph, did not perform many 
wonderful works, until they saw him after his crucifixion 
and learned that he had not died. This convinced them 
of the truthfulness of all that he had taught. 
In the walk to Emmaus, Jesus was known to his friends 
by the words, which made their hearts burn within them, 
and by the breaking of bread. The divine 
Spirit, which identified Jesus thus centuries 
ago, has spoken through the inspired Word and will speak 
through it in every age and clime. It is revealed to the 
receptive heart, and is again seen casting out evil and 
healing the sick. 
Spiritual in- 
terpretation 
The Master said plainly that physique was not Spirit, 
and after his resurrection he proved to the physical senses 
that his body was not changed until he himself 
ascended, — or, in other words, rose even 
higher in the understanding of Spirit, God. To convince 
Thomas of this, Jesus caused him to examine the nail- 
prints and the spear-wound. 
Corporeality 
and Spirit 
Jesus’ unchanged physical condition after what seemed 
to be death was followed by his exaltation above all ma- 
terial conditions; and this exaltation explained 
his ascension, and revealed unmistakably a 
probationary and progressive state beyond the grave. 
Jesus was “the way;” that is, he marked the way for 
all men. In his final demonstration, called the ascen- 
sion, which closed the earthly record of Jesus, he rose 
above the physical knowledge of his disciples, and the 
material senses saw him no more. 
His students then received the Holy Ghost. By this is 
meant, that by all they had witnessed and suffered, they 
were roused to an enlarged understanding of divine Sci- 
Spiritual 
ascension ATONEMENT AND EUCHAEIST 
47 
ence, even to the spiritual interpretation and discernment 
of Jesus’ teachings and demonstrations, which gave them 
a faint conception of the Life which is God. 
They no longer measured man by material 
sense. After gaining the true idea of their glorified Master, 
they became better healers, leaning no longer on matter, 
but on the divine Principle of their work. The influx of 
light was sudden. It was sometimes an overwhelming 
power as on the Day of Pentecost. 
Pentecostal 
power 
Judas conspired against Jesus. The world’s ingratitude 
and hatred towards that just man effected his betrayal. 
The traitor’s price was thirty pieces of silver 
and the smiles of the Pharisees. He chose his 
time, when the people were in doubt concerning Jesus’ 
teachings. 
The traitor’s 
conspiracy 
A period was approaching which would reveal the in- 
finite distance between Judas and his Master. Judas 
Iscariot knew this. He knew that the great goodness of 
that Master placed a gulf between Jesus and his betrayer, 
and this spiritual distance inflamed Judas’ envy. The 
greed for gold strengthened his ingratitude, and for a time 
quieted his remorse. He knew that the world generally 
loves a lie better than Truth; and so he plotted the be- 
trayal of Jesus in order to raise himself in popular esti- 
mation. His dark plot fell to the ground, and the 
traitor fell with it. 
The disciples’ desertion of their Master in his last 
earthly struggle was punished; each one came to a vio- 
lent death except St. John, of whose'death we have no 
record. 
During his night of gloom and glory in the garden, 
Jesus realized the utter error of a belief in any possi- 48 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
ble material intelligence. The pangs of neglect and the 
staves of bigoted ignorance smote him sorely. His stu- 
dents slept. He said unto them: “ Could ye 
not watch with me one hour?” Could they 
not watch with him who, waiting and struggling in voice- 
less agony, held uncomplaining guard over a world ? 
There was no response to that human yearning, and so 
Jesus turned forever away from earth to heaven, from 
sense to Soul. 
Remembering the sweat of agony which fell in holy 
benediction on the grass of Gethsemane, shall the hum- 
blest or mightiest disciple murmur when he drinks from the 
same cup, and think, or even wish, to escape the exalt- 
ing ordeal of sin’s revenge on its destroyer? Truth and 
Love bestow few palms until the consummation of a 
life-work. 
Gethsemane 
glorified 
Judas had the world’s weapons. Jesus had not one 
of them, and chose not the world’s means of defence. 
“He opened not his mouth.” The great dem- 
onstrator of Truth and Love was silent before 
envy and hate. Peter would have smitten the enemies of 
his Master, but Jesus forbade him, thus rebuking re- 
sentment or animal courage. He said: “Put up thy 
sword.” 
Defensive 
weapons 
Pale in the presence of his own momentous question, 
“ What is Truth,” Pilate was drawn into acquiescence 
with the demands of Jesus’ enemies. Pilate 
was ignorant of the consequences of his awful 
decision against human rights and divine Love, knowing 
not that he was hastening the final demonstration of what 
life is and of what the true knowledge of God can do for 
man. 
Pilate’s 
question ATONEMENT AND ETJCHAKIST 
49 
The women at the cross could have answered Pilate’s 
question. They knew what had inspired their devotion, 
winged their faith, opened the eyes of their understand- 
ing, healed the sick, cast out evil, and caused the disciples 
to say to their Master: “Even the devils are subject 
unto us through thy name.” 
Where were the seventy whom Jesus sent forth ? Were 
all conspirators save eleven? Had they forgotten the 
great exponent of God ? Had they so soon lost 
sight of his mighty works, his toils, privations, 
sacrifices, his divine patience, sublime courage, and unre- 
quited affection ? O, why did they not gratify his last 
human yearning with one sign of fidelity? 
The meek demonstrator of good, the highest instruc- 
tor and friend of man, met his earthly fate alone with 
God. No human eye was there to pity, no 
arm to save. Forsaken by all whom he had 
blessed, this faithful sentinel of God at the highest 
post of power, charged with the grandest trust of 
heaven, was ready to be transformed by the renewing 
of the infinite Spirit. He was to prove that the Christ 
is not subject to material conditions, but is above the 
reach of human wrath, and is able, through Truth, 
Life, and Love, to triumph over sin, sickness, death, and 
the grave. 
Students’ 
ingratitude 
Heaven’s 
sentinel 
The priests and rabbis, before whom he had meekly 
walked, and those to whom he had given the highest 
proofs of divine power, mocked him on the 
cross, saying derisively, “ He saved others; 
himself he cannot save.” These scoffers, who turned 
“aside the right of a man before the face of the Most 
High,” esteemed Jesus as “stricken, smitten of God.” 
Cruel 
contumely 50 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
“ He is brought as a lamb to the slaughter, and as a sheep 
before her shearers is dumb, so he openeth not his mouth.” 
“Who shall declare his generation?” Who shall decide 
what truth and love are ? 
The last supreme moment of mockery, desertion, tor- 
ture, added to an overwhelming sense of the magnitude 
of his work, wrung from Jesus’ lips the awful 
cry, “My God, why hast Thou forsaken me?” 
This despairing appeal, if made to a human parent, would 
impugn the justice and love of a father who could with- 
hold a clear token of his presence to sustain and bless so 
faithful a son. The appeal of Jesus was made both to 
his divine Principle, the God who is Love, and to himself, 
Love’s pure idea. Had Life, Truth, and Love forsaken 
him in his highest demonstration ? This was a startling 
question. No ! They must abide in him and he in them, 
or that hour would be shorn of its mighty blessing for the 
human race. 
A cry of 
despair 
It his full recognition ot eternal Lite had for a mo- 
ment given way before the evidence of the bodily senses, 
what would his accusers have said ? Even 
what they did say, — that Jesus’ teachings 
were false, and that all evidence of their cor- 
rectness was destroyed by his death. But this saying 
could not make it so. 
Divine Sci- 
ence misun- 
derstood 
The burden of that hour was terrible beyond human 
conception. The distrust of mortal minds, disbelieving 
the purpose of his mission, was a million 
times sharper than the thorns which pierced 
his flesh. The real cross, which Jesus bore up the hill 
of grief, was the world’s hatred of Truth and Love. Not 
the spear nor the material cross wrung from his faithful 
The real 
pillory ATONEMENT AND EUCHAEIST 
51 
lips the plaintive cry, “Eloi, Eloi, lama sabachthani ?” It 
was the possible loss of something more important than 
human life which moved him, — the possible misappre- 
hension of the sublimest influence of his career. This 
dread added the drop of gall to his cup. 
Jesus could have withdrawn himself from his enemies. 
He had power to lay down a human sense of life for his 
spiritual identity in the likeness of the divine; 
but he allowed men to attempt the destruc- 
tion of the mortal body in order that he might furnish 
the proof of immortal life. Nothing could kill this Life 
of man. Jesus could give his temporal life into his 
enemies’ hands; but when his earth-mission was accom- 
plished, his spiritual life, indestructible and eternal, 
was found forever the same. He knew that matter had 
no life and that real Life is God; therefore he could no 
more be separated from his spiritual Life than God could 
be extinguished. 
His consummate example was for the salvation of us 
all, but only through doing the works which he did and 
taught others to do. His purpose in healing 
was not alone to restore health, but to demon- 
strate his divine Principle. He was inspired by God, by 
Truth and Love, in all that he said and did. The motives 
of his persecutors were pride, envy, cruelty, and vengeance, 
inflicted on the physical Jesus, but aimed at the divine Prin- 
ciple, Love, which rebuked their sensuality. 
Jesus was unselfish. His spirituality separated him 
from sensuousness, and caused the selfish materialist 
to hate him; but it was this spirituality which enabled 
Jesus to heal the sick, cast out evil, and raise the 
dead. 
Life-power 
indestructible 
Example for 
our salvation 52 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
From early boyhood he was about his “ Father’s busi- 
ness.” His pursuits lay far apart from theirs. His mas- 
ter was Spirit; their master was matter. He 
served God ; they served mammon. His affec- 
tions were pure; theirs were carnal. His senses drank in 
the spiritual evidence of health, holiness, and life; their 
senses testified oppositely, and absorbed the material evi- 
dence of sin, sickness, and death. 
Master’s 
business 
i heir imperfections and impurity relt the ever-present 
rebuke of his perfection and purity. Hence the world’s 
hatred of the just and perfect Jesus, and the 
prophet’s foresight of the reception error would 
give him. “Despised and rejected of men,” was Isaiah’s 
graphic word concerning the coming Prince of Peace. 
Herod and Pilate laid aside old feuds in order to unite 
in putting to shame and death the best man that ever 
trod the globe. To-day, as of old, error and evil again 
make common cause against the exponents of truth. 
Purity’s 
rebuke 
The “man of sorrows” best understood the nothing- 
ness of material life and intelligence and the mighty ac- 
tuality of all-inclusive God, good. These were 
the two cardinal points of Mind-healing, or 
Christian Science, which armed him with Love. The high- 
est earthly representative of God, speaking of human 
ability to reflect divine power, prophetically said to his 
disciples, speaking not for their day only but for all time: 
“He that believeth on me, the works that I do shall he do 
also;” and “These signs shall follow them that believe.” 
Saviour’s 
prediction 
The accusations of the Pharisees were as self-contra- 
dictory as their religion. The bigot, the deb- 
auchee, the hypocrite, called Jesus a glutton 
and a wine-bibber. They said : “ He easteth out devils 
Defamatory 
accusations ATONEMENT AND EUCHARIST 
53 
through Beelzebub,” and is the “friend of publicans and 
sinners.” The latter accusation was true, but not in their 
meaning. Jesus was no ascetic. He did not fast as did 
the Baptist’s disciples; yet there never lived a man so far 
removed from appetites and passions as the Nazarene. 
He rebuked sinners pointedly and unflinchingly, because 
he was their friend; hence the cup he drank. 
The reputation of Jesus was the very opposite of his 
character. Why ? Because the divine Principle and 
practice of Jesus were misunderstood. He 
was at work in divine Science. His words 
and works were unknown to the world because above 
and contrary to the world’s religious sense. Mortals be- 
lieved in God as humanly mighty, rather than as divine, 
infinite Love. 
Reputation 
and character 
The world could not interpret aright the discomfort 
which Jesus inspired and the spiritual blessings which 
might flow from such discomfort. Science 
shows the cause of the shock so often pro- 
duced by the truth, — namely, that this shock arises from 
the great distance between the individual and Truth, 
like Peter, we should weep over the warning, instead of 
denying the truth or mocking the lifelong sacrifice which 
goodness makes for the destruction of evil. 
Inspiring 
discontent 
Jesus bore our sins in his body. He knew the 
mortal errors which constitute the material body, and 
could destroy those errors; but at the time 
when Jesus felt our infirmities, he had not 
conquered all the beliefs of the flesh or his sense of ma- 
terial life, nor had he risen to his final demonstration of 
spiritual power. 
Had he shared the sinful beliefs of others, he would 
Bearing 
our sins 54 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
have been less sensitive to those beliefs. Through the 
magnitude of his human life, he demonstrated the divine 
Life. Out of the amplitude of his pure affection, he de- 
fined Love. With the affluence of Truth, he vanquished 
error. The world acknowledged not his righteousness, 
seeing it not; but earth received the harmony his glorified 
example introduced. 
Who is ready to follow his teaching and example ? All 
must sooner or later plant themselves in Christ, the true 
idea of God. That he might liberally pour 
his dear-bought treasures into empty or sin- 
filled human storehouses, was the inspiration of Jesus’ 
intense human sacrifice. In witness of his divine com- 
mission, he presented the proof that Life, Truth, and 
Love heal the sick and the sinning, and triumph over 
death through Mind, not matter. This was the highest 
proof he could have offered of divine Love. His hearers 
understood neither his words nor his works. They 
would not accept his meek interpretation of life nor 
follow his example. 
Inspiration 
of sacrifice 
His earthly cup of bitterness was drained to the 
dregs. There adhered to him only a few unpretentious 
friends, whose religion was something more 
than a name. It was so vital, that it en- 
abled them to understand the Nazarene and to share 
the glory of eternal life. He said that those who fol- 
lowed him should drink of his cup, and history has con- 
firmed the prediction. 
Spiritual 
friendship 
If that Godlike and glorified man were physically on 
earth to-day, would not some, who now pro- 
fess to love him, reject him? Would they 
not deny him even the rights of humanity, if he enter- 
Injustice to 
the Saviour ATONEMENT AND EUCHARIST 
55 
tained any other sense of being and religion than theirs? 
The advancing century, from a deadened sense of the 
invisible God, to-day subjects to unchristian comment and 
usage the idea of Christian healing enjoined by Jesus; but 
this does not affect the invincible facts. 
Perhaps the early Christian era did Jesus no more 
injustice than the later centuries have bestowed upon 
the healing Christ and spiritual idea of being. Now 
that the gospel of healing is again preached by the 
wayside, does not the pulpit sometimes scorn it? But 
that curative mission, which presents the Saviour in a 
clearer light than mere words can possibly do, cannot be 
left out of Christianity, although it is again ruled out of 
the synagogue. 
Truth’s immortal idea is sweeping down the centuries, 
gathering beneath its wings the sick and sinning. My 
weary hope tries to realize that happy day, when man shall 
recognize the Science of Christ and love his neighbor as 
himself, — when he shall realize God’s omnipotence and 
the healing power of the divine Love in what it has done 
and is doing for mankind. The promises will be ful- 
filled. The time for the reappearing of the divine healing 
is throughout all time; and whosoever layeth his earthly 
all on the altar of divine Science, drinketh of Christ’s 
cup now, and is endued with the spirit and power of 
Christian healing. 
In the words of St. John : “He shall give you another 
Comforter, that he may abide with you /or ever .” This 
Comforter I understand to be Divine Science. CHAPTER III 
MARRIAGE 
What therefore God hath joined together, let not man put asunder. 
In the resurrection they neither marry, nor are given in marriage, but 
are as the angels of God in heaven. — Jesus. 
WHEN our great Teacher came to him for baptism, 
John was astounded. Reading his thoughts, Jesus 
added: “Suffer it to be so now: for thus it becometh us 
to fulfil all righteousness.” Jesus’ concessions (in certain 
cases) to material methods were for the advancement of 
spiritual good. 
Marriage is the legal and moral provision for genera- 
tion among human kind. Until the spiritual creation 
is discerned intact, is apprehended and under- 
stood, and His kingdom is come as in the vision 
of the Apocalypse, — where the corporeal sense of crea- 
tion was cast out, and its spiritual sense was revealed from 
heaven, — marriage will continue, subject to such moral 
regulations as will secure increasing virtue. 
Marriage 
temporal 
Infidelity to the marriage covenant is the social scourge 
of all races, “the pestilence that walketh in darkness, 
. . . the destruction that wasteth at noonday.” 
The commandment, “ Thou shalt not com- 
mit adultery,” is no less imperative than the one, “ Thou 
shalt not kill.” 
Fidelity 
required MARRIAGE 
57 
Chastity is the cement of civilization and progress. 
Without it there is no stability in society, and without it 
one cannot attain the Science of Life. 
Union of the masculine and feminine qualities consti- 
tutes completeness. The masculine mind reaches a 
higher tone through certain elements of the 
feminine, while the feminine mind gains cour- 
age and strength through masculine qualities. These 
different elements conjoin naturally with each other, and 
their true harmony is in spiritual oneness. Both sexes 
should be loving, pure, tender, and strong. The attrac- 
tion between native qualities will be perpetual only as it 
is pure and true, bringing sweet seasons of renewal like 
the returning spring. 
Mental 
elements 
Beauty, wealth, or fame is incompetent to meet the 
demands of the affections, and should never weigh 
against the better claims of intellect, good- 
ness, and virtue. Happiness is spiritual, 
born of Truth and Love. It is unselfish; therefore 
it cannot exist alone, but requires all mankind to 
share it. 
Affection’s 
demands 
•Human affection is not poured forth vainly, even 
though it meet no return. Love enriches the nature, en- 
larging, purifying, and elevating it. The wintry 
blasts of earth may uproot the flowers of affec- 
tion, and scatter them to the winds; but this severance 
of fleshly ties serves to unite thought more closely to 
God, for Love supports the struggling heart until it ceases 
to sigh over the world and begins to unfold its wings for 
heaven. 
Marriage is unblest or blest, according to the disap- 
pointments it involves or the hopes it fulfils. To happify 
Help and 
discipline 58 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
existence by constant intercourse with those adapted to 
elevate it, should be the motive of society. Unity of 
spirit gives new pinions to joy, or else joy’s drooping 
wings trail in dust. 
Ill-arranged notes produce discord. I ones of the 
human mind may be different, but they should be con- 
cordant in order to blend properly. Unselfish 
ambition, noble life-motives, and purity, — 
these constituents of thought, mingling, constitute in- 
dividually and collectively true happiness, strength, and 
permanence. 
There is moral freedom in Soul. Never contract the 
horizon of a worthy outlook by the selfish exaction of 
all another's time and thoughts. With ad- 
ditional joys, benevolence should grow more 
diffusive. The narrowness and jealousy, which would 
confine a wife or a husband forever within four walls, will 
not promote the sweet interchange of confidence and love; 
but on the other hand, a wandering desire for incessant 
amusement outside the home circle is a poor augury for 
the happiness of wedlock. Home is the dearest spot on 
earth, and it should be the centre, though not the bound- 
ary, of the affections. 
Chord and 
discord 
Mutual 
freedom 
Said the peasant bride to her lover: “Two eat no more 
together than they eat separately.” This is a hint that 
a wife ought not to court vulgar extravagance 
or stupid ease, because another supplies her 
wants. Wealth may obviate the necessity for toil or the 
chance for ill-nature in the marriage relation, but noth- 
ing can abolish the cares of marriage. 
“She that is married careth . . . how she may please 
her husband,” says the Bible; and this is the pleasantest 
A useful 
suggestion MARRIAGE 
59 
thing to do. Matrimony should never be entered into 
without a full recognition of its enduring obligations on 
both sides. There should be the most tender 
solicitude for each other’s happiness, and mu- 
tual attention and approbation should wait on all the years 
of married life. 
Mutual compromises will often maintain a compact 
which might otherwise become unbearable. Man should 
not be required to participate in all the annoyances and 
cares of domestic economy, nor should woman be ex- 
pected to understand political economy. Fulfilling the 
different demands of their united spheres, their sympa- 
thies should blend in sweet confidence and cheer, each 
partner sustaining the other, — thus hallowing the union 
of interests and affections, in which the heart finds peace 
and home. 
Differing 
duties 
Tender words and unselfish care in what promotes the 
welfare and happiness of your wife will prove more salutary 
in prolonging her health and smiles than stolid 
indifference or jealousy. Husbands, hear this 
and remember how slight a word or deed may renew the 
old trysting-times. 
After marriage, it is too late to grumble over incompati- 
bility of disposition. A mutual understanding should 
exist before this union and continue ever after, for decep- 
tion is fatal to happiness. 
Trysting 
renewed 
The nuptial vow should never be annulled, so long as 
its moral obligations are kept intact; but the frequency 
of divorce shows that the sacredness of this re- 
lationship is losing its influence, and that fatal 
mistakes are undermining its foundations. Separation 
never should take place, and it never would, if both 
Permanent 
obligation 60 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
husband and wife were genuine Christian Scientists. 
Science inevitably lifts one’s being higher in the scale of 
harmony and happiness. 
Kindred tastes, motives, and aspirations are necessary 
to the formation of a happy and permanent companion- 
ship. The beautiful in character is also the 
good, welding indissolubly the links of affec- 
tion. A mother’s affection cannot be weaned from her 
child, because the mother-love includes purity and con- 
stancy, both of which are immortal. Therefore maternal 
affection lives on under whatever difficulties. 
From the logic of events we learn that selfishness 
and impurity alone are fleeting, and that wisdom will 
ultimately put asunder what she hath not joined 
toorfither. 
Permanent 
affection 
Marriage should improve the human species, becoming 
a barrier against vice, a protection to woman, strength to 
man, and a centre for the affections. This, 
however, in a majority of cases, is not its 
present tendency, and why? Because the education of 
the higher nature is neglected, and other considerations, 
— passion, frivolous amusements, personal adornment, 
display, and pride, —• occupy thought. 
Centre for 
affections 
An ill-attuned ear calls discord harmony, not appreciat- 
ing concord. So physical sense, not discerning the true 
happiness of being, places it on a false basis. 
Science will correct the discord, and teach us 
life’s sweeter harmonies. 
Soul has infinite resources with which to bless mankind, 
and happiness would be more readily attained and would 
be more secure in our keeping, if sought in Soul. Higher 
enjoyments alone can satisfy the cravings of immortal 
Spiritual 
concord MARRIAGE 
61 
man. We cannot circumscribe happiness within the 
limits of personal sense. The senses confer no real 
enjoyment. 
The good in human affections must have ascendency 
over the evil and the spiritual over the animal, or happi- 
ness will never be won. The attainment of 
this celestial condition would improve our 
progeny, diminish crime, and give higher aims to ambi- 
tion. Every valley of sin must be exalted, and every 
mountain of selfishness be brought low, that the highway 
of our God may be prepared in Science. The offspring 
of heavenly-minded parents inherit more intellect, better 
balanced minds, and sounder constitutions. 
Ascendency 
of good 
If some fortuitous circumstance places promising chil- 
dren in the arms of gross parents, often these beautiful 
children early droop and die, like tropical 
flowers born amid Alpine snows. If perchance 
they live to become parents in their turn, they may re- 
produce in their own helpless little ones the grosser traits 
of their ancestors. What hope of happiness, what noble 
ambition, can inspire the child who inherits propensities 
that must either be overcome or reduce him to a loath- 
some wreck? 
Is not the propagation of the human species a greater 
responsibility, a more solemn charge, than the culture of 
your garden or the raising of stock to increase your flocks 
and herds? Nothing unworthy of perpetuity should be 
transmitted to children. 
The formation of mortals must greatly improve to 
advance mankind. The scientific morale of marriage is 
spiritual unity. If the propagation of a higher human 
species is requisite to reach this goal, then its material con- 
Propensities 
inherited 62 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
ditions can only be permitted for the purpose of gener- 
ating. The foetus must be kept mentally pure and the 
period of gestation have the sanctity of virginity. 
The entire education of children should be such as to 
form habits of obedience to the moral and spiritual law, 
with which the child can meet and master the belief in so- 
called physical laws, a belief which breeds disease. 
If parents create in their babes a desire for incessant 
amusement, to be always fed, rocked, tossed, or talked 
to, those parents should not, in after years, 
complain of their children’s fretfulness or fri- 
volity, which the parents themselves have occasioned. 
Taking less “thought for your life, what ye shall eat, or 
what ye shall drink”; less thought “for your body what 
ye shall put on,” will do much more for the health of the 
rising generation than you dream. Children should be 
allowed to remain children in knowledge, and should 
become men and women only through growth in the 
understanding of man’s higher nature. 
Inheritance 
heeded 
We must not attribute more and more intelligence 
to matter, but less and less, if we would be wise and 
healthy. The divine Mind, which forms the 
bud and blossom, will care for the human 
body, even as it clothes the lily; but let no mortal inter- 
fere with God’s government by thrusting in the laws of 
erring, human concepts. 
The Mind 
creative 
The higher nature of man is not governed by the lower; 
if it were, the order of wisdom would be reversed. 
Our false views of life hide eternal harmony, 
and produce the ills of which we complain. 
Because mortals believe in material laws and reject the 
Science of Mind, this does not make materiality first and 
Superior law 
of Soul MARRIAGE 
63 
the superior law of Soul last. You would never think 
that flannel was better for warding off pulmonary disease 
than the controlling Mind, if you understood the Science 
of being. 
In Science man is the offspring of Spirit. The beauti- 
ful, good, and pure constitute his ancestry. His origin is 
not, like that of mortals, in brute instinct, nor 
does he pass through material conditions prior 
to reaching intelligence. Spirit is his primitive and ulti- 
mate source of being; God is his Father, and Life is the 
law of his being. 
Spiritual 
origin 
Civil law establishes very unfair differences between the 
rights of the two sexes. Christian Science furnishes no 
precedent for such injustice, and civilization 
mitigates it in some measure. Still, it is a 
marvel why usage should accord woman less rights than 
does either Christian Science or civilization. 
The rights 
of woman 
Our laws are not impartial, to say the least, in their 
discrimination as to the person, property, and parental 
claims of the two sexes. If the elective fran- 
chise for women will remedy the evil with- 
out encouraging difficulties of greater magnitude, let us 
hope it will be granted. A feasible as well as rational 
means of improvement at present is the elevation of 
society in general and the achievement of a nobler 
race for legislation, — a race having higher aims and 
motives. 
If a dissolute husband deserts his wife, certainly the 
wronged, and perchance impoverished, woman should be 
allowed to collect her own wages, enter into business 
agreements, hold real estate, deposit funds, and own her 
children free from interference. 
Unfair dis- 
crimination 64 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
Want of uniform justice is a crying evil caused by the 
selfishness and inhumanity of man. Our forefathers 
exercised their faith in the direction taught by the Apostle 
James, when he said : “Pure religion and undefiled before 
God and the Father, is this, To visit the fatherless and 
widows in their affliction, and to keep himself unspotted 
from the world.” 
Pride, envy, or jealousy seems on most occasions to 
be the master of ceremonies, ruling out primitive Chris- 
tianity. When a man lends a helping hand 
to some noble woman, struggling alone with 
adversity, his wife should not say, “It is never well to 
interfere with your neighbor’s business.” A wife is 
sometimes debarred by a covetous domestic tyrant from 
giving the ready aid her sympathy and charity would 
afford. 
Benevolence 
hindered 
Marriage should signify a union of hearts. Further- 
more, the time cometh of which Jesus spake, when he 
declared that in the resurrection there should 
be no more marrying nor giving in marriage, 
but man would be as the angels. Then shall Soul re- 
joice in its own, in which passion has no part. Then 
white-robed purity will unite in one person masculine wis- 
dom and feminine love, spiritual understanding and per- 
petual peace. 
Until it is learned that God is the Father of all, mar- 
riage will continue. Let not mortals permit a disregard 
of law which might lead to a worse state of society than 
now exists. Honesty and virtue ensure the stability of 
the marriage covenant. Spirit will ultimately claim its 
own, — all that really is, — and the voices of physical 
sense will be forever hushed. 
Progressive 
development MARRIAGE 
65 
Experience should be the school of virtue, and human 
happiness should proceed from man’s highest nature. 
May Christ, Truth, be present at every bridal 
altar to turn the water into wine and to give to 
human life an inspiration by which man’s spiritual and 
eternal existence may be discerned. 
If the foundations of human affection are consistent 
with progress, they will be strong and enduring. Divorces 
should warn the age of some fundamental error 
in the marriage state. The union of the sexes 
suffers fearful discord. To gain Christian Science and its 
harmony, life should be more metaphysically regarded. 
Blessing 
of Christ 
Righteous 
foundations 
The broadcast powers of evil so conspicuous to-day 
show themselves in the materialism and sensualism of 
the age, struggling against the advancing 
spiritual era. Beholding the world’s lack of 
Christianity and the powerlessness of vows to make home 
happy, the human mind will at length demand a higher 
affection. 
Powerless 
promises 
There will ensue a fermentation over this as over many 
other reforms, until we get at last the clear straining of 
truth, and impurity and error are left among 
the lees. The fermentation even of fluids is 
not pleasant. An unsettled, transitional stage is never 
desirable on its own account. Matrimony, which was once 
a fixed fact among us, must lose its present slippery foot- 
ing, and man must find permanence and peace in a more 
spiritual adherence. 
The mental chemicalization, which has brought con- 
jugal infidelity to the surface, will assuredly throw off 
this evil, and marriage will become purer when the scum 
is gone. 
Transition 
and reform 66 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
Thou art right, immortal Shakespeare, great poet of 
humanity: 
Sweet are the uses of adversity; 
Which, like the toad, ugly and venomous, 
Wears yet a precious jewel in his head. 
Trials teach mortals not to lean on a material staff, — 
a broken reed, which pierces the heart. We do not 
half remember this in the sunshine of joy 
and prosperity. Sorrow is salutary. Through 
great tribulation we enter the kingdom. Trials are 
proofs of God’s care. Spiritual development germi- 
nates not from seed sown in the soil of material hopes, 
but when these decay, Love propagates anew the higher 
joys of Spirit, which have no taint of earth. Each suc- 
cessive stage of experience unfolds new views of divine 
goodness and love. 
Amidst gratitude for conjugal felicity, it is well to re- 
member how fleeting are human joys. Amidst conjugal 
infelicity, it is well to hope, pray, and wait patiently on 
divine wisdom to point out the path. 
Salutary 
sorrow 
Husbands and wives should never separate if there 
is no Christian demand for it. It is better to await the 
logic of events than for a wife precipitately 
to leave her husband or for a husband to 
leave his wife. If one is better than the other, as must 
always be the case, the other pre-eminently needs good 
company. Socrates considered patience salutary under 
such circumstances, making his Xantippe a discipline for 
his philosophy. 
Patience 
is wisdom 
Sorrow has its reward. It never leaves us 
where it found us. The furnace separates 
the gold from the dross that the precious metal may 
The gold 
and dross MAEEIAGE 
67 
be graven with the image of God. The cup our Father 
hath given, shall we not drink it and learn the lessons 
He teaches? 
When the ocean is stirred by a storm, then the clouds 
lower, the wind shrieks through the tightened shrouds, 
and the waves lift themselves into mountains. 
We ask the helmsman: “Do you know your 
course? Can you steer safely amid the storm?” He 
answers bravely, but even the dauntless seaman is not 
sure of his safety; nautical science is not equal to the 
Science of Mind. Yet, acting up to his highest under- 
standing, firm at the post of duty, the mariner works on 
and awaits the issue. Thus should we deport ourselves 
on the seething ocean of sorrow. Hoping and work- 
ing, one should stick to the wreck, until an irresistible 
propulsion precipitates his doom or sunshine gladdens 
the troubled sea. 
Weathering 
the storm 
The notion that animal natures can possibly give force 
to character is too absurd for consideration, when we 
remember that through spiritual ascendency 
our Lord and Master healed the sick, raised 
the dead, and commanded even the winds and waves to 
obey him. Grace and Truth are potent beyond all other 
means and methods. 
The lack of spiritual power in the limited demonstration 
of popular Christianity does not put to silence the labor 
of centuries. Spiritual, not corporeal, consciousness is 
needed. Man delivered from sin, disease, and death 
presents the true likeness or spiritual ideal. 
Systems of religion and medicine treat of physical pains 
and pleasures, but Jesus rebuked the suffering from any 
such cause or effect. The epoch approaches when the 
Spiritual 
power 68 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
understanding of the truth of being will be the basis of 
true religion. At present mortals progress slowly for 
fear of being thought ridiculous. They are 
slaves to fashion, pride, and sense. Some- 
time we shall learn how Spirit, the great architect, has 
created men and women in Science. We ought to weary 
of the fleeting and false and to cherish nothing which 
hinders our highest selfhood. 
Jealousy is the grave of affection. The presence of 
mistrust, where confidence is due, withers the flowers 
of Eden and scatters love’s petals to decay. Be not 
in haste to take the vow “until death do us part.” 
Consider its obligations, its responsibilities, its rela- 
tions to your growth and to your influence on other 
lives. 
Basis of true 
religion 
I never knew more than one individual who believed 
in agamogenesis; she was unmarried, a lovely charac- 
ter, was suffering from incipient insanity, and 
a Christian Scientist cured her. I have named 
her case to individuals, when casting my bread upon 
the waters, and it may have caused the good to ponder 
and the evil to hatch their silly innuendoes and lies, since 
salutary causes sometimes incur these effects. The per- 
petuation of the floral species by bud or cell-division is 
evident, but I discredit the belief that agamogenesis 
applies to the human species. 
Christian Science presents unfoldment, not accretion; 
it manifests no material growth from molecule to mind, 
but an impartation of the divine Mind to man 
and the universe. Proportionately as human 
generation ceases, the unbroken links of eternal, har- 
monious being will be spiritually discerned; and man. 
Insanity and 
agamogenesis 
God’s crea- 
tion intact MAEEIAGE 
69 
not of the earth earthly but coexistent with God, will 
appear. The scientific fact that man and the universe 
are evolved from Spirit, and so are spiritual, is as fixed in 
divine Science as is the proof that mortals gain the sense 
of health only as they lose the sense of sin and disease. 
Mortals can never understand God’s creation while believ- 
ing that man is a creator. God’s children already created 
will be cognized only as man finds the truth of being. 
Thus it is that the real, ideal man appears in proportion 
as the false and material disappears. No longer to marry 
or to be “given in marriage” neither closes man’s con- 
tinuity nor his sense of increasing number in God’s in- 
finite plan. Spiritually to understand that there is but 
one creator, God, unfolds all creation, confirms the Scrip- 
tures, brings the sweet assurance of no parting, no pain, 
and of man deathless and perfect and eternal. 
If Christian Scientists educate their own offspring 
spiritually, they can educate others spiritually and not 
conflict with the scientific sense of God’s creation. Some 
day the child will ask his parent: “Do you keep the First 
Commandment? Do you have dne God and creator, or 
is man a creator?” If the father replies, “God creates 
man through man,” the child may ask, “Do you teach 
that Spirit creates materially, or do you declare that : 
Spirit is infinite, therefore matter is out of the ques- 
tion?” Jesus said, “The children of this world marry, 
and are given in marriage: But they which shall be ac- : 
counted worthy to obtain that world, and the resur- 
rection from the dead, neither marry, nor are given in 
marriage CHAPTER IV 
And when they shall say unto you, 
Seek unto them that have familiar spirits, 
And unto wizards that peep and that mutter; 
Should not a people seek unto their God % — Isaiah. 
Verily, verily, I say unto you, If a man keep my saying, he shall never 
see death. Then said the Jews unto him, Now we know that thou hast a 
devil. — John. 
CHRISTIAN SCIENCE VERSUS SPIRITUALISM 
MORTAL existence is an enigma. Every day is a 
mystery. The testimony of the corporeal senses 
cannot inform us what is real and what is delusive, but 
the revelations of Christian Science unlock the treasures 
of Truth. Whatever is false or sinful can 
never enter the atmosphere of Spirit. There 
is but one Spirit. Man is never God, but spiritual man, 
made in God’s likeness, reflects God. In this scientific 
reflection the Ego and the Father are inseparable. The 
supposition that corporeal beings are spirits, or that there 
are good and evil spirits, is a mistake. 
The infinite 
, one Spirit 
The divine Mind maintains all identities, from a blade 
of grass to a star, as distinct and eternal. The 
questions are: What are God’s identities ? 
What is Soul? Does life or soul exist in the thing 
formed ? 
Real and un- 
real identity CHRISTIAN SCIENCE VERSUS SPIRITUALISM 
71 
Nothing is real and eternal, — nothing is Spirit, — but 
God and His idea. Evil has no reality. It is neither 
person, place, nor thing, but is simply a belief, an illusion 
of material sense. 
The identity, or idea, of all reality continues forever; 
but Spirit, or the divine Principle of all, is not in Spirit’s 
formations. Soul is synonymous with Spirit, God, the 
creative, governing, infinite Principle outside of finite form, 
which forms only reflect. 
Close your eyes, and you may dream that you see a 
flower, — that you touch and smell it. Thus you learn 
that the flower is a product of the so-called 
mind, a formation of thought rather than of 
matter. Close your eyes again, and you may see land- 
scapes, men, and women. Thus you learn that these 
also are images, which mortal mind holds and evolves 
and which simulate mind, life, and intelligence. From 
dreams also you learn that neither mortal mind nor 
matter is the image or likeness of God, and that im- 
mortal Mind is not in matter. 
Dream- 
lessons 
When the Science of Mind is understood, spiritualism 
will be found mainly erroneous, having no scientific basis 
nor origin, no proof nor power outside of 
human testimony. It is the offspring of the 
physical senses. There is no sensuality in Spirit. I never 
could believe in spiritualism. 
The basis and structure of spiritualism are alike ma- 
terial and physical. Its spirits are so many corporealities, 
limited and finite in character and quality. Spiritualism 
therefore presupposes Spirit, which is ever infinite, to be 
a corporeal being, a finite form, — a theory contrary to 
Christian Science. 
Found 
wanting 72 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
There is but one spiritual existence, — the Life of 
which corporeal sense can take no cognizance. The 
divine Principle of man speaks through immortal sense. 
If a material body — in other words, mortal, material 
sense — were permeated by Spirit, that body would 
disappear to mortal sense, would be deathless. A con- 
dition precedent to communion with Spirit is the gain of 
spiritual life. 
So-called spirits are but corporeal communicators. As 
light destroys darkness and in the place of darkness all 
is light, so (in absolute Science) Soul, or God, 
is the only truth-giver to man. Truth de- 
stroys mortality, and brings to light immortality. Mortal 
belief (the material sense of life) and immortal Truth 
(the spiritual sense) are the tares and the wheat, which 
are not united by progress, but separated. 
Perfection is not expressed through imperfection. 
Spirit is not made manifest through matter, the anti- 
pode of Spirit. Error is not a convenient sieve through 
which truth can be strained. 
Spirits 
obsolete 
God, good, being ever present, it follows in divine 
logic that evil, the suppositional opposite of good, is never 
present. In Science, individual good derived 
from God, the infinite All-in-all, may flow 
from the departed to mortals; but evil is neither com- 
municable nor scientific. A sinning, earthly tnortal is 
not the reality of Life nor the medium through which 
truth passes to earth. The joy of intercourse becomes 
the jest of sin, when evil and suffering are communicable. 
Not personal intercommunion but divine law is the com- 
municator of truth, health, and harmony to earth and 
humanity. As readily can you mingle fire and frost as 
Scientific 
phenomena CHRISTIAN SCIENCE VERSUS SPIRITUALISM 
73 
Spirit and matter. In either case, one does not support 
:he other. 
Spiritualism calls one person, living in this world, ma- 
terial, but another, who has died to-day a sinner and sup- 
posedly will return to earth to-morrow, it terms a spirit. 
The fact is that neither the one nor the other is infinite 
Spirit, for Spirit is God, and man is His likeness. 
The belief that one man, as spirit, can control an- 
other man, as matter, upsets both the individuality and 
the Science of man, for man is image. God 
controls man, and God is the only Spirit. Any 
other control or attraction of so-called spirit is a mortal 
belief, which ought to be known by its fruit, — the repe- 
tition of evil. 
If Spirit, or God, communed with mortals or controlled 
them through electricity or any other form of matter, the 
divine order and the Science of omnipotent, omnipresent 
Spirit would be destroyed. 
One gov- 
ernment 
The belief that material bodies return to dust, hereafter 
to rise up as spiritual bodies with material sensations and 
desires, is incorrect. Equally incorrect is the 
belief that spirit is confined in a finite, ma- 
terial body, from which it is freed by death, and that, when 
it is freed from the material body, spirit retains the sensa- 
tions belonging to that body. 
Incorrect 
theories 
It is a grave mistake to suppose that matter is any part 
of the reality of intelligent existence, or that Spirit and 
matter, intelligence and non-intelligence, can 
commune together. This error Science will 
destroy. The sensual cannot be made the mouthpiece of 
the spiritual, nor can the finite become the channel of 
the infinite. There is no communication between so- 
No me- 
diumship 74 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
called material existence and spiritual life which is not 
subject to death. 
To be on communicable terms with Spirit, persons must 
be free from organic bodies; and their return to a mate- 
rial condition, after having once left it, would 
be as impossible as would be the restoration 
to its original condition of the acorn, already absorbed 
into a sprout which has risen above the soil. The seed 
which has germinated has a new form and state of exist- 
ence. When here or hereafter the belief of life in matter 
is extinct, the error which has held the belief dissolves 
with the belief, and never returns to the old condition. 
No correspondence nor communion can exist between 
persons in such opposite dreams as the belief of having 
died and left a material body and the belief of still living 
in an organic, material body. 
Opposing 
conditions 
The caterpillar, transformed mto a beautiful insect, 
is no longer a worm, nor does the insect return to 
fraternize with or control the worm. Such 
a backward transformation is impossible in 
Science. Darkness and light, infancy and manhood, 
sickness and health, are opposites, — different beliefs, 
which never blend. Who will say that infancy can utter 
the ideas of manhood, that darkness can represent light, 
that we are in Europe when we are in the opposite hemi- 
sphere ? There is no bridge across the gulf which divides 
two such opposite conditions as the spiritual, or incor- 
poreal, and the physical, or corporeal. 
In Christian Science there is never a retrograde step, 
never a return to positions outgrown. The so-called dead 
and living cannot commune together, foi they are in 
separate states of existence, or consciousness. 
Bridgeless 
division CHRISTIAN SCIENCE VERSUS SPIRITUALISM 
75 
This simple truth lays bare the mistaken assumption 
that man dies as matter but comes to life as spirit. The 
so-called dead, in order to reappear to those 
still in the existence cognized by the physical 
senses, would need to be tangible and material, — to have 
a material investiture, — or the material senses could take 
no cognizance of the so-called dead. 
Spiritualism would transfer men from the spiritual sense 
of existence back into its material sense. This gross mate- 
rialism is scientifically impossible, since to infinite Spirit 
there can be no matter. 
Unscientific 
investiture 
Jesus said of Lazarus: “Our friend Lazarus sleepeth; 
but I go, that I may awake him out of sleep.” Jesus 
restored Lazarus by the understanding that 
Lazarus had never died, not by an admis- 
sion that his body had died and then lived again. Had 
Jesus believed that Lazarus had lived or died in his 
body, the Master would have stood on the same plane of 
belief as those who buried the body, and he could not have 
resuscitated it. 
When you can waken yourself or others out of the belief 
that all must die, you can then exercise Jesus’ spiritual 
power to reproduce the presence of those who have thought 
they died, — but not otherwise. 
Raising 
the dead 
There is one possible moment, when those living on the 
earth and those called dead, can commune together, and 
that is the moment previous to the transition, 
— the moment when the link between their op- 
posite beliefs is being sundered. In the vestibule through 
which we pass from one dream to another dream, or 
when we awake from earth’s sleep to the grand verities 
of Life, the departing may hear the glad welcome of those 
Vision of 
the dying 76 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
who have gone before. The ones departing may whisper 
this vision, name the face that smiles on them and the 
hand which beckons them, as one at Niagara, with eyes 
open only to that wonder, forgets all else and breathes 
aloud his rapture. 
When being is understood, Life will be recognized as 
neither material nor finite, but as infinite, — as God, 
universal good ; and the belief that life, or 
mind, was ever in a finite form, or good in 
evil, will be destroyed. Then it will be understood that 
Spirit never entered matter and was therefore never 
raised from matter. When advanced to spiritual being 
and the understanding of God, man can no longer com- 
mune with matter; neither can he return to it, any more 
than a tree can return to its seed. Neither will man seem 
to be corporeal, but he will be an individual conscious- 
ness, characterized by the divine Spirit as idea, not matter. 
Suffering, sinning, dying beliefs are unreal. When 
divine Science is universally understood, they will have 
no power over man, for man is immortal and lives by 
divine authority. 
Real Life 
is God 
The sinless joy, — the perfect harmony and immortality 
of Life, possessing unlimited divine beauty and goodness 
without a single bodily pleasure or pain, — 
constitutes the only veritable, indestructible 
man, whose being is spiritual. This state of existence 
is scientific and intact, — a perfection discernible only 
by those who have the final understanding of Christ in 
divine Science. Death can never hasten this state of 
existence, for death must be overcome, not submitted to, 
before immortality appears. 
The recognition of Spirit and of infinity comes not 
Immaterial 
pleasure CHRISTIAN SCIENCE VERSUS SPIRITUALISM 
77 
suddenly here or hereafter. The pious Polycarp said: 
“I cannot turn at once from good to evil.” Neither do 
other mortals accomplish the change frotn error to truth 
at a single bound. 
Existence continues to be a belief of corporeal sense 
Until the Science of being is reached. Error brings its 
own self-destruction both here and hereafter, 
for mortal mind creates its own physical con- 
ditions. Death will occur on the next plane of existence 
as on this, until the spiritual understanding of Life is 
reached. Then, and not until then, will it be demon- 
strated that “the second death hath no power.” 
Second 
death 
The period required for this dream of material life, 
embracing its so-called pleasures and pains, to vanish 
from consciousness, “knoweth no man , . . 
neither the Son, but the Father.” This period 
will be of longer or shorter duration according to the 
tenacity of error. Of what advantage, then, would it be 
to us, or to the departed, to prolong the material state and 
so prolong the illusion either of a soul inert or of a sinning, 
suffering sense, — a so-called mind fettered to matter. 
A dream 
vanishing 
Even if communications from spirits to mortal con- 
sciousness were possible, such communications would 
grow beautifully less with every advanced stage 
of existence. The departed would gradually 
rise above ignorance and materiality, and Spiritualists 
would outgrow their beliefs in material spiritualism. 
Spiritism consigns the so-called dead to a state resembling 
that of blighted buds, — to a wretched purgatory, where 
the chances of the departed for improvement narrow 
into nothing and they return to their old standpoints of 
matter. 
Progress and 
purgatory 78 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
The decaying flower, the blighted bud, the gnarled oak, 
the ferocious beast, —■ like the discords of disease, sin, 
and death, — are unnatural. They are the fal- 
sities of sense, the changing deflections of mor- 
tal mind; they are not the eternal realities of Mind. 
How unreasonable is the belief that we are wearing 
out life and hastening to death, and that at the same 
time we are communing with immortality! 
If the departed are in rapport with mor- 
tality, or matter, they are not spiritual, but must still 
be mortal, sinning, suffering, and dying. Then why 
look to them — even were communication possible — for 
proofs of immortality, and accept them as oracles ? Com- 
munications gathered from ignorance are pernicious in 
tendency. 
Spiritualism with its material accompaniments would 
destroy the supremacy of Spirit. If Spirit pervades all 
space, it needs no material method for the transmission 
of messages. Spirit needs no wires nor electricity in order 
to be omnipresent. 
Unnatural 
deflections 
Absurd 
oracles 
Spirit is not materially tangible. How then can it 
communicate with man through electric, material effects ? 
How can the majesty and omnipotence of 
Spirit be lost ? God is not in the medley 
where matter cares for matter, where spiritism makes 
many gods, and hypnotism and electricity are claimed 
to be the agents of God’s government. 
Spirit blesses man, but man cannot “tell whence 
it cometh.” By it the sick are healed, the sorrowing are 
comforted, and the sinning are reformed. These are the 
effects of one universal God, the invisible good dwelling 
in eternal Science. 
Spirit 
intangible CHRISTIAN SCIENCE VERSUS SPIRITUALISM 
79 
The act of describing disease — its symptoms, locality, 
and fatality — is not scientific. Warning people against 
death is an error that tends to frighten into 
death those who are ignorant of Life as God. 
Thousands of instances could be cited of health restored 
by changing the patient’s thoughts regarding death. 
Thought re- 
garding death 
A scientific mental method is more sanitary than the 
use of drugs, and such a mental method produces perma- 
nent health. Science must go over the whole 
ground, and dig up every seed of error’s sow- 
ing. Spiritualism relies upon human beliefs and hy- 
potheses. Christian Science removes these beliefs and 
hypotheses through the higher understanding of God, for 
Christian Science, resting on divine Principle, not on ma- 
terial personalities, in its revelation of immortality, intro- 
duces the harmony of being. 
Jesus cast out evil spirits, or false beliefs. The Apostle 
Paul bade men have the Mind that was in the Christ. 
Jesus did his own work by the one Spirit. He said : “ My 
Father worketh hitherto, and I work.” He never de- 
scribed disease, so far as can be learned from the Gospels, 
but he healed disease. 
Fallacious 
hypotheses 
The unscientific practitioner says: “You are ill. Your 
brain is overtaxed, and you must rest. Your body is 
weak, and it must be strengthened. You have 
nervous prostration, and must be treated for it.” 
Science objects to all this, contending for the rights of in- 
telligence and asserting that Mind controls body and brain. 
Mistaken 
methods 
ivimd-science teaches that mortals need not be weary 
in well doing.” It dissipates fatigue in doing 
good. Giving does not impoverish us in the 
service of our Maker, neither does withholding enrich us. 
Divine 
strength 80 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
We have strength in proportion to our apprehension of 
the truth, and our strength is not lessened by giving 
utterance to truth. A cup of coffee or tea is not the equal 
of truth, whether for the inspiration of a sermon or for 
the support of bodily endurance. 
A communication purporting to come from the late 
Theodore Parker reads as follows: “ There iiever was, 
and there never will be, an immortal spirit.” 
Yet the very periodical containing this sen- 
tence repeats weekly the assertion that spirit-communica- 
tions are our only proofs of immortality. 
A denial of 
immortality 
I entertain no doubt of the humanity and philanthropy 
of many Spiritualists, but I cannot coincide with their 
views. It is mysticism which gives spiritual- 
ism its force. Science dispels mystery and 
explains extraordinary phenomena ; but Science never 
removes phenomena from the domain of reason into the 
realm of mysticism. 
Mysticism 
unscientific 
It should not seem mysterious that mind, without the 
aid of hands, can move a table, when we already know 
that it is mind-power which moves both table 
and hand. Even planchette — the French toy 
which years ago pleased so many people —attested the con- 
trol of mortal mind over its substratum, called matter. 
It is mortal mind which convulses its substratum, matter. 
These movements arise from the volition of human belief, 
but they are neither scientific nor rational. Mortal mind 
produces table-tipping as certainly as and 
believes that this wonder emanates from spirits and elec- 
tricity. This belief rests on the common convictiofr that 
mind and matter cooperate both visibly and invisibly, 
hence that matter is intelligent. 
Physical 
falsities CHRISTIAN SCIENCE VERSUS SPIRITUALISM 
81 
There is not so much evidence to prove intercommuni- 
cation between the so-called dead and the living, as there 
is to show the sick that matter suffers and has 
sensation; yet this latter evidence is destroyed by 
Mind-science. If Spiritualists understood the 
Science of being, their belief in mediumship would vanish. 
Poor post- 
mortem 
evidence 
At the very best and on its own theories, spiritualism 
can only prove that certain individuals have a continued 
existence after death and maintain their affili- 
ation with mortal flesh; but this fact affords 
no certainty of everlasting life. A man’s assertion that 
he is immortal no more proves him to be so, than the op- 
posite assertion, that he is mortal, would prove immor- 
tality a lie. Nor is the case improved when alleged spirits 
teach immortality. Life, Love, Truth, is the only proof 
of immortality. 
No proof of 
immortality 
Man in the likeness of God as revealed in Science can- 
not help being immortal. Though the grass seemeth to 
wither and the flower to fade, they reappear. 
Erase the figures which express number* silence 
the tones of music, give to the worms the body 
called man, and yet the producing, governing, divine 
Principle lives on, — in the case of man as truly as in 
the case of numbers and of music, — despite the so-called 
laws of matter, which define matt as mortal. Though 
the inharmony resulting from material sense hides the 
harmony of Science, inharmony cannot destroy the divine 
Principle of Science. In Science, Man’s immortality de- 
pends upon that of God, good, and follows as a necessary 
consequence of the immortality of good. 
That somebody, somewhere, must have known the 
deceased person, supposed to be the communicator, is 
Mind’s mani- 
festations 
immortal 82 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
evident, and it is as easy to read distant thoughts as near. 
We think of an absent friend as easily as we do of one 
present. It is no more difficult to read the 
absent mind than it is to read the present. 
Chaucer wrote centuries ago, yet we still read his thought 
in his verse. What is classic study, but discernment of 
the minds of Homer and Virgil, of whose personal exist- 
ence we may be in doubt? 
Reading 
thoughts 
If spiritual life has been won by the departed, they 
cannot return to material existence, because different 
states of consciousness are involved, and one 
person cannot exist in two different states of 
consciousness at the same time. In sleep we 
do not communicate with the dreamer by our side despite 
his physical proximity, because both of us are either un- 
conscious or are wandering in our dreams through differ- 
ent mazes of consciousness. 
In like manner it would follow, even if our departed 
friends were near us and were in as conscious a state of 
existence as before the change we call death, that their 
state of consciousness must be different from ours. We 
are not in their state, nor are they in the mental realm 
in which we dwell. Communion between them and 
ourselves would be prevented by this difference. The 
mental states are so unlike, that intercommunion is as 
impossible as it would be between a mole and a human 
being. Different dreams and different awakenings be- 
token a differing consciousness. When wandering in 
Australia, do we look for help to the Esquimaux in their 
snow huts? 
In a world of sin and sensuality hastening to a 
greater development of power, it is wise earnestly to 
Impossible 
intercom- 
munion CHRISTIAN SCIENCE VERSUS SPIRITUALISM 
83 
consider whether it is the human mind or the divine 
Mind which is influencing one. What the prophets of 
Jehovah did, the worshippers of Baal failed to do; yet 
artifice and delusion claimed that they could equal the 
work of wisdom. 
Science only can explain the incredible good and evil 
elements now coming to the surface. Mortals must find 
refuge in Truth in order to escape the error of these latter 
days. Nothing is more antagonistic to Christian Science 
than a blind belief without understanding, for such a 
belief hides Truth and builds on error. 
Miracles are impossible in Science, and here Science 
takes issue with popular religions. The scientific mani- 
festation of power is from the divine nature 
and is not supernatural, since Science is an 
explication of nature. The belief that the universe, in- 
cluding man, is governed in general by material laws, but 
that occasionally Spirit sets aside these laws, — this be- 
lief belittles omnipotent wisdom, and gives to matter the 
precedence over Spirit. 
Natural 
wonders 
It is contrary to Christian Science to suppose that life 
is either material or organically spiritual. Between 
Christian Science and all forms of superstition 
a great gulf is fixed, as impassable as that be- 
tween Dives and Lazarus. There is mortal mind-reading 
and immortal Mind-reading. The latter is a revelation 
of divine purpose through spiritual understanding, by 
which man gains the divine Principle and explanation of 
all things. Mortal mind-reading and immortal Mind- 
reading are distinctly opposite standpoints, from which 
cause and effect are interpreted. The act of reading 
mortal mind investigates and touches only human beliefs. 
Conflicting 
standpoints , 84 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
Science is immortal and coordinate neither with the 
premises nor with the conclusions of mortal beliefs. 
The ancient prophets gained their foresight from a 
spiritual, incorporeal standpoint, not by foreshadowing 
evil and mistaking fact for fiction, — 
ing the future from a groundwork of corpo- 
reality and human belief. When sufficiently advanced 
in Science to be in harmony with the truth of being, men 
become seers and prophets involuntarily, controlled not 
by demons, spirits, or demigods, but by the one Spirit. 
It is the prerogative of the ever-present, divine Mind, and 
of thought which is in rapport with this Mind, to know 
the past, the present, and the future. 
Acquaintance with the Science of being enables us to 
commune more largely with the divine Mind, to foresee 
and foretell eve tits Which concern the universal welfare, 
to be divinely inspired, — yea, to reach the range of fetter- 
less Mind. 
Scientific 
foreseeing 
To understand that Mind is infinite, not bounded by 
corporeality, not dependent upon the ear and eye for 
sound or sight nor upon muscles and bohes 
for locomotion, is a step towards the Mind- 
science by which We discern man’s nature and existence. 
This true conception of being destroys the belief of spirit- 
ualism at its vefy inception, for without the concession of 
material personalities called spirits, spiritualism has no 
basis upon which to build. 
The Mind 
unbounded 
All we correctly know of Spirit comes from God, divine 
Principle, and Is learned through Christ and Christian 
Science. If this Science has been thoroughly 
learned and properly digested, we can know 
the truth more accurately than the astronomer can read 
Scientific 
foreknowing CHRISTIAN SCIENCE VERSUS SPIRITUALISM 
85 
the stars or calculate an eclipse. This Mind-reading 
is the opposite of clairvoyance. It is the illumination of 
the spiritual understanding which demonstrates the ca- 
pacity of Soul, not of material sense. This Soul-sense 
comes to the human mind when the latter yields to the 
divine Mind. 
Such intuitions reveal whatever constitutes and per- 
petuates harmony, enabling one to do good, but not 
evil. You will reach the perfect Science of 
healing when you are able to read the human 
mind after this manner and discern the error you would 
destroy. The Samaritan woman said: “Come, see a 
man, which told me all things that ever I did : is not this 
the Christ ?” 
It is recorded that Jesus, as he once journeyed with his 
students, “knew their thoughts,” — read them scientifi- 
cally. In like manner he discerned disease and healed 
the sick. After the same method, events of great mo- 
ment were foretold by the Hebrew prophets. Our 
Master rebuked the lack of this power when he said : 
u O ye hypocrites! ye can discern the face of the sky; 
but can ye not discern the signs of the times?” 
Value of 
intuition 
Both Jew and Gentile may have had acute corporeal 
senses, but mortals need spiritual sense. Jesus knew the 
generation to be wicked and adulterous, seek- 
ing the material more than the spiritual. His 
thrusts at materialism were sharp, but needed. He never 
spared hypocrisy the sternest condemnation. He said: 
f< These ought ye to have done, and not to leave the other 
undone.” The great Teacher knew both cause and 
effect, knew that truth communicates itself but never 
imparts error. 
Hypocrisy 
condemned 86 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
Jesus once asked, “Who touched me?” Supposing 
this inquiry to be occasioned by physical contact alone, 
his disciples answered, “The multitude throng 
thee.” Jesus knew, as others did not, that 
it was not matter, but mortal mind, whose touch called 
for aid. Repeating his inquiry, he was answered by the 
faith of a sick woman. His quick apprehension of this 
mental call illustrated his spirituality. The disciples’ 
misconception of it uncovered their materiality. Jesus 
possessed more spiritual susceptibility than the disciples. 
Opposites come from contrary directions, and produce 
unlike results. 
Mental 
contact 
Mortals evolve images of thought. These may appear 
to the ignorant to be apparitions ; but they are myste- 
rious only because it is unusual to see 
thoughts, though we can always feel their 
influence. Haunted houses, ghostly voices, unusual 
noises, and apparitions brought out in dark seances 
either involve feats by tricksters, or they are images and 
sounds evolved involuntarily by mortal mind. Seeing 
is no less a quality of physical sense than feeling. Then 
why is it more difficult to see a thought than to feel one ? 
Education alone determines the difference. In reality 
there is none. 
Images of 
thought 
Portraits, landscape-paintings, fac-similes of penman- 
ship, peculiarities of expression, recollected sentences, 
can all be taken from pictorial thought and 
memory as readily as from objects cognizable 
by the senses. Mortal mind sees what it believes as 
certainly as it believes what it sees. It feels, hears, and 
sees its own thoughts. Pictures are mentally formed 
before the artist can convey them to canvas. So is it 
Phenomena 
explained CHRISTIAN SCIENCE VERSUS SPIRITUALISM 
87 
with all material conceptions. Mind-readers perceive 
these pictures of thought. They copy or reproduce 
them, even when they are lost to the memory of the mind 
in which they are discoverable. 
It is needless for the thought or for the person hold- 
ing the transferred picture to be individually and con- 
sciously present. Though individuals have 
passed away, their mental environment re- 
mains to be discerned,described,and transmitted. Though 
bodies are leagues apart and their associations forgotten, 
their associations float in the general atmosphere of human 
mind. 
Mental en- 
vironment 
The Scotch call such vision “second sight,” when 
really it is first sight instead of second, for it presents 
primal facts to mortal mind. Science enables 
one to read the human mind, but not as a 
clairvoyant. It enables one to heal through Mind, but 
not as a mesmerist. 
Second 
sight 
The mine knows naught of the emeralds within its 
rocks; the sea is ignorant of the gems within its caverns, 
of the corals, of its sharp reefs, of the tall ships 
that float on its bosom, or of the bodies which 
lie buried in its sands: yet these are all there. Do not 
suppose that any mental concept is gone because you do 
not think of it. The true concept is never lost. The 
strong impressions produced on mortal mind by friend- 
ship or by any intense feeling are lasting, and mind- 
readers can perceive and reproduce these impressions. 
Buried 
secrets 
Memory may reproduce voices long ago silent. We 
have but to close the eyes, and forms rise 
before us, which are thousands of miles away 
or altogether gone from physical sight and sense, and 
Recollected 
friends 88 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
this not in dreamy sleep. In our day-dreams we can 
recall that for which the poet Tennyson expressed the 
heart’s desire, — 
the touch of a vanished hand, 
And the sound of a voice that is still. 
The mind may even be cognizant of a present flavor and 
odor, when no viand touches the palate and no scent 
salutes the nostrils, 
How are veritable ideas to be distinguished from il- 
lusions ? By learning the origin of each. Ideas are 
emanations from the divine Mind. Thoughts, 
proceeding from the brain or from matter, are 
offshoots of mortal mind ; they are mortal material be- 
liefs. Ideas are spiritual, harmonious, and eternal. Beliefs 
proceed from the so-called material senses, which at one 
time are supposed to be substance-matter and at another 
are called spirits. 
To love one’s neighbor as one’s self, is a divine idea; 
but this idea can never be seen, felt, nor understood 
through the physical senses. Excite the organ of ven- 
eration or religious faith, and the individual manifests 
profound adoration, Excite the opposite development, 
and he blasphemes. These effects, however, do not pro* 
ceed from Christianity nor are they spiritual phenomena, 
for both arise from mortal belief. 
Illusions 
not ideas 
Eloquence re-echoes the strains of Truth and Eove, 
It is due to inspiration rather than to erudition. It shows 
the possibilities derived from divine Mind, 
though it is said to be a gift whose endowment 
is obtained from books or received from the 
impulsion of departed spirits. When eloquence proceeds 
from the belief that a departed spirit is speaking, who 
Trance 
speaking 
illusion CHRISTIAN SCIENCE VERSUS SPIRITUALISM 
89 
can tell what the unaided medium is incapable of know- 
ing or uttering? This phenomenon only shows that the 
beliefs of mortal mind are loosedt Forgetting her igno- 
rance in the belief that another mind is speaking through 
her, the devotee may become unwontedly eloquent. Hav- 
ing more faith in others than in herself, and believing 
that somebody else possesses her tongue and mind, she 
talks freely. 
Destroy her belief in outside aid, and her eloquence 
disappears. The former limits of her belief return. She 
says, “I am incapable of words that glow; for I am un- 
educated.” This familiar instance reaffirms the Scrip- 
tural word concerning a man, “As he thinketh in his heart, 
so is he.” If one believes that he cannot be an orator with- 
out study or a superinduced condition, the body responds 
to this belief, and the tongue grows mute which before 
was eloquent. 
Mind is not necessarily dependent upon educational 
processes. It possesses of itself all beauty and poetry, 
and the power of expressing them. Spirit, 
God, is heard when the senses are silent. We 
are all capable of more than we do. The influence or 
action of Soul confers a freedom, which explains the phe- 
nomena of improvisation and the fervor of untutored lips. 
Scientific im- 
provisation 
Matter is neither intelligent nor creative. The tree is 
not the author of itself. Sound is not the originator of 
music, and man is not the father of man. Cain 
very naturally concluded that if life was in the 
body, and man gave it, man had the right to take it away. 
This incident shows that the belief of life in matter was 
“a mutderer from the beginning.” 
If seed is necessary to produce wheat, and wheat to 
Divine 
origination 90 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
produce flour, or if one animal can originate another, 
how then can we account for their primal origin ? How 
were the loaves and fishes multiplied on the shores of 
Galilee, — and that, too, without meal or monad from 
which loaf or fish could come? 
The earth’s orbit and the imaginary line called the 
equator are not substance. The earth’s motion and 
position are sustained by Mind alone. Divest 
yourself of the thought that there can be sub- 
stance in matter, and the movements and transitions now 
possible for mortal mind will be found to be equally 
possible for the body. Then being will be recognized 
as spiritual, and death will be obsolete, though now 
some insist that death is the necessary prelude to 
immortality. 
Mind is 
: substance 
In dreams we fly to Europe and meet a far-off friend. 
The looker-on sees the body in bed, but the supposed 
inhabitant of that body carries it through 
the air and over the ocean. This shows the 
possibilities of thought. Opium and hashish eaters men- 
tally travel far and work wonders, yet their bodies stay 
in one place. This shows what mortal mentality and 
knowledge are. 
Mortal 
delusions 
1 he admission to one’s self that man is God’s own like- 
ness sets man free to master the infinite idea. This con- 
viction shuts the door on death, and opens it 
wide towards immortality. The understanding 
and recognition of Spirit must finally come, and we may 
as well improve our time in solving the mysteries of being 
through an apprehension of divine Principle. At present 
we know not what man is, but we certainly shall know 
this when man reflects God. 
Scientific 
finalities CHRISTIAN SCIENCE VERSUS SPIRITUALISM 
91 
The Revelator tells us of “a new heaven and a 
new earth.” Have you ever pictured this heaven and 
earth, inhabited by beings under the control of supreme 
wisdom ? 
Let us rid ourselves of the belief that man is separated 
from God, and obey only the divine Principle, Life and 
Love. Here is the great point of departure for all true 
spiritual growth. 
It is difficult for the sinner to accept divine Science, 
because Science exposes his nothingness; but the sooner 
error is reduced to its native nothingness, the 
sooner man’s great reality will appear and his 
genuine being will be understood. The destruction of 
error is by no means the destruction of Truth or Life, but 
is the acknowledgment of them. 
Absorbed in material selfhood we discern and reflect 
but faintly the substance of Life or Mind. The denial of 
material selfhood aids the discernment of man’s spirit- 
ual and eternal individuality, and destroys the erroneous 
knowledge gained from matter or through what are termed 
the material senses. 
Man’s genu- 
ine being 
Certain erroneous postulates should be here considered 
in order that the spiritual facts may be better 
apprehended. 
The first erroneous postulate of belief is, that substance, 
life, and intelligence are something apart from God. 
The second erroneous postulate is, that man is both 
mental and material. 
The third erroneous postulate is, that mind is both evil 
and good; whereas the real Mind cannot be evil nor the 
medium of evil, for Mind is God. 
The fourth erroneous postulate is, that matter is in- 
Erroneous 
postulates , 92 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
telligent, and that man has a material body which is part 
of himself. 
The fifth erroneous postulate is, that matter holds in 
itself the issues of life and death, — that matter is not 
only capable of experiencing pleasure and pain, but also 
capable of imparting these sensations. From the illusion 
implied in this last postulate arises the decomposition of 
mortal bodies in what is termed death. 
Mind is not an entity within the cranium with the power 
of sinning now and forever. 
In old Scriptural pictures we see a serpent coiled around 
the tree of knowledge and speaking to Adam and Eve. 
This represents the serpent in the act of 
commending to our first parents the knowl- 
edge of good and evil, a knowledge gained from matter* 
or evil, instead of from Spirit. The portrayal is still 
graphically accurate, for the common conception of mor- 
tal man — a burlesque of God’s man — is an outgrowth 
of human knowledge or sensuality, a mere offshoot of 
material sense; 
Knowledge of 
good and evil 
Uncover error, and it turns the lie upon you. Until 
the fact concerning error — namely, its nothingness — 
appears, the moral demand will not be met, 
and the ability to make nothing of error will 
be wanting. We should blush to call that real Which is 
only a mistake. The foundation of evil is laid oh a belief 
in something besides God. This belief tends to support 
two opposite powers, instead of urging the claims of Truth 
alone. The mistake of thinking that error can be teal, 
when it is merely the absence of truth, leads to belief in 
the superiority of error. 
Do you say the tittle has not yet come in which to 
Opposing 
power CHRISTIAN SCIENCE VERSUS SPIRITUALISM 
93 
recognize Soul as substantial and able to control the 
body? Remember Jesus, who nearly nineteen centuries 
ago demonstrated the power of Spirit and said, 
“He that believeth on me, the works that I 
do shall he do also,” and who also said, “But the hour 
cometh, and now is, when the true worshippers shall 
worship the Father in spirit and in truth.” “Behold, 
now is the accepted time; behold, now is the day of sal- 
vation,” said Paul. 
The age’s 
privilege 
Divine logic and revelation coincide. If we believe 
otherwise, we may be sure that either our 
logic is at fault or that we have misinterpreted 
revelation. Good never causes evil, nor creates aught 
that can cause evil. 
Good does not create a mind susceptible of causing 
evil, for evil is the opposing error and not the truth of 
creation. Destructive electricity is not the offspring of in- 
finite good. Whatever contradicts the real nature of the 
divine Esse, though human faith may clothe it with angelic 
vestments, is without foundation. 
Logic and 
revelation 
The belief that Spirit is finite as well as infinite has 
darkened all history. In Christian Science, Spirit, as a 
proper noun, is the name of the Supreme Being. 
It means quantity and quality, and applies ex-1 
clusively to God. The modifying derivatives of the word 
spirit refer only to quality, not to God. Man is spiritual. 
He is not God, Spirit. If man were Spirit, then men 
would be spirits, gods. Finite spirit would be mortal, 
and this is the error embodied in the belief that the infi- 
nite can be contained in the finite. This belief tends to 
becloud our apprehension of the kingdom of heaven and 
of the reign of harmony in the Science of being. 
Derivatives 
of spirit 94 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
Jesus taught but one God, one Spirit, who makes man 
in the image and likeness of Himself, — of Spirit, not of 
matter. Man reflects infinite Truth, Life, and 
Love. The nature of man, thus understood, 
includes all that is implied by the terms “ image ” and 
“ likeness ” as used in Scripture. The truly Christian 
and scientific statement of personality and of the relation 
of man to God, with the demonstration which accompa- 
nied it, incensed the rabbis, and they said: “ Crucify him, 
crucify him ... by our law he ought to die, because he 
made himself the Son of God.” 
The eastern empires and nations owe their false gov- 
ernment to the misconceptions of Deity there prevalent. 
Tyranny, intolerance, and bloodshed, wherever found, 
arise from the belief that the infinite is formed after the 
pattern of mortal personality, passion, and impulse. 
Scientific 
man 
The progress of truth confirms its claims, and our 
Master confirmed his words by his works. His healing- 
power evoked denial, ingratitude, and be- 
trayal, arising from sensuality. Of the ten 
lepers whom Jesus healed, but one returned to give God 
thanks, — that is, to acknowledge the divine Principle 
which had healed him. 
Our Master easily read the thoughts of mankind, and 
this insight better enabled him to direct those thoughts 
aright; but what would be said at this period of an in- 
fidel blasphemer who should hint that Jesus used his in- 
cisive power injuriously? Our Master read mortal mind 
on a scientific basis, that of the omnipresence of Mind. 
An approximation of this discernment indicates spiritual 
growth and union with the infinite capacities of the one 
Mind. Jesus could injure no one by his Mind-reading. 
Ingratitude 
and denial CHRISTIAN SCIENCE VERSUS SPIRITUALISM 
95 
The effect of his Mind was always to heal and to save, 
and this is the only genuine Science of reading mortal 
mind. His holy motives and aims were tra- 
duced by the sinners of that period, as they 
would be to-day if Jesus were personally present. Paul 
said, “To be spiritually minded is life.” We approach 
God, or Life, in proportion to our spirituality, our fidel- 
ity to Truth and Love; and in that ratio we know all 
human need and are able to discern the thought of the 
sick and the sinning for the purpose of healing them. 
Error of any kind cannot hide from the law of God. 
Whoever reaches this point of moral culture and good- 
ness cannot injure others, and must do them good. The 
greater or lesser ability of a Christian Scientist to discern 
thought scientifically, depends upon his genuine spirit- 
uality. This kind of mind-reading is not clairvoyance, 
but it is important to success in healing, and is one of the 
special characteristics thereof. 
We welcome the increase of knowledge and the end 
of error, because even human invention must have its 
day, and we want that day to be succeeded 
by Christian Science, by divine reality. Mid- 
night foretells the dawn. Led by a solitary star amid 
the darkness, the Magi of old foretold the Messiahship 
of Truth. Is the wise man of to-day believed, when he 
beholds the light which heralds Christ’s eternal dawn 
and describes its effulgence ? 
Spiritual 
insight 
Christ’s re- 
appearance 
Lulled by stupefying illusions, the world is asleep 
in the cradle of infancy, dreaming away the hours. 
Material sense does not unfold the facts of 
existence; but spiritual sense lifts human 
consciousness into eternal Truth. Humanity advances 
Spiritual 
awakening 96 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
slowly out of sinning sense into spiritual understanding; 
unwillingness to learn all things rightly, binds Christen- 
dom with chains. 
Love will finally mark the hour of harmony, and spir- 
itualization will follow, for Love is Spirit. Before error 
is wholly destroyed, there will be interrup- 
tions of the general material routine. Earth 
will become dreary and desolate, but summer and winter, 
seedtime and harvest (though in changed forms), will 
continue unto the end, — until the final spiritualization of 
all things. “The darkest hour precedes the dawn.” 
The darkest 
hours of all 
This material world is even now becoming the arena 
for conflicting forces. On one side there will be discord 
and dismay; on the other side there will be 
Science and peace. The breaking up of mate- 
rial beliefs may seem to be famine and pestilence, want 
and woe, sin, sickness, and death, which assume new 
phases until their nothingness appears. These disturb- 
ances will continue until the end of error, when all 
discord will be swallowed up in spiritual Truth. 
Mortal error will vanish in a moral chemicalization. 
This mental fermentation has begun, and will continue 
until all errors of belief yield to understanding. Belief is 
changeable, but spiritual understanding is changeless. 
Arena of 
contest 
As this consummation draws nearer, he who has 
shaped his course in accordance with divine Science 
will endure to the end. As material knowl- 
edge diminishes and spiritual understanding 
increases, real objects will be apprehended mentally 
instead of materially. 
During this final conflict, wicked minds will endeavor 
to find means by which to accomplish more evil; but 
Millennial 
glory CHRISTIAN SCIENCE VERSUS SPIRITUALISM 
97 
those who discern Christian Science will hold crime in 
check. They will aid in the ejection of error. They 
will maintain law and order, and cheerfully await the 
certainty of ultimate perfection. 
In reality, the more closely error simulates truth and 
so-called matter resembles its essence, mortal mind, the 
more impotent error becomes as a belief. Ac- 
cording to human belief, the lightning is fierce 
and the electric current swift, yet in Christian Science 
the flight of one and the blow of the other will become 
harmless. The more destructive matter becomes, the 
more its nothingness will appear, until matter reaches 
its mortal zenith in illusion and forever disappears. The 
nearer a false belief approaches truth without passing 
the boundary where, having been destroyed by divine 
Love, it ceases to be even an illusion, the riper it becomes 
for destruction. The more material the belief, the more 
obvious its error, until divine Spirit, supreme in its do- 
main, dominates all matter, and man is found in the like- 
ness of Spirit, his original being. 
The broadest facts array the most falsities against 
themselves, for they bring error from under cover. It 
requires courage to utter truth *, for the higher Truth 
lifts her voice, the louder will error scream, until its in- 
articulate sound is forever silenced in oblivion. 
“He uttered His voice, the earth melted.” This Scrip- 
ture indicates that all matter will disappear before the 
supremacy of Spirit. 
Dangerous 
resemblances 
Christianity is again demonstrating the Life that is 
Truth, and the Truth that is life, by the apos- 
tolic work of casting out error and healing the 
sick. Earth has no repayment for the persecutions which 
Christianity 
still rejected 98 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
attend a new step in Christianity; but the spiritual recom- 
pense of the persecuted is assured in the elevation of ex- 
istence above mortal discord and in the gift of divine Love. 
The prophet of to-day beholds in the mental horizon 
the signs of these times, the reappearance of the Chris- 
tianity which heals the sick and destroys error, 
and no other sign shall be given. Body can- 
not be saved except through Mind. The Science of Chris- 
tianity is misinterpreted by a material age, for it is the 
healing influence of Spirit (not spirits) which the material 
senses cannot comprehend, — which can only be spiritu- 
ally discerned. Creeds, doctrines, and human hypotheses 
do not express Christian Science ; much less can they 
demonstrate it. 
’ Spiritual fore- 
shadowings 
Beyond the frail premises of human beliefs, above the 
loosening grasp of creeds, the demonstration of Christian 
Mind-healing stands a revealed and practical 
Science. It is imperious throughout all ages 
as Christ’s revelation of Truth, of Life, and of Love, which 
remains inviolate for every man to understand and to 
practise. 
Revelation 
of Science 
For centuries — yea, always — natural science has not 
been considered a part of any religion, Christianity not 
excepted. Even now multitudes consider that 
which they call science has no proper con- 
nection with faith and piety. Mystery does 
not enshroud Christ’s teachings, and they are not theo- 
retical and fragmentary, but practical and complete; and 
being practical and complete, they are not deprived of 
their essential vitality. 
The way through which immortality and life are learned 
is not ecclesiastical but Christian, not human but divine, 
Science as 
foreign to 
all religion CHRISTIAN SCIENCE VERSUS SPIRITUALISM 
99 
not physical but metaphysical, not material but scien- 
tifically spiritual. Human philosophy, ethics, and super- 
stition afford no demonstrable divine Principle 
by which mortals can escape from sin; yet 
to escape from sin, is what the Bible demands. “Work 
out your own salvation with fear and trembling,” says 
the apostle, and he straightway adds: “for it is God 
which worketh in you both to will and to do of His good 
pleasure” (Philippians ii. 12, 13). Truth has furnished 
the key to the kingdom, and with this key Christian Sci- 
ence has opened the door of the human understanding. 
None may pick the lock nor enter by some other door. 
The ordinary teachings are material and not spiritual. 
Christian Science teaches only that which is spiritual and 
divine, and not human. Christian Science is unerring 
and Divine; the human sense of things errs because it 
is human. 
Those individuals, who adopt theosophy, spiritualism, 
or hypnotism, may possess natures above some others 
who eschew their false beliefs. Therefore my contest is 
not with the individual, but with the false system. I 
love mankind, and shall continue to labor and to endure. 
The calm, strong currents of true spirituality, the 
manifestations of which are health, purity, and self- 
immolation, must deepen human experience, until the 
beliefs of material existence are seen to be a bald imposi- 
tion, and sin, disease, and death give everlasting place 
to the scientific demonstration of divine Spirit and to 
God’s spiritual, perfect man. 
Key to the 
kingdom CHAPTER V 
ANIMAL MAGNETISM UNMASKED 
For out of the heart 'proceed evil thoughts, murders, adulteries, forni- 
cations, thefts, false witness, blasphemies; these are the things which 
defile a man. — Jesus. 
MESMERISM or animal magnetism was first brought 
into notice by Mesmer in Germany in 1775. Ac- 
cording to the American Cyclopiedia, he regarded this 
so-called force, which he said could be ex- 
erted by one living organism over another, as 
a means of alleviating disease. His propositions were 
as follows: 
“ There exists a mutual influence between the celestial 
bodies, the earth, and animated things. Animal bodies 
are susceptible to the influence of this agent, disseminat- 
ing itself through the substance of the nerves.” 
In 1784, the French government ordered the medical 
faculty of Paris to investigate Mesmer’s theory and to 
report upon it. Under this order a commission was 
appointed, and Benjamin Franklin was one of the com- 
missioners. This commission reported to the govern- 
ment as follows: 
“In regard to the existence and utility of animal mag- 
netism, we have come to the unanimous conclusions that 
there is no proof of the existence of the animal magnetic 
Earliest in- 
vestigations ANIMAL MAGNETISM UNMASKED 
101 
fluid; that the violent effects, which are observed in 
the public practice of magnetism, are due to manipula- 
tions, or to the excitement of the imagination and the 
impressions made upon the senses; and that there is one 
more fact to be recorded in the history of the errors of 
the human mind, and an important experiment upon 
the power of the imagination.” 
In 1837, a committee of nine persons was appointed, 
among whom were Roux, Bouillaud, and Clo- 
quet, which tested during several sessions the 
phenomena exhibited by a reputed clairvoyant. Their 
report stated the results as follows: 
“ The facts which had been promised by Monsieur 
Berna [the magnetizer] as conclusive, and as adapted to 
throw light on physiological and therapeutical questions, 
are certainly not conclusive in favor of the doctrine of 
animal magnetism, and have nothing in common with 
either physiology or therapeutics.” 
This report was adopted by the Royal Academy of 
Medicine in Paris. 
Clairvoyance, 
magnetism 
The author’s own observations of the workings of 
animal magnetism convince her that it is not 
a remedial agent, and that its effects upon 
those who practise it, and upon their subjects who do 
not resist it, lead to moral and to physical death. 
If animal magnetism seems to alleviate or to cure dis- 
ease, this appearance is deceptive, since error cannot 
remove the effects of error. Discomfort under error is 
preferable to comfort. In no instance is the effect of 
animal magnetism, recently called hypnotism, other 
than the effect of illusion. Any seeming benefit derived 
from it is proportional to one’s faith in esoteric magic. 
Personal 
conclusions 102 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
Animal magnetism has no scientific foundation, for 
God governs all that is real, harmonious, and eternal, and 
His power is neither animal nor human. Its 
basis being a belief and this belief animal, in 
Science animal magnetism, mesmerism, or hypnotism is 
a mere negation, possessing neither intelligence, power, 
nor reality, and in sense it is an unreal concept of the so- 
called mortal mind. 
There is but one real attraction, that of Spirit. The 
pointing of the needle to the pole symbolizes this all- 
embracing power or the attraction of God, divine Mind. 
The planets have no more power over man than over 
his Maker, since God governs the universe; but man, 
reflecting God’s power, has dominion over all the earth 
and its hosts. 
The mild forms of animal magnetism are disappear- 
ing, and its aggressive features are coming to the front. 
Hidden The looms of crime, hidden in the dark re- 
agents cesses of mortal thought, are every hour weav- 
ing webs more complicated and subtle. So secret are the 
present methods of animal magnetism that they ensnare 
the age into indolence, and produce the very apathy on 
the subject which the criminal desires. The following 
is an extract from the Boston Herald: 
“Mesmerism is a problem not lending itself to an easy 
exnla,nation and develnnment. It imnlies the exereise 
Mere 
negation 
The mild forms of animal magnetism are disappear- 
ing, and its aggressive features are coming to the front. 
The looms of crime, hidden in the dark re- 
cesses of mortal thought, are every hour weav- 
ing webs more complicated and subtle. So secret are the 
present methods of animal magnetism that they ensnare 
the age into indolence, and produce the very apathy on 
the subject which the criminal desires. The following 
is an extract from the Boston Herald: 
“Mesmerism is a problem not lending itself to an easy 
explanation and development. It implies the exercise 
of despotic control, and is much more likely to be abused 
by its possessor, than otherwise employed, for the in- 
dividual or society.” 
Mankind must learn that evil is not power. Its so- 
called despotism is but a phase of nothingness. Christian 
Science despoils the kingdom of evil, and pre-eminently 
’ Hidden 
agents ANIMAL MAGNETISM UNMASKED 
103 
promotes affection and virtue in families and therefore 
in the community. The Apostle Paul refers to the 
personification of evil as “the god of this 
world,” and further defines it as dishonesty 
and craftiness. Sin was the Assyrian moon-god. 
Mental 
despotism 
The destruction of the claims of mortal mind through 
Science, by which man can escape from sin 
and mortality, blesses the whole human fam- 
ily. As in the beginning, however, this libera- 
tion does not scientifically show itself in a knowledge of 
both good and evil, for the latter is unreal. 
On the other hand, Mind-science is wholly separate 
from any half-way impertinent knowledge, because Mind- 
science is of God and demonstrates the divine Principle, 
working out the purposes of good only. The maximum 
of good is the infinite God and His idea, the All-in-all. 
Evil is a suppositional lie. 
Liberation 
of mental 
powers 
As named in Christian Science, animal magnetism or 
hypnotism is the specific term for error, or mortal mind. 
It is the false belief that mind is in matter, and 
is both evil and good; that evil is as real as 
good and more powerful. This belief has not one qual- 
ity of Truth. It is either ignorant or malicious. The 
malicious form of hypnotism ultimates in moral idiocy. 
The truths of immortal Mind sustain man, and they anni- 
hilate the fables of mortal mind, whose flimsy and gaudy 
pretensions, like silly moths, singe their own wings and 
fall into dust. 
The genus 
of error 
In reality there is no mortal mind, and conse- 
quently no transference of mortal thought 
and will-power. Life and being are of 
God. In Christian Science, man can do no harm, for 
Thought- 
transference 104 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
scientific thoughts are true thoughts, passing from God 
to man. 
When Christian Science and animal magnetism are 
both comprehended, as they will be at no distant date, 
it will be seen why the author of this book has been 
so unjustly persecuted and belied by wolves in sheep’s 
clothing. 
Agassiz, the celebrated naturalist and author, has 
wisely said: “Every great scientific truth goes through 
three stages. First, people say it conflicts with the Bible. 
Next, they say it has been discovered before. Lastly, 
they say they have always believed it.” 
Christian Science goes to the bottom of mental action, 
and reveals the theodicy which indicates the rightness of 
all divine action, as the emanation of divine 
Mind, and the consequent wrongness of the 
opposite so-called action, — evil, occultism, 
necromancy, mesmerism, animal magnetism, hypnotism. 
Perfection 
of divine 
government 
The medicine of Science is divine Mind; and dishonesty, 
sensuality, falsehood, revenge, malice, are animal pro- 
pensities and by no means the mental quali- 
ties which heal the sick. The hypnotizer 
employs one error to destroy another. If he heals sick- 
ness through a belief, and a belief originally caused the 
sickness, it is a c&,se of the greater error overcoming the 
lesser. This greater error thereafter occupies the ground, 
leaving the case worse than before it was grasped by the 
stronger error. 
Adulteration 
of Truth 
Our courts recognize evidence to prove the motive as 
well as the commission of a crime. Is it not 
clear that the human mind must move the 
body to a wicked act? Is not mortal mind the mur- 
Motives 
considered ANIMAL MAGNETISM UNMASKED 
105 
derer? The hands, without mortal mind to direct them, 
could not commit a murder. 
Courts and juries judge and sentence mortals in order 
to restrain crime, to prevent deeds of violence or to punish 
them. To say that these tribunals have no 
jurisdiction over the carnal or mortal mind, 
would be to contradict precedent and to admit that the 
power of human law is restricted to matter, while mortal 
mind, evil, which is the real outlaw, defies justice and is 
recommended to mercy. Can matter commit a crime ? 
Can matter be punished? Can you separate the men- 
tality from the body over which courts hold jurisdiction ? 
Mortal mind, not matter, is the criminal in every case; 
and human law rightly estimates crime, and courts rea- 
sonably pass sentence, according to the motive. 
Mental 
crimes 
When our laws eventually take cognizance of mental 
crime and no longer apply legal rulings wholly to physical 
offences, these words of Judge Parmenter of 
Boston will become historic: “I see no reason 
why metaphysics is not as important to medicine as to 
mechanics or mathematics.” 
Important 
decision 
Whoever uses his developed mental powers like an es- 
caped felon to commit fresh atrocities as opportunity oc- 
curs is never safe. God will arrest him. Di- 
vine justice will manacle him. His sins will 
be millstones about his neck, weighing him down to the 
depths of ignominy and death. The aggravation of er- 
ror foretells its doom, and confirms the ancient axiom: 
“Whom the gods would destroy, they first make mad.” 
Evil let 
loose 
The distance from ordinary medical prac- 
tice to Christian Science is full many a league 
in the line of light; but to go in healing from the use of 
The misuse of 
mental power 106 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
inanimate drugs to the criminal misuse of human will- 
power, is to drop from the platform of common manhood 
into the very mire of iniquity, to work against the free 
course of honesty and justice, and to push vainly against 
the current running heavenward. 
like our nation, Christian Science has its Declaration 
of Independence. God has endowed man with inalien- 
able rights, among which are self-government, 
reason, and conscience. Man is properly self- 
governed only when he is guided rightly and governed by 
his Maker, divine Truth and Love. 
Man’s rights are invaded when the divine order is in- 
terfered with, and the mental trespasser incurs the divine 
penalty due this crime. 
Proper self- 
government 
Let this age, which sits in judgment on Christian 
Science, sanction only such methods as are demonstrable 
in Truth and known by their fruit, and classify 
all others as did St. Paul in his great epistle 
to the Galatians, when he wrote as follows: 
“ Now the works of the flesh are manifest, which are 
these; Adultery, fornication, uncleanness, lasciviousness, 
idolatry, witchcraft, hatred, variance, emulations, wrath, 
strife, seditions, heresies, envyings, murders, drunkenness, 
revellings and such like: of the which I tell you before, 
as I have also told you in time past, that they which do 
such things shall not inherit the kingdom of God. But 
the fruit of the Spirit is love, joy, peace, longsuffering, 
gentleness, goodness, faith, meekness, temperance : against 
such there is no law.” 
Right 
methods CHAPTER VI 
SCIENCE, THEOLOGY, MEDICINE 
But I certify you, brethren, that the gospel which was preached of me 
is not after man. For I neither received it of man, neither was I taught 
it, but by the revelation of Jesus Christ. — Paul. 
The kingdom of heaven is like unto leaven, which a woman took, and 
hid in three measures of meal, till the whole was leavened. — Jesus. 
IN the year 1866, I discovered the Christ Science or 
divine laws of Life, Truth, and Love, and 
named my discovery Christian Science. God 
had been graciously preparing me during many 
years for the reception of this final revelation of the ab- 
solute divine Principle of scientific mental healing. 
Christian 
Science 
discovered 
This apodictical Principle points to the revelation of 
Immanuel, “God with us,” — the sovereign ever-pres- 
ence, delivering the children of men from 
every ill “that flesh is heir to.” Through 
Christian Science, religion and medicine are 
inspired with a diviner nature and essence; fresh pinions 
are given to faith and understanding, and thoughts ac- 
quaint themselves intelligently with God. 
Mission of 
Christian 
Science 
Feeling so perpetually the false consciousness that life 
inheres in the body, yet remembering that in 
reality God is our Life, we may well tremble 
in the prospect of those days in which we must say, “I 
have no pleasure in them.” 
Discontent 
with life 108 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
Whence came to me this heavenly conviction, — a con- 
viction antagonistic to the testimony of the physical senses ? 
According to St. Paul, it was ‘‘the gift of the grace of 
God given unto me by the effectual working of His power.” 
It was the divine law of Life and Love, unfolding to me 
the demonstrable fact that matter possesses neither sen- 
sation nor life; that human experiences show the falsity 
of all material things; and that immortal cravings, ‘‘the 
price of learning love,” establish the truism that the 
only sufferer is mortal mind, for the divine Mind cannot 
suffer. 
My conclusions were reached by allowing the evidence 
of this revelation to multiply with mathematical certainty 
and the lesser demonstration to prove the 
greater, as the product of three multiplied by 
three, equalling nine, proves conclusively that three times 
three duodecillions must be nine duodecillions, — not 
a fraction more, not a unit less. 
Demonstrable 
evidence 
When apparently near the confines of mortal existence, 
standing already within the shadow of the death-valley, 
I learned these truths in divine Science: that 
all real being is in God, the divine Mind, and 
that Life, Truth, and Love are all-powerful and ever- 
present ; that the opposite of Truth, — called error, sin, 
sickness, disease, death, — is the false testimony of false 
material sense, of mind in matter; that this false sense 
evolves, in belief, a subjective state of mortal mind which 
this same so-called mind names matter, thereby shutting 
out the true sense of Spirit. 
Light shining 
in darkness 
New lines 
of thought 
My discovery, that erring, mortal, misnamed 
mind produces all the organism and action of 
the mortal body, set my thoughts to work in new channels, SCIENCE, THEOLOGY, MEDICINE 
109 
and led up to my demonstration of the proposition that 
Mind is All and matter is naught as the leading factor in 
Mind-science. 
Christian Science reveals incontrovertibly that Mind 
is All-in-all, that the only realities are the divine Mind 
and idea. This great fact is not, however, seen 
to be supported by sensible evidence, until its 
divine Principle is demonstrated by healing the sick and 
thus proved absolute and divine. This proof once seen, 
no other conclusion can be reached. 
Scientific 
evidence 
For three years after my discovery, I sought the solu- 
tion of this problem of Mind-healing, searched the Scrip- 
tures and read little else, kept aloof from so- 
ciety, and devoted time and energies to dis- 
covering a positive rule. The search was sweet, calm, and 
buoyant with hope, not selfish nor depressing. I knew 
the Principle of all harmonious Mind-action to be God, 
and that cures were produced in primitive Christian 
healing by holy, uplifting faith; but I must know the 
Science of this healing, and I won my way to absolute 
conclusions through divine revelation, reason, and dem- 
onstration. The revelation of Truth in the understand- 
ing came to me gradually and apparently through divine 
power. When a new spiritual idea is borne to earth, the 
prophetic Scripture of Isaiah is renewedly fulfilled: 
“Unto us a child is born, . . . and his name shall be 
called Wonderful.” 
Jesus once said of his lessons: “My doctrine is not 
mine, but Ilis that sent me. If any man will do His will, 
he shall know of the doctrine, whether it be of God, or 
whether I speak of myself.” (John vii. 16, 17.) 
The three great verities of Spirit, omnipotence, omni- 
Solitary 
research 110 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
presence, omniscience, — Spirit possessing all power, 
filling all space, constituting all Science, — contradict 
forever the belief that matter can be actual. 
These eternal verities reveal primeval exist- 
ence as the radiant reality of God’s creation, 
in which all that He has made is pronounced by His wis- 
dom good. 
Thus it was that I beheld, as never before, the awful 
unreality called evil. The equipollence of God brought 
to light another glorious proposition, — man’s perfecti- 
bility and the establishment of the kingdom of heaven on 
earth. 
God’s 
allness 
learned 
In following these leadings of scientific revelation, 
the Bible was my only textbook. The Scriptures were 
illumined; reason and revelation were recon- 
ciled, and afterwards the truth of Christian 
Science was demonstrated. No human pen nor tongue 
taught me the Science contained in this book, Science 
and Health; and neither tongue nor pen can over- 
throw it. This book may be distorted by shallow criti- 
cism or by careless or malicious students, and its ideas 
may be temporarily abused and misrepresented; but the 
Science and truth therein will forever remain to be dis- 
cerned and demonstrated. 
Scriptural 
foundations 
Jesus demonstrated the power of Christian Science to 
heal mortal minds and bodies. But this power was lost 
sight of, and must again be spiritually dis- 
cerned, taught, and demonstrated according 
to Christ’s command, with “signs following.” 
Its Science must be apprehended by as many as believe 
on Christ and spiritually understand Truth. 
No analogy exists between the vague hypotheses of 
The demon- 
stration lost 
and found SCIENCE, THEOLOGY, MEDICINE 
111 
agnosticism, pantheism, theosophy, spiritualism, or 
millenarianism and the demonstrable truths of Chris- 
tian Science; and I find the will, or sensuous 
reason of the human mind, to be opposed to 
the divine Mind as expressed through divine Science. 
Mystical 
antagonists 
Christian Science is natural, but not physical. The 
Science of God and man is no more supernatural than 
is the science of numbers, though departing 
from the realm of the physical, as the Science 
of God, Spirit, must, some may deny its right to 
the name of Science. The Principle of divine metaphysics 
is God; the practice of divine metaphysics is the utiliza- 
tion of the power of Truth over error; its rules demon- 
strate its Science. Divine metaphysics reverses perverted 
and physical hypotheses as to Deity, even as the ex- 
planation of optics rejects the incidental or inverted 
image and shows what this inverted image is meant to 
represent. 
Optical illus- 
tration of 
Science 
A prize of one hundred pounds, offered in Oxford Uni- 
versity, England, for the best essay on Natural Science, 
— an essay calculated to offset the tendency of 
the age to attribute physical effects to physical 
causes rather than to a final spiritual cause, — is one of 
many incidents which show that Christian Science meets 
a yearning of the human race for spirituality. 
Pertinent 
proposal 
After a lengthy examination of my discovery and its 
demonstration in healing the sick, this fact became evi- 
dent to me, — that Mind governs the body, 
not partially but wholly. I submitted my 
metaphysical system of treating disease to the broad- 
est practical tests. Since then this system has gradually 
gained ground, and has proved itself, whenever scien- 
Confirma- 
tory tests 112 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
tifically employed, to be the most effective curative agent 
in medical practice. 
Is there more than one school of Christian Science? 
Christian Science is demonstrable. There can, there- 
fore, be but one method in its teaching. Those who de- 
part from this method forfeit their claims to 
belong to its school, and they become adher- 
ents of the Socratic, the Platonic, the Spencerian, or some 
other school. By this is meant that they adopt and ad- 
here to some particular system of human opinions. Al- 
though these opinions may have occasional gleams of 
divinity, borrowed from that truly divine Science which 
eschews man-made systems, they nevertheless remain 
wholly human in their origin and tendency and are not 
scientifically Christian. 
One school 
of Truth 
From the infinite One in Christian Science comes one 
Principle and its infinite idea, and with this infinitude 
come spiritual rules, laws, and their demon- 
stration, which, like the great Giver, are “the 
same yesterday, and to-day, and forever;” for thus are 
the divine Principle of healing and the Christ-idea charac- 
terized in the epistle to the Hebrews. 
Unchanging 
Principle 
Any theory of Christian Science, which departs from 
what has already been stated and proved to be true, af- 
fords no foundation upon which to establish 
a genuine school of this Science. Also, if any 
so-called new school claims to be Christian Science, and 
yet uses another author’s discoveries without giving that 
author proper credit, such a school is erroneous, for it 
inculcates a breach of that divine commandment in the 
Hebrew Decalogue, “ Thou shalt not steal.” 
God is the Principle of divine metaphysics. As there 
On sandy 
foundations SCIENCE, THEOLOGY, MEDICINE 
113 
is but one God, there can be but one divine Principle of 
all Science; and there must be fixed rules for the demon- 
stration of this divine Principle. The letter 
of Science plentifully reaches humanity to-day, 
but its spirit comes only in small degrees. The vital part, 
the heart and soul of Christian Science, is Love. With- 
out this, the letter is but the dead body of Science, — 
pulseless, cold, inanimate. 
Principle and 
practice 
The fundamental propositions of divine metaphysics 
are summarized in the four following, to me, self-evident 
propositions. Even if reversed, these proposi- 
tions will be found to agree in statement and 
proof, showing mathematically their exact relation to 
Truth. De Quincey says mathematics has not a foot to 
stand upon which is not purely metaphysical. 
1. God is All-in-all. 
2. God is good. Good is Mind. 
3. God, Spirit, being all, nothing is matter. 
4. Life, God, omnipotent good, deny death, evil, sin, 
disease. — Disease, sin, evil, death, deny good, omnipo- 
tent God, Life. 
Which of the denials in proposition four is true ? Both 
are not, cannot be, true. According to the Scripture, 
I find that God is true, “but every [mortal] man a 
liar.” 
Reversible 
propositions 
The divine metaphysics of Christian Science, like the 
method in mathematics, proves the rule by inversion. 
For example: There is no pain in Truth, and 
no truth in pain; no nerve in Mind, and no 
mind in nerve; no matter in Mind, and no mind in mat- 
ter; no matter in Life, and no life in matter; no matter 
in good, and no good in matter. 
Metaphysical 
inversions SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
Usage classes both evil and good together as mind; 
therefore, to be understood, the author calls sick and sin- 
ful humanity mortal mind, — meaning by this 
term the flesh opposed to Spirit, the human 
mind and evil in contradistinction to the divine Mind, or 
; Truth and good. The spiritually unscientific definition 
of mind is based on the evidence of the physical senses, 
which makes minds many and calls mind both human and 
i divine. 
In Science, Mind is one, including noumenon and phe- 
nomena, God and His thoughts. 
! Mortal mind is a solecism in language, and involves an 
improper use of the word mind. As Mind is immortal, 
the phrase mortal mind implies something un- 
true and therefore unreal; and as the phrase 
is used in teaching Christian Science, it is meant to 
designate that which has no real existence. Indeed, if 
a better word or phrase could be suggested, it would 
be used; but in expressing the new tongue we must 
sometimes recur to the old and imperfect, and the new 
wine of the Spirit has to be poured into the old bottles of 
the letter. 
Christian Science explains all cause and effect as men- 
tal, not physical. It lifts the veil of mystery from Soul and 
body. It shows the scientific relation of man 
to God, disentangles the interlaced ambiguities 
of being, and sets free the imprisoned thought. In divine 
Science, the universe, including man, is spiritual, harmoni- 
ous, and eternal. Science shows that what is termed mat- 
ter is but the subjective state of what is termed by the 
author mortal mind. 
Apart from the usual opposition to everything new, 
Definition of 
mortal mind 
Imperfect 
_ terminology 
D 
Causation 
mental SCIENCE, THEOLOGY, MEDICINE 
the one great obstacle to the reception of that spiritual- 
ity, through which the understanding of Mind-science 
comes, is the inadequacy of material terms for 
metaphysical statements, and the consequent 
difficulty of so expressing metaphysical ideas as to make 
them comprehensible to any reader, who has not person- 
ally demonstrated Christian Science as brought forth in 
my discovery. Job says: “ The ear trieth words, as the 
mouth tasteth meat.” The great difficulty is to give the 
right impression, when translating material terms back 
into the original spiritual tongue. 
Philological 
inadequacy 
Scientific Translation of Immortal Mind 
God: Divine Principle, Life, Truth, Love, 
Soul, Spirit, Mind. 
Man: God’s spiritual idea, individual, per- 
fect, eternal. 
Idea : An image in Mind; the immediate 
object of understanding. — Webster. 
Divine 
synonyms 
Divine 
image 
Divine 
reflection 
Scientific Translation of Mortal Mind 
First Degree : Depravity. 
• Physical. Evil beliefs, passions and appetites, fear, 
depraved will, self-justification, pride, envy, de- 
ceit, hatred, revenge, sin, sickness, disease, 
death. 
Second Degree : Evil beliefs disappearing. 
Moral. Humanity, honesty, affection, com- 
passion, hope, faith, meekness, temperance. 
Unreality 
Transitional 
qualities 116 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
Third Degree: Understanding. 
Spiritual. Wisdom, purity, spiritual understanding, 
spiritual power, love, health, holiness. 
Reality 
In the third degree mortal mind disappears, and man as 
God’s image appears. Science so reverses the evidence 
before the corporeal human senses, as to make 
this Scriptural testimony true in our hearts, 
“The last shall be first, and the first last,” so that God 
and His idea may be to us what divinity really is and 
'must of necessity be, — all-inclusive. 
Spiritual 
universe 
A correct view of Christian Science and of its adapta- 
: tion to healing includes vastly more than is at first seen. 
Works on metaphysics leave the grand point 
untouched. They never crown the power of 
Mind as the Messiah, nor do they carry the day against 
physical enemies, — even to the extinction of all belief in 
matter, evil, disease, and death, — nor insist upon the fact 
that God is all, therefore that matter is nothing beyond an 
image in mortal mind. 
Aim of 
Science 
Christian Science strongly emphasizes the thought that 
God is not corporeal, but incorporeal, — that is, 
bodiless. Mortals are corporeal, but God is 
incorporeal. 
As the words person and personal are commonly an(j 
ignorantly employed, they often lead, when applied to 
Deity, to confused and erroneous conceptions of divinity 
and its distinction from humanity. If the term personality, 
as applied to God, means infinite personality, then God is 
infinite Person, — in the sense of infinite personality, but 
not in the lower sense. An infinite Mind in a finite form 
is an absolute impossibility. 
Divine 
personality SCIENCE, THEOLOGY, MEDICINE 
The term individuality is also open to objections, be- 
cause an individual may be one of a series, one of many, 
as an individual man, an individual horse; whereas God 
is One, — not one of a series, but one alone and without 
an equal. 
God is Spirit; therefore the language of Spirit must 
be, and is, spiritual. Christian Science attaches no physi- 
cal nature and significance to the Supreme 
Being or His manifestation; mortals alone do 
this. God’s essential language is spoken of in the last 
chapter of Mark’s Gospel as the new tongue, the spir- 
itual meaning of which is attained through '‘signs 
following.” 
Spiritual 
language 
Ear hath not heard, nor hath lip spoken, the pure lan- 
guage of Spirit. Our Master taught spirituality bv simili- 
tudes and parables. As a divine student he 
unfolded God to man, illustrating and demon- 
strating Life and Truth in himself and by his power over 
the sick and sinning. Human theories are inadequate to 
interpret the divine Principle involved in the miracles 
(marvels) wrought by Jesus and especially in his mighty, 
crowning, unparalleled, and triumphant exit from the 
flesh. 
The miracles 
of Jesus 
Evidence drawn from the five physical senses relates 
solely to human reason; and because of opaci- 
ty to the true light, human reason dimly re- 
flects and feebly transmits Jesus’ works and words. Truth 
is a revelation. 
Opacity of 
the senses 
Jesus bade his disciples beware of the leaven of the 
Pharisees and of the Sadducees, which he de- 
fined as human doctrines. His parabje of the 
“leaven, which a woman took, and hid in three measures 
Leaven 
of Truth SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
of meal, till the whole was leavened,” impels the infer- 
ence that the spiritual leaven signifies the Science of Christ 
and its spiritual interpretation, — an inference far above 
the merely ecclesiastical and formal applications of the 
illustration. 
Did not this parable point a moral with a prophecy, 
foretelling the second appearing in the flesh of the 
Christ, Truth, hidden in sacred secrecy from the visi- 
ble world? 
Ages pass, but this leaven of Truth is ever at work. It 
must destroy the entire mass of error, and so be eternally 
glorified in man’s spiritual freedom, 
In their spiritual significance, Science, Theology, and 
Medicine are means of divine thought, which include spirit- 
ual laws emanating from the invisible and in- 
finite power and grace. The parable may 
import that these spiritual laws, perverted by 
a perverse material sense of law, are metaphysically pre- 
sented as three measures of meal, — that is, three modes 
of mortal thought. In all mortal forms of thought, dust 
is dignified as the natural status of men and things, and 
modes of material motion are honored with the name of 
laws. This continues until the leaven of Spirit changes 
the whole of mortal thought, as yeast changes the chemical 
properties of meal. 
The divine 
and human 
contrasted 
The definitions of material law, as given by natural 
science, represent a kingdom necessarily divided against 
itself, because these definitions portray law as 
physical, not spiritual. Therefore they con- 
tradict the divine decrees and violate the law of Love, in 
which nature and (rod are one and the natural order of 
heaven comes down to earth. 
Certain con- 
tradictions SCIENCE, THEOLOGY, MEDICINE 
When we endow matter with vague spiritual power, — 
that is, when we do so in our theories, for of course we 
cannot really endow matter with what it does 
not and cannot possess, — we disown the Al- 
mighty, for such theories lead to one of two things. They 
either presuppose the self-evolution and self-government 
of matter, or else they assume that matter is the product 
of Spirit. To seize the first horn of this dilemma and con- 
sider matter as a power in and of itself, is to leave the cre- 
ator out of His own universe; while to grasp the other 
horn of the dilemma and regard God as the creator of 
matter, is not only to make Him responsible for all disas- 
ters, physical and moral, but to announce Him as their 
source, thereby making Him guilty of maintaining perpet- 
ual misrule in the form and under the name of natural 
law. 
In one sense God is identical with nature, but this na- 
ture is spiritual and is not expressed in matter. The law- 
giver, whose lightning palsies or prostrates in 
death the child at prayer, is not the divine ideal 
of omnipresent Love. God is natural good, and is repre- 
sented only by the idea of goodness; while evil should be 
regarded as unnatural, because it is opposed to the nature 
of Spirit, God. 
In viewing the sunrise, one finds that it contradicts 
the evidence before the senses to believe that the earth 
is in motion and the sun at rest. As astron- 
omy reverses the human perception of the 
movement of the solar system, so Christian Science re- 
verses the seeming relation of Soul and body and makes 
body tributary to Mind. Thus it is with man, who 
is but the humble servant of the restful Mind, though it 
Unescapable 
dilemma 
God and 
nature 
The sun 
and Soul 120 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
seems otherwise to finite sense. But we shall never under- 
stand this while we admit that soul is in body or mind in 
matter, and that man is included in non-intelligence. 
Soul, or Spirit, is God, unchangeable and eternal; and 
man coexists with and reflects Soul, God, for man is God’s 
image. 
Science reverses the false testimony of the physical 
senses, and by this reversal mortals arrive at the funda- 
mental facts of being. Then the question in- 
evitably arises: Is a man sick if the material 
senses indicate that he is in good health ? No ! for matter 
can make no conditions for man. And is he well if the 
senses say he is sick ? Yes, he is well in Science in which 
health is normal and disease is abnormal. 
Reversal of 
testimony 
Health is not a condition of matter, blit of Mind; nor 
can the material senses bear reliable testimony on the sub- 
ject of health. The Science of Mind-healing 
shows it to be impossible* for aught but Mind 
to testify truly or to exhibit the real status of man. There- 
fore the divine Principle of Science, reversing the testi- 
mony of the physical senses, reveals man as harmoniously 
existent in Truth, which is the only basis of health; and 
thus Science denies all disease, heals the sick, overthrows 
false evidence, and refutes materialistic logic. 
Any conclusion pro or con, deduced from supposed sen- 
sation in matter or from matter’s supposed consciousness 
of health or disease, instead of reversing the testimony of 
the physical senses, confirms that testimony as legitimate 
and so leads to disease. 
Health and 
the senses 
Historic 
illustrations 
When Columbus gave freer breath to the 
globe, ignorance and superstition chained the 
limbs of the brave old navigator, and disgrace and star- SCIENCE, THEOLOGY, MEDICINE 
121 
vation stared him in the face; but sterner still would have 
been his fate, if his discovery had undermined the favor- 
ite inclinations of a sensuous philosophy. 
Copernicus mapped out the stellar system, and before 
he spake, astrography was chaotic, and the heavenly fields 
were incorrectly explored. 
The Chaldean Wisemen read in the stars the fate of 
empires and the fortunes of men. Though no higher 
revelation than the horoscope was to them dis- 
played upon the empyrean, earth and heaven 
were bright, and bird and blossom were glad in God’s 
perennial and happy sunshine, golden with Truth. So 
we have goodness and beauty to gladden the heart; but 
man, left to the hypotheses of material sense unexplained 
by Science, is as the wandering comet or the desolate 
star— “a weary searcher for a viewless home.” 
Perennial 
beauty 
The earth’s diurnal rotation is invisible to the physical 
eye, and the sun seems to move from east to west, instead 
of the earth from west to east. Until rebuked 
by clearer views of the everlasting facts, this 
false testimony of the eye deluded the judgment and in- 
duced false conclusions. Science shows appearances often 
to be erroneous, and corrects these errors by the simple 
rule that the greater controls the lesser. The sun is the 
central stillness, so far as our solar system is concerned, 
and the earth revolves about the sun once a year, besides 
turning daily on its own axis. 
As thus indicated, astronomical order imitates the 
action of divine Principle; and the universe, the reflec- 
tion of God, is thus brought nearer the spiritual fact, and 
is allied to divine Science as displayed in the everlasting 
government of the universe. 
Astronomic 
unfoldings 122 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
The evidence of the physical senses often reverses the 
real Science of being, and so creates a reign of discord, — 
assigning seeming power to sin, sickness, and 
death; but the great facts of Life, rightly un- 
derstood, defeat this triad of errors, contradict their false 
witnesses, and reveal the kingdom of heaven, — the actual 
reign of harmony on earth. The material senses’ re- 
versal of the Science of Soul was practically exposed nine- 
teen hundred years ago by the demonstrations of Jesus; 
yet these so-called senses still make mortal mind tributary 
to mortal body, and ordain certain sections of matter, such 
as brain and nerves, as the seats of pain and pleasure, 
from which matter reports to this so-called mind its status 
of happiness or misery. 
Opposing 
testimony 
The optical focus is another proof of the illusion of 
material sense. On the eye’s retina, sky and tree-tops 
apparently join hands, clouds and ocean meet 
and mingle. The barometer, — that little 
prophet of storm and sunshine, denying the testimony of 
the senses, — points to fair weather in the midst of murky 
clouds and drenching rain. Experience is full of instances 
of similar illusions, which every thinker can recall for 
himself. 
Testimony of 
the senses 
To material sense, the severance of the jugular vein 
takes away life; but to spiritual sense and 
in Science, Life goes on unchanged and 
being is eternal. Temporal life is a false sense of 
existence. 
Our theories make the same mistake regarding Soul 
and body that Ptolemy made regarding the solar system. 
They insist that soul is in body and mind therefore tribu- 
tary to matter. Astronomical science 'has destroyed the 
Spiritual 
sense of life SCIENCE, THEOLOGY, MEDICINE 
123 
false theory as to the relations of the celestial bodies, and 
Christian Science will surely destroy the greater error as 
to our terrestrial bodies, The true idea and 
Principle of man will then appear. The Ptole- 
maic blunder could not affect the harmony of 
being as does the error relating to soul and body, which 
reverses the order of Science and assigns to matter the 
power and prerogative of Spirit, so that man becomes 
the most absolutely weak and inharmonious creature in 
the universe. 
Ptolemaic 
and psychi- 
cal error 
The verity of Mind shows conclusively how it is that 
matter seems to be, but is not. Divine Science, 
rising above physical theories, excludes matter, 
resolves things into thoughts, and replaces the objects of 
material sense with spiritual ideas. 
The term Christian Science was introduced by 
the author to designate the scientific system of divine 
healing. 
The revelation consists of two parts: 
1. The discovery of this divine Science of Mind- 
healing, through a spiritual sense of the Scriptures and 
through the teachings of the Comforter, as promised by 
the Master. 
2. The proof, by present demonstration, that the so- 
called miracles of Jesus did not specially belong to a 
dispensation now ended, but that they illustrated an 
ever-operative divine Principle. The operation of this 
Principle indicates the eternality of the scientific order 
and continuity of being. 
Seeming 
and being 
Christian Science differs from material sci- 
ence, but not on that account is it less scien- 
tific. On the contrary, Christian Science is pre-emi- 
Scientific 
basis 124 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
nently scientific, being based on Truth, the Principle of 
all science. 
Physical science (so-called) is human knowledge, — a 
law of mortal mind, a blind belief, a Samson shorn of his 
strength. When this human belief lacks organ- 
izations to support it, its foundations are gone. 
Having neither moral might, spiritual basis, 
nor holy Principle of its own, this belief mistakes effect 
for cause and seeks to find life and intelligence in matter, 
thus limiting Life and holding fast to discord and death. 
In a word, human belief is a blind conclusion from material 
reasoning. This is a mortal, finite sense of things, which 
immortal Spirit silences forever. 
Physical 
science a 
blind belief 
The universe, like man, is to be interpreted by Science 
from its divine Principle, God, and then it can be under- 
stood ; but when explained on the basis of 
physical sense and represented as subject to 
growth, maturity, and decay, the universe, like man, is, 
and must continue to be, an enigma. 
Right inter- 
pretation 
Adhesion, cohesion, and attraction are properties of 
Mind. They belong to divine Principle, and support 
the equipoise of that thought-force, which 
launched the earth in its orbit and said to the 
proud wave, “ Thus far and no farther.” 
All force 
mental 
Spirit is the life, substance, and continuity of all 
things. We tread on forces. Withdraw them, and 
creation must collapse. Human knowledge calls them 
forces of matter; but divine Science declares that they 
belong wholly to divine Mind, are inherent in this 
Mind, and so restores them to their rightful home and 
classification. 
The elements and functions of the physical body and SCIENCE, THEOLOGY, MEDICINE 
125 
of the physical world will change as mortal mind changes 
its beliefs. What is now considered the best condition 
for organic and functional health in the human 
body may no longer be found indispensable 
to health. Moral conditions will be found always har- 
monious and health-giving. Neither organic inaction 
nor overaction is beyond God’s control; and man will 
be found normal and natural to changed mortal thought, 
and therefore more harmonious in his manifestations than 
he was in the prior states which human belief created and 
sanctioned. 
Corporeal 
changes 
As human thought changes from one stage to an- 
other of conscious pain and painlessness, sorrow and 
joy, — from fear to hope and from faith to understand- 
ing, — the visible manifestation will at last be man gov- 
erned by Soul, not by material sense. Reflecting God’s 
government, man is self-governed. When subordinate 
to the divine Spirit, man cannot be controlled by sin or 
death, thus proving our material theories about laws of 
health to be valueless. 
The seasons will come and go with changes of time and 
tide, cold and heat, latitude and longitude. The agri- 
culturist will find that these changes cannot 
affect his crops. “As a vesture shalt Thou 
change them and they shall be changed.” The mariner 
will have dominion over the atmosphere and the great 
deep, over the fish of the sea and the fowls of the air. 
The astronomer will no longer look up to the stars, — 
he will look out from them upon the universe; and the 
florist will find his flower before its seed. 
Thus matter will finally be proved nothing more 
than a mortal belief, wholly inadequate to affect a man 
The time 
and tide 126 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
through its supposed organic action or supposed exist- 
ence. Error will be no longer used in stating truth. The 
problem of nothingness, or “dust to dust,” will 
be solved, and mortal mind will be without 
form and void, for mortality will cease when man beholds 
himself God’s reflection, even as man sees his reflection 
in a glass. 
Mortal noth- 
ingness 
All Science is divine. Human thought never pro- 
jected the least portion of true being. Human belief 
has sought and interpreted in its own way 
the echo of Spirit, and so seems to have 
reversed it and repeated it materially; but the human 
mind never produced a real tone nor sent forth a positive 
sound. 
A lack of 
originality 
The point at issue between Christian Science on the 
one hand and popular theology on the other is this: Shall 
Science explain cause and effect as being 
both natural and spiritual? Or shall all that 
is beyond the cognizance of the material senses be called 
supernatural, and be left to the mercy of speculative 
hypotheses ? 
Antagonistic 
questions 
I have set forth Christian Science and its application 
to the treatment of disease just as I have discovered them. 
1 have demonstrated through Mind the effects 
of Truth on the health, longevity, and morals 
of men ; and I have found nothing in ancient or in modern 
systems on which to found my own, except the teachings 
and demonstrations of our great Master and the lives of 
prophets and apostles. The Bible has been my only au- 
thority. I have had no other guide in “the straight and 
narrow way” of Truth. 
If Christendom resists the author’s application of the 
Biblical 
basis SCIENCE, THEOLOGY, MEDICINE 
127 
word Science to Christianity, or questions her use of the 
word Science, she will not therefore lose faith in Chris- 
tianity, nor will Christianity lose its hold upon 
her. If God, the All-in-all, be the creator of 
the spiritual universe, including man, then everything 
entitled to a classification as truth, or Science, must be 
comprised in a knowledge or understanding of God, for 
there can be nothing beyond illimitable divinity. 
Science and 
Christianity 
The terms Divine Science, Spiritual Science, Christ 
Science or Christian Science, or Science alone, she em- 
ploys interchangeably, according to the re- 
quirements of the context. These synony- 
mous terms stand for everything relating to God, the in-- 
finite, supreme, eternal Mind. It may be said, however, 
that the term Christian Science relates especially to 
Science as applied to humanity. Christian Science re- 
veals God, not as the author of sin, sickness, and death, 
but as divine Principle, Supreme Being, Mind, exempt 
from all evil. It teaches that matter is the falsity, not 
the fact, of existence ; that nerves, brain, stomach, lungs, 
and so forth, have — as matter — no intelligence, life, nor 
sensation. 
Scientific 
terms 
There is no physical science, inasmuch as all truth 
proceeds from the divine Mind. Therefore truth is not 
human, and is not a law of matter, for matter 
is not a lawgiver. Science is an emanation of 
divine Mind, and is alone able to interpret God aright. 
It has a spiritual, and not a material origin. It is a divine 
utterance, — the Comforter which leadeth into all truth. 
Christian Science eschews what is called natural science, 
in so far as this'is built on the false hypotheses that matter 
is its own lawgiver, that law is founded on material con- 
No physical 
science 128 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
ditions, and that these are final and overrule the might of 
divine Mind. Good is natural and primitive. It is not 
miraculous to itself. 
The term Science, properly understood, refers only to 
the laws of God and to His government of the universe, 
inclusive of man. From this it follows that 
business men and cultured scholars have found 
that Christian Science enhances their endurance and 
mental powers, enlarges their perception of character, 
gives them acuteness and comprehensiveness and an 
ability to exceed their ordinary capacity. The human 
mind, imbued with this spiritual understanding, becomes 
•more elastic, is capable of greater endurance, escapes 
somewhat from itself, and requires less repose. A knowl- 
edge of the Science of being develops the latent abilities 
and possibilities of man. It extends the atmosphere of 
thought, giving mortals access to broader and higher 
realms. It raises the thinker into his native air of insight 
and perspicacity. 
An odor becomes beneficent and agreeable only in pro- 
portion to its escape into the surrounding atmosphere. 
So it is with our knowledge of Truth. If one would 
not quarrel with his fellow-man for waking him from 
a cataleptic nightmare, he should not resist Truth, which 
banishes — yea, forever destroys with the higher testi- 
mony of Spirit — the so-called evidence of matter. 
Science relates to Mind, not matter. It rests on fixed 
Principle and not upon the judgment of false sensation. 
Practical 
Science 
Mathematics 
and scientific 
logic 
The addition of two sums in mathematics must 
always bring the same result. So is it with 
logic. If both the major and the minor propo- 
sitions of a syllogism are correct, the conclusion, if properly SCIENCE, THEOLOGY, MEDICINE 
129 
drawn, cannot be false. So in Christian Science there 
are no discords nor contradictions, because its logic is as 
harmonious as the reasoning of an accurately stated syl- 
logism or of a properly computed sum in arithmetic. 
Truth is ever truthful, and can tolerate no error in 
premise or conclusion. 
ii you wisn to Know tne spiritual iact, you can dis- 
cover it by reversing the material fable, be the 
fable pro or con, — be it in accord with your 
preconceptions or utterly contrary to them. 
Truth by 
inversion 
Pantheism may be defined as a belief in the intelli- 
gence of matter, — a belief which Science overthrows. 
In those days there will be “great tribulation 
such as was not since the beginning of the 
world;” and earth will echo the cry, “Art thou [Truth] 
come hither to torment us before the time?” Animal 
magnetism, hypnotism, spiritualism, theosophy, agnos- 
ticism, pantheism, and infidelity are antagonistic to true 
being and fatal to its demonstration; and so are some 
other systems. 
Antagonistic 
theories 
We must abandon pharmaceutics, and take up ontol- 
ogy,— “the science of real being.” We must look deep 
into realism instead of accepting only the out- 
ward sense of things. Can we gather peaches 
from a pine-tree, or learn from discord the concord of 
being? Yet quite as rational are some of the leading 
illusions along the path which Science must tread in its 
reformatory mission among mortals. The very name, 
illusion, points to nothingness. 
The generous liver may object to the author’s small 
estimate of the pleasures of the table. The sinner sees, 
in the system taught in this book, that the demands of 
Ontology 
needed 130 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
God must be met. The petty intellect is alarmed by con- 
stant appeals to Mind. The licentious disposition is dis- 
couraged over its slight spiritual prospects. 
When all men are bidden to the feast, the ex- 
cuses come. One has a farm, another has merchandise, 
and therefore they cannot accept. 
Reluctant 
guests 
It is vain to speak dishonestly of divine Science, which 
destroys all discord, when you can demonstrate 
the actuality of Science. It is unwise to doubt 
if reality is in perfect harmony with God, divine Principle, 
— if Science, when understood and demonstrated, will 
destroy all discord, — since you admit that God is om- 
nipotent ; for from this premise it follows that good and 
its sweet concords have all-power. 
Excuses for 
ignorance 
Christian Science, properly understood, would dis- 
abuse the human mind of material beliefs which war 
against spiritual facts ; and these material 
beliefs must be denied and cast out to make 
place for truth. You cannot add to the contents of a 
vessel already full. Laboring long to shake the adult’s 
faith in matter and to inculcate a grain of faith in God, — 
an inkling of the ability of Spirit to make the body har- 
monious, — the author has often remembered our Master’s 
love for little children, and understood how truly such as 
thev belomr to the heavenlv kingdom. 
Children 
and adults 
If thought is startled at the strong claim of Science 
for the supremacy of God, or Truth, and doubts the su- 
premacy of good, ought we not, contrari- 
wise, to be astounded at the vigorous claims 
of evil and doubt them, and no longer think it natural to 
love sin and unnatural to forsake it, — no longer imagine 
evil to be ever-present and good absent? Truth should 
All evil 
unnatural SCIENCE, THEOLOGY, MEDICINE 
131 
not seem so surprising and unnatural as error, and error 
should not seem so real as truth. Sickness should not seem 
so real as health. There is no error in Science, and our 
lives must be governed by reality in order to be in har- 
mony with God, the divine Principle of all being. 
When once destroyed by divine Science, the false evi- 
dence before the corporeal senses disappears. Hence the 
opposition of sensuous man to the Science of 
Soul and the significance of the Scripture, “The 
carnal mind is enmity against God.” The central fact of 
the Bible is the superiority of spiritual over physical power. 
The error of 
carnality 
Theology 
Must Christian Science come through the Christian 
churches as some persons insist ? This Science has come 
already, after the manner of God’s appoint- 
ing, but the churches seem not ready to re- 
ceive it, according to the Scriptural saying, “He came 
unto his own, and his own received him not.” Jesus once 
said: “I thank Thee, O Father, Lord of heaven and 
earth, that Thou hast hid these things from the wise 
and prudent, and hast revealed them unto babes: even 
so, Father, for so it seemed good in Thy sight.” As afore- 
time, the spirit of the Christ, which taketh away the cere- 
monies and doctrines of men, is not accepted until the 
hearts of men are made ready for it. 
Churchly 
neglect 
The mission of Jesus confirmed prophecy, and ex- 
plained the so-called miracles of olden time as natural 
demonstrations of the divine power, demonstra- 
tions which were not understood. Jesus’ works 
established his claim to the Messiahship. In 
reply to John’s inquiry, “Art thou he that should come,” 
John the 
Baptist, and 
the Messiah 132 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
Jesus returned an affirmative reply, recounting his works 
instead of referring to his doctrine, confident that this 
exhibition of the divine power to heal would fully an- 
swer the question. Hence his reply: “Go and show 
John again those things which ye do hear and see: the 
blind receive their sight and the lame walk, the lepers 
are cleansed, and the deaf hear, the dead are raised up, 
and the poor have the gospel preached to them. And 
blessed is he, whosoever shall not be offended in me.” In 
other words, he gave his benediction to any one who 
should not deny that such effects, coming from divine 
Mind, prove the unity of God, — the divine Principle 
which brings out all harmony. 
The Pharisees of old thrust the spiritual idea and the 
man who lived it out of their synagogues, and retained 
their materialistic beliefs about God. Jesus’ 
system of healing received no aid nor approval 
from other sanitary or religious systems, from doctrines 
of physics or of divinity; and it has not yet been gener- 
ally accepted. To-day, as of yore, unconscious of the 
reappearing of the spiritual idea, blind belief shuts the 
door upon it, and condemns the cure of the sick and sin- 
ning if it is wrought on any but a material and a doctrinal 
theory. Anticipating this rejection of idealism, of the 
true idea of God, — this salvation from all error, physi- 
cal and mental, — Jesus asked, “When the Son of man 
cometh, shall he find faith on the earth?” 
Christ 
rejected 
Did the doctrines of John the Baptist confer healing 
power upon him, or endow him with the truest concep- 
tion of the Christ? This righteous preacher 
once pointed his disciples to Jesus as “the 
Lamb of God;” yet afterwards he seriously questioned 
John’s mis- 
givings SCIENCE, THEOLOGY, MEDICINE 
133 
the signs of the Messianic appearing, and sent the inquiry 
to Jesus, “Art thou he that should come?” 
Was John’s faith greater than that of the Samaritan 
woman, who said, “Is not this the Christ?” 
There was also a certain centurion of whose 
faith Jesus himself declared, “I have not found so great 
faith, no, not in Israel.” 
In Egypt, it was Mind which saved the Israelites from 
belief in the plagues. In the wilderness, streams flowed 
from the rock, and manna fell from the sky. The Israelites 
looked upon the brazen serpent, and straightway believed 
that they were healed of the poisonous stings of vipers. 
In national prosperity, miracles attended the successes of 
the Hebrews; but when they departed from the true 
idea, their demoralization began. Even in captivity 
among foreign nations, the divine Principle wrought 
wonders for the people of God in the fiery furnace and 
in kings’ palaces. 
Faith accord- 
ing to works 
Judaism was the antithesis of Christianity, because 
Judaism engendered the limited form of a national or 
tribal religion. It was a finite and material 
system, carried out in special theories concern- 
ing God, man, sanitary methods, and a religious cultus. 
That he made “ himself equal with God,” was one of the 
Jewish accusations against him who planted Christianity 
on the foundation of Spirit, who taught as he was in- 
spired by the Father and would recognize no life, intelli- 
gence, nor substance outside of God. 
Judaism 
antipathetic 
The Jewish conception of God, as Yawah, Jehovah, 
or only a mighty hero and king, has not quite 
given place to the true knowledge of God. 
Creeds and rituals have not cleansed their hands of 
Priestly 
learning 134 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
rabbinical lore, lo-day the cry of bygone ages is re- 
peated, “ Crucify him! ” At every advancing step, truth 
is still opposed with sword and spear. 
The word martyr, from the Greek, means witness; but 
those who testified for Truth were so often persecuted 
unto death, that at length the word martyr 
was narrowed in its significance and so has 
come always to mean one who suffers for his convictions. 
The new faith in the Christ, Truth, so roused the hatred 
of the opponents of Christianity, that the followers of 
Christ were burned, crucified, and otherwise persecuted; 
and so it came about that human rights were hallowed 
by the gallows and the cross. 
Man-made doctrines are waning. They have not waxed 
strong in times of trouble. Devoid of the Christ-power, 
how can they illustrate the doctrines of Christ 
or the miracles of grace ? Denial of the possi- 
bility of Christian healing robs Christianity of the very 
element, which gave it divine force and its astonishing and 
unequalled success in the first century. 
Testimony 
of martyrs 
Absence of 
Christ-power 
The true Logos is demonstrably Christian Science, the 
natural law of harmony which overcomes discord, — not 
because this Science is supernatural or pre- 
ternatural, nor because it is an infraction of 
divine law, but because it is the immutable law of God, 
good. Jesus said: “ I knew that Thou hearest me al- 
ways;” and he raised Lazarus from the dead, stilled the 
tempest, healed the sick, walked on the water. There 
is divine authority for believing in the superiority of 
spiritual power over material resistance. 
A miracle fulfils God’s law, but does not violate that 
law. This fact at present seems more mysterious than 
Basis of 
miracles SCIENCE, THEOLOGY, MEDICINE 
135 
the miracle itself. The Psalmist sang: “ What ailed 
thee, O thou sea, that thou fleddest? Thou Jordan, 
that thou wast driven back? Ye mountains, 
that ye skipped like rams, and ye little hills, 
like lambs? Tremble, thou earth, at the presence of the 
Lord, at the presence of the God of Jacob.” The miracle 
introduces no disorder, but unfolds the primal order, 
establishing the Science of God’s unchangeable law. 
Spiritual evolution alone is worthy of the exercise of 
divine power. 
Lawful 
wonders 
The same power which heals sin heals also sickness. 
This is “the beauty of holiness,” that when Truth heals 
the sick, it casts out evils, and when Truth 
casts out the evil called disease, it heals the 
sick. When Christ cast out the devil of 
dumbness, “ it came to pass, when the devil was gone out, 
the dumb spake.” There is to-day danger of repeating 
the offence of the Jews by limiting the Holy One of Israel 
and asking: “ Can God furnish a table in the wilderness ?” 
What cannot God do ? 
Fear and 
sickness 
identical 
It has been said, and truly, that Christianity must be 
Science, and Science must be Christianity, else one or the 
other is false and useless; but neither is unim- 
portant or untrue, and they are alike in demon- 
stration. This proves the one to be identical 
with the other. Christianity as Jesus taught it was not 
a creed, nor a system of ceremonies, nor a special gift 
from a ritualistic Jehovah; but it was the demonstration 
of divine Love casting out error and healing the sick, 
not merely in the name of Christ, or Truth, but in demon- 
stration of Truth, as must be the case in the cycles of 
divine light. 
The unity of 
Science and 
Christianity 136 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
Jesus established his church and maintained his mission 
on a spiritual foundation of Christ-healing. He taught 
his followers that his religion had a divine 
Principle, which would cast out error and heal 
both the sick and the sinning. He claimed no intelli- 
gence, action, nor life separate from God. Despite the 
persecution this brought upon him, he used his divine 
power to save men both bodily and spiritually. 
The question then as now was, How did Jesus heal the 
sick? His answer to this question the world rejected. 
The Christ- 
mission 
Ancient 
spiritualism 
He appealed to his students: “ Whom do 
men say that I, the Son of man, am ?” That 
is: Who or what is it that is thus identified with casting 
out evils and healing the sick? They replied, “Some 
say that thou art John the Baptist; some, Elias; and 
others, Jeremias, or one of the prophets.” These prophets 
were considered dead, and this reply may indicate that 
some of the people believed that Jesus was a medium, 
controlled by the spirit of John or of Elias. 
This ghostly fancy was repeated by Herod himself. 
That a wicked king and debauched husband should have 
no high appreciation of divine Science and the great work 
of the Master, was not surprising; for how could such 
a sinner comprehend what the disciples did not fully 
understand ? But even Herod doubted if Jesus was con- 
trolled by the sainted preacher. Hence Herod’s asser- 
tion: “John have I beheaded: but who is this?” No 
wonder Herod desired to see the new Teacher. 
Doubting 
disciples 
The disciples apprehended their Master better than 
did others; blit they did not comprehend all 
that he said and did, or they would not have 
questioned him so often. Jesus patiently persisted in SCIENCE, THEOLOGY, MEDICINE 
137 
teaching and demonstrating the truth of being. Ilis stu- 
dents saw this power of Truth heal the sick, cast out evil, 
raise the dead; but the ultimate of this wonderful work 
was not spiritually discerned, even by them, until after the 
crucifixion, when their immaculate Teacher stood before 
them, the victor over sickness, sin, disease, death, and 
the grave. 
Yearning to be understood, the Master repeated, 
“But whom say ye that I am?” This renewed inquiry 
meant: Who or what is it that is able to do the work, so 
mysterious to the popular mind ? In his rejection of the 
answer already given and his renewal of the question, 
it is plain that Jesus completely eschewed the narrow 
opinion implied in their citation of the common report 
about him. 
With his usual impetuosity, Simon replied for his 
brethren, and his reply set forth a great fact: “Thou 
art the Christ, the Son of the living God!” 
That is: The Messiah is what thou hast de- 
clared, — Christ, the spirit of God, of Truth, Life, and 
Love, which heals mentally. This assertion elicited from 
Jesus the benediction, “Blessed art thou, Simon Bar- 
jona: for flesh and blood hath not revealed it unto thee, 
but my Father which is in heaven ;” that is, Love hath 
shown thee the way of Life! 
A divine 
response 
Before this the impetuous disciple had been called 
only by his common names, Simon Bar-jona, or son of 
Jona; but now the Master gave him a spir- 
itual name in these words: “ And I say also 
unto thee, That thou art Peter; and upon this rock [the 
meaning of the Greek word petros, or stone] I will build 
my church; and the gates of hell [hades, the under- 
The true and 
living rock 138 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
i world, or the grave] shall not prevail against it.” In 
other words, Jesus purposed founding his society, not 
t on the personal Peter as a mortal, but on the God- 
power which lay behind Peter’s confession of the true 
Messiah. 
» It was now evident to Peter that divine Life, Truth, and 
Love, and not a human personality, was the healer of the 
sick and a rock, a firm foundation in the realm 
of harmony. On this spiritually scientific basis 
Jesus explained his cures, which appeared miraculous to 
outsiders. He showed that diseases were cast out neither 
by corporeality, by materia medica, nor by hygiene, but by 
the divine Spirit, casting out the errors of mortal mind. 
The supremacy of Spirit was the foundation on which 
Jesus built. His sublime summary points to the religion 
of Love. 
Jesus established in the Christian era the precedent for 
all Christianity, theology, and healing. Christians are 
under as direct orders now, as they were then, 
to be Christlike, to possess the Christ-spirit, to 
follow the Christ-example, and to heal the sick as well as 
the sinning. It is easier for Christianity to cast out sick- 
ness than sin, for the sick are more willing to part with 
pain than are sinners to give up the sinful, so-called pleas- 
ure of the senses. The Christian can prove this to-day as 
readily as it was proved centuries ago. 
Sublime 
summary 
New era 
in Jesus 
Our Master said to every follower : “ Go ye into all the 
world, and preach the gospel to every creature! . . . 
Heal the sick! . . . Love thy neighbor as 
thyself!” It was this theology of Jesus which 
healed the sick and the sinning. It is his theology in this 
book and the spiritual meaning of this theology, which 
Healthful 
theology SCIENCE, THEOLOGY, MEDICINE 
139 
heals the sick and causes the wicked to “ forsake his way, 
and the unrighteous man his thoughts.” It was our Mas- 
ter’s theology which the impious sought to destroy. 
From beginning to end, the Scriptures are full of 
accounts of the triumph of Spirit, Mind, over matter. 
Moses proved the power of Mind by what men 
called miracles; so did Joshua, Elijah, and 
Elisha. The Christian era was ushered in with signs and 
wonders. Reforms have commonly been attended with 
bloodshed and persecution, even when the end has been 
brightness and peace; but the present new, yet old, re- 
form in religious faith will teach men patiently and wisely 
to stem the tide of sectarian bitterness, whenever it flows 
inward. 
Marvels and 
reformations 
The decisions by vote of Church Councils as to what 
should and should not be considered Holy Writ; the man- 
ifest mistakes in the ancient versions; the 
thirty thousand different readings in the Old 
Testament, and the three hundred thousand in the New, 
— these facts show how a mortal and material sense stole 
into the divine record, with its own hue darkening to some 
extent the inspired pages. But mistakes could neither 
wholly obscure the divine Science of the Scriptures seen 
from Genesis to Revelation, mar the demonstration of 
Jesus, nor annul the healing by the prophets, who foresaw 
that “the stone which the builders rejected” would be- 
come “the head of the corner.” 
Science 
obscured 
Atheism, pantheism, theosophy, and agnosticism are 
opposed to Christian Science, as they are to ordinary re- 
ligion ; but it does not follow that the profane 
or atheistic invalid cannot be healed by Chris- 
tian Science. The moral condition of such a man de- 
Opponents 
benefited 140 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
mands the remedy of Truth more than it is needed in most 
cases; and Science is more than usually effectual in the 
treatment of moral ailments. 
That God is a corporeal being, nobody can truly affirm. 
The Bible represents Him as saying: “Thou canst not 
see My face; for there shall no man see Me, 
and live.” Not materially but spiritually we 
know Him as divine Mind, as Life, Truth, and Love. We 
shall obey and adore in proportion as we apprehend the 
divine nature and love Him warring no 
more over the corporeality, but rejoicing in the affluence 
of our God. Religion will then be of the heart and not of 
the head. Mankind will no longer be tyrannical and pro- 
scriptive from lack of love, — straining out gnats and 
swallowing camels. 
God invisible 
to the senses 
We worship spiritually, only as we cease to worship 
materially. Spiritual devoutness is the soul of Chris- 
tianity. Worshipping through the medium of 
matter is paganism. Judaic and other rituals 
are but types and shadows of true worship. “The true 
worshippers shall worship the Father in spirit and in 
truth.” 
The true 
worship 
The Jewish tribal Jehovah was a man-projected God, 
liable to wrath, repentance, and human changeableness. 
The Christian Science God is universal, eter- 
nal, divine Love, which changeth not and caus- 
eth no evil, disease, nor death. It is indeed mournfully 
true that the older Scripture is reversed. In the begin- 
ning God created man in His, God’s, image; but mor- 
tals would procreate man, and make God in their own 
human image. What is the god of a mortal, but a mortal 
magnified ? 
Anthropo- 
morphism SCIENCE, THEOLOGY, MEDICINE 
141 
This indicates the distance between the theological and 
ritualistic religion of the ages and the truth preached by 
Jesus. More than profession is requisite for 
Christian demonstration. Few understand or 
adhere to Jesus’ divine precepts for living and 
healing. Why ? Because his precepts require the disci- 
ple to cut off the right hand and pluck out the right eye, 
— that is, to set aside even the most cherished beliefs 
and practices, to leave all for Christ. 
More than 
profession 
required 
All revelation (such is the popular thought!) must come 
from the schools and along the line of scholarly and eccle- 
siastical descent, as kings are crowned from a 
royal dynasty. In healing the sick and sinning, 
Jesus elaborated the fact that the healing effect 
followed the understanding of the divine Principle and 
of the Christ-spirit which governed the corporeal Jesus. 
For this Principle there is no dynasty, no ecclesiastical 
monopoly. Its only crowned head is immortal sover- 
eignty. Its only priest is the spiritualized man. The 
Bible declares that all believers are made “kings and 
priests unto God.” The outsiders did not then, and 
do not now, understand this ruling of the Christ; there- 
fore they cannot demonstrate God’s healing power. 
Neither can this manifestation of Christ be com- 
prehended, until its divine Principle is scientifically 
understood. 
No ecclesi- 
astical mo- 
nopoly 
The adoption of scientific religion and of divine heal- 
ing will ameliorate sin, sickness, and death. Let our 
pulpits do justice to Christian Science. Let 
it have fair representation by the press. Give 
to it the place in our institutions of learning now occu- 
pied by scholastic theology and physiology, and it will 
A change 
demanded 142 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
eradicate sickness and sin in less time than the old systems, 
devised for subduing them, have required for self-estab- 
lishment and propagation. 
Anciently the followers of Christ, or Truth, measured 
Christianity by its power over sickness, sin, and death; 
but modern religions generally omit all but one 
of these powers, — the power over sin. We 
must seek the undivided garment, the whole Christ, as our 
first proof of Christianity, for Christ, Truth, alone can 
furnish us with absolute evidence. 
Two claims 
omitted 
If the soft palm, upturned to a lordly salary, and archi- 
tectural skill, making dome and spire tremulous with 
beauty, turn the poor and the stranger from the 
gate, they at the same time shut the door on 
progress. In vain do the manger and the cross tell their 
story to pride and fustian. Sensuality palsies the right 
hand, and causes the left to let go its grasp on the divine. 
Selfishness 
and loss 
As in Jesus’ time, so to-day, tyranny and pride need to 
be whipped out of the temple, and humility and divine Sci- 
ence to be welcomed in. The strong cords of 
scientific demonstration, as twisted and wielded 
by Jesus, are still needed to purge the temples of their 
vain traffic in worldly worship and to make them meet 
dwelling-places for the Most High. 
Temple 
j cleansed 
Medicine 
Which was first,' Mind or medicine ? If Mind was 
first and self-existent, then Mind, not matter, must have 
been the first medicine. God being All-in- 
all, He made medicine; but that medicine was 
Mind. It could not have been matter, which departs 
from the nature and character of Mind, God. Truth 
Question of 
precedence SCIENCE, THEOLOGY, MEDICINE 
143 
is God’s remedy for error of every kind, and Truth de- 
stroys only what is untrue. Hence the fact that, to-day, 
as yesterday, Christ casts out evils and heals the 
sick. 
It is plain that God does not employ drugs or hygiene, 
nor provide them for human use; else Jesus wrould have 
recommended and employed them in his heal- 
ing. The sick are more deplorably lost than 
the sinning, if the sick cannot rely on God for help and 
the sinning can. The divine Mind never called matter 
medicine, and matter required a material and human be- 
lief before it could be considered as medicine. 
Methods 
rejected 
Sometimes the human mind uses one error to medi- 
cine another. Driven to choose between two difficulties, 
the human mind takes the lesser to relieve the 
greater. On this basis it saves from starva- 
tion by theft, and quiets pain with anodynes. You 
admit that mind influences the body somewhat, but 
you conclude that the stomach, blood, nerves, bones, 
etc., hold the preponderance of power. Controlled by 
this belief, you continue in the old routine. You lean on 
the inert and unintelligent, never discerning how this de- 
prives you of the available superiority of divine Mind. 
The body is not controlled scientifically by a negative 
mind. 
Error not 
curative 
Mind is the grand creator, and there can be no power 
except that which is derived from Mind. If Mind was 
first chronologically, is first potentially, and 
must be first eternally, then give to Mind the 
glory, honor, dominion, and power everlastingly due its 
holy name. Inferior and unspiritual methods of healing 
may try to make Mind and drugs coalesce, but the two will 
Impossible 
coalescence SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
not mingle scientifically. Why should we wish to make 
them do so, since no good can come of it? 
If Mind is foremost and superior, let us rely upon Mind, 
which needs no cooperation from lower powers, even if 
these so-called powers are real. 
Naught is the squire, when the king is nigh ; 
Withdraws the star, when dawns the sun’s brave light. 
The various mortal beliefs formulated in human philoso- 
phy, physiology, hygiene, are mainly predicated of matter, 
and afford faint gleams of God, or Truth. 
The more material a belief, the more obstinately 
tenacious its error; the stronger are the manifestations of 
the corporeal senses, the weaker the indications of Soul. 
Human will-power is not Science. Human will belongs 
to the so-called material senses, and its use is to be con- 
demned. Willing the sick to recover is not the 
metaphysical practice of Christian Science, but 
is sheer animal magnetism. Human will-power may in- 
fringe the rights of man. It produces evil continually, 
and is not a factor in the realism of being. Truth, and 
not corporeal will, is the divine power which says to 
disease, “Peace, be still.” 
Because divine Science wars with so-called physical 
science, even as Truth wars with error, the old schools 
still oppose it. Ignorance, pride, or prejudice 
closes the door to whatever is not stereotyped. 
When the Science of being is universally understood, 
every man will be his own physician, and Truth will be 
the universal panacea. 
It is a question to-day, whether the ancient inspired 
healers understood the Science of Christian healing, or 
Soul and 
sense 
Will-power 
detrimental 
Conservative 
antagonism SCIENCE, THEOLOGY, MEDICINE 
whether they caught its sweet tones, as the natural 
musician catches the tones of harmony, without being 
able to explain them. So divinely imbued 
were they with the spirit of Science, that the 
lack of the letter could not hinder their work; and that 
letter, without the spirit, would have made void their 
practice. 
The struggle for the recovery of invalids goes on, not 
between material methods, but between mortal minds 
and immortal Mind. The victory will be on 
the patient’s side only as immortal Mind 
through Christ, Truth, subdues the human belief in 
disease, matters not what material method one may 
adopt, whether faith in drugs, trust in hygiene, or reliance 
on some other minor curative. 
Scientific healing has this advantage over other meth- 
ods, — that in it Truth controls error. From this fact 
arise its ethical as well as its physical ef- 
fects. Indeed, its ethical and physical effects 
are indissolubly connected. If there is any mystery 
in Christian healing, it is the mystery which godliness 
always presents to the ungodly, — the mystery always 
arising from ignorance of the laws of eternal and unerr- 
ing Mind. 
Other methods undertake to oppose error with error, 
and thus they increase the antagonism of one form of 
matter towards other forms of matter or error, 
and the warfare between Spirit and the flesh 
goes on. By this antagonism mortal mind must con- 
tinually weaken its own assumed power. 
The theology of Christian Science includes healing 
the sick. Our Master’s first article of faith propounded 
Ancient 
healers 
The struggle 
and victory 
Mystery of 
godliness 
Matter ver- 
sus matter 146 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
to his students was healing, and he proved his faith by 
his works. The ancient Christians were healers. Why 
has this element of Christianity been lost ? 
Because our systems of religion are governed 
more or less by our systems of medicine. The first idol- 
atry was faith in matter. The schools have rendered 
faith in drugs the fashion, rather than faith in Deity. By 
trusting matter to destroy its own discord, health and 
harmony have been sacrificed. Such systems are barren 
of the vitality of spiritual power, by which material sense 
is made the servant of Science and religion becomes 
Christlike. 
How healing 
was lost 
Material medicine substitutes drugs for the power of 
God — even the might of Mind — to heal the body. 
Scholasticism clings for salvation to the per- 
son, instead of to the divine Principle, of the 
man Jesus; and his Science, the curative agent of God, 
is silenced. Why? Because truth divests material drugs 
of their imaginary power, and clothes Spirit with suprem- 
acy. Science is the “ stranger that is within thy gates,” 
remembered not, even when its elevating effects prac- 
tically prove its divine origin and efficacy. 
Drugs and 
divinity 
Divine Science derives its sanction from the Bible, 
and the divine origin of Science is demonstrated through 
the holy influence of Truth in healing sick- 
ness and sin. This healing power of Truth 
must have been far anterior to the period in 
which Jesus lived. It is as ancient as “the Ancient of 
days.” It lives through all Life, and extends throughout 
all space. 
Divine metaphysics is now reduced to a system, to a 
form comprehensible by and adapted to the thought of 
Christian 
Science as 
old as God SCIENCE, THEOLOGY, MEDICINE 
the age in which we live. This system enables the 
learner to demonstrate the divine Principle, 
upon which Jesus’ healing was based, and 
the sacred rules for its present application to the cure of 
disease. 
Late in the nineteenth century I demonstrated the divine 
rules of Christian Science. They were submitted to the 
broadest practical test, and everywhere, when honestly ap- 
plied under circumstances where demonstration was hu- 
manly possible, this Science showed that Truth had lost 
none of its divine and healing efficacy, even though cen- 
turies had passed away since Jesus practised these rules 
on the hills of Judaea and in the valleys of Galilee. 
Reduction 
to system 
Although this volume Contains the complete Science of 
Mind-healing, never believe that you can absorb the whole 
meaning of the Science by a simple 'perusal 
of this book. The book needs to be studied, 
and the demonstration of the rules of scientific healing 
will plant you firmly on the spiritual groundwork of 
Christian Science. This proof lifts you high above the 
perishing fossils of theories already antiquated, and en- 
ables you to grasp the spiritual facts of being hitherto 
unattained and seemingly dim. 
Perusal and 
practice 
Our Master healed the sick, practised Christian heal- 
ing, and taught the generalities of its divine Principle to 
his students; but he left no definite rule for 
demonstrating this Principle of healing and 
preventing disease. This rule remained to be discovered 
in Christian Science. A pure affection takes form in good- 
ness, but Science alone reveals the divine Principle of 
goodness and demonstrates its rules. 
Jesus never spoke of disease as dangerous or as difficult 
A definite rule 
discovered 148 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
to heal. When his students brought to him a case they 
had failed to heal, he said to them, “O faithless gen- 
eration,” implying that the requisite power 
to heal was in Mind. He prescribed no drugs, 
urged no obedience to material laws, but acted in direct 
disobedience to them. 
Jesus’ own 
practice 
Neither anatomy nor theology has ever described man 
as created by Spirit, — as God’s man. The former ex- 
plains the men of men, or the “children of 
men,” as created corporeally instead of spir- 
itually and as emerging from the lowest, in- 
stead of from the highest, conception of being. Both 
anatomy and theology define man as both physical and 
mental, and place mind at the mercy of matter for every 
function, formation, and manifestation. Anatomy takes 
up man at all points materially. It loses Spirit, drops the 
true tone, and accepts the discord. Anatomy and the- 
ology reject the divine Principle which produces harmo- 
nious man, and deal — the one wholly, the other primarily 
— with matter, calling that man which is not the counter- 
part, but the counterfeit, of God’s man. Then theology 
tries to explain how to make this man a Christian, — how 
from this basis of division and discord to produce the con- 
cord and unity of Spirit and His likeness. 
The man of 
anatomy and 
of theology 
Physiology exalts matter, dethrones Mind, and claims 
to rule man by material law, instead of spiritual. When 
physiology fails to give health or life by this 
process, it ignores the divine Spirit as unable 
or unwilling to render help in time of physical need. 
When mortals sin, this ruling of the schools leaves them 
to the guidance of a theology which admits God to be 
the healer of sin but not of sickness, although our great 
Physiology 
deficient SCIENCE, THEOLOGY, MEDICINE 
149 
Master demonstrated that Truth could save from sickness 
as well as from sin. 
Mind as far outweighs drugs in the cure of disease as 
in the cure of sin. The more excellent way is divine 
Science in every case. Is materia medica a 
science or a bundle of speculative human 
theories? The prescription which succeeds in one in- 
stance fails in another, and this is owing to the different 
mental states of the patient. These states are not com- 
prehended, and they are left without explanation except 
in Christian Science. The rule and its perfection of opera- 
tion never vary in Science. If you fail to succeed in any 
case, it is because you have not demonstrated the life of 
Christ, Truth, more in your own life, — because you have 
not obeyed the rule and proved the Principle of divine 
Science. 
A physician of the old school remarked with great 
gravity: “We know that mind affects the bodv some- 
what, and advise our patients to be hopeful 
and cheerful and to take as little medicine as 
possible; but mind can never cure organic difficulties.” 
The logic is lame, and facts contradict it. The author 
has cured what is termed organic disease as readily as she 
has cured purely functional disease, and with no power 
but the divine Mind. 
Blunders and 
blunderers 
Old-school 
physician 
Since God, divine Mind, governs all, not partially but 
supremely, predicting disease does not dignify therapeutics. 
Whatever guides thought spiritually benefits 
mind and body. We need to understand the 
affirmations of divine Science, dismiss superstition, and 
demonstrate truth according to Christ. To-day there 
is hardly a city, village, or hamlet, in which are not to 
Tests in 
our day 150 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
be found living witnesses and monuments to the virtue 
and power of Truth, as applied through this Christian 
system of healing disease. 
To-day the healing power of Truth is widely demon- 
strated as an immanent, eternal Science, instead of a 
phenomenal exhibition. Its appearing is the 
coming anew of the gospel of “on earth peace, 
good-will toward men.” This coming, as was promised 
by the Master, is for its establishment as a permanent 
dispensation among men; but the mission of Christian 
Science now, as in the time of its earlier demonstration, 
is not primarily one of physical healing. Now, as then, 
signs and wonders are wrought in the metaphysical heal- 
ing of physical disease; but these signs are only to demon- 
strate its divine origin, — to attest the reality of the higher 
mission of the Christ-power to take away the sins of the 
world. 
The main 
purpose / 
The science (so-called) of physics would have one be- 
lieve that both matter and mind are subject to disease, 
and that, too, in spite of the individual’s pro- 
test and contrary to the law of divine Mind. 
This human view infringes man’s free moral agency; and 
it is as evidently erroneous to the author, and will be to 
: all others at some future day, as the practically rejected 
doctrine of the predestination of souls to damnation or 
salvation. The doctrine that man’s harmony is gov- 
erned by physical conditions all his earthly days, and that 
he is then thrust out of his own body by the operation of 
matter, — even the doctrine of the superiority of matter 
i over Mind, — is fading out. 
The hosts of vEsculapius are flooding the world with 
diseases, because they are ignorant that the human mind 
Exploded 
j doctrine SCIENCE, THEOLOGY, MEDICINE 
151 
and body are myths. To be sure, they sometimes treat 
the sick as if there was but one factor in the case; but 
this one factor they represent to be body, not 
mind. Infinite Mind could not possibly create 
a remedy outside of itself, but erring, finite, human mind 
has an absolute need of something beyond itself for its 
redemption and healing. 
Great respect is due the motives and philanthropy of 
the higher class of physicians. We know that if they un- 
derstood the Science of Mind-healing, and were 
in possession of the enlarged power it confers 
to benefit the race physically and spiritually, they would 
rejoice with us. Even this one reform in medicine would 
ultimately deliver mankind from the awful and oppres- 
sive bondage now enforced by false theories, from which 
multitudes would gladly escape. 
Mortal belief says that death has been occasioned by 
fright. Fear never stopped being and its action. The 
blood, heart, lungs, brain, etc., have nothing Mangov_ 
to do with Life, God. Every function of the erned by Mind 
real man is governed by the divine Mind. The human 
mind has no power to kill or to cure, and it has no con- 
trol over God’s man. The divine Mind that made man 
maintains His own image and likeness. The human 
mind is opposed to God and must be put off, as St. Paul 
declares. All that really exists is the divine Mind and 
its idea, and in this Mind the entire being is found har- 
monious and eternal. The straight and narrow way is to 
see and acknowledge this fact, yield to this power, and 
follow the leadings of truth. 
That mortal mind claims to govern every organ of the 
mortal body, we have overwhelming proof. But this so- 
Disease 
mental 
Intentions 
respected 152 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
called mind is a myth, and must by its own consent yield 
to Truth. It would wield the sceptre of a monarch, but 
it is powerless. The immortal divine Mind 
takes away all its supposed sovereignty, and 
saves mortal mind from itself. The author has endeavored 
to make this book the iEsculapius of mind as well as of 
body, that it may give hope to the sick and heal them, 
although they know not how the work is done. Truth 
has a healing effect, even when not fully understood. 
Mortal mind 
dethroned 
Anatomy describes muscular action as produced by 
mind in one instance and not in another. Such errors 
beset every material theory, in which one 
statement contradicts another over and over 
again. It is related that Sir Humphry Davy once ap- 
parently cured a case of paralysis simply by introducing 
a thermometer into the patient’s mouth. This he did 
merely to ascertain the temperature of the patient’s body; 
but the sick man supposed this ceremony was intended 
to heal him, and he recovered accordingly. Such a fact 
illustrates our theories. 
All activity 
from thought 
The author’s medical researches and experiments had 
prepared her thought for the metaphysics of Christian 
Science. Every material dependence had 
failed her in her search for truth; and she can 
now understand why, and can see the means 
by which mortals are divinely driven to a spiritual source 
for health and happiness. 
The author's 
l experiments 
in medicine 
Her experiments in homoeopathy had made her skep- 
tical as to material curative methods. Jahr, from 
Aconitum to Zincum oxydatum, enumerates 
the general symptoms, the characteristic 
signs, which demand different remedies; but the drug 
Homoeopathic 
attenuations SCIENCE, THEOLOGY, MEDICINE 
153 
is frequently attenuated to such a degree that not a ves- 
tige of it remains. Thus we learn that it is not the drug 
which expels the disease or changes one of the symptoms 
of disease. 
The author has attenuated Natrum muriaticum (com- 
mon table-salt) until there was not a single saline property 
left. The salt had ‘ ‘ lost his savour ; ” and yet, 
with one drop of that attenuation in a goblet of 
water, and a teaspoonful of the water administered at in- 
tervals of three hours, she has cured a patient sinking in 
the last stage of typhoid fever. The highest attenuation 
of homoeopathy and the most potent rises above matter into 
mind. This discovery leads to more light. From it may 
be learned that either human faith or the divine Mind is 
the healer and that there is no efficacy in a drug. 
You say a boil is painful; but that is impossible, for 
matter without mind is not painful. The boil simply 
manifests, through inflammation and swell- 
ing, a belief in pain, and this belief is called, a 
boil. Now administer mentally to your patient a high 
attenuation of truth, and it will soon cure the boil. The 
fact that pain cannot exist where there is no mortal mind 
to feel it is a proof that this so-called mind makes its 
own pain — that is, its own belief in pain. 
Only salt 
and water 
Origin 
of pain 
We weep because others weep, we yawn because they 
yawn, and we have smallpox because others have it; but 
mortal mind, not matter, contains and carries 
the infection. When this mental contagion is 
understood, we shall be more careful of our mental con- 
ditions, and we shall avoid loquacious tattling about 
disease, as we would avoid advocating crime. Neither 
sympathy nor society should ever tempt us to cherish 
Source of 
contagion 154 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
error in any form, and certainly we should not be error’s 
advocate. 
Disease arises, like other mental conditions, from as- 
sociation. Since it is a law of mortal mind that certain 
diseases should be regarded as contagious, this law ob- 
tains credit through association, — calling up the fear that 
creates the image of disease and its consequent manifes- 
tation in the body. 
This fact in metaphysics is illustrated by the following 
incident: A man was made to believe that he occupied a 
bed where a cholera patient had died. Imme- 
diately the symptoms of this disease appeared, 
and the man died. The fact was, that he had not caught 
the cholera by material contact, because no cholera patient 
had been in that bed. 
Imaginary 
_ cholera 
If a child is exposed to contagion or infection, the 
mother is frightened and says, “My child will be sick.” 
The law of mortal mind and her own fears gov- 
ern her child more than the child’s mind gov- 
erns itself, and they produce the very results which might 
have been prevented through the opposite understanding. 
Then it is believed that exposure to the contagion wrought 
the mischief. 
Children’s 
ailments 
That mother is not a Christian Scientist, and her affec- 
tions need better guidance, who says to her child : “You 
look sick/’ “You look tired,” “You need rest,” or “You 
need medicine.” 
Such a mother runs to her little one, who thinks she has 
hurt her face by falling on the carpet, and says, moaning 
more childishly than her child, “Mamma knows you are 
hurt.” The better and more successful method for any 
mother to adopt is to say: “Oh, never mind ! You’re not SCIENCE, THEOLOGY, MEDICINE 
155 
hurt, so don’t think you are.” Presently the child forgets 
all about the accident, and is at play. 
When the sick recover by the use of drugs, it is the law 
of a general belief, culminating in individual faith, which 
heals ; and according to this faith will the effect 
be. Even when you take away the individual 
confidence in the drug, you have not yet divorced the drug 
from the general faith. The chemist, the botanist, the 
druggist, the doctor, and the nurse equip the medicine 
with their faith, and the beliefs which are in the majority 
rule. When the general belief endorses the inanimate 
drug as doing this or that, individual dissent or faith, un- 
less it rests on Science, is but a belief held by a minority, 
and such a belief is governed by the majority. 
The universal belief in physics weighs against the high 
and mighty truths of Christian metaphysics. This errone- 
ous general belief, which sustains medicine and 
produces all medical results, works against 
Christian Science; and the percentage of power on the 
side of this Science must mightily outweigh the power of 
popular belief in order to heal a single case of disease. The 
human mind, acts more powerfully to offset the discords 
of matter and the ills of flesh, in proportion as it puts less 
weight into the material or fleshly scale and more weight 
into the spiritual scale. Homoeopathy diminishes the 
drug, but the potency of the medicine increases as the 
drug disappears. 
Drug-power 
mental 
Belief in 
physics 
Vegetarianism, homoeopathy, and hydropathy have 
diminished drugging; but if drugs are an antidote to 
disease, why lessen the antidote ? If drugs 
are good things, is it safe to say that the 
less in quantity you have of them the better? If drugs 
Nature of 
drugs 156 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
possess intrinsic virtues or intelligent curative qualities, 
these qualities must be mental. Who named drugs, and 
what made them good or bad for mortals, beneficial or 
injurious ? 
A case of dropsy, given up by the faculty, fell into 
my hands. It was a terrible case. Tapping had been 
employed, and yet, as she lay in her bed, the 
patient looked like a barrel. I prescribed 
the fourth attenuation of Argentum nitratum with occa- 
sional doses of a high attenuation of Sulphuris. She im- 
proved perceptibly. Believing then somewhat in the 
ordinary theories of medical practice, and learning that 
her former physician had prescribed these remedies, I 
began to fear an aggravation of symptoms from their 
prolonged use, and told the patient so; but she was 
unwilling to give up the medicine while she was re- 
covering. It then occurred to me to give her un- 
medicated pellets and watch the result. I did so, and 
she continued to gain. Finally she said that she would 
give up her medicine for one day, and risk the 
effects. After trying this, she informed me that she 
could get along two days without globules; but on 
the third day she again suffered, and was relieved by 
taking them. She went on in this way, taking the 
unmedicated pellets, — and receiving occasional visits 
from me, — but employing no other means, and she was 
cured. 
Dropsy cured 
without drugs 
Metaphysics, as taught in Christian Science, is the 
next stately step beyond homoeopathy. In metaphysics, 
matter disappears from the remedy entirely, 
and Mind takes its rightful and supreme 
place. Homoeopathy takes mental symptoms largely 
A stately 
advance SCIENCE, THEOLOGY, MEDICINE 
157 
into consideration in its diagnosis of disease. Christian 
Science deals wholly with the mental cause in judging and 
destroying disease. It succeeds where homoeopathy fails, 
solely because its one recognized Principle of healing is 
Mind, and the whole force of the mental element is em- 
ployed through the Science of Mind, which never shares 
its rights with inanimate matter. 
Christian Science exterminates the drug, and rests on 
Mind alone as the curative Principle, acknowledging that 
the divine Mind has all power. Homoeopathy 
mentalizes a drug with such repetition of 
thought-attenuations, that the drug becomes 
more like the human mind than the substratum of this so- 
called mind, which we call matter; and the drug’s power 
of action is proportionately increased. 
The modus 
of homoe- 
opathy 
If drugs are part of God’s creation, which (according 
to the narrative in Genesis) He pronounced good, then 
drugs cannot be poisonous. If lie could cre- 
ate drugs intrinsically bad, then they should 
never be used. If He creates drugs at all and designs 
them for medical use, why did Jesus not employ them 
and recommend them for the treatment of disease ? 
Matter is not self-creative, for it is unintelligent. Erring 
mortal mind confers the power which the drug seems to 
possess. 
Narcotics quiet mortal mind, and so relieve the body; 
but they leave both mind and body worse for this sub- 
mission. Christian Science impresses the entire corpore- 
ality, — namely, mind and body, — and brings out the 
proof that Life is continuous and harmonious. Science 
both neutralizes error and destroys it. Mankind is the 
better for this spiritual and profound pathology. 
Drugging 
unchristian 158 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
It is recorded that the profession of medicine originated 
in idolatry with pagan priests, who besought the gods to 
heal the sick and designated Apollo as “ the god 
of medicine.” He was supposed to have dic- 
tated the first prescription, according to the 
“History of Four Thousand Years of Medicine.” It is 
here noticeable that Apollo was also regarded as the sender 
of disease, “the god of pestilence.” Hippocrates turned 
from image-gods to vegetable and mineral drugs for heal- 
ing. This was deemed progress in medicine; but 
what we need is the truth which heals both mind and 
body. The future history of material medicine may 
correspond with that of its material god, Apollo, who was 
banished from heaven and endured great sufferings 
upon earth. 
Mythology 
and materia 
medica 
Drugs, cataplasms, and whiskey are stupid substitutes 
for the dignity and potency of divine Mind and its effi- 
cacy to heal. It is pitiful to lead men into 
temptation through the byways of this wil- 
derness world, — to victimize the race with intoxicating 
prescriptions for the sick, until mortal mind acquires an 
educated appetite for strong drink, and men and women 
become loathsome sots. 
Footsteps to 
intemperance 
Evidences of progress and of spiritualization greet us 
on every hand. Drug-systems are quitting their hold on 
matter and so letting in matter’s higher stra- 
tum, mortal mind. Homoeopathy, a step in 
advance of allopathy, is doing this. Matter is going out 
of medicine; and mortal mind, of a higher attenuation 
than the drug, is governing the pellet. 
A woman in the city of Lynn, Massachusetts, was 
etherized and died in consequence, although her physi- 
Advancing 
degrees SCIENCE, THEOLOGY, MEDICINE 
159 
cians insisted that it would be unsafe to perform a needed 
surgical operation without the ether. After the autopsy, 
her sister testified that the deceased protested 
against inhaling the ether and said it would kill 
her, but that she was compelled by her physicians to take 
it. Her hands were held, and she was forced into sub- 
mission. The case was brought to trial. The evidence 
was found to be conclusive, and a verdict was returned that 
death was occasioned, not by the ether, but by fear of 
inhaling it. 
Effects 
of fear 
Is it skilful or scientific surgery to take no heed of men- 
tal conditions and to treat the patient as if she were so 
much mindless matter, and as if matter were 
the only factor to be consulted ? Had these 
unscientific surgeons understood metaphysics, 
they would have considered the woman’s state of mind, 
and not have risked such treatment. They would either 
have allayed her fear or would have performed the opera- 
tion without ether. 
The sequel proved that this Lynn woman died from 
effects produced by mortal mind, and not from the disease 
or the operation. 
Mental con- 
ditions to 
be heeded 
The medical schools would learn the state of man 
from matter instead of from Mind. They examine the 
lungs, tongue, and pulse to ascertain how 
much harmony, or health, matter is permit- 
ting to matter, — how much pain or pleasure, action or 
stagnation, one form of matter is allowing another form 
of matter. 
Ignorant of the fact that a man’s belief produces dis- 
ease and all its symptoms, the ordinary physician is 
liable to increase disease with his own mind, when he 
False source 
of knowledge 160 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
should address himself to the work of destroying it through 
the power of the divine Mind. 
The systems of physics act against metaphysics, and 
vice versa. When mortals forsake the material for the 
spiritual basis of action, drugs lose their healing force, 
for they have no innate power. Unsupported by the 
faith reposed in it, the inanimate drug becomes 
powerless. 
The motion of the arm is no more dependent upon the 
direction of mortal mind, than are the organic action and 
secretion of the viscera. When this so-called 
mind quits the body, the heart becomes as tor- 
pid as the hand. 
Obedient 
muscles 
Anatomy hnds a necessity tor nerves to convey the man- 
date of mind to muscle and so cause action; but what does 
anatomy say when the cords contract and be- 
come immovable? Has mortal mind ceased 
speaking to them, or has it bidden them to be impotent? 
Can muscles, bones, blood, and nerves rebel against mind 
in one instance and not in another, and become cramped 
despite the mental protest? 
Anatomy 
and mind 
Unless muscles are self-acting at all times, they are 
never so, — never capable of acting contrary to mental 
direction. If muscles can cease to act and become rigid 
of theirt own preference, —• be deformed or symmetrical, 
as they please or as disease directs, — they must be self- 
directing. Why then consult anatomy to learn how mor- 
tal mind governs muscle, if we are only to learn from 
anatomy that muscle is not so governed? 
Is man a material fungus without Mind 
to help him ? Is a stiff joint or a contracted 
muscle as much a result of law as the supple and 
Mind over 
matter SCIENCE, THEOLOGY, MEDICINE 
161 
elastic condition of the healthy limb, and is God the 
lawgiver ? 
You say, “I have burned my finger.” This is an 
exact statement, more exact than you suppose; for mor- 
tal mind, and not matter, burns it. Holy inspiration 
has created states of mind which have been able to nullify 
the action of the flames, as in the Bible case of the three 
young Hebrew captives, cast into the Babylonian furnace; 
while an opposite mental state might produce spontaneous 
combustion. 
In 1880, Massachusetts put her foot on a proposed 
tyrannical law, restricting the practice of medicine. If 
her sister States follow this example in har- 
mony with our Constitution and Bill of Rights, 
they will do less violence to that immortal sentiment of the 
Declaration, “Man is endowed by his Maker with certain 
inalienable rights, among which are life, liberty, and the 
pursuit of happiness.” 
The oppressive state statutes touching medicine re- 
mind one of the words of the famous Madame Roland, 
as she knelt before a statue of Liberty, erected near the 
guillotine: “ Liberty, what crimes are committed in thy 
name! ” 
Restrictive 
regulations 
The ordinary practitioner, examining bodily symptoms, 
telling the patient that he is sick, and treating the case ac- 
cording to his physical diagnosis, would natu- 
rally induce the very disease he is trying to cure, 
even if it were not already determined by mor- 
tal mind. Such unconscious mistakes would not occur, if 
this old class of philanthropists looked as deeply for cause 
and effect into mind as into matter. The physician agrees 
with his “adversary quickly,” but upon different terms 
Metaphysics 
challenges 
physics 162 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
than does the metaphysician; for the matter-physician 
agrees with the disease, while the metaphysician agrees 
only with health and challenges disease. 
Christian Science brings to the body the sunlight of 
Truth, which invigorates and purifies. Christian Science 
acts as an alterative, neutralizing error with 
Truth. It changes the secretions, expels hu- 
mors, dissolves tumors, relaxes rigid muscles, restores 
carious bones to soundness. The effect of this Science is 
to stir the human mind to a change of base, on which it 
may yield to the harmony of the divine Mind. 
Truth an 
alterative 
Experiments have favored the fact that Mind governs 
the body, not in one instance, but in every instance. The 
indestructible faculties of Spirit exist without 
the conditions of matter and also without the 
false beliefs of a so-called material existence. Working 
out the rules of Science in practice, the author has re- 
stored health in cases of both acute and chronic disease in 
their severest forms. Secretions have been changed, the 
structure has been renewed, shortened limbs have been 
elongated, ankylosed joints have been made supple, and 
carious bones have been restored to healthy conditions. I 
have restored what is called the lost substance of lungs, and 
healthy organizations have been established where disease 
was organic. Christian Science heals organic disease as 
surely as it heals what is called functional, for it requires 
only a fuller understanding of the divine Principle of 
Christian Science to demonstrate the higher rule. 
Practical 
_ success 
9 
With due respect for the faculty, I kindly 
quote from Dr. Benjamin Rush, the famous 
Philadelphia teacher of medical practice. He 
declared that “it is impossible to calculate the mischief 
Testimony 
of medical 
teachers SCIENCE, THEOLOGY, MEDICINE 
163 
which Hippocrates has done, by first marking Nature 
with his name, and afterward letting her loose upon sick 
people.” 
Dr. Benjamin Waterhouse, Professor in Harvard Uni- 
versity, declared himself “sick of learned quackery.” 
Dr. James Johnson, Surgeon to William IV, King of 
England, said: 
“I declare my conscientious opinion, founded on long 
observation and reflection, that if there were not a single 
physician, surgeon, apothecary, man-midwife, chemist, 
druggist, or drug on the face of the earth, there would be 
less sickness and less mortality.” 
Dr.. Mason Good, a learned Professor in London, 
said: 
“The effects of medicine on the human system are in 
the highest degree uncertain; except, indeed, that it has 
already destroyed more lives than war, pestilence, and 
famine, all combined.” 
Dr. Chapman, Professor of the Institutes and Practice 
of Physic in the University of Pennsylvania, in a published 
essay said: 
“Consulting the records of our science, we cannot 
help being disgusted with the multitude of hypotheses 
obtruded upon us at different times. Nowhere is the 
imagination displayed to a greater extent; and perhaps 
so ample an exhibition of human invention might gratify 
our vanity, if it were not more than compensated by the 
humiliating view of so much absurdity, contradiction, 
and falsehood. To harmonize the contrarieties of med- 
ical doctrines is indeed a task as impracticable as to 
arrange the fleeting vapors around us, or to reconcile the 
fixed and repulsive antipathies of nature. Dark and 164 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
1 perplexed, our devious career resembles the groping of 
Homer’s Cyclops around his cave.” 
3 Sir John Forbes, M.D., F.R.S., Fellow of the Royal 
College of Physicians, London, said: 
“No systematic or theoretical classification of diseases 
3 or of therapeutic agents, ever yet promulgated, is true, or 
anything like the truth, and none can be adopted as a safe 
guidance in practice.” 
) It is just to say that generally the cultured class of medi- 
cal practitioners are grand men and women, therefore 
they are more scientific than are false claimants to Chris- 
2 tian Science. But all human systems based on material 
premises are minus the unction of divine Science. Much 
yet remains to be said and done before all mankind is 
5 saved and all the mental microbes of sin and all diseased 
thought-germs are exterminated. 
If you or I should appear to die, we should not be 
i dead. The seeming decease, caused by a majority of 
human beliefs that man must die, or produced by mental 
assassins, does not in the least disprove Christian Science; 
rather does it evidence the truth of its basic proposition 
that mortal thoughts in belief rule the materiality mis- 
called life in the body or in matter. But the forever fact 
: remains paramount that Life, Truth, and Love save from 
sin, disease, and death. “When this corruptible shall have 
put on incorruption, and this mortal shall have put on 
immortality [divine Science], then shall be brought to pass 
the saying that is written, Death is swallowed up in 
victory ” (St. Paul). CHAPTER VII 
PHYSIOLOGY 
Therefore I say unto you, Take no thought for your life, what ye shall 
eat, or what ye shall drink ; nor yet for your body, what ye shall put on. 
Is not the life more than meat, and the body than raiment ? — Jesus. 
He sent His word, and healed them, and delivered them from their 
destructions. — Psalms. 
PHYSIOLOGY is one of the apples from “the tree 
of knowledge.” Evil declared that eating this fruit 
would open man’s eyes and make him as a god. Instead 
of so doing, it closed the eyes of mortals to man’s God- 
given dominion over the earth. 
To measure intellectual capacity by the size of the 
brain and strength by the exercise of muscle, is to 
subjugate intelligence, to make mind mor- 
tal, and to place this so-called mind at the 
mercy of material organization and non-intelligent 
matter. 
Man not 
structural 
Obedience to the so-called physical laws of health has 
not checked sickness. Diseases have multiplied, since 
man-made material theories took the place of spiritual 
truth. 
You say that indigestion, fatigue, sleeplessness, cause 
distressed stomachs and aching heads. Then 
you consult your brain in order to remember 
what has hurt you, when your remedy lies in forgetting 
Causes of 
sickness 166 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
the whole thing; for matter has no sensation of its own, 
and the human mind is all that can produce pain. 
As a man thinketh, so is he. Mind is all that feels, 
acts, or impedes action. Ignorant of this, or shrinking 
from its implied responsibility, the healing effort is made 
on the wrong side, and thus the conscious control over the 
body is lost. 
The Mohammedan believes in a pilgrimage to Mecca 
for the salvation of his soul. The popular doctor believes 
in his prescription, and the pharmacist believes 
in the power of his drugs to save a man’s 
life. The Mohammedan’s belief is a religious 
delusion; the doctor’s and pharmacist’s is a medical 
mistake. 
Delusions 
pagan and 
medical 
The erring human mind is inharmonious in itself. 
From it arises the inharmonious body. To ignore 
God as of little use in sickness is a mistake. 
Instead of thrusting Him aside in times of 
bodily trouble, and waiting for the hour of 
strength in which to acknowledge Him, we should learn 
that He can do all things for us in sickness as in 
health. 
Failing to recover health through adherence to physi- 
ology and hygiene, the despairing invalid often drops 
them, and in his extremity and only as a last resort, turns 
to God. The invalid’s faith in the divine Mind is less 
than in drugs, air, and exercise, or he would have resorted 
to Mind first. The balance of power is conceded to be 
with matter by most of the medical systems; but when 
Mind at last asserts its mastery over sin, disease, and 
death, then is man found to be harmonious and 
immortal. 
Health from 
8 reliance on 
spirituality PHYSIOLOGY 
167 
Should we implore a corporeal God to heal the sick 
out of His personal volition, or should we understand the 
infinite divine Principle which heals ? If we rise no higher 
than blind faith, the Science of healing is not attained, and 
Soul-existence, in the place of sense-existence, is not com- 
prehended. We apprehend Life in divine Science only 
as we live above corporeal sense and correct it. Our pro- 
portionate admission of the claims of good or of evil de- 
termines the harmony of our existence, — our health, our 
longevity, and our Christianity. 
We cannot serve two masters nor perceive divine Sci- 
ence with the material senses. Drugs and hygiene cannot 
successfully usurp the place and power of the 
divine source of all health and perfection. If 
God made man both good and evil, man must remain 
thus. What can improve God’s work ? Again, an error 
in the premise must appear in the conclusion. To have 
one God and avail yourself of the power of Spirit, you 
must love God supremely. 
The two 
masters 
The “flesh lusteth against the Spirit.” The flesh and 
Spirit can no more unite in action, than good can coin- 
cide with evil. It is not wise to take a halt- 
ing and half-way position or to expect to work 
equally with Spirit and matter, Truth and error. There 
is but one way — namely, God and His idea which 
leads to spiritual being. The scientific government of the 
body must be attained through the divine Mind. It is im- 
possible to gain control over the body in any other way. 
On this fundamental point, timid conservatism is abso- 
lutely inadmissible. Only through radical reliance on 
Truth can scientific healing power be realized. 
Substituting good words for a good life, fair seeming 
Half-way 
success 168 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
for straightforward character, is a poor shift for the weak 
and worldly, who think the standard of Christian Science 
too high for them. 
If the scales are evenly adjusted, the removal of a single 
weight from either scale gives preponderance to the oppo- 
site. Whatever influence you cast on the side 
of matter, you take away from Mind, which 
would otherwise outweigh all else. Your belief militates 
against your health, when it ought to be enlisted on the 
side of health. When sick (according to belief) you rush 
after drugs, search out the material so-called laws of 
health, and depend upon them to heal you, though you 
have already brought yourself into the slough of disease 
through just this false belief. 
Belief on the 
wrong side 
Because man-made systems insist that man becomes 
sick and useless, suffers and dies, all in consonance with 
the laws of God, are we to believe it? Are 
we to believe an authority which denies God’s 
spiritual command relating to perfection, — an authority 
which Jesus proved to be false? He did the will of the 
Father. He healed sickness in defiance of what is called 
material law, but in accordance with God’s law, the law 
of Mind. 
The divine 
authority 
1 have discerned disease in the human mind, and rec- 
ognized the patient’s fear of it, months before the so-called 
disease made its appearance in the body. Dis- 
ease being a belief, a latent illusion of mortal 
mind, the sensation would not appear if the error of belief 
was met and destroyed by truth. 
Disease 
foreseen 
Changed 
mentality 
Here let a word be noticed which will be 
better understood hereafter, — chemicalization. 
By chemicalization I mean the process which mortal PHYSIOLOGY 
169 
mind and body undergo in the change of belief from a 
material to a spiritual basis. 
Whenever an aggravation of symptoms has occurred 
through mental chemicalization, I have seen the mental 
signs, assuring me that danger was over, before 
the patient felt the change; and I have said 
to the patient, “You are healed,” — sometimes to his dis- 
comfiture, when he was incredulous. But it always came 
about as I had foretold. 
I name these facts to show that disease has a mental, 
mortal origin, — that faith in rules of health or in drugs 
begets and fosters disease by attracting the mind to the 
subject of sickness, by exciting fear of disease, and by dos- 
ing the body in order to avoid it. The faith reposed in 
these things should find stronger supports and a higher 
home. If we understood the control of Mind over body, 
we should put no faith in material means. 
Scientific 
foresight 
Science not only reveals the origin of all disease as 
mental, but it also declares that all disease is cured by 
divine Mind. There can be no healing ex- 
cept by this Mind, however much we trust 
a drug or any other means towards which human faith 
or endeavor is directed. It is mortal mind, not mat- 
ter, which brings to the sick whatever good they may 
seem to receive from materiality. But the sick are never 
really healed except by means of the divine power. 
Only the action of Truth, Life, and Love can give 
harmony. 
Mind the 
only healer 
Whatever teaches man to have other laws and to 
acknowledge other powers than the divine 
Mind, is anti-Christian. The good that a 
poisonous drug seems to do is evil, for it robs man of 
Modes of 
matter 170 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
reliance on God, omnipotent Mind, and according to be- 
lief, poisons the human system. Truth is not the basis of 
theogony. Modes of matter form neither a moral nor a 
spiritual system. The discord which calls for material 
methods is the result of the exercise of faith in material 
modes, — faith in matter instead of in Spirit. 
Did Jesus understand the economy of man less than 
Graham or Cutter ? Christian ideas certainly present 
what human theories exclude — the Principle 
of man’s harmony. The text, “Whosoever 
liveth and believeth in me shall never die,” not only con- 
tradicts human systems, but points to the self-sustaining 
and eternal Truth. 
The demands of Truth are spiritual, and reach the 
body through Mind. The best interpreter of man’s needs 
said: “Take no thought for your life, what ye shall eat, 
or what ye shall drink.” 
If there are material laws which prevent disease, what 
then causes it? Not divine law, for Jesus healed the 
sick and cast out error, always in opposition, never in 
obedience, to physics. 
Physiology 
unscientific 
Spiritual causation is the one question to be considered, 
for more than all others spiritual causation relates to 
human progress. The age seems ready to 
approach this subject, to ponder somewhat 
the supremacy of Spirit, and at least to touch the hem 
of Truth’s garment. 
The description of man as purely physical, or as both 
material and spiritual, — but in either case dependent 
upon his physical organization, — is the Pandora box, 
from which all ills have gone forth, especially despair. 
Matter, which takes divine power into its own hands and 
Causation 
considered PHYSIOLOGY 
171 
claims to be a creator, is a fiction, in which paganism and 
lust are so sanctioned by society that mankind has caught 
their moral contagion. 
Through discernment of the spiritual opposite of ma- 
teriality, even the way through Christ, Truth, man will 
reopen with the key of divine Science the gates 
of Paradise which human beliefs have closed, 
and will find himself unfallen, upright, pure, and free, 
not needing to consult almanacs for the probabilities either 
of his life or of the weather, not needing to study brain- 
ology to learn how much of a man he is. 
Mind’s control over the universe, including man, is 
no longer an open question, but is demonstrable Science. 
Jesus illustrated the divine Principle and the 
power of immortal Mind by healing sickness 
and sin and destroying the foundations of death. 
Paradise 
regained 
A closed 
question 
Mistaking his origin and nature, man believes himself to 
be combined matter and Spirit. He believes that Spirit 
is sifted through matter, carried on a nerve, ex- 
posed to ejection by the operation of matter. 
The intellectual, the moral, the spiritual, — yea, the image 
of infinite Mind, — subject to non-intelligence 1 
No more sympathy exists between the flesh and Spirit 
than between Belial and Christ. 
Matter ver- 
sus Spirit 
The so-called laws of matter are nothing but false be- 
liefs that intelligence and life are present where Mind 
is not. These false beliefs are the procuring cause of all 
sin and disease. The opposite truth, that intelligence and 
life are spiritual, never material, destroys sin, sickness, 
and death. 
The fundamental error lies in the supposition that man 
is a material outgrowth and that the cognizance of good 172 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
or evil, which he has through the bodily senses, con- 
stitutes his happiness or misery. 
Theorizing about man’s development from mushrooms 
to monkeys and from monkeys into men 
amounts to nothing in the right direction and 
very much in the wrong. 
Materialism grades the human species as rising from 
matter upward. How then is the material species main- 
tained, if man passes through what we call death and 
death is the Rubicon of spirituality? Spirit can form 
no real link in this supposed chain of material being. 
But divine Science reveals the eternal chain of existence 
as uninterrupted and wholly spiritual; yet this can be 
realized only as the false sense of being disappears. 
Godless 
evolution 
If man was first a material being, he must have passed 
through all the forms of matter in order to become man. 
If the material body is man, he is a portion of 
matter, or dust. On the contrary, man is the 
image and likeness of Spirit; and the belief that there is 
Soul in sense or Life in matter obtains in mortals, alias 
mortal mind, to which the apostle refers when he says 
that we must “ put off the old man.” 
Degrees of 
development 
What is man? Brain, heart, blood, bones, etc., the 
material structure? If the real man is in the material 
body, you take away a portion of the man when 
you amputate a limb; the surgeon destroys 
manhood, and worms annihilate it. But the loss of a limb 
or injury to a tissue is sometimes the quickener of manli- 
ness; and the unfortunate cripple may present more no- 
bility than the statuesque athlete, — teaching us by his 
very deprivations, that “a man’s a man, for a! that.” 
When we admit that matter (heart, blood, brain, acting 
Identity 
not lost PHYSIOLOGY 
173 
through the five physical senses) constitutes man, we fail 
to see how anatomy can distinguish between when man 
humanity and the brute, or determine when lsman 
man is really man and has progressed farther than his 
animal progenitors. 
When the supposition, that Spirit is within what it 
creates and the potter is subject to the clay, 
is individualized, Truth is reduced to the level 
of error, and the sensible is required to be made manifest 
through the insensible. 
What is termed matter manifests nothing but a material 
mentality. Neither the substance nor the manifestation 
of Spirit is obtainable through matter. Spirit is positive. 
Matter is Spirit’s contrary, the absence of Spirit. For 
positive Spirit to pass through a negative condition 
would be Spirit’s destruction. 
Individu- 
alization 
Anatomy declares man to be structural. Physiology 
continues this explanation, measuring human 
strength by bones and sinews, and human life 
by material law. Man is spiritual, individual, and eter- 
nal ; material structure is mortal. 
Phrenology makes man knavish or honest according to 
the development of the cranium; but anatomy, physiology, 
phrenology, do not define the image of God, the real im- 
mortal man. 
Human reason and religion come slowly to the recogni- 
tion of spiritual facts, and so continue to call upon 
matter to remove the error which the human mind alone 
has created. 
The idols of civilization are far more fatal to health 
and longevity than are the idols of barbarism. The idols 
of civilization call into action less faith than Buddhism 
Man not 
structural 174 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
in a supreme governing intelligence. The Esquimaux 
restore health by incantations as consciously as do civi- 
lized practitioners by their more studied methods. 
Is civilization only a higher form of idolatry, that 
man should bow down to a flesh-brush, to flannels, to 
baths, diet, exercise, and air ? Nothing save divine 
power is capable of doing so much for man as he can 
do for himself. 
The footsteps of thought, rising above material stand- 
points, are slow, and portend a long night to the traveller; 
but the angels of His presence — the spiritual 
intuitions that tell us when “the night is far 
spent, the day is at hand ” — are our guardians in the 
gloom. Whoever opens the way in Christian Science is 
a pilgrim and stranger, marking out the path for gen- 
erations yet unborn. 
The thunder of Sinai and the Sermon on the Mount 
are pursuing and will overtake the ages, rebuking in 
their course all error and proclaiming the kingdom of 
heaven on earth. Truth is revealed. It needs only to 
be practised. 
Rise of 
thought 
Mortal belief is all that enables a drug to cure mortal 
ailments. Anatomy admits that mind is somewhere in 
man, though out of sight. Then, if an indi- 
vidual is sick, why treat the body alone and 
administer a dose of despair to the mind ? Why declare 
that the body is diseased, and picture this disease to the 
mind, rolling it under the tongue as a sweet morsel and 
holding it before the thought of both physician and pa- 
tient? We should understand that the cause of disease 
obtains in the mortal human mind, and its cure comes 
from the immortal divine Mind. We should prevent the 
Medical 
errors PHYSIOLOGY 
175 
images of disease from taking form in thought, and we 
should efface the outlines of disease already formulated in 
the minds of mortals. 
When there are fewer prescriptions, and less thought is 
given to sanitary subjects, there will be better 
constitutions and less disease. In old times 
who ever heard of dyspepsia, cerebro-spinal meningitis, 
hay-fever, and rose-cold? 
What an abuse of natural beauty to say that a rose, 
the smile of God, can produce suffering ! The joy of its 
presence, its beauty and fragrance, should uplift the 
thought, and dissuade any sense of fear or fever. It is 
profane to fancy that the perfume of clover and the breath 
of new-mown hay can cause glandular inflammation, 
sneezing, and nasal pangs. 
If a random thought, calling itself dyspepsia, had 
tried to tyrannize over our forefathers, it would have 
been routed by their independence and in- 
dustry. Then people had less time for self- 
ishness, coddling, and sickly after-dinner talk. The ex- 
act amount of food the stomach could digest was not 
discussed according to Cutter nor referred to sanitary 
laws. A man’s belief in those days was not so severe 
upon the gastric juices. Beaumont’s “Medical Experi- 
ments” did not govern the digestion. 
Novel 
diseases 
No ancestral 
dyspepsia 
Damp atmosphere and freezing snow empurpled the 
plump cheeks of our ancestors, but they never indulged 
in the refinement of inflamed bronchial tubes. 
They were as innocent as Adam, before he ate 
the fruit of false knowledge, of the existence of tubercles 
and troches, lungs and lozenges. 
“Where ignorance is bliss, ’tis folly to be wise,” says 
Pulmonary 
misbeliefs 176 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
the English poet, and there is truth in his sentiment. The 
action of mortal mind on the body was not so injurious 
before inquisitive modern Eves took up the 
study of medical works and unmanly Adams 
attributed their own downfall and the fate of their off- 
spring to the weakness of their wives. 
The primitive custom of taking no thought about 
food left the stomach and bowels free to act in obedi- 
ence to nature, and gave the gospel a chance to be seen 
in its glorious effects upon the body. A ghastly array of 
diseases was not paraded before the imagination. There 
were fewer books on digestion and more “sermons in 
stones, and good in everything.” When the mechanism 
of the human mind gives place to the divine Mind, self- 
ishness and sin, disease and death, will lose their 
foothold. 
Human fear of miasma would load with disease the 
air of Eden, and weigh down mankind with superimposed 
and conjectural evils. Mortal mind is the worst foe of 
the body, while divine Mind is its best friend. 
Our mod- 
ern Eves 
Should all cases of organic disease be treated by a 
regular practitioner, and the Christian Scientist try 
truth only in cases of hysteria, hypochon- 
dria, and hallucination ? One disease is no 
more real than another. All disease is the 
result of education, and disease can carry its ill-effects 
no farther than mortal mind maps out the way. The 
human mind, not matter, is supposed to feel, suffer, en- 
joy. Hence decided types of acute disease are quite as 
ready to yield to Truth as the less distinct type and chronic 
form of disease. Truth handles the most malignant con- 
tagion with perfect assurance. 
Diseases 
not to be 
classified PHYSIOLOGY 
177 
Human mind produces what is termed organic dis- 
ease as certainly as it produces hysteria, and it must re- 
linquish all its errors, sicknesses, and sins. 
I have demonstrated this beyond all cavil. 
The evidence of divine Mind’s healing power and abso- 
lute control is to me as certain as the evidence of my own 
existence. 
One basis for 
all sickness 
Mortal mind and body are one. Neither exists without 
the other, and both must be destroyed by immortal Mind. 
Matter, or body, is but a false concept of mor- 
tal mind. This so-called mind builds its own 
superstructure, of which the material body is 
the grosser portion; but from first to last, the body is a 
sensuous, human concept. 
Mental and 
physical 
oneness 
In the Scriptural allegory of the material creation, 
Adam or error, which represents the erroneous theory 
of life and intelligence in matter, had the 
naming of all that was material. These names 
indicated matter’s properties, qualities, and forms. But 
a lie, the opposite of Truth, cannot name the qualities and 
effects of what is termed matter, and create the so-called 
laws of the flesh, nor can a lie hold the preponderance 
of power in any direction against God, Spirit and 
Truth. 
The effect 
of names 
If a dose of poison is swallowed through mistake, and 
the patient dies even though physician and 
patient are expecting favorable results, does 
human belief, you ask, cause this death ? Even 
so, and as directly as if the poison had been intentionally 
taken. 
In such cases a few persons believe the potion swal- 
lowed by the patient to be harmless, but the vast ma- 
Poison 
defined 
mentally 178 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
jority of mankind, though they know nothing of this par- 
ticular case and this special person, believe the arsenic, 
the strychnine, or whatever the drug used, to be poi- 
sonous, for it is set down as a poison by mortal mind. 
Consequently, the result is controlled by the majority of 
opinions, not by the infinitesimal minority of opinions in 
the sick-chamber. 
Heredity is not a law. The remote cause or belief 
of disease is not dangerous because of its priority and 
the connection of past mortal thoughts with present. 
The predisposing cause and the exciting cause are 
mental. 
Perhaps an adult has a deformity produced prior to his 
birth by the fright of his mother. When wrested from 
human belief and based on Science or the divine Mind, to 
which all things are possible, that chronic case is not 
difficult to cure. 
Mortal mind, acting from the basis of sensation in 
matter, is animal magnetism; but this so-called mind, 
from which comes all evil, contradicts itself, 
and must finally yield to the eternal Truth, or 
the divine Mind, expressed in Science. In pro- 
portion to our understanding of Christian Science, we are 
freed from the belief of heredity, of mind in matter or ani- 
mal magnetism; and we disarm sin of its imaginary power 
in proportion to our spiritual understanding of the status 
of immortal being. 
Ignorant of the methods and the basis of metaphysical 
healing, you may attempt to unite with it hypnotism, 
spiritualism, electricity; but none of these methods can 
be mingled with metaphysical healing. 
Whoever reaches the understanding of Christian Science 
Animal 
magnetism 
destroyed PHYSIOLOGY 
179 
in its proper signification will perform the sudden cures 
of which it is capable; but this can be done only by 
taking up the cross and following Christ in the daily 
life. 
Science can heal the sick, who are absent from their 
healers, as well as those present, since space is no ob- 
stacle to Mind. Immortal Mind heals what eye 
hath not seen; but the spiritual capacity to ap- 
prehend thought and to heal by the Truth-power, is won 
only as man is found, not in self-righteousness, but re- 
flecting the divine nature. 
Absent 
patients 
Every medical method has its advocates. The prefer- 
ence of mortal mind for a certain method creates a demand 
for that method, and the body then seems to re- 
quire such treatment. You can even educate a 
healthy horse so far in physiology that he will take cold 
without his blanket, whereas the wild animal, left to his 
instincts, sniffs the wind with delight. The epizootic is 
a humanly evolved ailment, which a wild horse might 
never have. 
Horses 
mistaught 
Treatises on anatomy, physiology, and health, sustained 
by what is termed material law, are the pro- 
moters of sickness and disease. It should not 
be proverbial, that so long as you read medical works you 
will be sick. 
The sedulous matron — studying her Jahr with homoe- 
opathic pellet and powder in hand, ready to put you 
into a sweat, to move the bowels, or to produce sleep — 
is unwittingly sowing the seeds of reliance on matter, 
and her household may erelong reap the effect of this 
mistake. 
Descriptions of disease given by physicians and adver- 
Medical works 
objectionable 180 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
tisements of quackery are both prolific sources of sickness. 
As mortal mind is the husbandman of error, it should be 
taught to do the body no harm and to uproot its' false 
sowing. 
The patient sufferer tries to be satisfied when he sees 
his would-be healers busy, and his faith in their efforts is 
somewhat helpful to them and to himself; but 
in Science one must understand the resusci- 
tating law of Life. This is the seed within itself bearing 
fruit after its kind, spoken of in Genesis. 
Physicians should not deport themselves as if Mind 
were non-existent, nor take the ground that all causation 
is matter, instead of Mind. Ignorant that the human 
mind governs the body, its phenomenon, the invalid may 
unwittingly add more fear to the mental reservoir already 
overflowing with that emotion. 
The invalid’s 
outlook 
Doctors should not implant disease in the thoughts ot 
their patients, as they so frequently do, by declaring dis- 
ease to be a fixed fact, even before they go to 
work to eradicate the disease through the ma- 
terial faith which they inspire. Instead of furnishing 
thought with fear, they should try to correct this turbulent 
element of mortal mind by the influence of divine Love 
which casteth out fear. 
When man is governed by God, the ever-present 
Mind who understands all things, man knows that with 
God all things are possible. The only way to this 
living Truth, which heals the sick, is found in the Science 
of divine Mind as taught and demonstrated by Christ 
Jesus. 
To reduce inflammation, dissolve a tumor, or cure or- 
ganic disease, I have found divine Truth more potent than 
Wrong and 
right way PHYSIOLOGY 
181 
all lower remedies. And why not, since Mind, God, is 
the source and condition of all existence? Before decid- 
ing that the body, matter, is disordered, one 
should ask, “Who art thou that repliest to 
Spirit? Can matter speak for itself, or does 
it hold the issues of life?” Matter, which can neither 
suffer nor enjoy, has no partnership with pain and pleas- 
ure, but mortal belief has such a partnership. 
The im- 
portant 
decision 
When you manipulate patients, you trust in electricity 
and magnetism more than in Truth; and for 
that reason, you employ matter rather than 
Mind. You weaken or destroy your power when you re- 
sort to any except spiritual means. 
Manipulation 
unscientific 
It is foolish to declare that you manipulate patients but 
that you lay no stress on manipulation. 'If this be so, why 
manipulate? In reality you manipulate because you are 
ignorant of the baneful effects of magnetism, or are not 
sufficiently spiritual to depend on Spirit. In either case 
you must improve your mental condition till you finally 
attain the understanding of Christian Science. 
If you are too material to love the Science of Mind and 
are satisfied with good words instead of effects, if you 
adhere to error and are afraid to trust Truth, 
the question then recurs, “Adam, where art 
thou?” It is unnecessary to resort to aught besides 
Mind in order to satisfy the sick that you are doing some- 
thing for them, for if they are cured, they generally know 
it and are satisfied. 
“Where your treasure is, there will your heart be also.” 
If you have more faith in drugs than in Truth, this faith 
will incline you to the side of matter and error. Any 
hypnotic power you may exercise will diminish your 
Not words 
but deeds 182 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
ability to become a Scientist, and vice versa. The act 
of healing the sick through divine Mind alone, of casting 
out error with Truth, shows your position as a Christian 
Scientist. 
The demands of God appeal to thought only; but the 
claims of mortality, and what are termed laws of nature, 
appertain to matter. Which, then, are we to 
accept as legitimate and capable of producing 
the highest human good ? We cannot obey both physi- 
ology and Spirit, for one absolutely destroys the other, 
and one or the other must be supreme in the affections. 
It is impossible to work from two standpoints. If we 
attempt it, we shall presently “ hold to the one, and 
despise the other.” 
Physiology 
or Spirit 
The hypotheses of mortals are antagonistic to Science 
and cannot mix with it. This is clear to those who heal 
the sick on the basis of Science. 
Mind’s government of the body must supersede the so- 
called laws of matter. Obedience to material law pre- 
vents full obedience to spiritual law, — the law 
which overcomes material conditions and puts 
matter under the feet of Mind. Mortals entreat the di- 
vine Mind to heal the sick, and forthwith shut out the aid 
of Mind by using material means, thus working against 
themselves and their prayers and denying man’s God- 
given ability to demonstrate Mind’s sacred power. Pleas 
for drugs and laws of health come from some sad incident, 
or else from ignorance of Christian Science and its tran- 
scendent power. 
To admit that sickness is a condition over which God 
has no control, is to presuppose that omnipotent power 
is powerless on some occasions. The law of Christ, or 
No mate- 
rial law PHYSIOLOGY 
183 
Truth, makes all things possible to Spirit; but the so- 
called laws of matter would render Spirit of no avail, and 
demand obedience to materialistic codes, thus departing 
from the basis of one God, one lawmaker. To suppose 
that God constitutes laws of inharmony is a mistake; dis- 
cords have no support from nature or divine law, however 
much is said to the contrary. 
Can the agriculturist, according to belief, produce a 
crop without sowing the seed and awaiting its germina- 
tion according to the laws of nature? The answer is no, 
and yet the Scriptures inform us that sin, or error, first 
caused the condemnation of man to till the ground, and 
indicate that obedience to God will remove this necessity. 
Truth never made error necessary, nor devised a law to 
perpetuate error. 
The supposed laws which result in weariness and dis- 
ease are not His laws, for the legitimate and only possible 
action of Truth is the production of harmony. 
Laws of nature are laws of Spirit; but mortals 
commonly recognize as law that which hides the power of 
Spirit. Divine Mind rightly demands man’s entire obe- 
dience, affection, and strength. No reservation is made 
for any lesser loyalty. Obedience to Truth gives man 
power and strength. Submission to error superinduces 
loss of power. 
Laws of na- 
ture spiritual 
Truth casts out all evils and materialistic methods 
with the actual spiritual law, — the law which gives 
sight to the blind, hearing to the deaf, voice 
to the dumb, feet to the lame. If Christian 
Science dishonors human belief, it honors spir- 
itual understanding; and the one Mind only is entitled to 
Belief and 
under- 
standing 184 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
The so-called laws of health are simply laws of mortal 
belief. The premises being erroneous, the conclusions 
are wrong. Truth makes no laws to regulate sickness, 
sin, and death, for these are unknown to Truth and should 
not be recognized as reality. 
Belief produces the results of belief, and the penal- 
ties it affixes last so long as the belief and are insepara- 
ble from it. The remedy consists in probing the trouble 
to the bottom, in finding and casting out by denial the 
error of belief which produces a mortal disorder, never 
honoring erroneous belief with the title of law nor yield- 
ing obedience to it. Truth, Life, and Love are the only 
legitimate and eternal demands on man, and they are 
spiritual lawgivers, enforcing obedience through divine 
statutes. 
Controlled by the divine intelligence, man is harmoni- 
ous and eternal. Whatever is governed by a false belief 
is discordant and mortal. We say man suffers 
from the effects of cold, heat, fatigue. This 
is human belief, not the truth of being, for matter cannot 
suffer. Mortal mind alone suffers, — not because a law 
of matter has been transgressed, but because a law of this 
so-called mind has been disobeyed. I have demonstrated 
this as a rule of divine Science by destroying the delusion 
of suffering from what is termed a fatally broken physical 
law. 
A woman, whom I cured of consumption, always 
breathed with great difficulty when the wind was from 
the east. I sat silently by her side a few moments. Her 
breath came gently. The inspirations were deep and nat- 
ural. I then requested her to look at the weather-vane. 
She looked and saw that it pointed due east. The wind 
Laws of 
human belief PHYSIOLOGY 
185 
had not changed, but her thought of it had and so her diffi- 
culty in breathing had gone. The wind had not produced 
the difficulty. My metaphysical treatment changed the 
action of her belief on the lungs, and she never suffered 
again from east winds, but was restored to health. 
No system of hygiene but Christian Science is purely 
mental. Before this book was published, other books 
were in circulation, which discussed “mental 
medicine” and “mind-cure,” operating through 
the power of the earth’s magnetic currents to regulate life 
and health. Such theories and such systems of so-called 
mind-cure, which have sprung up, are as material as the 
prevailing systems of medicine. They have their birth 
in mortal mind, which puts forth a human conception 
in the name of Science to match the divine Science of im- 
mortal Mind, even as the necromancers of Egypt strove 
to emulate the wonders wrought by Moses. Such theories 
have no relationship to Christian Science, which rests on 
the conception of God as the only Life, substance, and 
intelligence, and excludes the human mind as a spiritual 
factor in the healing work. 
A so-called 
mind-cure 
Jesus cast out evil and healed the sick, not only with- 
out drugs, but without hypnotism, which is 
the reverse of ethical and pathological Truth- 
power. 
Erroneous mental practice may seem for a time to bene- 
fit the sick, but the recovery is not permanent. This is 
because erroneous methods act on and through the ma- 
terial stratum of the human mind, called brain, which is 
but a mortal consolidation of material mentality and its 
suppositional activities. 
A patient under the influence of mortal mind is healed 
Jesus and 
hypnotism 186 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
only by removing the influence on him of this mind, by 
emptying his thought of the false stimulus 
and reaction of will-power and filling it with 
the divine energies of Truth. 
Christian Science destroys material beliefs through the 
understanding of Spirit, and the thoroughness of this work 
determines health. Erring human mind-forces can work 
only evil under whatever name or pretence they are em- 
ployed; for Spirit and matter, good and evil, light and 
darkness, cannot mingle. 
Evil is a negation, because it is the absence of truth. 
It is nothing, because it is the absence of something. It 
is unreal, because it presupposes the absence 
of God, the omnipotent and omnipresent. 
Every mortal must learn that there is neither 
power nor reality in evil. 
Evil is self-assertive. It says: “I am a real entity, over- 
mastering good.” This falsehood should strip evil of all 
pretensions. The only power of evil is to destroy itself. It 
can never destroy one iota of good. Every attempt of evil 
to destroy good is a failure, and only aids in peremptorily 
punishing the evil-doer. If we concede the same reality to 
discord as to harmony, discord has as lasting a claim upon 
us as has harmony. If evil is as real as good, evil is also as 
immortal. If death is as real as Life, immortality is a myth. 
If pain is as real as the absence of pain, both must be im- 
mortal; and if so, harmony cannot be the law of being. 
False 
stimulus 
Evil nega- 
tive and self- 
destructive 
Mortal mind is ignorant of self, or it could never be 
self-deceived. If mortal mind knew how to be better, it 
would be better. Since it must believe in some- 
thing besides itself, it enthrones matter as deity. 
The human mind has been an idolater from the beginning, 
Ignorant 
idolatry PHYSIOLOGY 
187 
having other gods and believing in more than the one 
Mind. 
As mortals do not comprehend even mortal existence, 
how ignorant must they be of the all-knowing Mind and 
of His creations. 
Here you may see how so-called material sense creates 
its own forms of thought, gives them material names, and 
then worships and fears them. With pagan blindness, 
it attributes to some material god or medicine an ability 
beyond itself. The beliefs of the human mind rob and 
enslave it, and then impute this result to another illusive 
personification, named Satan. 
The valves of the heart, opening and closing for the pas- 
sage of the blood, obey the mandate of mor- 
tal mind as directly as does the hand, ad- 
mittedly moved by the will. Anatomy allows the mental 
cause of the latter action, but not of the former. 
We say, “My hand hath done it.” What is this my but 
mortal mind, the cause of all materialistic action ? All 
voluntary, as well as miscalled involuntary, action of the 
mortal body is governed by this so-called mind, not by 
matter. There is no involuntary action. The divine Mind 
includes all action and volition, and man in Science is gov- 
erned by this Mind. The human mind tries to classify 
action as voluntary and involuntary, and suffers from the 
attempt. 
Action of 
mortal mind 
If you take away this erring mind, the mortal material 
body loses all appearance of life or action, and this so- 
called mind then calls itself dead; but the hu- 
man mind still holds in belief a body, through 
which it acts and which appears to the human mind to 
live, — a body like the one it had before death. This body 
Death and 
the body 188 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
is put off only as the mortal, erring mind yields to God, 
immortal Mind, and man is found in His image. 
What is termed disease does not exist. It is neither 
mind nor matter. The belief of sin, which has grown 
terrible in strength and influence, is an uncon- 
scious error in the beginning, — an embryonic 
thought without motive; but afterwards it 
governs the so-called man. Passion, depraved appetites, 
dishonesty, envy, hatred, revenge ripen into action, only to 
pass from shame and woe to their final punishment. 
Embryonic 
sinful 
thoughts 
Mortal existence is a dream ot pain and pleasure in 
matter, a dream of sin, sickness, and death; and it is like 
the dream we have in sleep, in which every one 
recognizes his condition to be wholly a state of 
mind. In both the waking and the sleeping dream, the 
dreamer thinks that his body is material and the suffering 
is in that body. 
The smile of the sleeper indicates the sensation pro- 
duced physically by the pleasure of a dream. In the 
same way pain and pleasure, sickness and care, are 
traced upon mortals by unmistakable signs. 
Sickness is a growth of error, springing from mortal 
ignorance or fear. Error rehearses error. What causes 
disease cannot cure it. The soil of disease is mortal 
mind, and you have an abundant or scanty crop of disease, 
according to the seedlings of fear. Sin and the fear of 
disease must be uprooted and cast out. 
Disease 
a dream 
When darkness comes over the earth, the physical 
senses have no immediate evidence of a sun. 
The human eye knows not where the orb of 
day is, nor if it exists. Astronomy gives the 
desired information regarding the sun. The human or 
Sense yields 
) to under- 
standing PHYSIOLOGY 
189 
material senses yield to the authority of this science, and 
they are willing to leave with astronomy the explanation of 
the sun’s influence over the earth. If the eyes see no sun 
for a week, we still believe that there is solar light and 
heat. Science (in this instance named natural) raises 
the human thought above the cruder theories of the 
human mind, and casts out a fear. 
In like manner mortals should no more deny the power 
of Christian Science to establish harmony and to explain 
the effect of mortal mind on the body, though the cause 
be unseen, than they should deny the existence of the sun- 
light when the orb of day disappears, or doubt that the sun 
will reappear. The sins of others should not make good 
men suffer. 
We call the body material; but it is as truly mortal 
mind, according to its degree, as is the material brain 
which is supposed to furnish the evidence 
of all mortal thought or things. The human 
mortal mind, by an inevitable perversion, makes all 
things start from the lowest instead of from the highest 
mortal thought. The reverse is the case with all the 
formations of the immortal divine Mind. They proceed 
from the divine source; and so, in tracing them, we con- 
stantly ascend in infinite being. 
Ascending 
the scale 
From mortal mind comes the reproduction of the 
species, — first the belief of inanimate, and then of ani- 
mate matter. According to mortal thought, 
the development of embryonic mortal mind 
commences in the lower, basal portion of the brain, and 
goes on in an ascending scale by evolution, keeping always 
in the direct line of matter, for matter is the subjective 
condition of mortal mind. 
Human re- 
production 190 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
Next we have the formation of so-called embryonic 
mortal mind, afterwards mortal men or mortals, — all this 
while matter is a belief, ignorant of itself, ignorant of what 
it is supposed to produce. The mortal says that an inani- 
mate unconscious seedling is producing mortals, both body 
and mind; and yet neither a mortal mind nor the immortal 
Mind is found in brain or elsewhere in matter or in mortals. 
This embryonic and materialistic human belief called 
mortal man in turn fills itself with thoughts 
of pain and pleasure, of life and death, and 
arranges itself into five so-called senses, which presently 
measure mind by the size of a brain and the bulk of a 
body, called man. 
Human 
stature 
Human birth, growth, maturity, and decay are as the 
grass springing from the soil with beautiful green blades, 
afterwards to wither and return to its native 
nothingness. This mortal seeming is temporal; 
it never merges into immortal being, but finally disap- 
pears, and immortal man, spiritual and eternal, is found 
to be the real man. 
The Hebrew bard, swayed by mortal thoughts, thus 
swept his lyre with saddening strains on human existence: 
As for man, his days are as grass: 
As a flower of the field, so he flourisheth. 
For the wind passeth over it, and it is gone; 
And the place thereof shall know it no more. 
When hope rose higher in the human heart, he sang: 
As for me, I will behold Thy face in righteousness: 
I shall be satisfied, when I awake, with Thy likeness. 
For with Thee is the fountain of life; 
In Thy light shall we see light. 
Human 
frailty PHYSIOLOGY 
191 
The brain can give no idea of God’s man. It can take 
no cognizance of Mind. Matter is not the organ of infi- 
nite Mind. 
As mortals give up the delusion that there is more than 
one Mind, more than one God, man in God’s likeness will 
appear, and this eternal man will include in that likeness 
no material element. 
As a material, theoretical life-basis is found to be a 
misapprehension of existence, the spiritual and divine 
Principle of man dawns upon human thought, 
and leads it to “where the young child was,” 
— even to the birth of a new-old idea, to the spiritual 
sense of being and of what Life includes. Thus the whole 
earth will be transformed by Truth on its pinions of light, 
chasing away the darkness of error. 
The human thought must free itself from self-imposed 
materiality and bondage. It should no longer 
ask of the head, heart, or lungs: What are 
man’s prospects for life? Mind is not helpless. Intelli- 
gence is not mute before non-intelligence. 
By its own volition, not a blade of grass springs up, not 
a spray buds within the vale, not a leaf unfolds its fair 
outlines, not a flower starts from its cloistered cell. 
The Science of being reveals man and immortality as 
based on Spirit. Physical sense defines mortal man as 
based on matter, and from this premise infers the mor- 
tality of the body. 
The immor- 
tal birth 
Spiritual 
freedom 
The illusive senses may fancy affinities with their op- 
posites; but in Christian Science, Truth never mingles 
with error. Mind has no affinity with matter, 
and therefore Truth is able to cast out the ills 
of the flesh. Mind, God, sends forth the aroma of Spirits 
No physical 
affinity 192 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
the atmosphere of intelligence. The belief that a pulpy 
substance under the skull is mind is a mockery of intelli- 
gence, a mimicry of Mind. 
We are Christian Scientists, only as we quit our reliance 
upon that which is false and grasp the true. We are not 
Christian Scientists until we leave all for Christ. Human 
opinions are not spiritual. They come from the hearing 
of the ear, from corporeality instead of from Principle, 
and from the mortal instead of from the immortal. Spirit 
is not separate from God. Spirit is God. 
Erring power is a material belief, a blind miscalled force, 
the offspring of will and not of wisdom, of the mortal mind 
and not of the immortal. It is the headlong 
cataract, the devouring flame, the tempest’s 
breath. It is lightning and hurricane, all that is selfish, 
wicked, dishonest, and impure. 
Human power 
a blind force 
Moral and spiritual might belong to Spirit, who holds 
the “wind in His fists;’’ and this teaching accords with 
Science and harmony. In Science, you can 
have no power opposed to God, and the physi- 
cal senses must give up their false testimony. Your in- 
fluence for good depends upon the weight you throw into 
the right scale. The good you do and embody gives you 
the only power obtainable. Evil is not power. It is a 
mockery of strength, which erelong betrays its weakness 
and falls, never to rise. 
We walk in the footsteps of Truth and Love by follow- 
ing the example of our Master in the understanding of 
divine metaphysics. Christianity is the basis of true heal- 
ing. Whatever holds human thought in line with unselfed 
love, receives directly the divine power. 
I was called to visit Mr. Clark in Lynn, who had been 
The one 
real power PHYSIOLOGY 
193 
confined to his bed six months with hip-disease, caused by 
a fall upon a wooden spike when quite a boy. On enter- 
ing the house I met his physician, who said that 
the patient was dying. The physician had just 
probed the ulcer on the hip, and said the bone was carious 
for several inches. He even showed me the probe, which 
had on it the evidence of this condition of the bone. The 
doctor went out. Mr. Clark lay with his eyes fixed and 
sightless. The dew of death was on his brow. I went to 
his bedside. In a few moments his face changed; its 
death-pallor gave place to a natural hue. The eyelids 
closed gently and the breathing became natural; he was 
asleep. In about ten minutes he opened his eyes and 
said: “I feel like a new man. My suffering is all gone.” 
It was between three and four o’clock in the afternoon 
when this took place. 
I told him to rise, dress himself, and take supper with 
his family. He did so. The next day I saw him in the 
yard. Since then I have not seen him, but am informed 
that he went to work in two weeks. The discharge from 
the sore stopped, and the sore was healed. The diseased 
condition had continued there ever since the injury was 
received in boyhood. 
Since his recovery I have been informed that his physi- 
cian claims to have cured him, and that his mother has 
been threatened with incarceration in an insane asylum 
for saying: “It was none other than God and that woman 
who healed him.” I cannot attest the truth of that 
report, but what I saw and did for that man, and what 
his physician said of the case, occurred just as I have 
narrated. 
It has been demonstrated to me that Life is God 
Mind cures 
hip-disease 194 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
and that the might of omnipotent Spirit shares not its 
strength with matter or with human will. Review- 
ing this brief experience, I cannot fail to discern the 
coincidence of the spiritual idea of man with the divine 
Mind. 
A change in human belief changes all the physical symp- 
toms, and determines a case for better or for 
worse. When one’s false belief is corrected, 
Truth sends a report of health over the body. 
Destruction of the auditory nerve and paralysis of the 
optic nerve are not necessary to ensure deafness and blind- 
ness; for if mortal mind says, “I am deaf and blind,” it 
will be so without an injured nerve. Every theory op- 
posed to this fact (as I learned in metaphysics) would 
presuppose man, who is immortal in spiritual under- 
standing, a mortal in material belief. 
Change of 
belief 
The authentic history of Kaspar Hauser is a useful hint 
as to the frailty and inadequacy of mortal mind. It 
proves beyond a doubt that education consti- 
tutes this so-called mind, and that, in turn, 
mortal mind manifests itself in the body by the false 
sense it imparts. Incarcerated in a dungeon, where 
neither sight nor sound could reach him, at the age of 
seventeen Xaspar was still a mental infant, crying and 
chattering with no more intelligence than a babe, and 
realizing Tennyson’s description: 
An infant crying in the night, 
An infant crying for the light, 
And with no language but a cry. 
His case proves material sense to be but a belief formed 
by education alone. The light which affords us joy gave 
Power of 
habit PHYSIOLOGY 
195 
him a belief of intense pain. His eyes were inflamed by 
the light. After the babbling boy had been taught to 
speak a few words, he asked to be taken back to his dun- 
geon, and said that he should never be happy elsewhere. 
Outside of dismal darkness and cold silence he found no 
peace. Every sound convulsed him with anguish. All 
that he ate, except his black crust, produced violent 
retchings. All that gives pleasure to our educated senses 
gave him pain through those very senses, trained in an 
opposite direction. 
The point for each one to decide is, whether it is mortal 
mind or immortal Mind that is causative. We 
should forsake the basis of matter for meta- 
physical Science and its divine Principle. 
Whatever furnishes the semblance of an idea governed 
by its Principle, furnishes food for thought. Through as- 
tronomy, natural history, chemistry, music, mathematics, 
thought passes naturally from effect back to cause. 
Academics of the right sort are requisite. Observa- 
tion, invention, study, and original thought are expansive 
and should promote the growth of mortal mind out of it- 
self, out of all that is mortal. 
It is the tangled barbarisms of learning wdiich we 
deplore, — the mere dogma, the speculative theory, the 
nauseous fiction. Novels, remarkable only for their 
exaggerated pictures, impossible ideals, and specimens 
of depravity, fill our young readers with wrong tastes 
and sentiments. Literary commercialism is lowering the 
intellectual standard to accommodate the purse and to 
meet a frivolous demand for amusement instead of for 
improvement. Incorrect views lower the standard of 
truth. 
Useful 
knowledge 196 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
If materialistic knowledge is power, it is not wisdom. 
It is but a blind force. Man has “ sought out many inven- 
tions,” but he has not yet found it true that knowledge can 
save him from the dire effects of knowledge. The power 
of mortal mind over its own body is little understood. 
Better the suffering which awakens mortal mind from 
its fleshly dream, than the false pleasures 
which tend to perpetuate this dream. Sin 
alone brings death, for sin is the only element 
of destruction. 
“Fear him which is able to destroy both soul and body 
in hell,” said Jesus. A careful study of this text shows 
that here the word soul means a false sense or material 
consciousness. The command was a warning to beware, 
not of Rome, Satan, nor of God, but of sin. Sickness, 
sin, and death are not concomitants of Life or Truth. 
No law supports them. They have no relation to God 
wherewith to establish their power. Sin makes its own 
hell, and goodness its own heaven. 
Sin destroyed 
through 
suffering 
Such books as will rule disease out of mortal mind, — 
and so efface the images and thoughts of dis- 
ease, instead of impressing them with forcible 
descriptions and medical details, — will help 
to abate sickness and to destroy it. 
Many a hopeless case of disease is induced by a single 
post mortem examination, — not from infection nor from 
contact with material virus, but from the fear of the 
disease and from the image brought before the mind; it 
is a mental state, which is afterwards outlined on the 
body. 
The press unwittingly sends forth many sorrows and 
diseases among the human family. It does this by giv- 
Dangerous 
shoals 
avoided PHYSIOLOGY 
197 
ing names to diseases and by printing long descriptions 
which mirror images of disease distinctly in thought. A 
new name for an ailment affects people like a 
Parisian name for a novel garment. Every one 
hastens to get it. A minutely described dis- 
ease costs many a man his earthly days of comfort. What 
a price for human knowledge! But the price does not ex- 
ceed the original cost. God said of the tree of knowledge, 
which bears the fruit of sin, disease, and death, “In the 
day that thou eatest thereof thou shalt surely die.” 
The less that is said of physical structure and laws, and 
the more that is thought and said about moral 
and spiritual law, the higher will be the stand- 
ard of living and the farther mortals will be re- 
moved from imbecility or disease. 
We should master fear, instead of cultivating it. It 
was the ignorance of our forefathers in the departments 
of knowledge now broadcast in the earth, that made them 
hardier than our trained physiologists, more honest than 
our sleek politicians. 
Pangs 
caused by 
the press 
Higher 
standard 
for mortals 
We are told that the simple food our forefathers ate 
helped to make them healthy, but that is a mistake. 
Their diet would not cure dyspepsia at this 
period. With rules of health in the head 
and the most digestible food in the stomach, there would 
still be dyspeptics. Many of the effeminate constitutions 
of our time will never grow robust until individual opin- 
ions improve and mortal belief loses some portion of its 
error. 
The doctor’s mind reaches that of his patient. The 
doctor should suppress his fear of disease, else his belief 
in its reality and fatality will harm his patients even more 
Diet and 
dyspepsia 198 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
than his calomel and morphine, lor the higher stratum of 
mortal mind has in belief more power to harm man than 
the substratum, matter. A patient hears the 
doctor’s verdict as a criminal hears his death- 
sentence. The patient may seem calm under it, but he is 
not. His fortitude may sustain him, but his fear, which 
has already developed the disease that is gaining the 
mastery, is increased by the physician’s words. 
Harm done by 
physicians 
The materialistic doctor, though humane, is an art- 
ist who outlines his thought relative to disease, arid then 
fills in his delineations with sketches from text- 
books. It is better to prevent disease from 
forming in mortal mind afterwards to appear on the 
body; but to do this requires attention. The thought of 
disease is formed before one sees a doctor and before 
the doctor undertakes to dispel it by a counter-irritant, 
— perhaps by a blister, by the application of caustic or 
croton oil, or by a surgical operation. Again, giving an- 
other direction to faith, the physician prescribes drugs, 
until the elasticity of mortal thought haply causes a 
vigorous reaction upon itself, and reproduces a picture 
of healthy and harmonious formations. 
A patient’s belief is more or less moulded and formed 
by his doctor’s belief in the case, even though the doctor 
says nothing to support his theory. His thoughts and his 
patient’s commingle, and the stronger thoughts rule the 
weaker. Hence the importance that doctors be Christian 
Scientists. 
Disease 
depicted 
Because the muscles of the blacksmith’s arm are 
strongly developed, it does not follow that 
exercise has produced this result or that a 
less used arm must be weak. If matter were the cause 
Mind over 
matter PHYSIOLOGY 
199 
of action, and if muscles, without volition of mortal 
mind, could lift the hammer and strike the anvil, it 
might be thought true that hammering would enlarge 
the muscles. The trip-hammer is not increased in size 
by exercise. Why not, since muscles are as material as 
wood and iron? Because nobody believes that mind is 
producing such a result on the hammer. 
Muscles are not self-acting. If mind does not move 
them, they are motionless. Hence the great fact that 
Mind alone enlarges and empowers man through its 
mandate, — by reason of its demand for and supply of 
power. Not because of muscular exercise, but by rea- 
son of the blacksmith’s faith in exercise, his arm becomes 
stronger. 
Mortals develop their own bodies or make them sick, 
according as they influence them through mortal mind. 
To know whether this development is produced 
consciously or unconsciously, is of less impor- 
tance than a knowledge of the fact. The feats of the gym- 
nast prove that latent mental fears are subdued by him. 
The devotion of thought to an honest achievement makes 
the achievement possible. Exceptions only confirm this 
rule, proving that failure is occasioned by a too feeble 
faith. 
Had- Blondin believed it impossible to walk the rope 
over Niagara’s abyss of waters, he could never have 
done it. His belief that he could do it gave his thought- 
forces, called muscles, their flexibility and power which 
the unscientific might attribute to a lubricating oil. His 
fear must have disappeared before his power of putting 
resolve into action could appear. 
When Homer sang of the Grecian gods, Olympus was 
Latent fear 
subdued 200 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
dark, but through his verse the gods became alive in a 
nation’s belief. Pagan worship began with muscularity, 
but the law of Sinai lifted thought into the 
song of David. Moses advanced a nation to 
the worship of God in Spirit instead of matter, and il- 
lustrated the grand human capacities of being bestowed 
by immortal Mind. 
Homer and 
Moses 
Whoever is incompetent to explain Soul would be wise 
not to undertake the explanation of body. Life is, always 
has been, and ever will be independent of 
matter; for Life is God, and man is the idea 
of God, not formed materially but spiritually, and not 
subject to decay and dust. The Psalmist said: “Thou 
madest him to have dominion over the works of Thy 
hands. Thou hast put all things under his feet.” 
The great truth in the Science of being, that the real 
man was, is, and ever shall be perfect, is incontrovertible; 
for if man is the image, reflection, of God, he is neither 
inverted nor subverted, but upright and Godlike. 
The suppositional antipode of divine infinite Spirit 
is the so-called human soul or spirit, in other words 
the five senses, — the flesh that warreth against Spirit. 
These so-called material senses must yield to the infinite 
Spirit, named God. 
St. Paul said: “ For I determined not to know any- 
thing among you, save Jesus Christ, and him crucified.” 
(I Cor. ii. 2.) Christian Science says: I am determined 
not to know anything among you, save Jesus Christ, and 
him glorified. 
A mortal 
not man CHAPTER VIII 
FOOTSTEPS OF TRUTH 
Remember, Lord, the reproach of Thy servants; how I do bear in my 
bosom the reproach of all the mighty people; wherewith Thine enemies 
have reproached, 0 Lord; wherewith they have reproached the footsteps 
of Thine anointed. — Psalms. 
THE best sermon ever preached is Truth practised 
and demonstrated by the destruction of sin, sickness, 
and death. Knowing this and knowing too 
that one affection would be supreme in us and 
take the lead in our lives, Jesus said, “No man can serve 
two masters.” 
We cannot build safely on false foundations. Truth 
makes a new creature, in whom old things pass away 
and “all things are become new.” Passions, selfishness, 
false appetites, hatred, fear, all sensuality, yield to spirit- 
uality, and the superabundance of being is on the side 
of God, good. 
Practical 
preaching 
We cannot fill vessels already full. They must first be 
emptied. Let us disrobe error. Then, when 
the winds of God blow, we shall not hug our 
tatters close about us. 
The way to extract error from mortal mind is to pour 
in truth through flood-tides of Love. Christian perfec- 
tion is won on no other basis. 
Grafting holiness upon unholiness, supposing that sin 
The uses 
of truth 202 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
can be forgiven when it is not forsaken, is as foolish as 
straining out gnats and swallowing camels. 
The scientific unity which exists between God and man 
must be wrought out in life-practice, and God’s will must 
be universally done. 
If men would bring to bear upon the study ot the 
Science of Mind half the faith they bestow upon the so- 
called pains and pleasures of material sense, 
they would not go on from bad to worse, 
until disciplined by the prison and the scaffold; but 
the whole human family would be redeemed through 
the merits of Christ, — through the perception and ac- 
ceptance of Truth. For this glorious result Christian 
Science lights the torch of spiritual understanding. 
Outside of this Science all is mutable; but immortal 
man, in accord with the divine Principle of his being, 
God, neither sins, suffers, nor dies. The days 
of our pilgrimage will multiply instead of di- 
minish, when God’s kingdom comes on earth; for the 
true way leads to Life instead of to death, and earthly 
experience discloses the finity of error and the infinite 
capacities of Truth, in which God gives man dominion 
over all the earth. 
Divine 
study 
Harmonious 
life-work 
Our beliefs about a Supreme Being contradict the 
practice growing out of them. Error abounds where 
Truth should “ much more abound.” We 
admit that God has almighty power, is “ a 
very present help in trouble; ” and yet we rely on a drug 
or hypnotism to heal disease, as if senseless matter or err- 
ing mortal mind had more power than omnipotent Spirit. 
Common opinion admits that a man may take cold in 
the act of doing good, and that this cold may produce 
Belief and 
practice FOOTSTEPS OF TRUTH 
203 
fatal pulmonary disease; as though evil could overbear 
the law of Love, and check the reward for do- 
ing good. In the Science of Christianity, Mind 
— omnipotence — has all-power, assigns sure 
rewards to righteousness, and shows that matter can 
neither heal nor make sick, create nor destroy. 
If God were understood instead of being merely be- 
lieved, this understanding would establish health. The 
accusation of the rabbis, “He made himself 
the Son of God,” was really the justification 
of Jesus, for to the Christian the only true 
spirit is Godlike. This thought incites to a more exalted 
worship and self-abnegation. Spiritual perception brings 
out the possibilities of being, destroys reliance on aught 
but God, and so makes man the image of his Maker in 
deed and in truth. 
Sure reward 
of right- 
eousness 
Our belief 
and under- 
standing 
We are prone to believe either in more than one Su- 
preme Ruler or in some power less than God. We im- 
agine that Mind can be imprisoned in a sensuous body. 
When the material body has gone to ruin, when evil has 
overtaxed the belief of life in matter and destroyed it, 
then mortals believe that the deathless Principle, or 
Soul, escapes from matter and lives on; but this is not 
true. Death is not a stepping-stone to Life, immortality, 
and bliss. The so-called sinner is a suicide. 
Sin kills the sinner and will continue to kill 
him so long as he sins. The foam and fury of illegiti- 
mate living and of fearful and doleful dying should 
disappear on the shore of time; then the waves of sin, 
sorrow, and death beat in vain. 
God, divine good, does not kill a man in order to give 
him eternal Life, for God alone is man’s life. God is at 
Suicide 
and sin 204 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
once the centre and circumference of being. It is evil 
that dies; good dies not. 
All forms of error support the false conclusions that 
there is more than one Life; that material history is as 
real and living as spiritual history; that mortal 
error is as conclusively mental as immortal 
Truth; and that there are two separate, an- 
tagonistic entities and beings, two powers, — namely, 
Spirit and matter, — resulting in a third person (mortal 
man) who carries out the delusions of sin, sickness, and 
death. 
The first power is admitted to be good, an intelligence or 
Mind called God. The so-called second power, evil, is the 
unlikeness of good. It cannot therefore be mind, though 
so called. The third power, mortal man, is a supposed 
mixture of the first and second antagonistic powers, in- 
telligence and non-intelligence, of Spirit and matter. 
Spirit the only 
intelligence 
and substance 
Such theories are evidently erroneous. They can never 
stand the test of Science. Judging them by their fruits, 
they are corrupt. When will the ages under- 
stand the Ego, and realize only one God, one 
Mind or intelligence ? 
Unscientific 
theories 
False and self-assertive theories have given sinners the 
notion that they can create what God cannot, — namely, 
sinful mortals in God’s image, thus usurping the name 
without the nature of the image or reflection of divine 
Mind; but in Science it can never be said that man 
has a mind of his own, distinct from God, the all 
Mind. 
The belief that God lives in matter is pantheistic. The 
error, which says that Soul is in body, Mind is in matter, 
and good is in evil, must unsay it and cease from such FOOTSTEPS OF TRUTH 
205 
utterances; else God will continue to be hidden from hu- 
manity, and mortals will sin without knowing that they 
are sinning, will lean on matter instead of Spirit, stumble 
with lameness, drop with drunkenness, consume with dis- 
ease, — all because of their blindness, their false sense 
concerning God and man. 
When will the error of believing that there is life in 
matter, and that sin, sickness, and death are creations of 
God, be unmasked ? When will it be under- 
stood that matter has neither intelligence, life, 
nor sensation, and that the opposite belief is the prolific 
source of all suffering? God created all through Mind, 
and made all perfect and eternal. Where then is the 
necessity for recreation or procreation ? 
Creation 
perfect 
Befogged in error (the error of believing that matter 
can be intelligent for good or evil), we can catch clear 
glimpses of God only as the mists disperse, 
or as they melt into such thinness that we per- 
ceive the divine image in some word or deed 
which indicates the true idea, — the supremacy and real- 
ity of good, the nothingness and unreality of evil. 
Perceiving 
the divine 
image 
When we realize that there is one Mind, the divine law 
of loving our neighbor as ourselves is unfolded; 
whereas a belief in many ruling minds hinders 
man’s normal drift towards the one Mind, one 
God, and leads human thought into opposite channels 
where selfishness reigns. 
Selfishness tips the beam of human existence towards 
the side of error, not towards Truth, Denial of the one- 
ness of Mind throws our weight into the scale, not of 
Spirit, God, good, but of matter. 
When we fully understand our relation to the Divine, 
Redemption 
from selfish- 
ness 206 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
we can have no other Mind but His, — no other Love, 
wisdom, or Truth, no other sense of Life, and no con- 
sciousness of the existence of matter or error. 
The power of the human will should be exercised only 
in subordination to Truth; else it will misguide the judg- 
ment and free the lower propensities. It is the 
province of spiritual sense to govern man. 
Material, erring, human thought acts injuriously both 
upon the body and through it. 
Will-power is capable of all evil. It can never heal 
the sick, for it is the prayer of the unrighteous; while 
the exercise of the sentiments — hope, faith, love — is the 
prayer of the righteous. This prayer, governed by Science 
instead of the senses, heals the sick. 
In the scientific relation of God to man, we find that 
whatever blesses one blesses all, as Jesus showed with 
the loaves and the fishes, — Spirit, not matter, being the 
source of supply. 
Does God send sickness, giving the mother her child 
for the brief space of a few years and then taking it away 
by death? Is God creating anew what He 
has already created ? The Scriptures are defi- 
nite on this point, declaring that His work was finished, 
nothing is new to God, and that it was good. 
Can there be any birth or death for man, the spiritual 
image and likeness of God? Instead of God sending 
sickness and death, He destroys them, and brings to light 
immortality. Omnipotent and infinite Mind made all 
and includes all. This Mind does not make mistakes 
and subsequently correct them. God does not cause man 
to sin, to be sick, or to die. 
There are evil beliefs, often called evil spirits; but 
Will-power 
unrighteous 
Birth and 
death unreal FOOTSTEPS OF TRUTH 
207 
these evils are not Spirit, for there is no evil in Spirit. 
Because God is Spirit, evil becomes more apparent and 
obnoxious proportionately as we advance spir- 
itually, until it disappears from our lives. 
This fact proves our position, for every scientific state- 
ment in Christianity has its proof. Error of statement 
leads to error in action. 
No evil 
in Spirit 
God is not the creator of an evil mind. Indeed, evil 
is not Mind. We must learn that evil is the awful decep- 
tion and unreality of existence. Evil is not 
supreme; good is not helpless; nor are the 
so-called laws of matter primary, and the law of Spirit 
secondary. Without this lesson, we lose sight of the per- 
fect Father, or the divine Principle of man. 
Subordina- 
tion of evil 
Body is not first and Soul last, nor is evil mightier than 
good. The Science of being repudiates self- 
evident impossibilities, such as the amalgama- 
tion of Truth and error in cause or effect. Science sepa- 
rates the tares and wheat in time of harvest. 
Evident im- 
possibilities 
There is but one primal cause. Therefore there can 
be no effect from any other cause, and there can be no 
reality in aught which does not proceed from 
this great and only cause. Sin, sickness, dis- 
ease, and death belong not to the Science of being. They 
are the errors, which presuppose the absence of Truth, 
Life, or Love. 
The spiritual reality is the scientific fact in all things. 
The spiritual fact, repeated in the action of man and the 
whole universe, is harmonious and is the ideal of Truth. 
Spiritual facts are not inverted; the opposite discord, 
which bears no resemblance to spirituality, is not real. 
The only evidence of this inversion is obtained from 
One primal 
cause 208 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
suppositional error, which affords no proof of God, 
Spirit, or of the spiritual creation. Material sense de- 
fines all things materially, and has a finite sense of the 
infinite. 
The Scriptures say, “In Him we live, and move, and 
have our being.” What then is this seeming power, in- 
dependent of God, which causes disease and 
cures it ? What is it but an error of belief, —- 
a law of mortal mind, wrong in every sense, 
embracing sin, sickness, and death? It is the very anti- 
pode of immortal Mind, of Truth, and of spiritual law. 
It is not in accordance with the goodness of God’s char- 
acter that He should make man sick, then leave man to 
heal himself; it is absurd to suppose that matter can both 
cause and cure disease, or that Spirit, God, produces 
disease and leaves the remedy to matter. 
John Young of Edinburgh writes: “God is the father 
of mind, and of nothing else.” Such an utterance is 
“the voice of one crying in the wilderness” of human 
beliefs and preparing the way of Science. Let us learn 
of the real and eternal, and prepare for the reign of 
Spirit, the kingdom of heaven, — the reign and rule of 
universal harmony, which cannot be lost nor remain 
forever unseen. 
Seemingly 
independent 
authority 
Mind, not matter, is causation. A material body 
only expresses a material and mortal mind. A mortal 
man possesses this body, and he makes it 
harmonious or discordant according to the 
images of thought impressed upon it. You embrace 
your body in your thought, and you should delineate 
upon it thoughts of health, not of sickness. You should 
banish all thoughts of disease and sin and of other beliefs 
Sickness as 
only thought FOOTSTEPS OF TRUTH 
209 
included in matter. Man, being immortal, has a perfect 
indestructible life. It is the mortal belief which makes 
the body discordant and diseased in proportion as igno- 
rance, fear, or human will governs mortals. 
Mind, supreme over all its formations and governing 
them all, is the central sun of its own systems of ideas, 
the life and light of all its own vast creation; 
and man is tributary to divine Mind. The 
material and mortal body or mind is not the man. 
The world would collapse without Mind, without the in- 
telligence which holds the winds in its grasp. Neither 
philosophy nor skepticism can hinder the march of the 
Science which reveals the supremacy of Mind. The im- 
manent sense of Mind-power enhances the glory of Mind. 
Nearness, not distance, lends enchantment to this view. 
Allness of 
Truth 
The compounded minerals or aggregated substances 
composing the earth, the relations which constituent 
masses hold to each other, the magnitudes, 
distances, and revolutions of the celestial 
bodies, are of no real importance, when we remember 
that they all must give place to the spiritual fact by the 
translation of man and the universe back into Spirit. In 
proportion as this is done, man and the universe will be 
found harmonious and eternal. 
Material substances or mundane formations, astro- 
nomical calculations, and all the paraphernalia of specu- 
lative theories, based on the hypothesis of material law 
or life and intelligence resident in matter, will ulti- 
mately vanish, swallowed up in the infinite calculus of 
Spirit. 
Spiritual sense is a conscious, constant capacity to un- 
derstand God. It shows the superiority of faith by works 
Spiritual 
translation 210 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
over faith in words. Its ideas are expressed only m new 
tongues;” and these are interpreted by the translation of 
the spiritual original into the language which human 
thought can comprehend. 
The Principle and proof of Christianity are discerned 
by spiritual sense. They are set forth in Jesus’ demon- 
strations, which show — by his healing the 
sick, casting out evils, and destroying death, 
“the last enemy that shall be destroyed,” — 
his disregard of matter and its so-called laws. 
Knowing that Soul and its attributes were forever 
manifested through man, the Master healed the sick, 
gave sight to the blind, hearing to the deaf, feet to the 
lame, thus bringing to light the scientific action of the 
divine Mind on human minds and bodies and giving 
a better understanding of Soul and salvation. Jesus 
healed sickness and sin by one and the same metaphysical 
process. 
The expression mortal mind is really a solecism, for 
Mind is immortal, and Truth pierces the error of mortality 
as a sunbeam penetrates the cloud. Because, 
in obedience to the immutable law of Spirit, 
this so-called mind is self-destructive, I name it mortal. 
Error soweth the wind and reapeth the whirlwind. 
Jesus’ 
disregard 
of matter 
Mind not 
mortal 
What is termed matter, being unintelligent, cannot say, 
“I suffer, I die, I am sick, or I am well.” It is the so- 
called mortal mind which voices this and ap- 
pears to itself to make good its claim. To 
mortal sense, sin and suffering are real, but immortal 
sense includes no evil nor pestilence. Because immortal 
sense has no error of sense, it has no sense of error; there- 
fore it is without a destructive element. 
Matter 
mindless FOOTSTEPS OF TRUTH 
211 
If brain, nerves, stomach, are intelligent, — if they talk 
to us, tell us their condition, and report how they feel, — 
then Spirit and matter, Truth and error, commingle 
and produce sickness and health, good and evil, life and 
death; and who shall say whether Truth or error is the 
greater ? 
The sensations of the body must either be the sensa- 
tions of a so-called mortal mind or of matter. Nerves 
are not mind. Is it not provable that Mind is 
not mortal and that matter has no sensation ? 
Is it not equally true that matter does not appear in the 
spiritual understanding of being? 
The sensation of sickness and the impulse to sin seem 
to obtain in mortal mind. When a tear starts, does not 
this so-called mind produce the effect seen in the lachry- 
mal gland? Without mortal mind, the tear could not 
appear; and this action shows the nature of all so-called 
material cause and effect. 
It should no longer be said in Israel that “the fathers 
have eaten sour grapes, and the children’s teeth are set 
on edge.” Sympathy with error should disappear. The 
transfer of the thoughts of one erring mind to another, 
Science renders impossible. 
Matter sen- 
sationless 
If it is true that nerves have sensation, that matter has 
intelligence, that the material organism causes the eyes to 
see and the ears to hear, then, when the body 
is dematerialized, these faculties must be lost, 
for their immortality is not in Spirit; whereas the fact 
is that only through dematerialization and spiritualiza- 
tion of thought can these faculties be conceived of as 
immortal. 
Nerves are not the source of pain or pleasure. We 
Nerves 
painless 212 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
suffer or enjoy in our dreams, but this pain or pleasure 
is not communicated through a nerve. A tooth which has 
been extracted sometimes aches again in belief, and the 
pain seems to be in its old place. A limb which has been 
amputated has continued in belief to pain the owner. If 
the sensation of pain in the limb can return, can be pro- 
longed, why cannot the limb reappear ? 
Why need pain, rather than pleasure, come to*this mor- 
tal sense? Because the memory of pain is more vivid 
than the memory of pleasure. I have seen an unwitting 
attempt to scratch the end of a finger which had been cut 
off for months. When the nerve is gone, which we say 
was the occasion of pain, and the pain still remains, it 
proves sensation to l>e in the mortal mind, not in matter. 
Reverse the process; take away this so-called mind instead 
of a piece of the flesh, and the nerves have no sensation. 
Mortals have a modus of their own, undirected and un- 
sustained by God. They produce a rose through seed and 
soil, and bring the rose into contact with the 
olfactory nerves that they may smell it. In 
legerdemain and credulous frenzy, mortals believe that 
unseen spirits produce the flowers. God alone makes 
and clothes the lilies of the field, and this He does by 
means of Mind, not matter. 
Human 
falsities 
Because all the methods of Mind are not understood, 
we say the lips or hands must move in order to convey 
thought, that the undulations of the air convey 
sound, and possibly that other methods involve 
so-called miracles. The realities of being, its 
normal action, and the origin of all things are unseen to 
mortal sense; whereas the unreal and imitative move- 
ments of mortal belief, which would reverse the immortal 
No miracles 
in Mind- 
methods FOOTSTEPS OF TRUTH 
213 
modus and action, are styled the real. Whoever con- 
tradicts this mortal mind supposition of reality is called 
a deceiver, or is said to be deceived. Of a man it has 
been said, “As he thinketh in his heart, so is he;” hence 
as a man spiritually understcmdeth, so is he in truth. 
Mortal mind conceives of something as either liquid 
or solid, and then classifies it materially. Immortal and 
spiritual facts exist apart from this mortal and 
material conception. God, good, is self-exist- 
ent and self-expressed, though indefinable as a whole. 
Every step towards goodness is a departure from materi- 
ality, and is a tendency towards God, Spirit. Material 
theories partially paralyze this attraction towards infinite 
and eternal good by an opposite attraction towards the 
finite, temporary, and discordant. 
Sound is a mental impression made on mortal belief. 
The ear does not really hear. Divine Science reveals 
sound as communicated through the senses of Soul — 
through spiritual understanding. 
Good 
indefinable 
Mozart experienced more than he expressed. The 
rapture of his grandest symphonies was never heard. He 
was a musician beyond what the world knew. 
This was even more strikingly true of Bee- 
thoven, who was so long hopelessly deaf. Men- 
tal melodies and strains of sweetest music supersede con- 
scious sound. Music is the rhythm of head and heart. 
Mortal mind is the harp of many strings, discoursing 
either discord or harmony according as the hand, which 
sweeps over it, is human or divine. 
Before human knowledge dipped to its depths into a 
false sense of things, — into belief in material origins 
which discard the one Mind and true source of being, —• 
Music, 
rhythm of 
head and 
heart 214 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
it is possible that the impressions from Truth were as 
distinct as sound, and that they came as sound to the 
primitive prophets. If the medium of hearing is wholly 
spiritual, it is normal and indestructible. 
If Enoch’s perception had been confined to the evidence 
before his material senses, he could never have “walked 
with God,” nor been guided into the demonstration of 
life eternal. 
Adam, represented in the Scriptures as formed from 
dust, is an object-lesson for the human mind. The mate- 
rial senses, like Adam, originate in matter and 
return to dust, — are proved non-intelligent. 
They go out as they came in, for they are still the error, 
not the truth of being. When it is learned that the spirit- 
ual sense, and not the material, conveys the impressions 
of Mind to man, then being will be understood and found 
to be harmonious. 
Adam and 
? the senses 
We bow down to matter, and entertain finite thoughts 
of God like the pagan idolater. Mortals are inclined to 
fear and to obey what they consider a material 
body more than they do a spiritual God. All 
material knowledge, like the original “tree of knowledge,” 
multiplies their pains, for mortal illusions would rob God, 
slay man, and meanwhile would spread their table with 
cannibal tidbits and give thanks. 
Idolatrous 
illusions 
How transient a sense is mortal sight, when a wound on 
the retina may end the power of light and lens! But the 
real sight or sense is not lost. Neither age nor 
accident can interfere with the senses of Soul, 
and there are no other real senses. It is evident that the 
body as matter has no sensation of its own, and there is no 
oblivion for Soul and its faculties. Spirit’s senses are with- 
The senses 
of Soul FOOTSTEPS OF TRUTH 
215 
out pain, and they are forever at peace. Nothing can hide 
from them the harmony of all things and the might and 
permanence of Truth. 
If Spirit, Soul, could sin or be lost, then being and im- 
mortality would be lost, together with all the faculties of 
Mind; but being cannot be lost while God ex- 
ists. Soul and matter are at variance from the 
very necessity of their opposite natures. Mortals are 
unacquainted with the reality of existence, because matter 
and mortality do not reflect the facts of Spirit. 
Spiritual vision is not subordinate to geometric alti- 
tudes. Whatever is governed by God, is never for an 
instant deprived of the light and might of intelligence 
and Life. 
We are sometimes led to believe that darkness is as real 
as light; but Science affirms darkness to be only a mortal 
sense of the absence of light, at the coming of 
which darkness loses the appearance of reality. 
So sin and sorrow, disease and death, are the suppositional 
absence of Life, God, and flee as phantoms of error before 
truth and love. 
With its divine proof, Science reverses the evidence of 
material sense. Every quality and condition of mortality 
is lost, swallowed up in immortality. Mortal man is the 
antipode of immortal man in origin, in existence, and in his 
relation to God. 
Real being 
never lost 
Light and 
darkness 
Because he understood the superiority and immor- 
tality of good, Socrates feared not the hemlock poison. 
Even the faith of his philosophy spurned phys- 
ical timidity. Having sought man’s spiritual 
state, he recognized the immortality of man. The igno- 
rance and malice of the age would have killed the vener- 
Faith of 
Socrates 216 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
able philosopher because of his faith in Soul and his in- 
difference to the body. 
Who shall say that man is alive to-day, but may be dead 
to-morrow ? What has touched Life, God; to such 
strange issues? Here theories cease, and Sci- 
ence unveils the mystery and solves the prob- 
lem of man. Error bites the heel of truth, but cannot kill 
truth. Truth bruises the head of error — destroys error. 
Spirituality lays open siege to materialism. On which 
side are we fighting? 
The serpent 
of error 
I he understanding that the Ego is Mind, and that 
there is but one Mind or intelligence, begins at once to 
destroy the errors of mortal sense and to supply 
the truth of immortal sense. This understand- 
ing makes the body harmonious; it makes the nerves, 
bones, brain, etc., servants, instead of masters. If man 
is governed by the law of divine Mind, his body is in sub- 
mission to everlasting Life and Truth and Love. The 
great mistake of mortals is to suppose that man, God’s 
image and likeness, is both matter and Spirit, both good 
and evil. 
If the decision were left to the corporeal senses, evil 
would appear to be the master of good, and sickness to 
be the rule of existence, while health would seem the 
exception, death the inevitable, and life a paradox. Paul 
asked: “What concord hath Christ with Belial ?” (2 Cor- 
inthians vi. 15.) 
Servants 
and masters 
When you say, Man s body is material, I say with 
Paul: Be “willing rather to be absent from the body, 
and to be present with the Lord.” Give up 
your material belief of mind in matter, and 
have but one Mind, even God; for this Mind forms its 
Personal 
identity FOOTSTEPS OF TRUTH 
217 
own likeness. The loss of man’s identity through the 
understanding which Science confers is impossible; and 
the notion of such a possibility is more absurd than to 
conclude that individual musical tones are lost in the 
origin of harmony. 
Medical schools may inform us that the healing work 
of Christian Science and Paul’s peculiar Christian con- 
version and experience, — which prove Mind 
to be scientifically distinct from matter, — are 
indications of unnatural mental and bodily conditions, 
even of catalepsy and hysteria; yet if we turn to the Scrip- 
tures, what do we read ? Why, this: “ If a man keep my 
saying, he shall never see death!” and “Henceforth know 
we no man after the flesh!” 
Paul’s ex- 
perience 
That scientific methods are superior to others, is 
seen by their effects. When you have once conquered 
a diseased condition of the body through 
Mind, that condition never recurs, and you 
have won a point in Science. When mentality gives 
rest to the body, the next toil will fatigue you less, for 
you are working out the problem of being in divine meta- 2 
physics; and in proportion as you understand the con- 
trol which Mind has over so-called matter, you will be 
able to demonstrate this control. The scientific and 2 
permanent remedy for fatigue is to learn the power of 
Mind over the body or any illusion of physical weariness, 
and so destroy this illusion, for matter cannot be weary 2 
and heavy-laden. 
You say, “Toil fatigues me.” But what is this me? 
Is it muscle or mind ? Which is tired and so speaks ? : 
Without mind, could the muscles be tired ? Do the 
muscles talk, or do you talk for them? Matter is non- 
Fatigue is 
mental 218 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
intelligent. Mortal mind does the false talking, and that 
which affirms weariness, made that weariness. 
You do not say a wheel is fatigued; and yet the body 
is as material as the wheel. If it were not for what the 
human mind says of the body, the body, like 
the inanimate wheel, would never be weary. 
The consciousness of Truth rests us more than hours of 
repose in unconsciousness. 
The body is supposed to say, “I am ill.” The reports 
of sickness may form a coalition with the reports of sin, 
and say, “I am malice, lust, appetite, envy, 
hate.” What renders both sin and sickness 
difficult of cure is, that the human mind is the 
sinner, disinclined to self-correction, and believing that 
the body can be sick independently of mortal mind and 
that the divine Mind has no jurisdiction over the body. 
Mind never 
, weary 
Coalition 
of sin and 
sickness 
Why pray for the recovery of the sick, if you are with- 
out faith in God’s willingness and ability to heal them ? 
If you do believe in God, why do you sub- 
stitute drugs for the Almighty’s power, and 
employ means which lead only into material ways of 
obtaining help, instead of turning in time of need to 
God, divine Love, who is an ever-present help? 
Treat a belief in sickness as you would sin, with sudden 
dismissal. Resist the temptation to believe in matter as 
intelligent, as having sensation or power. 
The Scriptures say, “They that wait upon the Lord 
. . . shall run, and not be weary; and they shall walk, 
and not faint.” The meaning of that passage is not 
perverted by applying it literally to moments of fatigue, 
for the moral and physical are as one in their results. 
When we wake to the truth of being, all disease, 
Sickness 
akin to sin FOOTSTEPS OF TRUTH 
219 
pain, weakness, weariness, sorrow, sin, death, will be 
unknown, and the mortal dream will forever cease. My 
method of treating fatigue applies to all bodily ailments, 
since Mind should be, and is, supreme, absolute, and 
final. 
In mathematics, we do not multiply when we should 
subtract, and then say the product is correct. No more 
can we say in Science that muscles give strength, 
that nerves give pain or pleasure, or that matter 
governs, and then expect that the result will be harmony. 
Not muscles, nerves, nor bones, but mortal mind makes 
the whole body “sick, and the whole heart faint;” whereas 
divine Mind heals. 
When this is understood, we shall never affirm concern- 
ing the body what we do not wish to have manifested. We 
shall not call the body weak, if we would have it strong; 
for the belief in feebleness must obtain in the human 
mind before it can be made manifest on the body, and 
the destruction of the belief will be the removal of its 
effects. Science includes no rule of discord, but governs 
harmoniously. “The wish,” says the poet, “is ever father 
to the thought.” 
Affirmation 
and result 
We may hear a sweet melody, and yet misunderstand 
the science that governs it. Those who are healed 
through metaphysical Science, not compre- 
hending the Principle of the cure, may misun- 
derstand it, and impute their recovery to change of air or 
diet, not rendering to God the honor due to Him alone. 
Entire immunity from the belief in sin, suffering, and 
death may not be reached at this period, but we may look 
for an abatement of these evils; and this scientific begin- 
ning is in the right direction. 
Scientific 
beginning 220 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
We hear it said: I exercise daily in the open air. I 
take cold baths, in order to overcome a predisposition to 
take cold; and yet I have continual colds, 
catarrh, and cough.” Such admissions ought 
to open people’s eyes to the inefficacy of material hygiene, 
and induce sufferers to look in other directions for cause 
and cure. 
Instinct is better than misguided reason, as even na- 
ture declares. The violet lifts her blue eye to greet the 
early spring. The leaves clap their hands as nature’s 
untired worshippers. The snowbird sings and soars 
amid the blasts; he has no catarrh from wet feet, and 
procures a summer residence with more ease than a na- 
bob. The atmosphere of the earth, kinder than the at- 
mosphere of mortal mind, leaves catarrh to the latter. 
Colds, coughs, and contagion are engendered solely by 
human theories. 
Hygiene 
ineffectual 
Mortal mind produces its own phenomena, and then 
charges them to something else, — like a kitten 
glancing into the mirror at itself and thinking 
it sees another kitten. 
A clergyman once adopted a diet of bread and water 
to increase his spirituality. Finding his health failing, 
he gave up his abstinence, and advised others never to 
try dietetics for growth in grace. 
The reflex 
phenomena 
lhe beliet that either fasting or feasting makes men 
better morally or physically is one of the fruits of “the 
tree of the knowledge of good and evil,” con- 
cerning which God said, “Thou shalt not eat 
of it.” Mortal mind forms all conditions of the mortal 
body, and controls the stomach, bones, lungs, heart, blood, 
etc., as directly as the volition or will moves the hand. 
Volition far- 
reaching FOOTSTEPS OF TRUTH 
221 
I knew a person who when quite a child adopted the 
Graham system to cure dyspepsia. For many years, he 
ate only bread and vegetables, and drank noth- 
ing but water. His dyspepsia increasing, he 
decided that his diet should be more rigid, and 
thereafter he partook of but one meal in twenty-four 
hours, this meal consisting of only a thin slice of bread 
without water. His physician also recommended that 
he should not wet his parched throat until three hours 
after eating. He passed many weary years in hunger 
and weakness, almost in starvation, and finally made up 
his mind to die, having exhausted the skill of the doctors, 
who kindly informed him that death was indeed his only 
alternative. At this point Christian Science saved him, 
and he is now in perfect health without a vestige of the 
old complaint. 
He learned that suffering and disease were the self- 
imposed beliefs of mortals, and not the facts of being; 
that God never decreed disease, — never ordained a law 
that fasting should be a means of health. Hence semi- 
starvation is not acceptable to wisdom, and it is equally 
far from Science, in which being is sustained by God, Mind. 
These truths, opening his eyes, relieved his stomach, and 
he ate without suffering, “ giving God thanks; ” but he 
never enjoyed his food as he had imagined he would 
when, still the slave of matter, he thought of the flesh- 
pots of Egypt, feeling childhood’s hunger and undisci- 
plined by self-denial and divine Science. 
Starvation 
and dys- 
pepsia 
This new-born understanding, that neither food nor 
the stomach, without the consent of mortal 
mind, can make one suffer, brings with it an- 
other lesson, — that gluttony is a sensual illusion, and 
Mind and 
stomach 222 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
that this phantasm of mortal mind disappears as we better 
apprehend our spiritual existence and ascend the ladder 
of life. 
This person learned that food affects the body only 
as mortal mind has its material methods of working, one 
of which is to believe that proper food supplies nutriment 
and strength to the human system. He learned also that 
mortal mind makes a mortal body, whereas Truth re- 
generates this fleshly mind and feeds thought with the 
bread of Life. 
Food had less power to help or to hurt him after he 
had availed himself of the fact that Mind governs man, 
and he also had less faith in the so-called pleasures and 
pains of matter. Taking less thought about what he 
should eat or drink, consulting the stomach less about 
the economy of living and God more, he recovered 
strength and flesh rapidly. For many years he had 
been kept alive, as was believed, only by the strictest ad- 
herence to hygiene and drugs, and yet he continued ill 
all the while. Now he dropped drugs and material 
hygiene, and was well. 
He learned that a dyspeptic was very far from being 
the image and likeness of God, — far from having “ do- 
minion over the fish of the sea, and over the fowl of the 
air, and over the cattle,” if eating a bit of animal flesh 
could overpower him. He finally concluded that God 
never made a dyspeptic, while fear, hygiene, physiology, 
and physics had made him one, contrary to His commands. 
In seeking a cure for dyspepsia consult matter not at 
all, and eat what is set before you, “ asking 
no question for conscience sake.” We must 
destroy the false belief that life and intelligence are in 
Life only 
in Spirit FOOTSTEPS OF TRUTH 
223 
matter, and plant ourselves upon what is pure and per- 
fect. Paul said, “Walk in the Spirit, and ye shall not 
fulfil the lust of the flesh.” Sooner or later we shall learn 
that the fetters of man’s finite capacity are forged by the 
illusion that he lives in body instead of in Soul, in matter 
instead of in Spirit. 
Matter does not express Spirit. God is infinite omni- 
present Spirit. If Spirit is all and is everywhere, what 
and where is matter? Remember that truth 
is greater than error, and we cannot put the 
greater into the less. Soul is Spirit, and Spirit is greater 
than body. If Spirit were once within the body, Spirit 
would be finite, and therefore could not be Spirit. 
Soul greater 
than body 
The question, “What is Truth,” convulses the world. 
Many are ready to meet this inquiry with the assurance 
which comes of understanding; but more are 
blinded by their old illusions, and try to “give 
it pause.” “If the blind lead the blind, both shall fall into 
the ditch.” 
The efforts of error to answer this question by some 
ology are vain. Spiritual rationality and free thought ac- 
company approaching Science, and cannot be put down. 
They will emancipate humanity, and supplant unscientific 
means and so-called laws. 
The question 
of the ages 
Peals that should startle the slumbering thought from 
its erroneous dream are partially unheeded; but the last 
trump has not sounded, or this would not be 
so. Marvels, calamities, and sin will much 
more abound as truth urges upon mortals its resisted 
claims; but the awful daring of sin destroys sin, and 
foreshadows the triumph of truth. God will over- 
turn, until “He come whose right it is.” Longevity 
Heralds of 
Science 224 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
is increasing and the power of sin diminishing, for the 
world feels the alterative effect of truth through every 
pore. 
As the crude footprints of the past disappear from the 
dissolving paths of the present, we shall better understand 
the Science which governs these changes, and shall plant 
our feet on firmer ground. Every sensuous pleasure or 
pain is self-destroyed through suffering. There should 
be painless progress, attended by life and peace instead 
of discord and death. 
In the record of nineteen centuries, there are sects 
many but not enough Christianity. Centuries ago re- 
ligionists were ready to hail an anthropomor- 
phic God, and array His vicegerent with pomp 
and splendor; but this was not the manner 
of truth’s appearing. Of old the cross was truth’s cen- 
tral sign, and it is to-day. The modern lash is less 
material than the Roman scourge, but it is equally as 
cutting. Cold disdain, stubborn resistance, opposition 
from church, state laws, and the press, are still the har- 
bingers of truth’s full-orbed appearing. 
A higher and more practical Christianity, demonstrat- 
ing justice and meeting the needs of mortals in sickness 
and in health, stands at the door of this age, knocking 
for admission. Will you open or close the door upon this 
angel visitant, who cometh in the quiet of meekness, as he 
came of old to the patriarch at noonday? 
Sectarianism 
and oppo- 
sition 
Iruth brings the elements of liberty. On its banner 
is the Soul-inspired motto, ‘‘Slavery is abolished.” The 
power of God brings deliverance to the cap- 
tive. No power can withstand divine Love. 
What is this supposed power, which opposes itself to God ? 
Mental eman- 
cipation FOOTSTEPS OF TRUTH 
225 
Whence cometh it ? What is it that binds man with iron 
shackles to sin, sickness, and death ? Whatever enslaves 
man is opposed to the divine government. Truth makes 
man free. 
You may know when first Truth leads by the few- 
ness and faithfulness of its followers. Thus it is that 
the march of time bears onward freedom’s 
banner. The powers of this world will fight, 
and will command their sentinels not to let truth pass 
the guard until it subscribes to their systems; but Science, 
heeding not the pointed bayonet, marches on. There is 
always some tumult, but there is a rallying to truth’s 
standard. 
Truth’s 
ordeal 
The history of our country, like all history, illustrates 
the might of Mind, and shows human power to be propor- 
tionate to its embodiment of right thinking. A 
few immortal sentences, breathing the omnipo- 
tence of divine justice, have been potent to break despotic 
fetters and abolish the whipping-post and slave market, 
but oppression neither went down in blood, nor did the 
breath of freedom come from the cannon’s mouth. Love 
is the liberator. 
Immortal 
sentences 
Legally to abolish unpaid servitude in the United 
States was hard; but the abolition of mental slavery is 
a more difficult task. The despotic tenden- 
cies, inherent in mortal mind and always ger- 
minating in new forms of tyranny, must be rooted out 
through the action of the divine Mind. 
Men and women of all climes and races are still in 
bondage to material sense, ignorant how to obtain their 
freedom. The rights of man were vindicated in a single 
section and on the lowest plane of human life, when Afri- 
Slavery 
abolished 226 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
can slavery was abolished in our land. That was only 
prophetic of further steps towards the banishment of a 
world-wide slavery, found on higher planes of existence 
and under more subtle and depraving forms. 
The voice of God in behalf of the African slave was 
still echoing in our land, when the voice of the herald of 
this new crusade sounded the keynote of uni- 
versal freedom, asking a fuller acknowledg- 
ment of the rights of man as a Son of God, demanding 
that the fetters of sin, sickness, and death be stricken 
from the human mind and that its freedom be won, not 
through human warfare, not with bayonet and blood, but 
through Christ’s divine Science. 
Liberty’s 
crusade 
God has built a higher platform of human rights, and 
He has built it on diviner claims. These claims are not 
made through code or creed, but in demonstra- 
tion of “on earth peace, good-will toward men.” 
Human codes, scholastic theology, material medicine and 
hygiene, fetter faith and spiritual understanding. Divine 
Science rends asunder these fetters, and man’s birthright 
of sole allegiance to his Maker asserts itself. 
I saw before me the sick, wearing out years of servi- 
tude to an unreal master in the belief that the body gov- 
erned them, rather than Mind. 
Cramping 
systems 
The lame, the deaf, the dumb, the blind, the sick, the 
sensual, the sinner, I wished to save from the slavery of 
their own beliefs and from the educational 
systems of the Pharaohs, who to-day, as of 
yore, hold the children of Israel in bondage. I saw be- 
fore me the awful conflict, the Red Sea and the wilder- 
ness; but I pressed on through faith in God, trusting 
Truth, the strong deliverer, to guide me into the land 
House of 
bondage FOOTSTEPS OF TRUTH 
227 
of Christian Science, where fetters fall and the rights of 
man are fully known and acknowledged. 
I saw that the law of mortal belief included all error, 
and that, even as oppressive laws are disputed and mor- 
tals are taught their right to freedom, so the 
claims of the enslaving senses must be de- 
nied and superseded. The law of the divine Mind must 
end human bondage, or mortals will continue unaware 
of man’s inalienable rights and in subjection to hope- 
less slavery, because some public teachers permit 
an ignorance of divine power, — an ignorance that 
is the foundation of continued bondage and of human 
suffering. 
Higher law 
ends bondage 
Discerning the rights of man, we cannot fail to fore- 
see the doom of all oppression. Slavery is not the legiti- 
mate state of man. God made man free. 
Paul said, “I was free born.” All men should 
be free. “Where the Spirit of the Lord is, there is lib- 
erty.” Love and Truth make free, but evil and error 
lead into captivity. 
Native 
freedom 
Christian Science raises the standard of liberty and 
cries: “Follow me! Escape from the bondage of sick- 
ness, sin, and death!” Jesus marked out the 
way. Citizens of the world, accept the “glori- 
ous liberty of the children of God,” and be free! This 
is your divine right. The illusion of material sense, not 
divine law, has bound you, entangled your free limbs, 
crippled your capacities, enfeebled your body, and de- 
faced the tablet of your being. 
If God had instituted material laws to govern man, 
disobedience to which would have made man ill, Jesus 
would not have disregarded those laws by healing in 
Standard 
of liberty 228 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
direct opposition to them and in defiance of all material 
conditions. 
The transmission of disease or of certain idiosyncra- 
sies of mortal mind would be impossible if this great fact 
of being were learned, — namely, that nothing 
inharmonious can enter being, for Life is God. 
Heredity is a prolific subject for mortal belief to pin the- 
ories upon; but if we learn that nothing is real but the 
right, we shall have no dangerous inheritances, and fleshly 
ills will disappear. 
No fleshly 
heredity 
I he enslavement of man is not legitimate. It will 
cease when man enters into his heritage of freedom, his 
God-given dominion over the material senses. 
Mortals will some day assert their freedom in 
the name of Almighty God. Then they will control their 
own bodies through the understanding of divine Science. 
Dropping their present beliefs, they will recognize har- 
mony as the spiritual reality and discord as the material 
unreality. 
If we follow the command of our Master, “Take no 
thought for your life,” we shall never depend on bodily 
conditions, structure, or economy, but we shall be masters 
of the body, dictate its terms, and form and control it with 
Truth. 
God-given 
dominion 
There is no power apart from God. Omnipotence has 
all-power, and to acknowledge any other power is to dis- 
honor God. The humble Nazarene overthrew 
the supposition that sin, sickness, and death 
have power. He proved them powerless. It should have 
humbled the pride of the priests, when they saw the dem- 
onstration of Christianity excel the influence of their dead 
faith and ceremonies. 
Priestly pride 
humbled FOOTSTEPS OF TRUTH 
229 
If Mind is not the master of sin, sickness, and death, 
they are immortal, for it is already proved that mat- 
ter has not destroyed them, but is their basis and 
support. 
We should hesitate to say that Jehovah sins or suffers; 
but if sin and suffering are realities of being, whence did 
they emanate ? God made all that was made, 
and Mind signifies God, — infinity, not Unity. 
Not far removed from infidelity is the belief which 
unites such opposites as sickness and health, holiness 
and unholiness, calls both the offspring of spirit, and 
at the same time admits that Spirit is God, — vir- 
tually declaring Him good in one instance and evil in 
another. 
No union of 
opposites 
By universal consent, mortal belief has constituted 
itself a law to bind mortals to sickness, sin, and death. 
This customary belief is misnamed material 
law, and the individual who upholds it is mis- 
taken in theory and in practice. The so-called law of 
mortal mind, conjectural and speculative, is made void 
by the law of immortal Mind, and false law should be 
trampled under foot. 
Self-consti- 
tuted law 
If God causes man to be sick, sickness must be good, 
and its opposite, health, must be evil, for all that He 
makes is good and will stand forever. If the 
transgression of God’s law produces sickness, it 
is right to be sick; and we cannot if we would, and should 
not if we could, annul the decrees of wisdom. It is the 
transgression of a belief of mortal mind, not of a law of 
matter nor of divine Mind, which causes the belief of sick- 
ness. The remedy is Truth, not matter, — the truth that 
disease is unreal. 
Sickness from 
mortal mind 230 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
If sickness is real, it belongs to immortality; if true, 
it is a part of Truth. Would you attempt with drugs, 
or without, to destroy a quality or condition of Truth? 
But if sickness and sin are illusions, the awakening from 
this mortal dream, or illusion, will bring us into health, 
holiness, and immortality. This awakening is the for- 
ever coming of Christ, the advanced appearing of Truth, 
which casts out error and heals the sick. This is the sal- 
vation which comes through God, the divine Principle, 
Love, as demonstrated by Jesus. 
It would be contrary to our highest ideas of God to 
suppose Him capable of first arranging law and causation 
so as to bring about certain evil results, and 
then punishing the helpless victims of His vo- 
lition for doing what they could not avoid doing. Good 
is not, cannot be, the author of experimental sins. God, 
good, can no more produce sickness than goodness can 
cause evil and health occasion disease. 
God never 
inconsistent 
Does wisdom make blunders which must afterwards 
be rectified by man ? Does a law of God produce sick- 
ness, and can man put that law under his feet 
by healing sickness ? According to Holy Writ, 
the sick are never really healed by drugs, hygiene, or any 
material method. These merely evade the question. 
They are soothing syrups to put children to sleep, satisfy 
mortal belief, and quiet fear. 
Mental 
narcotics 
We think that we are healed when a disease disap- 
pears, though it is liable to reappear; but we are never 
thoroughly healed until the liability to be 
ill is removed. So-called mortal mind or the 
mind of mortals being the remote, predisposing, and 
the exciting cause of all suffering, the cause of disease 
The true 
healing FOOTSTEPS OF TRUTH 
231 
must be obliterated through Christ in divine Science, or 
the so-called physical senses will get the victory. 
Unless an ill is rightly met and fairly overcome by 
Truth, the ill is never conquered. If God destroys not 
sin, sickness, and death, they are not de- 
stroyed in the mind of mortals, but seem to 
this so-called mind to be immortal. What God cannot 
do, man need not attempt. If God heals not the sick, 
they are not healed, for no lesser power equals the infinite 
All-power; but God, Truth, Life, Love, does heal the 
sick through the prayer of the righteous. 
If God makes sin, if good produces evil, if truth results 
in error, then Science and Christianity are helpless; but 
there are no antagonistic powers nor laws, spiritual or 
material, creating and governing man through perpetual 
warfare. God is not the author of mortal discords. 
Therefore we accept the conclusion that discords have 
only a fabulous existence, are mortal beliefs which divine 
Truth and Love destroy. 
Destruction 
of all evil 
To hold yourself superior to sin, because God made 
you superior to it and governs man, is true wisdom. To 
fear sin is to misunderstand the power of Love 
and the divine Science of being in man’s rela- 
tion to God, —- to doubt His government and 
distrust His omnipotent care. To hold yourself superior 
to sickness and death is equally wise, and is in accordance 
with divine Science. To fear them is impossible, when 
you fully apprehend God and know that they are no part 
of His creation. 
Man, governed by his Maker, having no other Mind, — 
planted on the Evangelist’s statement that “all things 
were made by Him [the Word of God]; and without 
Superiority 
to sickness 
and sin 232 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
Him was not anything made that was made,” — can 
triumph over sin, sickness, and death. 
Many theories relative to God and man neither make 
man harmonious nor God lovable. The beliefs we com- 
monly entertain about happiness and life 
afford no scatheless and permanent evidence 
of either. Security for the claims of harmonious and 
eternal being is found only in divine Science. 
Scripture informs us that “with God all things are 
possible,” — all good is possible to Spirit; but our prev- 
alent theories practically deny this, and make healing 
possible only through matter. These theories must be 
untrue, for the Scripture is true. Christianity is not 
false, but religions which contradict its Principle are 
false. 
In our age Christianity is again demonstrating the 
power of divine Principle, as it did over nineteen hun- 
dred years ago, by healing the sick and triumphing over 
death. Jesus never taught that drugs, food, air, and ex- 
ercise could make a man healthy, or that they could de- 
stroy human life; nor did he illustrate these errors by his 
practice. He referred man’s harmony to Mind, not to 
matter, and never tried to make of none effect the sen- 
tence of God, which sealed God’s condemnation of sin, 
sickness, and death. 
Denials of di- 
vine power 
In the sacred sanctuary of Truth are voices of sol- 
emn import, but we heed them not. It is only when the 
so-called pleasures and pains of sense pass 
away in our lives, that w~e find unquestion- 
able signs of the burial of error and the resurrection to 
spiritual life. 
There is neither place nor opportunity in Science for error 
Signs 
following FOOTSTEPS OF TRUTH 
233 
of any sort. Every day makes its demands upon us for 
higher proofs rather than professions of Christian power. 
These proofs consist solely in the destruction 
of sin, sickness, and death by the power of 
Spirit, as Jesus destroyed them. This is an element of 
progress, and progress is the law of God, whose law de- 
mands of us only what we can certainly fulfil. 
Profession 
and proof 
In the midst of imperfection, perfection is seen and 
acknowledged only by degrees. The ages must slowly 
work up to perfection. How long it must be 
before we arrive at the demonstration of scien- 
tific being, no man knoweth, — not even “the 
Son but the Father;” but the false claim of error con- 
tinues its delusions until the goal of goodness is assidu- 
ously earned and won. 
Perfection 
gained 
slowly 
Already the shadow of His right hand rests upon the 
hour. Ye who can discern the face of the sky, — the 
sign material, — how much more should ye 
discern the sign mental, and compass the de- 
struction of sin and sickness by overcoming the thoughts 
which produce them, and by understanding the spiritual 
idea which corrects and destroys them. To reveal this 
truth was our Master’s mission to all mankind, including 
the hearts which rejected him. 
Christ’s 
mission 
When numbers have been divided according to a fixed 
rule, the quotient is not more unquestionable than the 
scientific tests I have made of the effects of 
truth upon the sick. The counter fact rela- 
tive to any disease is required to cure it. The utterance 
of truth is designed to rebuke and destroy error. Why 
should truth not be efficient in sickness, which is solely 
the result of inharmony ? 
Efficacy 
of truth 234 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
Spiritual draughts heal, while material lotions interfere 
with truth, even as ritualism and creed hamper spirit- 
uality. If we trust matter, we distrust Spirit. 
Whatever inspires with wisdom, Truth, or Love — be 
it song, sermon, or Science — blesses the human family 
with crumbs of comfort from Christ’s table, 
feeding the hungry and giving living waters to 
the thirsty. 
We should become more familiar with good than with 
evil, and guard against false beliefs as watchfully as we 
bar our doors against the approach of thieves 
and murderers. We should love our enemies 
and help them on the basis of the Golden 
Rule; but avoid casting pearls before those who trample 
them under foot, thereby robbing both themselves and 
others. 
Crumbs of 
comfort 
Hospitality 
> to health 
and good 
If mortals would keep proper ward over mortal mind, 
the brood of evils which infest it would be cleared out. 
We must begin with this so-called mind and 
empty it of sin and sickness, or sin and sick- 
ness will never cease. The present codes of human 
systems disappoint the weary searcher after a divine 
theology, adequate to the right education of human 
thought. 
Sin and disease must be thought before they can be 
manifested. You must control evil thoughts in the first 
instance, or they will control you in the second. Jesus 
declared that to look with desire on forbidden objects was 
to break a moral precept. He laid great stress on the 
action of the human mind, unseen to the senses. 
Evil thoughts and aims reach no farther and do no more 
harm than one’s belief permits. Evil thoughts, lusts, and 
Cleansing 
the mind FOOTSTEPS OF TRUTH 
235 
malicious purposes cannot go forth, like wandering pollen, 
from one human mind to another, finding unsuspected 
lodgment, if virtue and truth build a strong defence. 
Better suffer a doctor infected with smallpox to attend 
you than to be treated mentally by one who does not obey 
the requirements of divine Science. 
The teachers of schools and the readers in churches 
should be selected with as direct reference to their 
morals as to their learning or their correct 
reading. Nurseries of character should be 
strongly garrisoned with virtue. School-examinations are 
one-sided; it is not so much academic education, as a 
moral and spiritual culture, which lifts one higher. The 
pure and uplifting thoughts of the teacher, constantly 
imparted to pupils, will reach higher than the heavens of 
astronomy; while the debased and unscrupulous mind, 
though adorned with gems of scholarly attainment, will 
degrade the characters it should inform and elevate. 
Teachers’ 
functions 
Physicians, whom the sick employ in their helplessness, 
should be models of virtue. They should be wise spir- 
itual guides to health and hope. To the trem- 
blers on the brink of death, who understand 
not the divine Truth which is Life and perpetuates being 
physicians should be able to teach it. Then when the soul 
is willing and the flesh weak, the patient’s feet may be 
planted on the rock Christ Jesus, the true idea of spiritual 
power. 
Physicians’ 
privilege 
Clergymen, occupying the watchtowers of the world, 
should uplift the standard of Truth. They should so raise 
their hearers spiritually, that their listeners 
will love to grapple with a new, right idea 
and broaden their concepts. Love of Christianity, rather 
Clergymen’s 
duty 236 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
than love of popularity, should stimulate clerical labor 
and progress. Truth should emanate from the pulpit, 
but never be strangled there. A special privilege is vested 
in the ministry. How shall it be used ? Sacredly, in the 
interests of humanity, not of sect. 
Is it not professional reputation and emolument rather 
than the dignity of God’s laws, which many leaders seek ? 
Do not inferior motives induce the infuriated attacks on 
individuals, who reiterate Christ’s teachings in support 
of his proof by example that the divine Mind heals sick- 
ness as well as sin ? 
A mother is the strongest educator, either for or 
against crime. Her thoughts form the embryo of an- 
other mortal mind, and unconsciously mould 
it, either after a model odious to herself or 
through divine influence, “according to the pattern 
showed to thee in the mount.” Hence the importance 
of Christian Science, from which we learn of the one 
Mind and of the availability of good as the remedy for 
every woe. 
A mother’s 
responsibility 
Children should obey their parents; insubordination 
is an evil, blighting the buddings of self-government. 
Parents should teach their children at the 
earliest possible period the truths of health 
and holiness. Children are more tractable than adults, 
and learn more readily to love the simple verities that will 
make them happy and good. 
Jesus loved little children because of their freedom 
from wrong and their receptiveness of right. While 
age is halting between two opinions or battling with 
false beliefs, youth makes easy and rapid strides towards 
Truth. 
Children’s 
tractability FOOTSTEPS OF TRUTH 
237 
A little girl, who had occasionally listened to my ex- 
planations, badly wounded her finger. She seemed not 
to notice it. On being questioned about it she answered 
ingenuously, “There is no sensation in matter.” Bound- 
ing off with laughing eyes, she presently added, “Mamma, 
my finger is not a bit sore.” 
It might have been months or years before her parents 
would have laid aside their drugs, or reached the mental 
height their little daughter so naturally at- 
tained. The more stubborn beliefs and theo- 
ries of parents often choke the good seed in the minds of 
themselves and their offspring. Superstition, like “the 
fowls of the air,” snatches away the good seed before it 
has sprouted. 
Soil and 
seed 
Children should be taught the Truth-cure, Christian 
Science, among their first lessons, and kept from discuss- 
ing or entertaining theories or thoughts about 
sickness. To prevent the experience of error 
and its sufferings, keep out of the minds of your children 
either sinful or diseased thoughts. The latter should 
be excluded on the same principle as the former. This 
makes Christian Science early available. 
Teaching 
children 
Some invalids are unwilling to know the facts or to 
hear about the fallacy of matter and its supposed laws. 
They devote themselves a little longer to their 
material gods, cling to a belief in the life and 
intelligence of matter, and expect this error to do more 
for them than they are willing to admit the only living and 
true God can do. Impatient at your explanation, unwill- 
ing to investigate the Science of Mind which would rid 
them of their complaints, they hug false beliefs and suffer 
the delusive consequences. 
Deluded 
invalids 238 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
Motives and acts are not rightly valued before they are 
understood. It is well to wait till those whom you would 
benefit are ready for the blessing, for Science 
is working changes in personal character as 
well as in the material universe. 
To obey the Scriptural command, “Come out from 
among them, and be ye separate/’ is to incur society’s 
frown; but this frown, more than flatteries, enables one 
to be Christian. Losing her crucifix, the Roman Catholic 
girl said, “I have nothing left but Christ.” “If God be 
for us, who can be against us?” 
Patient 
waiting 
To fall away from Truth in times of persecution, shows 
that we never understood Truth. From out the bridal 
chamber of wisdom there will come the warn- 
ing, “I know you not.” Unimproved op- 
portunities will rebuke us when we attempt to claim the 
benefits of an experience we have not made our own, try 
to reap the harvest we have not sown, and wish to enter 
unlawfully into the labors of others. Truth often remains 
unsought, until we seek this remedy for human woe be- 
cause we suffer severely from error. 
Attempts to conciliate society and so gain dominion over 
mankind, arise from worldly weakness. He who leaves 
all for Christ forsakes popularity and gains Christianity. 
Unimproved 
opportunities 
Society is a foolish juror, listening only to one side of 
the case. Justice often comes too late to secure a verdict. 
People with mental work before them have 
no time for gossip about false law or testimony. 
To reconstruct timid justice and place the fact above the 
falsehood, is the work of time. 
The cross is the central emblem of history. It is the 
lodestar in the demonstration of Christian healing, — the 
Society and 
intolerance FOOTSTEPS OF TRUTH 
239 
demonstration by which sin and sickness are destroyed. 
The sects, which endured the lash of their predecessors, 
in their turn lay it upon those who are in advance of 
creeds. 
Take away wealth, fame, and social organizations, 
which weigh not one jot in the balance of God, and we 
get clearer views of Principle. Break up 
cliques, level wealth with honesty, let worth 
be judged according to wisdom, and we get better views 
of humanity. 
The wicked man is not the ruler of his upright 
neighbor. Let it be understood that success in error is 
defeat in Truth. The watchword of Christian Science 
is Scriptural: “Let the wicked forsake his way, and the 
unrighteous man his thoughts.” 
Right views 
of humanity 
To ascertain our progress, we must learn where our 
affections are placed and whom we acknowledge and 
obey as God. If divine Love is becoming 
nearer, dearer, and more real to us, matter is 
then submitting to Spirit. The objects we pursue and 
the spirit we manifest reveal our standpoint, and show 
what we are winning. 
Standpoint 
revealed 
Mortal mind is the acknowledged seat of human mo- 
tives. It forms material concepts and produces every 
discordant action of the body. If action pro- 
ceeds from the divine Mind, action is harmo- 
nious. If it comes from erring mortal mind, it is discord- 
ant and ends in sin, sickness, death. Those two opposite 
sources never mingle in fount or stream. The perfect 
Mind sends forth perfection, for God is Mind. Imper- 
fect mortal mind sends forth its own resemblances, of 
which the wise man said, “All is vanity.” 
Antagonistic 
sources 240 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
Nature voices natural, spiritual law and divine Love, 
but human belief misinterprets nature. Arctic regions, 
sunny tropics, giant hills, winged winds, 
mighty billows, verdant vales, festive flowers, 
and glorious heavens, — all point to Mind, the spiritual 
intelligence they reflect. The floral apostles are hiero- 
glyphs of Deity. Suns and planets teach grand lessons. 
The stars make night beautiful, and the leaflet turns nat- 
urally towards the light. 
Some lessons 
from nature 
In the order of Science, m which the Principle is above 
what it reflects, all is one grand concord. Change this 
statement, suppose Mind to be governed by 
matter or Soul in body, and you lose the key- 
note of being, and there is continual discord. Mind is 
perpetual motion. Its symbol is the sphere. The rota- 
tions and revolutions of the universe of Mind go on 
eternally. 
Perpetual 
motion 
Mortals move onward towards good or evil as time 
glides on. If mortals are not progressive, past failures 
will be repeated until all wrong work is ef- 
faced or rectified. If at present satisfied with 
wrong-doing, we must learn to loathe it. If at present 
content with idleness, we must become dissatisfied with 
it. Remember that mankind must sooner or later, either 
by suffering or by Science, be convinced of the error that 
is to be overcome. 
In trying to undo the errors of sense one must pay fully 
and fairly the utmost farthing, until all error is finally 
brought into subjection to Truth. The divine method 
of paying sin’s wages involves unwinding one’s snarls, 
and learning from experience how to divide between sense 
and Soul. 
Progress 
demanded FOOTSTEPS OF TRUTH 
241 
“Whom the Lord loveth He chasteneth.” He, who 
knows God’s will or the demands of divine Science and 
obeys them, incurs the hostility of envy; and he who 
refuses obedience to God, is chastened by Love. 
Sensual treasures are laid up “where moth and rust 
doth corrupt.” Mortality is their doom. Sin breaks in 
upon them, and carries off their fleeting joys. 
The sensualist’s affections are as imaginary, 
whimsical, and unreal as his pleasures. Falsehood, envy, 
hypocrisy, malice, hate, revenge, and so forth, steal away 
the treasures of Truth. Stripped of its coverings, what 
a mocking spectacle is sin! 
The doom 
of sin 
The Bible teaches transformation of the body by the 
renewal of Spirit. Take away the spiritual signification 
of Scripture, and that compilation can do no 
more for mortals than can moonbeams to melt 
a river of ice. The error of the ages is preaching without 
practice. 
The substance of all devotion is the reflection and 
demonstration of divine Love, healing sickness and 
destroying sin. Our Master said, “If ye love me, keep 
my commandments.” 
One’s aim, a point beyond faith, should be to find the 
footsteps of Truth, the way to health and holiness. We 
should strive to reach the Horeb height where God is re- 
vealed; and the corner-stone of all spiritual building is 
purity. The baptism of Spirit, washing the body of all 
the impurities of flesh, signifies that the pure in heart 
see God and are approaching spiritual Life and its 
demonstration. 
It is “easier for a camel to go through the eye of a 
needle,” than for sinful beliefs to enter the kingdom of 
Spirit 
transforms 242 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
heaven, eternal harmony. Through repentance, spiritual 
baptism, and regeneration, mortals put off their material 
beliefs and false individuality. It is only a 
question of time when “ they shall all know 
Me [God], from the least of them unto the greatest.” 
Denial of the claims of matter is a great step towards 
the joys of Spirit, towards human freedom and the final 
triumph over the bodv. 
Spiritual 
baptism 
There is but one way to heaven, harmony, and Christ 
in divine Science shows us this way. It is to know no 
other reality — to have no other conscious- 
ness of life — than good, God and His reflec- 
tion, and to rise superior to the so-called pain and pleasure 
of the senses. 
Self-love is more opaque than a solid body. In pa- 
tient obedience to a patient God, let us labor to dis- 
solve with the universal solvent of Love the adamant 
of error, — self-will, self-justification, and self-love, — 
which wars against spirituality and is the law of sin 
and death. 
The one 
only way 
The vesture of Life is Truth. According to the Bible, 
the facts of being are commonly misconstrued, for it is 
written: “They parted my raiment among 
them, and for my vesture they did cast lots.” 
The divine Science of man is woven into one web of 
consistency without seam or rent. Mere speculation or 
superstition appropriates no part of the divine vesture, 
while inspiration restores every part of the Christly gar- 
ment of righteousness. 
The finger-posts of divine Science show the way our 
Master trod, and require of Christians the proof which 
he gave, instead of mere profession. We may hide 
Divided 
vestments FOOTSTEPS OF TKUTH 
243 
spiritual ignorance from the world, but we can never 
succeed in the Science and demonstration of spiritual 
good through ignorance or hypocrisy. 
The divine Love, which made harmless the poisonous 
viper, which delivered men from the boiling oil, from 
the fiery furnace, from the jaws of the lion, 
can heal the sick in every age and triumph 
over sin and death. It crowned the demon- 
strations of Jesus with unsurpassed power and love. But 
the same “Mind . . . which was also in Christ Jesus” 
must always accompany the letter of Science in order to 
confirm and repeat the ancient demonstrations of prophets 
and apostles. That those wonders are not more com- 
monly repeated to-day, arises not so much from lack of 
desire as from lack of spiritual growth. 
The clay cannot reply to the potter. The head, heart, 
lungs, and limbs do not inform us that they are dizzy, 
diseased, consumptive, or lame. If this in- 
formation is conveyed, mortal mind conveys 
it. Neither immortal and unerring Mind nor matter, 
the inanimate substratum of mortal mind, can carry 
on such telegraphy; for God is “of purer eyes than 
to behold evil,” and matter has neither intelligence nor 
sensation. 
Ancient 
and modern 
miracles 
Mental 
telegraphy 
Truth has no consciousness of error. Love has no 
sense of hatred. Life has no partnership 
with death. Truth, Life, and Love are a law 
of annihilation to everything unlike themselves, because 
they declare nothing except God. 
Sickness, sin, and death are not the fruits of Life. 
They are inharmonies which Truth destroys. Perfection 
does not animate imperfection. Inasmuch as God is 
Annihilation 
of error 244 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
good and the fount of all being, He does not produce 
moral or physical deformity; therefore such deformity is 
not real, but is illusion, the mirage of error. 
Divine Science reveals these grand facts. On 
their basis Jesus demonstrated Life, never 
fearing nor obeying error in any form. 
If we were to derive all our conceptions of man from 
what is seen between the cradle and the grave, happi- 
ness and goodness would have no abiding-place in man, 
and the worms would rob him of the flesh; but Paul 
writes: “The law of the Spirit of life in Christ Jesus hath 
made me free from the law of sin and death.,y 
Deformity 
and per- 
fection 
Man undergoing birth, maturity, and decay is like the 
beasts and vegetables, — subject to laws of decay. If 
man were dust in his earliest stage of exist- 
ence, we might admit the hypothesis that he 
returns eventually to his primitive condition; 
but man was never more nor less than man. 
If man flickers out in death or springs from matter into 
being, there must be an instant when God is without His 
entire manifestation, — when there is no full reflection 
of the infinite Mind. 
Man never 
less than 
man 
Man in Science is neither young nor old. He has 
neither birth nor death. He is not a beast, a vegetable, 
nor a migratory mind. He does not pass from 
matter to Mind, from the mortal to the im- 
mortal, from evil to good, or from good to evil. Such 
admissions cast us headlong into darkness and dogma. 
Even Shakespeare’s poetry pictures age as infancy, as 
helplessness and decadence, instead of assigning to man 
the everlasting grandeur and immortality of development, 
power, and prestige. 
Man not 
evolved 
Man not 
evolved FOOTSTEPS OF TRUTH 
245 
The error of thinking that we are growing old, and the 
benefits of destroying that illusion, are illustrated in a 
sketch from the history of an English woman, published 
in the London medical magazine called The Lancet. 
Disappointed in love in her early years, she became 
insane and lost all account of time. Believing that she 
was still living in the same hour which parted 
her from her lover, taking no note of years, 
she stood daily before the window watching for her 
lover’s coming. In this mental state she remained young. 
Having no consciousness of time, she literally grew no 
older. Some American travellers saw her when she was 
seventy-four, and supposed her to be a young woman. 
She had no care-lined face, no wrinkles nor gray hair, but 
youth sat gently on cheek and brow. Asked to guess her 
age, those unacquainted with her history conjectured that 
she must be under twenty. 
This instance of youth preserved furnishes a useful 
hint, upon which a Franklin might work with more cer- 
tainty than when he coaxed the enamoured lightning 
from the clouds. Years had not made her old, because 
she had taken no cognizance of passing time nor thought 
of herself as growing old. The bodily results of her belief 
that she was young manifested the influence of such a be- 
lief. She could not age while believing herself young, for 
the mental state governed the physical. 
Impossibilities never occur. One instance like the 
foregoing proves it possible to be young at seventy-four; 
and the primary of that illustration makes it plain that 
decrepitude is not according to law, nor is it a necessity of 
nature, but an illusion. 
The infinite never began nor will it ever end. Mind 
Perpetual 
youth 246 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
and its formations can never be annihilated. Man is not 
a pendulum, swinging between evil and good, joy and 
sorrow, sickness and health, life and death. 
Life and its faculties are not measured by 
calendars. The perfect and immortal are the eternal 
likeness of their Maker. Man is by no means a material 
germ rising from the imperfect and endeavoring to reach 
Spirit above his origin. The stream rises no higher than 
its source. 
The measurement of life by solar years robs youth and 
gives ugliness to age. The radiant sun of virtue and truth 
coexists with being. Manhood is its eternal noon, un- 
dimmed by a declining sun. As the physical and mate- 
rial, the transient sense of beauty fades, the radiance of 
Spirit should dawn upon the enraptured sense with bright 
and imperishable glories. 
Man re- 
flects God 
Never record ages. Chronological data are no part 
of the vast forever. Time-tables of birth and death are 
so many conspiracies against manhood and 
womanhood. Except for the error of meas- 
uring and limiting all that is good and beautiful, man 
would enjoy more than threescore years and ten and 
still maintain his vigor, freshness, and promise. Man, 
governed by immortal Mind, is always beautiful and 
grand. Each succeeding year unfolds wisdom, beauty, 
and holiness. 
Undesirable 
records 
Life is eternal. We should find this out, and begin the 
demonstration thereof. Life and goodness are immortal. 
Let us then shape our views of existence into 
loveliness, freshness, and continuity, rather 
than into age and blight. 
Acute and chronic beliefs reproduce their own types. 
True life 
eternal FOOTSTEPS OF TRUTH 
247 
The acute belief of physical life comes on at a remote 
period, and is not so disastrous as the chronic belief. 
I have seen age regain two of the elements it had lost, 
sight and teeth. A woman of eighty-five, whom I knew, 
had a return of sight. Another woman at 
ninety had new teeth, incisors, cuspids, bi- 
cuspids, and one molar. One man at sixty 
had retained his full set of upper and lower teeth without 
a decaying cavity. 
Eyes and 
teeth re- 
newed 
Beauty, as well as truth, is eternal; but the beauty 
of material things passes away, fading and fleeting as 
mortal belief. Custom, education, and fashion 
form the transient standards of mortals. Im- 
mortality, exempt from age or decay, has a glory of its 
own, — the radiance of Soul. Immortal men and women 
are models of spiritual sense, drawn by perfect Mind 
and reflecting those higher conceptions of loveliness 
which transcend all material sense. 
Eternal 
beauty 
Comeliness and grace are independent of matter. Be- 
ing possesses its qualities before they are perceived hu- 
manly. Beauty is a thing of life, which 
dwells forever in the eternal Mind and re- 
flects the charms of His goodness in expression, form, 
outline, and color. It is Love which paints the petal 
with myriad hues, glances in the warm sunbeam, arches 
the cloud with the bow of beauty, blazons the night with 
starry gems, and covers earth with loveliness. 
The embellishments of the person are poor substitutes 
for the charms of being, shining resplendent and eternal 
over age and decay. 
The recipe for beauty is to have less illusion and 
more Soul, to retreat from the belief of pain or pleasure 
The divine 
loveliness 248 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
in the body into the unchanging calm and glorious free- 
dom of spiritual harmony. 
Love never loses sight of loveliness. Its halo rests upon 
its object. One marvels that a friend can ever seem less 
than beautiful. Men and women of riper 
years and larger lessons ought to ripen into 
health and immortality, instead of lapsing into darkness 
or gloom. Immortal Mind feeds the body with supernal 
freshness and fairness, supplying it with beautiful images 
of thought and destroying the woes of sense which each 
day brings to a nearer tomb. 
Love’s en- 
. dowment 
The sculptor turns from the marble to his model in 
order to perfect his conception. We are all sculptors. 
working at various forms, moulding and chisel- 
ing thought. What is the model before mortal 
mind? Is it imperfection, joy, sorrow, sin, suffering? 
Have you accepted the mortal model ? Are you repro- 
ducing it ? Then you are haunted in your work by vicious 
sculptors and hideous forms. Do you not hear from all 
mankind of the imperfect model ? The world is holding 
it before your gaze continually. The result is that you 
are liable to follow those lower patterns, limit your life- 
work, and adopt into your experience the angular outline 
and deformity of matter models. 
Mental 
sculpture 
To remedy this, we must first turn our gaze in the right 
direction, and then walk that way. We must form perfect 
models in thought and look at them continually, 
or we shall never carve them out in grand and 
noble lives. Let unselfishness, goodness, mercy, justice, 
health, holiness, love — the kingdom of heaven — reign 
within us, and sin, disease, and death will diminish until 
they finally disappear. 
Perfect 
moaeis FOOTSTEPS OF TRUTH 
249 
Let us accept Science, relinquish all theories based on 
sense-testimony, give up imperfect models and illusive 
ideals; and so let us have one God, one Mind, and that 
one perfect, producing His own models of excellence. 
Let the “male and female” of God’s creating appear. 
Let us feel the divine energy of Spirit, bringing us into 
newness of life and recognizing no mortal nor 
material power as able to destroy. Let us re- 
joice that we are subject to the divine “powers that be.” 
Such is the true Science of being. Any other theory of 
Life, or God, is delusive and mythological. 
Mind is not the author of matter, and the creator of 
ideas is not the creator of illusions. Either there is no 
omnipotence, or omnipotence is the only power. God is 
the infinite, and infinity never began, will never end, and 
includes nothing unlike God. Whence then is soulless 
matter ? 
Renewed 
selfhood 
Life is, like Christ, “the same yesterday, and to-day, 
and forever.” Organization and time have nothing to do 
with Life. You say, “I dreamed last night.” 
What a mistake is that! The I is Spirit. God 
never slumbers, and His likeness never dreams. Mortals 
are the Adam dreamers. 
Sleep and apathy are phases of the dream that life, sub- 
stance, and intelligence are material. The mortal night- 
dream is sometimes nearer the fact of being than are the 
thoughts of mortals when awake. The night-dream has 
less matter as its accompaniment. It throws off some 
material fetters. It falls short of the skies, but makes its 
mundane flights quite ethereal. 
Man is the reflection of Soul. He is the direct oppo- 
site of material sensation, and there is but one Ego. We 
Illusive 
dreams 250 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
run into error when we divide Soul into souls, multiply 
Mind into minds and suppose error to be mind, then mind 
to be in matter and matter to be a lawgiver, 
unintelligence to act like intelligence, and mor- 
tality to be the matrix of immortality. 
Philosophical 
blunders 
Mortal existence is a dream; mortal existence has no 
real entity, but saith “ It is I.” Spirit is the Ego which 
never dreams, but understands all things; 
which never errs, and is ever conscious; which 
never believes, but knows; which is never born and 
never dies. Spiritual man is the likeness of this Ego. 
Man is not God, but like a ray of light which comes from 
the sun, man, the outcome of God, reflects God. 
Spirit the 
one Ego 
Mortal body and mind are one, and that one is called 
man; but a mortal is not man, for man is immortal. A 
mortal may be weary or pained, enjoy or suffer, 
according to the dream he entertains in sleep. 
When that dream vanishes, the mortal finds himself 
experiencing none of these dream-sensations. To the 
observer, the body lies listless, undisturbed, and sensa- 
tionless, and the mind seems to be absent. 
Now I ask, Is there any more reality in the waking 
dream of mortal existence than in the sleeping dream? 
There cannot be, since whatever appears to be a mortal 
man is a mortal dream. Take away the mortal mind, 
and matter has no more sense as a man than it has as 
a tree. But the spiritual, real man is immortal. 
Upon this stage of existence goes on the dance of mortal 
mind. Mortal thoughts chase one another like snow-flakes, 
and drift to the ground. Science reveals Life as not being 
at the mercy of death, nor will Science admit that happi- 
ness is ever the sport of circumstance. 
Mortal exist- 
ence a dream FOOTSTEPS OF TRUTH 
251 
Error is not real, hence it is not more imperative 
as it hastens towards self-destruction. The so-called 
belief of mortal mind apparent as an abscess 
should not grow more painful before it suppu- 
rates, neither should a fever become more severe before 
it ends. 
Error self- 
destroyed. 
Fright is so great at certain stages of mortal belief 
as to drive belief into new paths. In the illusion of 
death, mortals wake to the knowledge of two 
facts: (1) that they are not dead; (2) that 
they have but passed the portals of a new belief. Truth 
works out the nothingness of error in just these ways. 
Sickness, as well as sin, is an error that Christ, Truth, 
alone can destroy. 
Illusion 
of death 
We must leam how mankind govern the body, — 
whether through faith in hygiene, in drugs, or in will- 
power. We should learn whether they govern 
the body through a belief in the necessity of 
sickness and death, sin and pardon, or govern 
it from the higher understanding that the divine Mind 
makes perfect, acts upon the so-called human mind 
through truth, leads the human mind to relinquish all 
error, to find the divine Mind to be the only Mind, 
and the healer of sin, disease, death. This process of 
higher spiritual understanding improves mankind until 
error disappears, and nothing is left which deserves to 
perish or to be punished. 
Mortal 
mind’s dis- 
appearance 
Ignorance, like intentional wrong, is not Science. 
Ignorance must be seen and corrected before we can at- 
tain harmony. Inharmonious beliefs, which 
rob Mind, calling it matter, and deify their 
own notions, imprison themselves in what they create. 
Spiritual 
ignorance 252 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
They are at war with Science, and as our Master said, 
“If a kingdom be divided against itself, that kingdom 
cannot stand.” 
Human ignorance of Mind and of the recuperative 
energies of Truth occasions the only skepticism regard- 
ing the pathology and theology of Christian Science. 
When false human beliefs learn even a little of their 
own falsity, they begin to disappear. A knowledge of 
error and of its operations must precede that 
understanding of Truth which destroys error, 
until the entire mortal, material error finally disappears, 
and the eternal verity, man created by and of Spirit, 
is understood and recognized as the true likeness of his 
Maker. 
The false evidence of material sense contrasts strikingly 
with the testimony of Spirit. Material sense lifts its voice 
with the arrogance of reality and says: 
Eternal man 
recognized 
J am wholly dishonest, and no man knoweth it. I can 
cheat, lie, commit adultery, rob, murder, and I elude 
detection by smooth-tongued villainy. Ani- 
mal in propensity, deceitful in sentiment, 
fraudulent in purpose, I mean to make my short span 
of life one gala day. What a nice thing is sin! How 
sin succeeds, where the good purpose waits! The world 
is my kingdom. I am enthroned in the gorgeousness 
of matter. But a touch, an accident, the law of God, 
may at any moment annihilate my peace, for all my 
fancied joys are fatal. Like bursting lava, I expand but 
to my own despair, and shine with the resplendency of 
consuming fire. 
Spirit, bearing opposite testimony, saith: 
I am Spirit. Man, whose senses are spiritual, is my 
Testimony 
of sense FOOTSTEPS OF TRUTH 
253 
likeness. He reflects the infinite understanding, for I am 
Infinity. The beauty of holiness, the perfection of being, 
imperishable glory, — all are Mine, for I am 
God. I ffive immortality to man. for I am 
Testimony 
of Soul 
Truth. I include and impart all bliss, for I am Love. 
I give life, without beginning and without end, for I am 
Life. I am supreme and give all, for I am Mind. I am 
the substance of all, because I am that I am. 
I hope, dear reader, I am leading you into the under- 
standing of your divine rights, your heaven-bestowed har- 
mony, — that, as you read, you see there is no 
cause (outside of erring, mortal, material sense 
which is not power) able to make you sick or 
sinful; and I hope that you are conquering this false sense. 
Knowing the falsity of so-called material sense, you can 
assert your prerogative to overcome the belief in sin, dis- 
ease, or death. 
Heaven- 
bestowed 
prerogative 
If you believe in and practise wrong knowingly, you 
can at once change your course and do right. Matter can 
make no opposition to right endeavors against 
sin or sickness, for matter is inert, mindless. 
Also, if you believe yourself diseased, you can 
alter this wrong belief and action without hindrance from 
the body. 
Do not believe in any supposed necessity for sin, dis- 
ease, or death, knowing (as you ought to know) that God 
never requires obedience to a so-called material law, for 
no such law exists. The belief in sin and death is de- 
stroyed by the law of God, which is the law of Life in- 
stead of death, of harmony instead of discord, of Spirit 
instead of the flesh. 
The divine demand, “Be ye therefore perfect,” is sci- 
Right 
endeavor 
possible 254 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
entific, and the human footsteps leading to perfection are 
indispensable. Individuals are consistent who, watching 
and praying, can “run, and not be weary; . . . 
walk, and not faint,” who gain good rapidly 
and hold their position, or attain slowly and 
yield not to discouragement. God requires perfection, 
but not until the battle between Spirit and flesh is fought 
and the victory won. To stop eating, drinking, or being 
clothed materially before the spiritual facts of existence 
are gained step by step, is not legitimate. When we wait 
patiently on God and seek Truth righteously, He directs 
our path. Imperfect mortals grasp the ultimate of spir- 
itual perfection slowly; but to begin aright and to con- 
tinue the strife of demonstrating the great problem of 
being, is doing much. 
During the sensual ages, absolute Christian Science 
may not be achieved prior to the change called death, 
for we have not the power to demonstrate what we do 
not understand. But the human self must be evangel- 
ized. This task God demands us to accept lovingly 
to-day, and to abandon so fast as practical the material, 
and to work out the spiritual which determines the out- 
ward and actual. 
If you venture upon the quiet surface of error and are 
in sympathy with error, what is there to disturb the waters ? 
What is there to strip off error’s disguise ? 
Patience 
and final 
perfection 
If you launch your bark upon the ever-agitated but 
healthful waters of truth, you will encounter storms. 
Your good will be evil spoken of. This is the 
cross. Take it up and bear it, for through it 
you win and wear the crown. Pilgrim on earth, thy home 
is heaven; stranger, thou art the guest of God. 
The cross 
j and crown CHAPTER IX 
CREATION 
Thy throne is established of old : 
Thou art from everlasting. — Psalms. 
For we know that the whole creation groaneth and travaileth in pain 
together until now. And not only they, but ourselves also, which have 
the firstfruits of the Spirit, even we ourselves groan within ourselves, 
waiting for the adoption, to wit, the redemption of our body. — Paul. 
Eternal Truth is changing the universe. As mor- 
tals drop off their mental swaddling-clothes, thought 
expands into expression. “Let there be light,” 
is the perpetual demand of Truth and Love, 
changing chaos into order and discord into the 
music of the spheres. The mythical human theories of 
creation, anciently classified as the higher criticism, sprang 
from cultured scholars in Rome and in Greece, but they 
afforded no foundation for accurate views of creation by 
the divine Mind. 
Mortal man has made a covenant with his eyes to be- 
little Deity with human conceptions. In league 
with material sense, mortals take limited views 
of all things. That God is corporeal or material, no man 
should affirm. 
The human form, or physical finiteness, cannot be 
made the basis of any true idea of the infinite Godhead. 
Eye hath not seen Spirit, nor hath ear heard His voice. 
Inadequate 
theories of 
creation 
Finite views 
of Deity 256 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
Progress takes off human shackles. The finite must 
yield to the infinite. Advancing to a higher plane of ac- 
tion, thought rises from the material sense to 
the spiritual, from the scholastic to the in- 
spirational, and from the mortal to the immortal. All 
things are created spiritually. Mind, not matter, is the 
creator. Love, the divine Principle, is the Father and 
Mother of the universe, including man. 
The theory of three persons in one God (that is, a per- 
sonal Trinity or Tri-unity) suggests polythe- 
ism, rather than the one ever-present I am. 
“Hear, O Israel: the Lord our God is one Lord.” 
The everlasting I am is not bounded nor compressed 
within the narrow limits of physical humanity, nor can 
He be understood aright through mortal con- 
cepts. The precise form of God must be of 
small importance in comparison with the sublime ques- 
tion, What is infinite Mind or divine Love ? 
Who is it that demands our obedience ? He who, in 
the language of Scripture, “doeth according to His will 
in the army of heaven, and among the inhabitants of the 
earth; and none can stay His hand, or say unto Him, 
What doest Thou ?” 
No form nor physical combination is adequate to rep- 
resent infinite Love. A finite and material sense of God 
leads to formalism and narrowness; it chills the spirit of 
Christianity. 
No material 
creation 
Tritheism 
impossible 
No divine 
corporeality 
A limitless Mind cannot proceed from physical limita- 
tions. Finiteness cannot present the idea or the vast- 
ness of infinity. A mind originating from a 
finite or material source must be limited and 
finite. Infinite Mind is the creator, and creation is the 
Limitless 
Mind CKEATION 
257 
infinite image or idea emanating from this Mind. If 
Mind is within and without all things, then all is Mind; 
and this definition is scientific. 
If matter, so-called, is substance, then Spirit, matter’s 
unlikeness, must be shadow; and shadow cannot produce 
substance. The theory that Spirit is not the 
only substance and creator is pantheistic het- 
erodoxy, which ultimates in sickness, sin, and death; it is 
the belief in a bodily soul and a material mind, a soul 
governed by the body and a mind in matter. This be- 
lief is shallow pantheism. 
Mind creates His own likeness in ideas, and the sub- 
stance of an idea is very far from being the supposed sub- 
stance of non-intelligent matter. Hence the Father Mind 
is not the father of matter. The material senses and 
human conceptions would translate spiritual ideas into 
material beliefs, and would say that an anthropomorphic 
God, instead of infinite Principle, — in other words, divine 
Love, — is the father of the rain, “who hath begotten the 
drops of dew,” who bringeth “forth Mazzaroth in his sea- 
son,” and guideth “ Arcturus with his sons.” 
Finite mind manifests all sorts of errors, and thus 
proves the material theory of mind in matter to be the 
antipode of Mind. Who hath found finite life 
or love sufficient to meet the demands of human 
want and woe, — to still the desires, to satisfy the aspira- 
tions? Infinite Mind cannot be limited to a finite form, 
or Mind would lose its infinite character as inexhaustible 
Love, eternal Life, omnipotent Truth. 
It would require an infinite form to contain infinite 
Mind. Indeed, the phrase infinite form involves a con- 
tradiction of terms. Finite man cannot be the image and 
Matter is not 
substance 
Inexhaustible 
divine Love 258 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
likeness of the infinite God. A mortal, corporeal, or 
finite conception of God cannot embrace the glories of 
limitless, incorporeal Life and Love. Hence 
the unsatisfied human craving for something 
better, higher, holier, than is afforded by a 
material belief in a physical God and man. The insuffi- 
ciency of this belief to supply the true idea proves the 
falsity of material belief. 
Man is more than a material form with a mind inside, 
which must escape from its environments in 
order to be immortal. Man reflects infinity, 
and this reflection is the true idea of God. 
God expresses in man the infinite idea forever develop- 
ing itself, broadening and rising higher and higher from 
a boundless basis. Mind manifests all that exists in 
the infinitude of Truth. We know no more of man as 
the true divine image and likeness, than we know of 
God. 
The infinite Principle is reflected by the infinite idea 
and spiritual individuality, but the material so-called senses 
have no cognizance of either Principle or its idea. The 
human capacities are enlarged and perfected in propor- 
tion as humanity gains the true conception of man and 
God. 
Mortals have a very imperfect sense of the spiritual 
man and of the infinite range of his thought. To him 
belongs eternal Life. Never born and 
never dying, it were impossible for man, under 
the government of God in eternal Science, to fall from his 
high estate. 
Through spiritual sense you can discern the heart of 
divinity, and thus begin to comprehend in Science the 
Infinite 
physique 
impossible 
Infinity’s 
reflection 
' Individual 
permanency CREATION 
259 
generic term man. Man is not absorbed in Deity, and 
man cannot lose his individuality, for he re- 
flects eternal Life; nor is he an isolated, soli- 
tary idea, for he represents infinite Mind, the sum of all 
substance. 
In divine Science, man is the true image of God. The 
divine nature was best expressed in Christ Jesus, who 
threw upon mortals the truer reflection of God and lifted 
their lives higher than their poor thought-models would 
allow, — thoughts which presented man as fallen, sick, 
sinning, and dying. The Christlike understanding of 
scientific being and divine healing includes a perfect Prin- 
ciple and idea, — perfect God and perfect man, — as the 
basis of thought and demonstration. 
If man was once perfect but has now lost his perfection, 
then mortals have never beheld in man the reflex image 
of God. The lost image is no image. The 
true likeness cannot be lost in divine reflection. 
Understanding this, Jesus said: “Be ye there- 
fore perfect, even as your Father which is in heaven is 
perfect.” 
Mortal thought transmits its own images, and forms 
its offspring after human illusions. God, Spirit, works 
spiritually, not materially. Brain or matter 
never formed a human concept. Vibration is 
not intelligence; hence it is not a creator. Immortal 
ideas, pure, perfect, and enduring, are transmitted by 
the divine Mind through divine Science, which corrects 
error with truth and demands spiritual thoughts, divine 
concepts, to the end that they may produce harmonious 
results. 
Deducing one’s conclusions as to man from imperfec- 
God’s man 
discerned 
The divine 
image not 
lost 
Immortal 
models 260 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
tion instead of perfection, one can no more arrive at the 
true conception or understanding of man, and make him- 
self like it, than the sculptor can perfect his outlines from 
an imperfect model, or the painter can depict the form 
and face of Jesus, while holding in thought the character 
of Judas. 
The conceptions of mortal, erring thought must give 
way to the ideal of all that is perfect and eternal. Through 
many generations human beliefs will be attain- 
ing diviner conceptions, and the immortal and 
perfect model of God’s creation will finally be seen as 
the only true conception of being. 
Science reveals the possibility of achieving all good, 
and sets mortals at work to discover what God has already 
done; but distrust of one’s ability to gain the goodness 
desired and to bring out better and higher results, often 
hampers the trial of one’s wings and ensures failure at the 
outset. 
Mortals must change their ideals in order to improve 
their models. A sick body is evolved from 
sick thoughts. Sickness, disease, and death 
proceed from fear. Sensualism evolves bad 
physical and moral conditions. 
Selfishness and sensualism are educated in mortal 
mind by the thoughts ever recurring to one’s self, by 
conversation about the body, and by the expectation of 
perpetual pleasure or pain from it; and this education 
is at the expense of spiritual growth. If we array 
thought in mortal vestures, it must lose its immortal 
nature. 
If we look to the body for pleasure, we find pain; for 
Life, we find death; for Truth, we find error; for Spirit, 
Spiritual 
discovery 
Requisite 
change of 
our ideals CREATION 
261 
we find its opposite, matter. Now reverse this action. 
Look away from the body into Truth and Love, 
the Principle of all happiness, harmony, and 
immortality. Hold thought steadfastly to the endur- 
ing, the good, and the true, and you will bring these 
into your experience proportionably to their occupancy 
of your thoughts. 
The effect of mortal mind on health and happiness is 
seen in this: If one turns away from the body with such 
absorbed interest as to forget it, the body 
experiences no pain. Under the strong im- 
pulse of a desire to perform his part, a noted actor was 
accustomed night after night to go upon the stage and 
sustain his appointed task, walking about as actively 
as the youngest member of the company. This old man 
was so lame that he hobbled every day to the theatre, and 
sat aching in his chair till his cue was spoken, — a signal 
which made him as oblivious of physical infirmity as if 
he had inhaled chloroform, though he was in the full pos- 
session of his so-called senses. 
Detach sense from the body, or matter, which is only 
a form of human belief, and you may learn the meaning 
of God, or good, and the nature of the immu- 
table and immortal. Breaking away from the 
mutations of time and sense, you will neither 
lose the solid objects and ends of life nor your own iden- 
tity. Fixing your gaze on the realities supernal, you will 
rise to the spiritual consciousness of being, even as the bird 
which has burst from the egg and preens its wings for a 
skyward flight. 
We should forget our bodies in remembering good and 
the human race. Good demands of man every hour, in 
Thoughts 
are things 
Unreality 
of pain 
Immutable 
identity 
of man 262 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
which to work out the problem of being. Consecration 
to good does not lessen man’s dependence on God, but 
heightens it. Neither does consecration di- 
minish man’s obligations to God, but shows 
the paramount necessity of meeting them. Christian 
Science takes naught from the perfection of God, but it 
ascribes to Him the entire glory. By putting “off the old 
man with his deeds,” mortals “put on immortality.” 
We cannot fathom the nature and quality of God’s 
creation by diving into the shallows of mortal belief. We 
must reverse our feeble flutterings — our efforts to find 
life and truth in matter — and rise above the testimony 
of the material senses, above the mortal to the immortal 
idea of God. These clearer, higher views inspire the God- 
like man to reach the absolute centre and circumference 
of his being. 
Job said: “I have heard of Thee by the hearing of the 
ear: but now mine eye seeth Thee.” Mortals will echo 
Job’s thought, when the supposed pain and 
pleasure of matter cease to predominate. They 
will then drop the false estimate of life and happiness, of 
joy and sorrow, and attain the bliss of loving unselfishly, 
working patiently, and conquering all that is unlike God. 
Starting from a higher standpoint, one rises spontane- 
ously, even as light emits light without effort; for “where 
your treasure is, there will your heart be also.” 
The foundation of mortal discord is a false sense of 
man’s origin. To begin rightly is to end rightly. Every 
concept which seems to begin with the brain 
begins falsely. Divine Mind is the only cause 
or Principle of existence. Cause does not exist in matter, 
in mortal mind, or in physical forms. 
Forgetful- 
ness of self 
The true 
sense 
Mind the 
only cause CREATION 
263 
Mortals are egotists. They believe themselves to be 
independent workers, personal authors, and even privi- 
leged originators of something which Deity 
would not or could not create. The creations 
of mortal mind are material. Immortal spiritual man 
alone represents the truth of creation. 
When mortal man blends his thoughts of existence 
with the spiritual and works only as God works, 
he will no longer grope in the dark and cling 
to earth because he has not tasted heaven. 
Carnal beliefs defraud us. They make man an involun- 
tary hypocrite, — producing evil when he would create 
good, forming deformity when he would outline grace 
and beauty, injuring those whom he would bless. He 
becomes a general mis-creator, who believes he is a 
semi-god. His “touch turns hope to dust, the dust we 
all have trod.” He might say in Bible language: “The 
good that I would, I do not: but the evil which I would 
not, that I do” 
There can be but one creator, who has created all. 
Whatever seems to be a new creation, is but the discovery 
of some distant idea of Truth; else it is a 
new multiplication or self-division of mor- 
tal thought, as when some finite sense peers from its 
cloister with amazement and attempts to pattern the 
infinite. 
The multiplication of a human and mortal sense of per- 
sons and things is not creation. A sensual thought, like 
an atom of dust thrown into the face of spiritual im- 
mensity, is dense blindness instead of a scientific eternal 
consciousness of creation. 
The fading forms of matter, the mortal body and ma- 
Human 
egotism 
Mortal man a 
mis-creator 
No new 
creation 264 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
terial earth, are the fleeting concepts of the human mind. 
They have their day before the permanent facts and their 
perfection in Spirit appear. The crude crea- 
tions of mortal thought must finally give place 
to the glorious forms which we sometimes behold in the 
i camera of divine Mind, when the mental picture is spir- 
itual and eternal. Mortals must look beyond fading, 
finite forms, if they would gain the true sense of things. 
Where shall the gaze rest but in the unsearchable realm 
of Mind? We must look where we would walk, and we 
must act as possessing all power from Him in whom we 
have our being. 
As mortals gain more correct views of God and man, 
multitudinous objects of creation, which before were 
invisible, will become visible. When we 
realize that Life is Spirit, never in nor of 
matter, this understanding will expand into self-com- 
pleteness, finding all in God, good, and needing no other 
consciousness. 
Spirit and its formations are the only realities of being. 
Matter disappears under the microscope of Spirit. Sin 
is unsustained by Truth, and sickness and 
death were overcome by Jesus, who proved 
them to be forms of error. Spiritual living 
and blessedness are the only evidences, by which we can 
recognize true existence and feel the unspeakable peace 
which comes from an all-absorbing spiritual love. 
When we learn the way in Christian Science and rec- 
ognize man’s spiritual being, we shall behold and under- 
stand God’s creation, — all the glories of earth and heaven 
and man. 
The universe of Spirit is peopled with spiritual beings, 
Mind’s true 
camera 
* Self-com- 
pleteness 
Spiritual 
proofs of 
existence 
A CREATION 
265 
and its government is divine Science. Man is the off- 
spring, not of the lowest, but of the highest qualities of 
Mind. Man understands spiritual existence 
in proportion as his treasures of Truth and 
Love are enlarged. Mortals must gravitate Godward, 
their affections and aims grow spiritual, — they must near 
the broader interpretations of being, and gain some proper 
sense of the infinite, — in order that sin and mortality 
may be put off. 
This scientific sense of being, forsaking matter for 
Spirit, by no means suggests man’s absorption into Deity 
and the loss of his identity, but confers upon man en- 
larged individuality, a wider sphere of thought and action, 
a more expansive love, a higher and more permanent 
peace. 
The senses represent birth as untimely and death as 
irresistible, as if man were a weed growing apace or a 
flower withered by the sun and nipped by 
untimely frosts; but this is true only of a 
mortal, not of a man in God’s image and likeness. The 
truth of being is perennial, and the error is unreal and 
obsolete. 
Who that has felt the loss of human peace has not gained 
stronger desires for spiritual joy? The aspiration after 
heavenly good comes even before we discover 
what belongs to wisdom and Love. The loss 
of earthly hopes and pleasures brightens the ascending 
path of many a heart. The pains of sense quickly inform 
us that the pleasures of sense are mortal and that joy is 
spiritual. 
The pains of sense are salutary, if they wrench away 
false pleasurable beliefs and transplant the affections 
Godward 
gravitation 
Mortal birth 
and death 
Blessings 
from pain 266 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
from sense to Soul, where the creations of God are good, 
“rejoicing the heart.” Such is the swmrd of 
Science, with which Truth decapitates error, 
materiality giving place to man’s higher individuality and 
destiny. 
Would existence without personal friends be to you 
a blank? Then the time will come when you will be 
solitary, left without sympathy; but this 
seeming vacuum is already filled with divine 
Love. When this hour of development comes, even if 
you cling to a sense of personal joys, spiritual Love will 
force you to accept what best promotes your growth. 
Friends will betray and enemies will slander, until the 
lesson is sufficient to exalt you; for “man’s extremity 
is God’s opportunity.” The author has experienced the 
foregoing prophecy and its blessings. Thus He teaches 
mortals to lay down their fleshliness and gain spirituality. 
This is done through self-abnegation. Universal Love 
is the divine way in Christian Science. 
The sinner makes his own hell by doing evil, and the 
saint his own heaven by doing right. The opposite per- 
secutions of material sense, aiding evil with evil, would 
deceive the very elect. 
Mortals must follow Jesus’ sayings and his demonstra- 
tions, which dominate the flesh. Perfect and infinite 
Mind enthroned is heaven. The evil beliefs 
which originate in mortals are hell. Man is the 
idea of Spirit; he reflects the beatific presence, illuming 
the universe with light. Man is deathless, spiritual. He 
is above sin or frailty. He does not cross the barriers 
of time into the vast forever of Life, but he coexists with 
God and the universe. 
Decapitation 
of error 
Uses of 
adversity 
Beatific 
, presence CEEATION 
267 
Every object in material thought will be destroyed, but 
the spiritual idea, whose substance is in Mind, is eternal. 
The offspring of God start not from matter 
or ephemeral dust. They are in and of Spirit, 
divine Mind, and so forever continue. God is one. The 
allness of Deity is His oneness. Generically man is one, 
and specifically man means all men. 
It is generally conceded that God is Father, eternal, self- 
created, infinite. If this is so, the forever Father must 
have had children prior to Adam. The great I am made 
all “that was made.” Hence man and the spiritual uni- 
verse coexist with God. 
Christian Scientists understand that, in a religious 
sense, they have the same authority for the appellative 
mother, as for that of brother and sister. Jesus said: 
“For whosoever shall do the will of my Father which 
is in heaven, the same is my brother, and sister, and 
mother.” 
When examined in the light of divine Science, mortals 
present more than is detected upon the surface, since 
inverted thoughts and erroneous beliefs must 
be counterfeits of Truth. Thought is bor- 
rowed from a higher source than matter, and 
by reversal, errors serve as waymarks to the one Mind, 
in which all error disappears in celestial Truth. The 
robes of Spirit are “ white and glistering,” like the raiment 
of Christ. Even in this world, therefore, “let thy gar- 
ments be always white.” “ Blessed is the man that en- 
dureth [overcometh] temptation: for when he is tried, 
[proved faithful], he shall receive the crown of life, 
which the Lord hath promised to them that love him.” 
(James i. 12.) 
The infini- 
tude of God 
Waymarks 
to eternal 
Truth CHAPTER X 
SCIENCE OF BEING 
That which was from the beginning, which we have heard, which we 
have seen with our eyes, which we have looked upon, and our hands have 
handled, of the Word of life, . . . That which we have seen and heard 
declare we unto you, that ye also may have fellowship with us : and 
truly our fellowship is with the Father, and with His Son Jesus Christ. 
— John, First Epistle. 
Here l stand. I can do no otherwise ; so help me God ! Amen l — 
Martin Luther. 
IN the material world, thought has brought to light 
with great rapidity many useful wonders. With 
like activity have thought’s swift pinions been rising 
towards the realm of the real, to the spiritual 
cause of those lower things which give im- 
pulse to inquiry. Belief in a material basis, from 
which may be deduced all rationality, is slowly yielding 
to the idea of a metaphysical basis, looking away from 
matter to Mind as the cause of every effect. Material- 
istic hypotheses challenge metaphysics to meet in final 
combat. In this revolutionary period, like the shep- 
herd-boy with his sling, woman goes forth to battle with 
Goliath. 
In this final struggle for supremacy, semi-metaphysi- 
cal systems afford no substantial aid to scientific meta- 
physics, for their arguments are based on 
the false testimony of the material senses as 
well as on the facts of Mind. These semi-metaphysical 
Materialistic 
challenge 
Confusion 
confounded SCIENCE OF BEING 
269 
systems are one and all pantheistic, and savor of Pan- 
demonium, a house divided against itself. 
From first to last the supposed coexistence of Mind 
and matter and the mingling of good and evil have re- 
sulted from the philosophy of the serpent. Jesus’ demon- 
strations sift the chaff from the wheat, and unfold the 
unity and the reality of good, the unreality, the nothing- 
ness, of evil. 
Human philosophy has made God manlike. Christian 
Science makes man Godlike. The first is error; the latter 
is truth. Metaphysics is above physics, and 
matter does not enter into metaphysical prem- 
ises or conclusions. The categories of metaphysics rest 
on one basis, the divine Mind. Metaphysics resolves 
things into thoughts, and exchanges the objects of sense 
for the ideas of Soul. 
These ideas are perfectly real and tangible to spiritual 
consciousness, and they have this advantage over the ob- 
jects and thoughts of material sense, — they are good and 
eternal. 
The testimony of the material senses is neither abso- 
lute nor divine. I therefore plant myself unreservedly 
on the teachings of Jesus, of his apostles, of 
the prophets, and on the testimony of the 
Science of Mind. Other foundations there are none. 
All other systems — systems based wholly or partly on 
knowledge gained through the material senses — are reeds 
shaken by the wind, not houses built on the rock. 
The theories I combat are these: (1) that all is matter; 
(2) that matter originates in Mind, and is as 
real as Mind, possessing intelligence and life. 
The first theory, that matter is everything, is quite as 
Divine 
metaphysics 
Biblical 
foundations 
Rejected 
theories 270 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
reasonable as the second, that Mind and matter coexist 
and cooperate. One only of the following statements can 
be true: (1) that everything is matter; (2) that every- 
thing is Mind. Which one is it? 
Matter and Mind are opposites. One is contrary to 
the other in its very nature and essence; hence both can- 
not be real. If one is real, the other must be unreal. Only 
by understanding that there is but one power, — not two 
powers, matter and Mind, — are scientific and logical 
conclusions reached. Few deny the hypothesis that in- 
telligence, apart from man and matter, governs the uni- 
verse; and it is generally admitted that this intelligence 
is the eternal Mind or divine Principle, Love. 
I lie prophets of old looked tor something higher than 
the systems of their times; hence their fore- 
sight of the new dispensation of Truth. But 
they knew not what would be the precise nature of the 
teaching and demonstration of God, divine Mind, in His 
more infinite meanings, — the demonstration which was 
to destroy sin, sickness, and death, establish the definition 
of omnipotence, and maintain the Science of Spirit. 
The pride of priesthood is the prince of this world. It 
has nothing in Christ. Meekness and charity have divine 
authority. Mortals think wickedly; consequently they 
are wicked. They think sickly thoughts, and so become 
sick. If sin makes sinners, Truth and Love alone can 
unmake them. If a sense of disease produces suffering 
and a sense of ease antidotes suffering, disease is mental, 
not material. Hence the fact that the human mind alone 
suffers, is sick, and that the divine Mind alone heals. 
The life of Christ Jesus was not miraculous, but it was 
indigenous to his spirituality, — the good soil wherein the 
Prophetic 
ignorance SCIENCE OP BEING 
271 
seed of Truth springs up and bears much fruit. Christ’s 
Christianity is the chain of scientific being reappearing 
in all ages, maintaining its obvious correspondence with 
the Scriptures and uniting all periods in the design of 
God. Neither emasculation, illusion, nor insubordination 
exists in divine Science. 
Jesus instructed his disciples whereby to heal the sick 
through Mind instead of matter. He knew that the phi- 
losophy, Science, and proof of Christianity were in Truth, 
casting out all inharmony. 
In Latin the word rendered disciple signifies student; 
and the word indicates that the power of healing was not 
a supernatural gift to those learners, but the 
result of their cultivated spiritual understand- 
ing of the divine Science, which their Master demonstrated 
by healing the sick and sinning. Hence the universal ap- 
plication of his saying: “Neither pray I for these alone, 
but for them also which shall believe on me [understand 
me] through their word.” 
Our Master said, “ But the Comforter . . . shall 
teach you all things.” When the Science of Christianity 
appears, it will lead you into all truth. The 
Sermon on the Mount is the essence of this 
Science, and the eternal life, not the death of Jesus, is 
its outcome. 
Those, who are willing to leave their nets or to cast 
them on the right side for Truth, have the opportunity 
now, as aforetime, to learn and to practise 
Christian healing. The Scriptures contain it. 
The spiritual import of the Word imparts this power. 
But, as Paul says, “How shall they hear without a 
preacher? and how shall they preach, except they be 
Studious 
disciples 
New Testa- 
ment basis 
Modern 
evangel 272 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
sent?” If sent, how shall they preach, convert, and heal 
multitudes, except the people hear? 
The spiritual sense of truth must be gained before 
Truth can be understood. This sense is assimilated only 
as we are honest, unselfish, loving, and meek. 
In the soil of an “honest and good heart” the 
seed must be sown; else it beareth not much fruit, for the 
swinish element in human nature uproots it. Jesus said: 
“Ye do err, not knowing the Scriptures.” The spiritual 
sense of the Scriptures brings out the scientific sense, and 
is the new tongue referred to in the last chapter of Mark’s 
Gospel. 
Jesus’ parable of “the sower” shows the care our 
Master took not to impart to dull ears and gross hearts 
the spiritual teachings which dulness and grossness could 
not accept. Reading the thoughts of the people, he said: 
“Give not that which is holy unto the dogs, neither cast 
ye your pearls before swine.” 
It is the spiritualization of thought and Christianization 
of daily life, in contrast with the results of the ghastly farce 
of material existence; it is chastity and purity, 
in contrast with the downward tendencies 
and earthward gravitation of sensualism and impurity, 
which really attest the divine origin and operation of Chris- 
tian Science. The triumphs of Christian Science are re- 
corded in the destruction of error and evil, from which are 
propagated the dismal beliefs of sin, sickness, and death. 
Spirituality 
of Scripture 
Unspiritual 
contrasts 
The divine Principle of the universe must interpret the 
universe. God is the divine Principle of all that repre- 
sents Him and of all that really exists. Chris- 
tian Science, as demonstrated by Jesus, alone 
reveals the natural, divine Principle of Science. 
* God the Prin- 
ciple of all SCIENCE OF BEING 
273 
Matter and its claims of sin, sickness, and death are 
contrary to God, and cannot emanate from Him. There 
is no material truth. The physical senses can take no 
cognizance of God and spiritual Truth. Human belief 
has sought out many inventions, but not one of them 
can solve the problem of being without the divine Prin- 
ciple of divine Science. Deductions from material hy- 
potheses are not scientific. They differ from real Science 
because they are not based on the divine law. 
Divine Science reverses the false testimony of the ma- 
terial senses, and thus tears away the foun- 
dations of error. Hence the enmity between 
Science and the senses, and the impossibility 
of attaining perfect understanding till the errors of sense 
are eliminated. 
The so-called laws of matter and of medical science have 
never made mortals whole, harmonious, and immortal. 
Man is harmonious when governed by Soul. Hence the 
importance of understanding the truth of being, which 
reveals the laws of spiritual existence. 
Science 
versus 
sense 
God never ordained a material law to annul the spiritual 
law. If there were such a material law, it would oppose 
the supremacy of Spirit, God, and impugn the 
wisdom of the creator. Jesus walked on the 
waves, fed the multitude, healed the sick, and raised the 
dead in direct opposition to material laws. His acts were 
the demonstration of Science, overcoming the false claims 
of material sense or law. 
Science shows that material, conflicting mortal opin- 
ions and beliefs emit the effects of error at all times, but 
this atmosphere of mortal mind cannot be destructive to 
morals and health when it is opposed promptly and per- 
Spiritual law 
the only law 274 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
sistently by Christian Science, lruth and Love antidote 
this mental miasma, and thus invigorate and sustain ex- 
istence. Unnecessary knowledge gained from 
the five senses is only temporal, — the concep- 
tion of mortal mind, the offspring of sense, not 
of Soul, Spirit, — and symbolizes all that is evil and 
perishable. Natural science, as it is commonly called, is 
not really natural nor scientific, because it is deduced from 
the evidence of the material senses. Ideas, on the con- 
trary, are born of Spirit, and are not mere inferences 
drawn from material premises. 
The senses of Spirit abide in Love, and they demon- 
strate Truth and Life. Hence Christianity and the Sci- 
ence which expounds it are based on spiritual 
understanding, and they supersede the so- 
called laws of matter. Jesus demonstrated this great 
verity. When what we erroneously term the five physical 
senses are misdirected, they are simply the manifested 
beliefs of mortal mind, which affirm that life, substance, 
and intelligence are material, instead of spiritual. These 
false beliefs and their products constitute the flesh, and 
the flesh wars against Spirit. 
Material 
knowledge 
illusive 
Five senses 
deceptive 
Divine Science is absolute, and permits no half-way 
position in learning its Principle and rule — establishing 
it by demonstration. The conventional firm, 
called matter and mind, God never formed. 
Science and understanding, governed by the unerring and 
eternal Mind, destroy the imaginary copartnership, matter 
and mind, formed only to be destroyed in a manner and 
at a period as yet unknown. This suppositional partner- 
ship is already obsolete, for matter, examined in the light 
of divine metaphysics, disappears. 
Impossible 
partnership SCIENCE OF BEING 
275 
Matter has no life to lose, and Spirit never dies. A 
partnership of mind with matter would ignore omnipres- 
ent and omnipotent Mind. This shows that 
matter did not originate in God, Spirit, and is 
not eternal. Therefore matter is neither substantial, living, 
nor intelligent. The starting-point of divine Science is 
that God, Spirit, is All-in-all, and that there is no other 
might nor Mind, — that God is Love, and therefore He 
is divine Principle. 
To grasp the reality and order of being in its Science, 
you must begin by reckoning God as the divine Principle 
of all that really is. Spirit, Life, Truth, Love, 
combine as one,— and are the Scriptural names 
for God. All substance, intelligence, wisdom, being, im- 
mortality, cause, and effect belong to God. These are 
His attributes, the eternal manifestations of the infinite 
divine Principle, Love. No wisdom is wise but His 
wisdom; no truth is true, no love is lovely, no life is Life 
but the divine; no good is, but the good God bestows. 
Divine metaphysics, as revealed to spiritual understand- 
ing, shows clearly that all is Mind, and that Mind is 
God, omnipotence, omnipresence, omniscience, 
— that is, all power, all presence, all Science. 
Hence all is in reality the manifestation of Mind. 
Our material human theories are destitute of Science. 
The true understanding of God is spiritual. It robs the 
grave of victory. It destroys the false evidence that mis- 
leads thought and points to other gods, or other so-called 
powers, such as matter, disease, sin, and death, superior 
or contrary to the one Spirit. 
Truth, spiritually discerned, is scientifically understood. 
It casts out error and heals the sick. 
Spirit the 
starting-point 
Divine 
synonyms 
The divine 
completeness 276 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
Having one God, one Mind, unfolds the power that 
heals the sick, and fulfils these sayings of Scripture, “I 
am the Lord that healeth thee/’ and “I have 
found a ransom.” When the divine precepts 
are understood, they unfold the foundation of fellowship, 
in which one mind is not at war with another, but all have 
one Spirit, God, one intelligent source, in accordance with 
the Scriptural command: “Let this Mind be in you, 
which was also in Christ Jesus.” Man and his Maker 
are correlated in divine Science, and real consciousness 
is cognizant only of the things of God. 
The realization that all inharmony is unreal brings 
objects and thoughts into human view in their true light, 
and presents them as beautiful and immortal. Harmony 
in man is as real and immortal as in music. Discord is 
unreal and mortal. 
If God is admitted to be the only Mind and Life, 
there ceases to be any opportunity for sin and death. 
When we learn in Science how to be perfect 
even as our Father in heaven is perfect, 
thought is turned into new and healthy channels, — 
towards the contemplation of things immortal and away 
from materiality to the Principle of the universe, includ- 
ing harmonious man. 
Material beliefs and spiritual understanding never 
mingle. The latter destroys the former. Discord is the 
nothingness named error. Harmony is the somethingness 
named Truth. 
Universal 
brotherhood 
Perfection 
requisite 
Perfection 
requisite 
Nature and revelation inform us that like produces 
like. Divine Science does not gather grapes 
from thorns nor figs from thistles. Intelli- 
gence never produces non-intelligence; but matter is 
0 Like evolv- 
ing like SCIENCE OF BEING 
277 
ever non-intelligent and therefore cannot spring from 
intelligence. To all that is unlike unerring and eternal 
Mind, this Mind saith, “Thou shalt surely die;” and else- 
where the Scripture says that dust returns to dust. The 
non-intelligent relapses into its own unreality. Matter 
never produces mind. The immortal never produces the 
mortal. Good cannot result in evil. As God Himself is 
good and is Spirit, goodness and spirituality must be im- 
mortal. Their opposites, evil and matter, are mortal 
error, and error has no creator. If goodness and spirit- 
uality are real, evil and materiality are unreal and can- 
not be the outcome of an infinite God, good. 
Natural history presents vegetables and animals as 
preserving their original species, — like reproducing like. 
A mineral is not produced by a vegetable nor the man 
by the brute. In reproduction, the order of genus and 
species is preserved throughout the entire round of nature. 
This points to the spiritual truth and Science of being. 
Error relies upon a reversal of this order, asserts that 
Spirit produces matter and matter produces all the ills 
of flesh, and therefore that good is the origin of evil. 
These suppositions contradict even the order of material 
so-called science. 
The realm of the real is Spirit. The unlikeness of Spirit 
is matter, and the opposite of the real is not divine, — it is 
a human concept. Matter is an error of state- 
ment. This error in the premise leads to errors 
in the conclusion in every statement into which it enters. 
Nothing we can say or believe regarding matter is immor- 
tal, for matter is temporal and is therefore a mortal phe- 
nomenon, a human concept, sometimes beautiful, always 
erroneous. 
Material 
error 278 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
Is Spirit the source or creator of matter? Science re- 
veals nothing in Spirit out of which to create matter. 
Divine metaphysics explains away matter. 
Spirit is the only substance and consciousness 
recognized by divine Science. The material 
senses oppose this, but there are no material senses, for 
matter has no mind. In Spirit there is no matter, even 
as in Truth there is no error, and in good no evil. It is 
a false supposition, the notion that there is real substance- 
matter, the opposite of Spirit. Spirit, God, is infinite, 
all. Spirit can have no opposite. 
That matter is substantial or has life and sensation, is 
one of the false beliefs of mortals, and exists only in a 
supposititious mortal consciousness. Hence, 
as we approach Spirit and Truth, we lose the 
consciousness of matter. The admission that there can 
be material substance requires another admission, — 
namely, that Spirit is not infinite and that matter is self- 
creative, self-existent, and eternal. From this it would 
follow that there are two eternal causes, warring forever 
with each other; and yet we say that Spirit is supreme 
and all-presence. 
The belief of the eternity of matter contradicts the 
demonstration of life as Spirit, and leads to the conclu- 
sion that if man is material, he originated in matter and 
must return to dust, — logic which would prove his an- 
nihilation. 
Substance 
versus sup- 
position 
One cause 
supreme 
All that we term sin, sickness, and death is a mortal 
belief. We define matter as error, because it is the oppo- 
site of life, substance, and intelligence. Mat- 
ter, with its mortality, cannot be substantial 
if Spirit is substantial and eternal. Which ought to 
Substance 
is Spirit SCIENCE OF BEING 
279 
be substance to us, — the erring, changing, and dying, 
the mutable and mortal, or the unerring, immutable, 
and immortal? A New Testament writer plainly de- 
scribes faith, a quality of mind, as “the substance of things 
hoped for.” 
The doom of matter establishes the conclusion that 
matter, slime, or protoplasm never originated 
in the immortal Mind, and is therefore not 
eternal. Matter is neither created by Mind nor for the 
manifestation and support of Mind. 
Ideas are tangible and real to immortal consciousness, 
and they have the advantage of being eternal. 
Spirit and matter can neither coexist nor co- 
operate, and one can no more create the other than 
Truth can create error, or vice versa. 
In proportion as the belief disappears that life and in- 
telligence are in or of matter, the immortal facts of 
being are seen, and their only idea or intelligence is 
in God. Spirit is reached only through the understand- 
ing and demonstration of eternal Life and Truth and 
Love. 
Every system of human philosophy, doctrine, and 
medicine is more or less infected with the pantheistic 
belief that there is mind in matter; but this 
belief contradicts alike revelation and right 
reasoning. A logical and scientific conclusion is reached 
only through the knowledge that there are not two 
bases of being, matter and mind, but one alone, — 
Mind. 
Pantheism, starting from a material sense of God, 
seeks cause in effect, Principle in its idea, and life and 
intelligence in matter. 
Material 
mortality 
Spiritual 
tangibility 
Pantheistic * 
tendencies 280 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
In the infinitude of Mind, matter must be unknown. 
Symbols and elements of discord and decay are not prod- 
ucts of the infinite, perfect, and eternal All. 
From Love and from the light and harmony 
which are the abode of Spirit, only reflections 
of good can come. All things beautiful and harmless are 
ideas of Mind. Mind creates and multiplies them, and 
the product must be mental. 
Finite belief can never do justice to Truth in any direc- 
tion. Finite belief limits all things, and would compress 
Mind, which is infinite, beneath a skull bone. Such be- 
lief can neither apprehend nor worship the infinite; and 
to accommodate its finite sense of the divisibility of Soul 
and substance, it seeks to divide the one Spirit into per- 
sons and souls. 
Through this error, human belief comes to have “gods 
many and lords many.” Moses declared as Jehovah’s 
first command of,the Ten: “Thou shalt have 
no other gods before me!” But behold the 
zeal of belief to establish the opposite error of many 
minds. The argument of the serpent in the allegory, “ Ye 
shall be as gods,” urges through every avenue the belief 
that Soul is in body, and that infinite Spirit, and Life, is 
in finite forms. 
The things 
of God are 
beautiful 
' Belief in 
many gods 
Rightly understood, instead of possessing a sentient 
material form, man has a sensationless body; and God, 
the Soul of man and of all existence, being 
perpetual in His own individuality, harmony, 
and immortality, imparts and perpetuates these qualities 
in man, — through Mind, not matter. The only excuse 
for entertaining human opinions and rejecting the Science 
of being is our mortal ignorance of Spirit, — ignorance 
Sensation- 
less body SCIENCE OF BEING 
281 
which yields only to the understanding of divine Science, 
the understanding by which we enter into the kingdom 
of Truth on earth and learn that Spirit is infinite and 
supreme. Spirit and matter no more commingle than 
light and darkness. When one appears, the other dis- 
appears. 
Error presupposes man to be both mind and matter. 
Divine Science contradicts the corporeal senses, rebukes 
mortal belief, and asks: What is the Ego, 
whence its origin and what its destiny? The 
Ego-man is the reflection of the Ego-God; the Ego-man 
is the image and likeness of perfect Mind, Spirit, divine 
Principle. 
The one Ego, the one Mind or Spirit called God, is 
infinite individuality, which supplies all form and come- 
liness and which reflects reality and divinity in individual 
spiritual man and things. 
The mind supposed to exist in matter or beneath a 
skull bone is a myth, a misconceived sense and false 
conception as to man and Mind. When we put off the 
false sense for - the true, and see that sin and mortality 
have neither Principle nor permanency, we shall learn 
that sin and mortality are without actual origin or right- 
ful existence. They are native nothingness, out of which 
error would simulate creation through a man formed from 
dust. 
Divine Science does not put new wine into old bottles, 
Soul into matter, nor the infinite into the finite. Our 
false views of matter perish as we grasp 
the facts of Spirit. The old belief must be 
cast out or the new idea will be spilled, and the in- 
spiration, which is to change our standpoint, will be 
God and 
His image 
The true 
new idea 282 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
lost. Now, as of old, Truth casts out evils and heals 
the sick. 
i The real Life, or Mind, and its opposite, the so-called 
material life and mind, are figured by two geometrical 
symbols, a circle or sphere and a straight 
line. The circle represents the infinite with- 
out beginning or end; the straight line represents the 
finite, which has both beginning and end. The sphere 
represents good, the self-existent and eternal individuality 
or Mind; the straight line represents evil, a belief in 
a self-made and temporary material existence. Eternal 
Mind and temporary material existence never unite in 
figure or in fact. 
A straight line finds no abiding-place in a curve, and a 
curve finds no adjustment to a straight line. Similarly, 
matter has no place in Spirit, and Spirit has 
no place in matter. Truth has no home in 
error, and error has no foothold in Truth. Mind cannot 
pass into non-intelligence and matter, nor can non-intel- 
ligence become Soul. At no point can these opposites 
mingle or unite. Even though they seem to touch, one 
is still a curve and the other a straight line. 
There is no inherent power in matter; for all that is 
material is a material, human, mortal thought, always 
governing itself erroneously. 
Truth is the intelligence of immortal Mind. Error is 
the so-called intelligence of mortal mind. 
Figures of 
G being 
Opposite 
symbols 
Whatever indicates the fall of man or the opposite of 
God or God’s absence, is the Adam-dream, which is neither 
Mind nor man, for it is not begotten of the 
Father. The rule of inversion infers from 
error its opposite, Truth; but Truth is the light which 
Truth is not 
inverted SCIENCE OF BEING 
283 
dispels error. As mortals begin to understand Spirit, 
they give up the belief that there is any true existence 
apart from God. 
Mind is the source of all movement, and there is no 
inertia to retard or check its perpetual and harmonious 
action. Mind is the same Life, Love, and wis- 
dom “yesterday, and to-day, and forever.” 
Matter and its effects — sin, sickness, and 
death — are states of mortal mind which act, react, and 
then come to a stop. They are not facts of Mind. They 
are not ideas, but illusions. Principle is absolute. It 
admits of no error, but rests upon understanding. 
But what say prevalent theories? They insist that 
Life, or God, is one and the same with material life so- 
called. They speak of both Truth and error as mind, 
and of good and evil as spirit. They claim that to be 
life which is but the objective state of material sense, — 
such as the structural life of the tree and of material 
man, — and deem this the manifestation of the one Life, 
God. 
This false belief as to what really constitutes life so 
detracts from God’s character and nature, that the true 
sense of His power is lost to all who cling to 
this falsity. The divine Principle, or Life, can- 
not be practically demonstrated in length of days, as it 
was by the patriarchs, unless its Science be accurately 
stated. We must receive the divine Principle in the under- 
standing, and live it in daily life; and unless we so do, we 
can no more demonstrate Science, than we can teach and 
illustrate geometry by calling a curve a straight line or a 
straight line a sphere. 
Are mentality, immortality, consciousness, resident in 
Source of 
all life and 
action 
Spiritual 
structure , 284 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
matter? It is not rational to say that Mind is infinite, 
but dwells in finiteness, — in matter, — or that matter is 
infinite and the medium of Mind. 
If God were limited to man or matter, or if the infinite 
could be circumscribed within the finite, God would be 
corporeal, and unlimited Mind would seem 
to spring from a limited body; but this is an 
impossibility. Infinite Mind can have no starting-point, 
and can return to no limit. It can never be in bonds, 
nor be fully manifested through corporeality. 
Is God’s image or likeness matter, or a mortal, sin, 
sickness, and death ? Can matter recognize Mind ? 
Can infinite Mind recognize matter ? Can the 
infinite dwell in the finite or know aught un- 
like the infinite ? Can Deity be known through 
the material senses? Can the material senses, which re- 
ceive no direct evidence of Spirit, give correct testimony 
as to spiritual life, truth, and love? 
The answer to all these questions must forever be in 
the negative. 
The physical senses can obtain no proof of God. They 
can neither see Spirit through the eye nor hear it through 
the ear, nor can they feel, taste, or smell Spirit. 
Even the more subtile and misnamed ma- 
terial elements are beyond the cognizance 
of these senses, and are known only by the effects com- 
monly attributed to them. 
According to Christian Science, the only real senses 
of man are spiritual, emanating from divine Mind. 
Thought passes from God to man, but neither sensation 
nor report goes from material body to Mind. The in- 
tercommunication is always from God to His idea, man. 
Mind never 
limited 
Material 
recognition 
impossible 
Our physical 
1 insensibility 
to Spirit SCIENCE OF BEING 
285 
Matter is not sentient and cannot be cognizant of good 
or of evil, of pleasure or of pain. Man’s individu- 
ality is not material. This Science of being obtains not 
alone hereafter in what men call Paradise, but here 
and now; it is the great fact of being for time and 
eternity. 
What, then, is the material personality which suffers, 
sins, and dies? It is not man, the image and likeness 
of God, but man’s counterfeit, the inverted 
likeness, the unlikeness called sin, sickness, 
and death. The unreality of the claim that a mortal is 
the true image of God is illustrated by the opposite na- 
tures of Spirit and matter, Mind and body, for one is 
intelligence while the other is non-intelligence. 
Is God a physical personality? Spirit is not physical. 
The belief that a material body is man is a false con- 
ception of man. The time has come for a 
finite conception of the infinite and of a ma- 
terial body as the seat of Mind to give place 
to a diviner sense of intelligence and its manifestations, — 
to the better understanding that Science gives of the 
Supreme Being, or divine Principle, and idea. 
By interpreting God as a corporeal Saviour but not as 
the saving Principle, or divine Love, we shall continue 
to seek salvation through pardon and not 
through reform, and resort to matter instead 
of Spirit for the cure of the sick. As mortals 
reach, through knowledge of Christian Science, a higher 
sense, they will seek to learn, not from matter, but from 
the divine Principle, God, how to demonstrate the Christ, 
Truth, as the healing and saving power. 
It is essential to understand, instead of believe, what 
The human 
counterfeit 
Material 
miscon- 
ceptions 
Salvation 
is through 
reform 286 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
relates most nearly to the happiness of being. To seek 
Truth through belief in a human doctrine is not to un- 
derstand the infinite. We must not seek the immutable 
and immortal through the finite, mutable, and mortal, 
and so depend upon belief instead of demonstration, for 
this is fatal to a knowledge of Science. The understand- 
ing of Truth gives full faith in Truth, and spiritual un- 
derstanding is better than all burnt offerings. 
The Master said, “No man cometh unto the Father 
[the divine Principle of being] but by me,” Christ, 
Life, Truth, Love; for Christ says, “I am the way.” 
Physical causation was put aside from first to 
last by this original man, Jesus. He knew that the 
divine Principle, Love, creates and governs all that 
is real. 
In the Saxon and twenty other tongues good is the term 
for God. The Scriptures declare all that He 
made to be good, like Himself, — good in 
Principle and in idea. Therefore the spiritual 
universe is good, and reflects God as He is. 
God’s thoughts are perfect and eternal, are substance 
and Life. Material and temporal thoughts are human, 
involving error, and since God, Spirit, is the 
only cause, they lack a divine cause. The 
temporal and material are not then creations of Spirit. 
They are but counterfeits of the spiritual and eternal. 
Transitory thoughts are the antipodes of everlasting 
Truth, though (by the supposition of opposite qualities) 
error must also say, “I am true.” But by this saying 
error, the lie, destroys itself. 
Sin, sickness, and death are comprised in human ma- 
terial belief, and belong not to the divine Mind. They 
Goodness 
a portion 
of God 
Spiritual 
thoughts SCIENCE OF BEING 
287 
are without a real origin or existence. They have neither 
Principle nor permanence, but belong, with all that is 
material and temporal, to the nothingness of error, which 
simulates the creations of Truth. All creations of Spirit 
are eternal; but creations of matter must return to dust. 
Error supposes man to be both mental and material. 
Divine Science contradicts this postulate and maintains 
man’s spiritual identity. 
We call the absence of Truth, error. Truth and error 
are unlike. In Science, Truth is divine, and the infinite 
God can have no unlikeness. Did God, Truth, 
create error? No! “Doth a fountain send 
forth at the same place sweet water and bitter?” God 
being everywhere and all-inclusive, how can He be absent 
or suggest the absence of omnipresence and omnipotence ? 
How can there be more than all? 
Neither understanding nor truth accompanies error, 
nor is error the offshoot of Mind. Evil calls itself some- 
thing, when it is nothing. It saith, “I am man, but I am 
not the image and likeness of God;” whereas the Scrip- 
tures declare that man was made in God’s likeness. 
Error is false, mortal belief; it is illusion, without spir- 
itual identity or foundation, and it has no real existence. 
The supposition that life, substance, and in- 
telligence are in matter, or of it, is an error. 
Matter is neither a thing nor a person, but merely the 
objective supposition of Spirit’s opposite. The five mate- 
rial senses testify to truth and error as united in a mind 
both good and evil. Their false evidence will finally 
yield to Truth, — to the recognition of Spirit and of the 
spiritual creation. 
Truth cannot be contaminated by error. The state- 
Divine 
allness 
Error 
unveiled 288 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
ment that Truth is real necessarily includes the correlated 
statement, that error, Truth’s unlikeness, is unreal. 
The suppositional warfare between truth and error is 
only the mental conflict between the evidence of the spir- 
itual senses and the testimony of the material 
senses, and this warfare between the Spirit and 
flesh will settle all questions through faith in and the un- 
derstanding of divine Love. 
Superstition and understanding can never combine. 
When the final physical and moral effects of Christian 
Science are fully apprehended, the conflict between truth 
and error, understanding and belief, Science and material 
sense, foreshadowed by the prophets and inaugurated 
by Jesus, will cease, and spiritual harmony reign. The 
lightnings and thunderbolts of error may burst and flash 
till the cloud is cleared and the tumult dies away in the 
distance. Then the raindrops of divinity refresh the 
earth. As St. Paul says: “There remaineth therefore 
a rest to the people of God” (of Spirit). 
The chief stones in the temple of Christian Science are 
to be found in the following postulates: that Life is God, 
good, and not evil; that Soul is sinless, not 
to be found in the body; that Spirit is not, and 
cannot be, materialized; that Life is not subject 
to death; that the spiritual real man has no birth, no ma- 
terial life, and no death. 
The great 
conflict 
The chief 
stones in 
the temple 
Science reveals the glorious possibilities of immortal 
man, forever unlimited by the mortal senses. 
The Christ-element in the Messiah made him 
the Way-shower, Truth and Life. 
The eternal Truth destroys what mortals seem to have 
learned from error, and man’s real existence as a child 
The Christ- 
element SCIENCE OF BEING 
289 
of God comes to light. Truth demonstrated is eternal 
life. Mortal man can never rise from the temporal debris 
of error, belief in sin, sickness, and death, until he learns 
that God is the only Life. The belief that life and sensa- 
tion are in the body should be overcome by the under- 
standing of what constitutes man as the image of God. 
Then Spirit will have overcome the flesh. 
A wicked mortal is not the idea of God. He is little 
else than the expression of error. To suppose that sin, 
lust, hatred, envy, hypocrisy, revenge, have life 
abiding in them, is a terrible mistake. Life 
and Life’s idea, Truth and Truth’s idea, never make men 
sick, sinful, or mortal. 
The fact that the Christ, or Truth, overcame and still 
overcomes death proves the “king of terrors” to be but 
a mortal belief, or error, which Truth destroys 
with the spiritual evidences of Life; and this 
shows that what appears to the senses to be death is but a 
mortal illusion, for to the real man and the real universe 
there is no death-process. 
The belief that matter has life results, by the universal 
law of mortal mind, in a belief in death. So man, tree, 
and flower are supposed to die; but the fact remains, 
that God’s universe is spiritual and immortal. 
Wickedness 
is not man 
Death but 
an illusion 
The spiritual fact and the material belief of things are 
contradictions; but the spiritual is true, and therefore the 
material must be untrue. Life is not in matter. 
Therefore it cannot be said to pass out of mat- 
ter. Matter and death are mortal illusions. Spirit and 
all things spiritual are the real and eternal. 
Man is not the offspring of flesh, but of Spirit, — of 
Life, not of matter. Because Life is God, Life must be 
Spiritual 
offspring 290 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
eternal, self-existent. Life is the everlasting I am, the Be- 
ing who was and is and shall be, whom nothing can erase. 
If the Principle, rule, and demonstration of man’s being 
are not in the least understood before what is termed death 
overtakes mortals, they will rise no higher spir- 
itually in the scale of existence on account of 
that single experience, but will remain as material as be- 
fore the transition, still seeking happiness through a ma- 
terial, instead of through a spiritual sense of life, and from 
selfish and inferior motives. That Life or Mind is finite 
and physical or is manifested through brain and nerves, 
is false. Hence Truth comes to destroy this error and 
its effects, — sickness, sin, and death. To the spiritual 
class, relates the Scripture: “On such the second death 
hath no power.’’ 
If the change called death destroyed the belief in sin, 
sickness, and death, happiness would be won at the mo- 
ment of dissolution, and be forever permanent; 
but this is not so. Perfection is gained only 
by perfection. They who are unrighteous shall be un- 
righteous still, until in divine Science Christ, Truth, re- 
moves all ignorance and sin. 
Death no 
advantage 
’ Future 
purification 
The sin and error which possess us at the instant of 
death do not cease at that moment, but endure until the 
death of these errors. To be wholly spiritual, 
man must be sinless, and he becomes thus only 
when he reaches perfection. The murderer, though slain 
in the act, does not thereby forsake sin. He is no more 
spiritual for believing that his body died and learning that 
his cruel mind died not. His thoughts are no purer until 
evil is disarmed by good. His body is as material as his 
mind, and vice versa. 
Sin is 
punished SCIENCE OF BEING 
291 
The suppositions that sin is pardoned while unfor- 
saken, that happiness can be genuine in the midst of 
sin, that the so-called death of the body frees from sin, 
and that God’s pardon is aught but the destruction of 
sin, — these are grave mistakes. We know that all will 
be changed “in the twinkling of an eye,” when the last 
trump shall sound; but this last call of wisdom cannot 
come till mortals have already yielded to each lesser call 
in the growth of Christian character. Mortals need not 
fancy that belief in the experience of death will awaken 
them to glorified being. 
Universal salvation rests on progression and probation, 
and is unattainable without them. Heaven is not a local- 
ity, but a divine state of Mind in which all the 
manifestations of Mind are harmonious and 
immortal, because sin is not there and man is 
found having no righteousness of his own, but in posses- 
sion of “the mind of the Lord,” as the Scripture says. 
“In the place where the tree falleth, there it shall 
be.” So we read in Ecclesiastes. This text has been 
transformed into the popular proverb, “As the tree 
falls, so it must lie.” As man falleth asleep, so shall he 
awake. As death findeth mortal man, so shall he be 
after death, until probation and growth shall effect the 
needed change. Mind never becomes dust. No resur- 
rection from the grave awaits Mind or Life, for the grave 
has no power over either. 
No final judgment awaits mortals, for the judgment- 
day of wisdom comes hourly and continually, 
even the judgment by which mortal man is di- 
vested of all material error. As for spiritual error there 
Salvation 
and pro- 
bation 
Day of 
judgment 292 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
When the last mortal fault is destroyed, then the final 
trump will sound which will end the battle of Truth with 
error and mortality; “but of that day and hour, knoweth 
no man.” Here prophecy pauses. Divine Science alone 
can compass the heights and depths of being and reveal 
the infinite. 
Truth will be to us “the resurrection and the life” only 
as it destroys all error and the belief that Mind, the only 
immortality of man, can be fettered by the 
body, and Life be controlled by death. A sin- 
ful, sick, and dying mortal is not the likeness of God, the 
perfect and eternal. 
Matter is the primitive belief of mortal mind, because 
this so-called mind has no cognizance of Spirit. To 
mortal mind, matter is substantial, and evil is 
real. The so-called senses of mortals are material. 
Hence the so-called life of mortals is dependent on 
matter. 
Explaining the origin of material man and mortal mind, 
Jesus said: “Why do ye not understand my speech? 
Even because ye cannot hear my word. Ye are of your 
father, the devil [evil], and the lusts of your father ye will 
do. He was a murderer from the beginning, and abode 
not in the truth, because there is no truth in him. When 
he speaketh a lie, he speaketh of his own: for he is a liar, 
and the father of it.” 
Primitive 
error 
This carnal material mentality, misnamed mind, is 
mortal. Therefore man would be annihilated, were it 
not for the spiritual real man’s indissoluble 
connection with his God, which Jesus brought 
to light. In his resurrection and ascension, Jesus showed 
that a mortal man is not the real essence of manhood, and 
Immortal 
j man SCIENCE OF BEING 
293 
that this unreal material mortality disappears in presence 
of the reality. 
Electricity is not a vital fluid, but the least material 
form of illusive consciousness, — the material mindless- 
ness, which forms no link between matter and 
Mind, and which destroys itself. Matter and 
mortal mind are but different strata of human belief. The 
grosser substratum is named matter or body; the more 
ethereal is called mind. This so-called mind and body 
is the illusion called a mortal, a mind in matter. In reality 
and in Science, both strata, mortal mind and mortal body, 
are false representatives of man. 
The material so-called gases and forces are counter- 
feits of the spiritual forces of divine Mind, whose potency 
is Truth, whose attraction is Love, whose adhesion and 
cohesion are Life, perpetuating the eternal facts of being. 
Electricity is the sharp surplus of materiality which coun- 
terfeits the true essence of spirituality or truth, — the 
great difference being that electricity is not intelligent, 
while spiritual truth is Mind. 
There is no vapid fury of mortal mind — expressed in 
earthquake, wind, wave, lightning, fire, bestial ferocity 
— and this so-called mind is self-destroyed. 
The manifestations of evil, which counterfeit 
divine justice, are called in the Scriptures, “The anger 
of the Lord.” In reality, they show the self-destruction 
of error or matter and point to matter’s opposite, the 
strength and permanency of Spirit. Christian Science 
brings to light Truth and its supremacy, universal har- 
mony, the entireness of God, good, and the nothingness 
of evil. 
The five physical senses are the avenues and instru- 
Elementary 
electricity 
The counter- 
feit forces 294 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
ments of human error, and they correspond with error. 
These senses indicate the common human belief, that life, 
substance, and intelligence are a unison of 
matter with Spirit. This is pantheism, and 
carries within itself the seeds of all error. 
If man is both mind and matter, the loss of one finger 
would take away some quality and quantity of the man, 
for matter and man would be one. 
The belief that matter thinks, sees, or feels is not more 
real than the belief that matter enjoys and suffers. This 
mortal belief, misnamed man, is error, saying: 
“ Matter has intelligence and sensation. Nerves 
feel. Brain thinks and sins. The stomach can make a 
man cross. Injury can cripple and matter can kill man.” 
This verdict of the so-called material senses victimizes 
mortals, taught, as they are by physiology and pathology, 
to revere false testimony, even the errors that are destroyed 
by Truth through spiritual sense and Science. 
The lines of demarcation between immortal man, repre- 
senting Spirit, and mortal man, representing the error that 
life and intelligence are in matter, show the 
pleasures and pains of matter to be myths, and 
human belief in them to be the father of mythology, in 
which matter is represented as divided into intelligent gods. 
Man’s genuine selfhood is recognizable only in what is 
good and true. Man is neither self-made nor made by 
mortals. God created man. 
The inebriate believes that there is pleasure in intoxica- 
tion. The thief believes that he gains something by steal- 
ing, and the hypocrite that he is hiding himself. The 
Science of Mind corrects such mistakes, for Truth demon- 
strates the falsity of error. 
Instruments 
of error 
Mortal 
verdict 
1 Mythical 
pleasure SCIENCE OF BEING 
295 
The belief that a severed limb is aching in the old loca- 
tion, the sensation seeming to be in nerves which severed 
are no longer there, is an added proof of the un- members 
reliability of physical testimony. 
God creates and governs the universe, including man. 
The universe is filled with spiritual ideas, which He 
evolves, and they are obedient to the Mind 
that makes them. Mortal mind would trans- 
form the spiritual into the material, and then 
recover man’s original self in order to escape from the 
mortality of this error. Mortals are not like immortals, 
created in God’s own image; but infinite Spirit being all, 
mortal consciousness will at last yield to the scientific fact 
and disappear, and the real sense of being, perfect and 
forever intact, will appear. 
The manifestation of God through mortals is as light 
passing through the window-pane. The light and the 
glass never mingle, but as matter, the glass 
is less opaque than the walls. The mortal 
mind through which Truth appears most vividly is that 
one which has lost much materiality — much error — in 
order to become a better transparency for Truth. Then, 
like a cloud melting into thin vapor, it no longer hides 
the sun. 
All that is called mortal thought is made up of error. 
The theoretical mind is matter, named brain, or mate- 
rial consciousness, the exact opposite of real 
Mind, or Spirit. Brainology teaches that 
mortals are created to suffer and die. It further 
teaches that when man is dead, his immortal soul is 
resurrected from death and mortality. Thus error the- 
orizes that spirit is born of matter and returns to mat- 
Mortals 
unlike 
immortals 
Goodness 
transparent 
Brainology 
a myth 296 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
ter, and that man has a resurrection from dust; whereas 
Science unfolds the eternal verity, that man is the spiritual, 
eternal reflection of God. 
Progress is born of experience. It is the ripening of 
mortal man, through which the mortal is dropped for 
the immortal. Either here or hereafter, suf- 
fering or Science must destroy all illusions 
regarding life and mind, and regenerate material sense 
and self. The old man with his deeds must be put off. 
Nothing sensual or sinful is immortal. The death of a 
false material sense and of sin, not the death of organic 
matter, is what reveals man and Life, harmonious, real, 
and eternal. 
The so-called pleasures and pains of matter perish, 
and they must go out under the blaze of Truth, spiritual 
sense, and the actuality of being. Mortal belief must lose 
all satisfaction in error and sin in order to part with 
them. 
Whether mortals will learn this sooner or later, and 
how long they will suffer the pangs of destruction, de- 
pends upon the tenacity of error. 
The knowledge obtained from the corporeal senses 
leads to sin and death. When the evidence of Spirit 
and matter, Truth and error, seems to com- 
mingle, it rests upon foundations which time 
is wearing away. Mortal mind judges by the testimony 
of the material senses, until Science obliterates this false 
testimony. An improved belief is one step out of error, 
and aids in taking the next step and in understanding 
the situation in Christian Science. 
Mortal belief is a liar from the beginning, not deserving 
power. It says to mortals, “ You are wretched 1 ” and they 
Scientific 
purgation 
' Mixed 
testimony SCIENCE OF BEING 
297 
think they are so ; and nothing can change this state, until 
the belief changes. Mortal belief says, “You are happy 1 ” 
and mortals are so; and no circumstance can 
alter the situation, until the belief on this sub- 
ject changes. Human belief says to mortals, “You are 
sick!” and this testimony manifests itself on the body as 
sickness. It is as necessary for a health-illusion, as for 
an illusion of sickness, to be instructed out of itself into 
the understanding of what constitutes health; for a change 
in either a health-belief or a belief in sickness affects the 
physical condition. 
Erroneous belief is destroyed by truth. Change the 
evidence, and that disappears which before seemed real 
to this false belief, and the human conscious- 
ness rises higher. Thus the reality of being 
is attained and man found to be immortal. The only 
fact concerning any material concept is, that it is neither 
scientific nor eternal, but subject to change and dis- 
solution. 
Faith is higher and more spiritual than belief. It is 
a chrysalis state of human thought, in which spiritual 
evidence, contradicting the testimony of mate- 
rial sense, begins to appear, and Truth, the 
ever-present, is becoming understood. Human thoughts 
have their degrees of comparison. Some thoughts are 
better than others. A belief in Truth is better than a 
belief in error, but no mortal testimony is founded on the 
divine rock. Mortal testimony can be shaken. Until 
belief becomes faith, and faith becomes spiritual under- 
standing, human thought has little relation to the actual 
or divine. 
A mortal belief fulfils its own conditions. Sickness, 
Belief an 
autocrat 
Self-im- 
provement 
Faith higher 
than belief 298 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
sin, and death are the vague realities of human conclu- 
sions. Life, Truth, and Love are the realities of divine 
; Science. They dawn in faith and glow full-orbed in 
spiritual understanding. As a cloud hides the sun it 
cannot extinguish, so false belief silences for a while the 
voice of immutable harmony, but false belief cannot de- 
stroy Science armed with faith, hope, and fruition. 
What is termed material sense can report only a mor- 
tal temporary sense of things, whereas spiritual sense can 
bear witness only to Truth. To material sense, 
the unreal is the real until this sense is corrected 
by Christian Science. 
Spiritual sense, contradicting the material senses, in- 
volves intuition, hope, faith, understanding, fruition, real- 
ity. Material sense expresses the belief that mind is in 
matter. This human belief, alternating between a sense 
of pleasure and pain, hope and fear, life and death, never 
reaches beyond the boundary of the mortal or the unreal. 
When the real is attained, which is announced by Science, 
joy is no longer a trembler, nor is hope a cheat. Spirit- 
ual ideas, like numbers and notes, start from Principle, 
and admit no materialistic beliefs. Spiritual ideas lead 
up to their divine origin, God, and to the spiritual sense 
of being. 
Angels are not etherealized human beings, evolving 
animal qualities in their wings; but they are celestial 
visitants, flying on spiritual, not material, 
pinions. Angels are pure thoughts from God, 
winged with Truth and Love, no matter what their indi- 
vidualism may be. Human conjecture confers upon angels 
its own forms of thought, marked with superstitious out- 
lines, making them human creatures with suggestive 
Truth’s 
witness 
Thought- 
angels SCIENCE OF BEING 
299 
feathers; but this is only fancy. It has behind it no more 
reality than has the sculptor’s thought when he carves 
his “Statue of Liberty,” which embodies his concep- 
tion of an unseen quality or condition, but which has 
no physical antecedent reality save in the artist’s own ob- 
servation and “chambers of imagery.” 
My angels are exalted thoughts, appearing at the door 
of some sepulchre, in which human belief has buried 
its fondest earthly hopes. With white fin- 
gers they point upward to a new and glo- 
rified trust, to higher ideals of life and its joys. Angels 
are God’s representatives. These upward-soaring beings 
never lead towards self, sin, or materiality, but guide to 
the divine Principle of all good, whither every real indi- 
viduality, image, or likeness of God, gathers. By giving 
earnest heed to these spiritual guides they tarry with us, 
and we entertain “angels unawares.” 
Knowledge gained from material sense is figuratively 
represented in Scripture as a tree, bearing the fruits of 
sin, sickness, and death. Ought we not then 
to judge the knowledge thus obtained to be 
untrue and dangerous, since “the tree is known by his 
fruit” ? 
Truth never destroys God’s idea. Truth is spiritual, 
eternal substance, which cannot destroy the right reflec- 
tion. Corporeal sense, or error, may seem to hide Truth, 
health, harmony, and Science, as the mist obscures the 
sun or the mountain; but Science, the sunshine of Truth, 
will melt away the shadow and reveal the celestial 
peaks. 
If man were solely a creature of the material senses, 
he would have no eternal Principle and would be mutable 
Our angelic 
messengers 
Knowledge 
and Truth 300 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
and mortal. Human logic is awry when it attempts 
to draw correct spiritual conclusions regarding life from 
matter. Finite sense has no true apprecia- 
tion of infinite Principle, God, or of His infi- 
nite image or reflection, man. The mirage, which makes 
trees and cities seem to be where they are not, illustrates 
the illusion of material man, who cannot be the image 
of God. 
So far as the scientific statement as to man is under- 
stood, it can be proved and will bring to light the true 
reflection of God — the real man, or the new man (as 
St. Paul has it). 
The temporal and unreal never touch the eternal and 
real. The mutable and imperfect never touch the im- 
mutable and perfect. The inharmonious and 
self-destructive never touch the harmonious 
and self-existent. These opposite qualities are the tares 
and wheat, which never really mingle, though (to mortal 
sight) they grow side by side until the harvest; then, Sci- 
ence separates the wheat from the tares, through the real- 
ization of God as ever present and of man as reflecting 
the divine likeness. 
Old and 
new man 
The tares 
and wheat 
Spirit is God, Soul; therefore Soul is not in matter. If 
Spirit were in matter, God would have no representative, 
and matter would be identical with God. 
The theory that soul, spirit, intelligence, in- 
habits matter is taught by the schools. This theory is 
unscientific. The universe reflects and expresses the di- 
vine substance or Mind; therefore God is seen only in the 
spiritual universe and spiritual man, as the sun is seen in 
the ray of light which goes out from it. God is re- 
vealed only in that which reflects Life, Truth, Love, — 
The divine 
reflection SCIENCE OF BEING 
301 
yea, which manifests God’s attributes and power, even 
as the human likeness thrown upon the mirror, repeats 
the color, form, and action of the person in front of the 
mirror. 
Few persons comprehend what Christian Science 
means by the word reflection. To himself, mortal and 
material man seems to be substance, but his sense of 
substance involves error and therefore is material, 
temporal. 
On the other hand, the immortal, spiritual man is really 
substantial, and reflects the eternal substance, or Spirit, 
which mortals hope for. He reflects the divine, which 
constitutes the only real and eternal entity. This reflection 
seems to mortal sense transcendental, because the spiritual 
man’s substantiality transcends mortal vision and is re- 
vealed only through divine Science. 
As God is substance and man is the divine image and 
likeness, man should wish for, and in reality has, only 
the substance of good, the substance of Spirit, 
not matter. The belief that man has any other 
substance, or mind, is not spiritual and breaks 
the First Commandment, Thou shalt have one God, one 
Mind. Mortal man seems to himself to be material sub- 
stance, while man is “ image ” (idea). Delusion, sin, dis- 
ease, and death arise from the false testimony of material 
sense, which, from a supposed standpoint outside the 
focal distance of infinite Spirit, presents an inverted image 
of Mind and substance with everything turned upside 
down. 
This falsity presupposes soul to be an unsubstantial 
dweller in material forms, and man to be material instead 
of spiritual. Immortality is not bounded by mortality. 
Inverted 
images 
and ideas 302 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
Soul is not compassed by finiteness. Principle is not to 
be found in fragmentary ideas. 
The material body and mind are temporal, but the 
real man is spiritual and eternal. The identity of the 
real man is not lost, but found through this 
explanation; for the conscious infinitude of 
existence and of all identity is thereby discerned and re- 
mains unchanged. It is impossible that man should lose 
aught that is real, when God is all and eternally his. The 
notion that mind is in matter, and that the so-called pleas- 
ures and pains, the birth, sin, sickness, and death of 
matter, are real, is a mortal belief; and this belief is all 
that will ever be lost. 
Continuing our definition of man, let us remember that 
harmonious and immortal man has existed forever, and 
is always beyond and above the mortal illu- 
sion of any life, substance, and intelligence 
as existent in matter. This statement is based on fact, 
not fable. The Science of being reveals man as perfect, 
even as the Father is perfect, because the Soul, or Mind, 
of the spiritual man is God, the divine Principle of all 
being, and because this real man is governed by Soul 
instead of sense, by the law of Spirit, not by the so-called 
laws of matter. 
God is Love. He is therefore the divine, infinite Prin- 
ciple, called Person or God. Man’s true consciousness 
is in the mental, not in any bodily or personal likeness 
to Spirit. Indeed, the body presents no proper likeness 
of divinity, though mortal sense would fain have us so 
believe. 
Even in Christian Science, reproduction by Spirit’s 
individual ideas is but the reflection of the creative power 
Identity 
not lost 
Definition 
of man SCIENCE OP BEING 
303 
of the divine Principle of those ideas. The reflection, 
through mental manifestation, of the multitudinous 
forms of Mind which people the realm of 
the real is controlled by Mind, the Principle 
governing the reflection. Multiplication of God’s chil- 
dren comes from no power of propagation in matter, it 
is the reflection of Spirit. 
The minutiae of lesser individualities reflect the one di- 
vine individuality and are comprehended in and formed 
by Spirit, not by material sensation. Whatever reflects 
Mind, Life, Truth, and Love, is spiritually conceived and 
brought forth; but the statement that man is conceived 
and evolved both spiritually and materially, or by both 
God and man, contradicts this eternal truth. All the 
vanity of the ages can never make both these contraries 
true. Divine Science lays the axe at the root of the illu- 
sion that life, or mind, is formed by or is in the material 
body, and Science will eventually destroy this illusion 
through the self-destruction of all error and the beatified 
understanding of the Science of life. 
The belief that pain and pleasure, life and death, holi- 
ness and unholiness, mingle in man, — that 
mortal, material man is the likeness of God 
and is himself a creator, — is a fatal error. 
God, without the image and likeness of Himself, would 
be a nonentity, or Mind unexpressed. He would be 
without a witness or proof of His own na- 
ture. Spiritual man is the image or idea of 
God, an idea which cannot be lost nor sep- 
arated from its divine Principle. When the evidence 
before the material senses yielded to spiritual sense, the 
apostle declared that nothing could alienate him from 
Mental 
propagation 
Error 
defined 
2 
Man’s 
entity 
spiritual 304 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
God, from the sweet sense and presence of Life and 
Truth. 
i It is ignorance and false belief, based on a material 
sense of things, which hide spiritual beauty and good- 
ness. Understanding this, Paul said: “ Nei- 
ther death, nor life, . . . nor things present, 
nor things to come, nor height, nor depth, nor 
any other creature, shall be able to separate us from 
i the love of God.” This is the doctrine of Christian 
Science: that divine Love cannot be deprived of its 
manifestation, or object; that joy cannot be turned into 
sorrow, for sorrow is not the master of joy; that good can 
never produce evil; that matter can never produce mind 
nor life result in death. The perfect man — governed 
by God, his perfect Principle — is sinless and eternal. 
Harmony is produced by its Principle, is controlled 
by it and abides with it. Divine Principle is the Life 
of man. Man’s happiness is not, therefore, at 
the disposal of physical sense. Truth is not 
contaminated by error. Harmony in man is as beautiful 
as in music, and discord is unnatural, unreal. 
The science of music governs tones. If mortals caught 
harmony through material sense, they would lose har- 
mony, if time or accident robbed them of material sense. 
To be master of chords and discords, the science of 
music must be understood. Left to the decisions 
of material sense, music is liable to be misappre- 
hended and lost in confusion. Controlled by belief, 
instead of understanding, music is, must be, imper- 
fectly expressed. So man, not understanding the Sci- 
ence of being, — thrusting aside his divine Principle as 
incomprehensible, — is abandoned to conjectures, left in 
Man insepa- 
rable from 
Love 
Harmony 
natural SCIENCE OF BEING 
305 
the hands of ignorance, placed at the disposal of illusions, 
subjected to material sense which is discord. A discon- 
tented, discordant mortal is no more a man than discord 
is music. 
A picture in the camera or a face reflected in the mirror 
is not the original, though resembling it. Man, in the 
likeness of his Maker, reflects the central light 
of being, the invisible God. As there is no cor- 
poreality in the mirrored form, which is but a reflection, 
so man, like all things real, reflects God, his divine Prin- 
ciple, not in a mortal body. 
Gender also is a quality, not of God, but a character- 
istic of mortal mind. The verity that God’s image is not 
a creator, though he reflects the creation of Mind, God, 
constitutes the underlying reality of reflection. “Then 
answered Jesus and said unto them: Verily, verily I say 
unto you, the Son can do nothing of himself, but what he 
seeth the Father do: for what things soever He doeth, 
these also doeth the Son likewise.” 
The inverted images presented by the senses, the de- 
flections of matter as opposed to the Science of spirit- 
ual reflection, are all unlike Spirit, God. In 
the illusion of life that is here to-day and 
gone to-morrow, man would be wholly mortal, were 
it not that Love, the divine Principle that obtains in 
divine Science, destroys all error and brings immor- 
tality to light. Because man is the reflection of his 
Maker, he is not subject to birth, growth, maturity, de- 
cay. These mortal dreams are of human origin, not 
divine. 
The Sadducees reasoned falsely about the resurrec- 
tion, but not so blindly as the Pharisees, who believed 
Human 
reflection 
Inverted 
images 306 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
error to be as immortal as Truth. The Pharisees thought 
that they could raise the spiritual from the material. They 
would first make life result in death, and then 
resort to death to reproduce spiritual life. 
Jesus taught them how death was to be overcome by 
spiritual Life, and demonstrated this beyond cavil. 
Life demonstrates Life. The immortality of Soul makes 
man immortal. If God, who is Life, were parted for a 
moment from His reflection, man, during that 
moment there would be no divinity reflected. 
The Ego would be unexpressed, and the Father would be 
childless, — no Father. 
If Life or Soul and its representative, man, unite for 
a' period and then are separated as by a law of divorce to 
be brought together again at some uncertain future time 
and in a manner unknown, — and this is the general 
religious opinion of mankind, — we are left without a 
rational proof of immortality. But man cannot be sep- 
arated for an instant from God, if man reflects God. 
Thus Science proves man’s existence to be intact. 
The myriad forms of mortal thought, made manifest 
as matter, are not more distinct nor real to the mate- 
rial senses than are the Soul-created forms 
to spiritual sense, which cognizes Life as per- 
manent. Undisturbed amid the jarring testimony of the 
material senses, Science, still enthroned, is unfolding 
to mortals the immutable, harmonious, divine Principle, 
— is unfolding Life and the universe, ever present and 
eternal. 
God’s man, spiritually created, is not material and 
mortal. 
The parent of all human discord was the Adam-dream, 
Jewish 
traditions 
Divinity not 
childless 
Thought- 
forms SCIENCE OF BEING 
307 
the deep sleep, in which originated the delusion that life 
and intelligence proceeded from and passed into matter. 
This pantheistic error, or so-called serjpent, in- 
sists still upon the opposite of Truth, saying, 
“Ye shall be as gods;” that is, I will make error as real 
and eternal as Truth. 
Evil still affirms itself to be mind, and declares that 
there is more than one intelligence or God. It says: 
“There shall be lords and gods many. I declare that God 
makes evil minds and evil spirits, and that I aid Him. 
Truth shall change sides and be unlike Spirit. I will 
put spirit into what I call matter, and matter shall seem 
to have life as much as God, Spirit, who is the only Life.” 
This error has proved itself to be error. Its life is found 
to be not Life, but only a transient, false sense of an ex- 
istence which ends in death. Error charges 
its lie to Truth and says: “The Lord knows 
it. He has made man mortal and material, out of mat- 
ter instead of Spirit.” Thus error partakes of its own 
nature and utters its own falsities. If we regard matter 
as intelligent, and Mind as both good and evil, every sin 
or supposed material pain and pleasure seems normal, 
a part of God’s creation, and so weighs against our course 
Spiritward. 
Truth has no beginning. The divine Mind is the Soul 
of man, and gives man dominion over all things. Man 
was not created from a material basis, nor 
bidden to obey material laws which Spirit never 
made; his province is in spiritual statutes, in the higher 
law of Mind. 
Above error’s awful din, blackness, and chaos, the voice 
of Truth still calls: “Adam, where art thou? Conscious- 
The serpent’s 
whisper 
Bad results 
from error 
Higher 
statutes 308 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
ness, where art thou? Art thou dwelling in the belief 
that mind is in matter, and that evil is mind, or art thou 
in the living faith that there is and can be but 
one God, and keeping His commandment?” 
Until the lesson is learned that God is the only Mind gov- 
erning man, mortal belief will be afraid as it was in the 
beginning, and will hide from the demand, “Where art 
thou?” This awful demand, “ Adam, where art thou ? ” 
is met by the admission from the head, heart, stomach, 
blood, nerves, etc.: “Lo, here I am, looking for happiness 
and life in the body, but finding only an illusion, a blend- 
ing of false claims, false pleasure, pain, sin, sickness, and 
death.” 
The Soul-inspired patriarchs heard the voice of Truth, 
and talked with God as consciously as man talks with man. 
Jacob was alone, wrestling with error, — struggling 
with a mortal sense of life, substance, and intelligence 
as existent in matter with its false pleasures 
and pains, — when an angel, a message from 
Truth and Love, appeared to him and smote the sinew, 
or strength, of his error, till he saw its unreality; and 
Truth, being thereby understood, gave him spiritual 
strength in this Peniel of divine Science. Then said 
the spiritual evangel: “Let me go, for the day breaketh;” 
that is, the light of Truth and Love dawns upon thee. 
But the patriarch, perceiving his error and his need 
of help, did not loosen his hold upon this glorious light 
until his nature was transformed. When Jacob was 
asked, “What is thy name?” he straightway answered; 
and then his name was changed to Israel, for “as a prince” 
had he prevailed and had “power with God and with 
men.” Then Jacob questioned his deliverer, “Tell me, 
The great 
question 
* Wrestling 
of J acob SCIENCE OF BEING 
309 
I pray thee, thy name;” but this appellation was withheld, 
for the messenger was not a corporeal being, but a name- 
less, incorporeal impartation of divine Love to man, which, 
to use the word of the Psalmist, restored his Soul, — gave 
him the spiritual sense of being and rebuked his material 
sense. 
The result of Jacob’s struggle thus appeared. He had 
conquered material error with the understanding of Spirit 
and of spiritual power. This changed the man. 
He was no longer called Jacob, but Israel, — 
a prince of God, or a soldier of God, who had fought 
a good fight. He was to become the father of those, who 
through earnest striving followed his demonstration of the 
power of Spirit over the material senses; and the children 
of earth who followed his example were to be called the 
children of Israel, until the Messiah should rename them. 
If these children should go astray, and forget that Life 
is God, good, and that good is not in elements which are 
not spiritual, — thus losing the divine power which heals 
the sick and sinning, — they were to be brought back 
through great tribulation, to be renamed in Christian 
Science and led to deny material sense, or mind in matter, 
even as the gospel teaches. 
The Science of being shows it to be impossible for in- 
finite Spirit or Soul to be in a finite body or for man to 
have an intelligence separate from his Maker. 
It is a self-evident error to suppose that there 
can be such a reality as organic animal or vegetable life, 
when such so-called life always ends in death. Life is 
never for a moment extinct. Therefore it is never struc- 
tural nor organic, and is never absorbed nor limited by its 
own formations. 
Israel the 
new name 
Life never 
structural 310 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
The artist is not in his painting. The picture is the 
artist’s thought objectified. The human belief fancies 
that it delineates thought on matter, but what 
is matter? Did it exist prior to thought? 
Matter is made up of supposititious mortal mind-force; 
but all might is divine Mind. Thought will finally be 
understood and seen in all form, substance, and color, but 
without material accompaniments. The potter is not in 
the clay; else the clay would have power over the potter. 
God is His own infinite Mind, and expresses all. 
Day may decline and shadows fall, but darkness flees 
when the earth has again turned upon its axis. The sun 
is not affected by the revolution of the earth. 
So Science reveals Soul as God, untouched 
by sin and death, — as the central Life and intelligence 
around which circle harmoniously all things in the sys- 
tems of Mind. 
Soul changeth not. We are commonly taught that there 
is a human soul which sins and is spiritually lost, — that 
soul may be lost, and yet be immortal. If 
Soul could sin, Spirit, Soul, would be flesh in- 
stead of Spirit. It is the belief of the flesh and of mate- 
rial sense which sins. If Soul sinned, Soul would die. 
Sin is the element of self-destruction, and spiritual death 
is oblivion. If there was sin in Soul, the annihilation of 
Spirit would be inevitable. The only Life is Spirit, and 
if Spirit should lose life as God, good, then Spirit, which 
has no other existence, would be annihilated. 
Mind is God, and God is not seen by material sense, 
because Mind is Spirit, which material sense cannot dis- 
cern. There is neither growth, maturity, nor decay in 
Soul. These changes are the mutations of material sense, 
Thought seen 
as substance 
The central 
intelligence 
Soul im- 
perishable SCIENCE OF BEING 
311 
the varying clouds of mortal belief, which hide the truth 
of being. 
What we term mortal mind or carnal mind, dependent 
on matter for manifestation, is not Mind. God is Mind: 
all that Mind, God, is, or hath made, is good, and He 
made all. Hence evil is not made and is not real. 
Soul is immortal because it is Spirit, which has no ele- 
ment of self-destruction. Is man lost spiritually ? No, 
he can only lose a sense material. All sin is 
of the flesh. It cannot be spiritual. Sin exists 
here or hereafter only so long as the illusion of mind in 
matter remains. It is a sense of sin, and not a sinful soul, 
which is lost. Evil is destroyed by the sense of good. 
Through false estimates of soul as dwelling in sense 
and of mind as dwelling in matter, belief strays into a 
sense of temporary loss or absence of soul, spir- 
itual truth. This state of error is the mortal 
dream of life and substance as existent in matter, and is 
directly opposite to the immortal reality of being. So long 
as we believe that soul can sin or that immortal Soul is in 
mortal body, we can never understand the Science of be- 
ing. When humanity does understand this Science, it 
will become the law of Life to man, — even the higher law 
of Soul, which prevails over material sense through har- 
mony and immortality. 
The objects cognized by the physical senses have not 
the reality of substance. They are only what mortal 
belief calls them. Matter, sin, and mortality lose all 
supposed consciousness or claim to life or existence, as 
mortals lay off a false sense of life, substance, and intelli- 
gence. But the spiritual, eternal man is not touched by 
these phases of mortality. 
Sin only of 
the flesh 
Soul im- 
peccable 312 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
How true it is that whatever is learned through material 
sense must be lost because such so-called knowledge is 
reversed by the spiritual facts of being in 
Science. That which material sense calls 
intangible, is found to be substance. What to material 
i sense seems substance, becomes nothingness, as the sense- 
dream vanishes and reality appears. 
The senses regard a corpse, not as man, but simply as 
' matter. People say, “Man is dead;” but this death is 
the departure of a mortal’s mind, not of matter. The 
matter is still there. The belief of th&t mortal that he 
must die occasioned his departure; yet you say that 
matter has caused his death. 
People go into ecstasies over the sense of a corporeal 
Jehovah, though with scarcely a spark of love in their 
hearts; yet God is Love, and without Love, 
God, immortality cannot appear. Mortals try 
to believe without understanding Truth; yet God is 
Truth. Mortals claim that death is inevitable, but man’s 
eternal Principle is ever-present Life. Mortals believe in 
a finite personal God; while God is infinite Love, which 
must be unlimited. 
Our theories are based on finite premises, which can- 
not penetrate beyond matter. A personal sense of God 
and of man’s capabilities necessarily limits 
faith and hinders spiritual understanding. It 
divides faith and understanding between matter and Spirit, 
the finite and the infinite, and so turns away from the 
intelligent and divine healing Principle to the inanimate 
drug. 
Jesus’ spiritual origin and his demonstration of divine 
Principle richly endowed him and entitled him to sonship 
Sense- 
dreams 
Vain 
ecstasies 
Man-made 
theories SCIENCE OF BEING 
313 
in Science. He was the son of a virgin. The term 
Christ Jesus, or Jesus the Christ (to give the full and 
proper translation of the Greek), may be ren- 
dered “Jesus the anointed,” Jesus the God- 
crowned or the divinely royal man, as it is said of him in 
the first chapter of Hebrews: — 
The one 
anointed 
Therefore God, even thy God, hath anointed thee 
With the oil of gladness above thy fellows. 
With this agrees another passage in the same chapter, 
which refers to the Son as “the brightness of His [God’s] 
glory, and the express [expressed] image of His person 
[infinite Mind].” It is noteworthy that the phrase “ex- 
press image” in the Common Version is, in the Greek 
Testament, character. Using this word in its higher mean- 
ing, we may assume that the author of this remarkable 
epistle regarded Christ as the Son of God, the royal 
reflection of the infinite; and the cause given for the ex- 
altation of Jesus, Mary’s son, was that he “loved right- 
eousness and hated iniquity.” The passage is made 
even clearer in the translation of the late George R. 
Noyes, D.D.: “Who, being a brightness from His glory, 
and an image of His being.” 
Jesus of Nazareth was the most scientific man that 
ever trod the globe. He plunged beneath the material 
surface of things, and found the spiritual 
cause. To accommodate himself to imma- 
ture ideas of spiritual power, — for spirituality was pos- 
sessed only in a limited degree even by his disciples, — 
Jesus called the body, which by spiritual power he 
raised from the grave, “flesh and bones.” To show 
that the substance of himself was Spirit and the body 
Jesus the 
Scientist 314 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
no more perfect because of death and no less material 
until the ascension (his .further spiritual exaltation), 
Jesus waited until the mortal or fleshly sense had re- 
linquished the belief of substance-matter, and spiritual 
sense had quenched all earthly yearnings. Thus he found 
the eternal Ego, and proved that he and the Father were 
inseparable as God and His reflection or spiritual man. 
Our Master gained the solution of being, demonstrating 
the existence of but one Mind without a second or equal. 
The Jews, who sought to kill this man of God, showed 
plainly that their material views were the parents of their 
wicked deeds. When Jesus spoke of repro- 
ducing his body, — knowing, as he did, that 
Mind was the builder, — and said, “Destroy this temple, 
and in three days I will raise it up,” they thought that he 
meant their material temple instead of his body. To such 
materialists, the real man seemed a spectre, unseen and 
unfamiliar, and the body, which they laid in a sepulchre, 
seemed to be substance. This materialism lost sight of 
the true Jesus; but the faithful Mary saw him, and he 
presented to her, more than ever before, the true idea of 
Life and substance. 
Because of mortals’ material and sinful belief, the 
spiritual Jesus was imperceptible to them. The higher 
his demonstration of divine Science carried 
the problem of being, and the more dis- 
tinctly he uttered the demands of its divine Principle, 
Truth and Love, the more odious he became to sinners 
and to those who, depending on doctrines and material 
laws to save them from sin and sickness, were submis- 
sive to death as being in supposed accord with the 
inevitable law of life. Jesus proved them wrong by 
The bodily 
resurrection 
Opposition of 
materialists SCIENCE OF BEING 
315 
his resurrection, and said: “Whosoever liveth and be- 
lieveth in me shall never die.” 
That saying of our Master, “I and my Father are one,” 
separated him from the scholastic theology of the rabbis. 
His better understanding of God was a rebuke 
to them. He knew of but one Mind and laid 
no claim to any other. He knew that the Ego was Mind 
instead of body and that matter, sin, and evil were not 
Mind; and his understanding of this divine Science 
brought upon him the anathemas of the age. 
The opposite and false views of the people hid from 
their sense Christ’s sonship with God. They could not 
discern his spiritual existence. Their carnal 
minds were at enmity with it. Their thoughts 
were filled with mortal error, instead of with God’s spirit- 
ual idea as presented by Christ Jesus. The likeness of 
God we lose sight of through sin, which beclouds the spir- 
itual sense of Truth; and we realize this likeness only 
when we subdue sin and prove man’s heritage, the liberty 
of the sons of God. 
Jesus’ spiritual origin and understanding enabled him 
to demonstrate the facts of being, — to prove irrefutably 
how spiritual Truth destroys material error, 
heals sickness, and overcomes death. The 
divine conception of Jesus pointed to this truth and pre- 
sented an illustration of creation. The history of Jesus 
shows him to have been more spiritual than all other 
earthly personalities. 
Wearing in part a human form (that is, as it seemed 
to mortal view), being conceived by a human mother, 
Jesus was the mediator between Spirit and the flesh, 
between Truth and error. Explaining and demonstrat- 
Hebrew 
theology 
The true 
sonship 
Immaculate 
conception 316 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
mg the way of divine Science, he became the way of 
salvation to all who accepted his word. From him mor- 
tals may learn how to escape from evil. The 
real man being linked by Science to his Maker, 
mortals need only turn from sin and lose sight of mortal 
selfhood to find Christ, the real man and his relation to 
God, and to recognize the divine sonship. Christ, Truth, 
was demonstrated through Jesus to prove the power of 
Spirit over the flesh, — to show that Truth is made 
manifest by its effects upon the human mind and body, 
healing sickness and destroying sin. 
Jesus represented Christ, the true idea of God. Hence 
the warfare between this spiritual idea and perfunctory 
religion, between spiritual clear-sightedness 
and the blindness of popular belief, which led 
to the conclusion that the spiritual idea could be killed 
by crucifying the flesh. The Christ-idea, or the Christ- 
man, rose higher to human view because of the crucifixion, 
and thus proved that Truth was the master of death. 
Christ presents the indestructible man, whom Spirit cre- 
ates, constitutes, and governs. Christ illustrates that 
blending with God, his divine Principle, which gives man 
dominion over all the earth. 
The spiritual idea of God, as presented by Jesus, was 
scourged in person, and its Principle was rejected. That 
man was accounted a criminal who could 
prove God’s divine power by healing the 
sick, casting out evils, spiritualizing materialistic beliefs, 
and raising the dead, — those dead in trespasses and 
sins, satisfied with the flesh, resting on the basis of mat- 
ter, blind to the possibilities of Spirit and its correla- 
tive truth. 
Jesus as 
mediator 
Spiritual 
government 
Deadness 
in sin SCIENCE OF BEING 
317 
Jesus uttered things which had been “secret from the 
foundation of the world/’ — since material knowledge 
usurped the throne of the creative divine Principle, insisted 
on the might of matter, the force of falsity, the insignifi- 
cance of spirit, and proclaimed an anthropomorphic God. 
Whosoever lives most the life of Jesus in this age 
and declares best the power of Christian Science, will 
drink of his Master’s cup. Resistance to 
Truth will haunt his steps, and he will in- 
cur the hatred of sinners, till “wisdom is justified of 
her children.” These blessed benedictions rest upon 
Jesus’ followers: “If the world hate you, ye know that 
it hated me before it hated you;” “Lo, I am with you 
alway,” — that is, not only in all time, but in all ways 
and conditions. 
The individuality of man is no less tangible because 
it is spiritual and because his life is not at the mercy of 
matter. The understanding of his spiritual individuality 
makes man more real, more formidable in truth, and en- 
ables him to conquer sin, disease, and death. Our Lord 
and Master presented himself to his disciples after his 
resurrection from the grave, as the self-same Jesus whom 
they had loved before the tragedy on Calvary. 
To the materialistic Thomas, looking for the ideal 
Saviour in matter instead of in Spirit and to the testi- 
mony of the material senses and the body, 
more than to Soul, for an earnest of immor- 
tality, — to him Jesus furnished the proof that he was 
unchanged by the crucifixion. To this dull and doubt- 
ing disciple Jesus remained a fleshly reality, so long as 
the Master remained an inhabitant of the earth. Noth- 
ing but a display of matter could make existence real 
The cup 
of Jesus 
Material 
skepticism 318 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
to Thomas. For him to believe in matter was no task, 
but for him to conceive of the substantiality of Spirit — 
to know that nothing can efface Mind and immortality, in 
which Spirit reigns — was more difficult. 
Corporeal senses define diseases as realities; but the 
Scriptures declare that God made all, even while the cor- 
poreal senses are saying that matter causes 
disease and the divine Mind cannot or will 
not heal it. The material senses originate and 
support all that is material, untrue, selfish, or debased. 
They would put soul into soil, life into limbo, and doom 
all things to decay. We must silence this lie of material 
sense with the truth of spiritual sense. We must cause 
the error to cease that brought the belief of sin and death 
and would efface the pure sense of omnipotence. 
What the 
senses origi- 
nate 
Is the sick man sinful above all others ? No! blit 
so far as he is discordant, he is not the image of God. 
Weary of their material beliefs, from which 
comes so much suffering, invalids grow more 
spiritual, as the error — or belief that life is in matter — 
yields to the reality of spiritual Life. 
The Science of Mind denies the error of sensation in 
matter, and heals with Truth. Medical science treats 
disease as though disease were real, therefore right, and 
attempts to heal it with matter. If disease is right it is 
wrong to heal it. Material methods are temporary, and 
are not adapted to elevate mankind. 
The governor is not subjected to the governed. In 
Science man is governed by God, divine Principle, as 
numbers are controlled and proved by His laws. Intelli- 
gence does not originate in numbers, but is manifested 
through them. The body does not include soul, but man- 
Sickness 
as discord SCIENCE OF BEING 
319 
ifests mortality, a false sense of soul. The delusion that 
there is life in matter has njo kinship with the Life supernal. 
Science depicts disease as error, as matter versus 
Mind, and error reversed as subserving the facts of 
health. To calculate one’s life-prospects 
from a material basis, would infringe upon 
spiritual law and misguide human hope. Having faith 
in the divine Principle of health and spiritually under- 
standing God, sustains man under all circumstances; 
whereas the lower appeal to the general faith in material 
means (commonly called nature) must yield to the all- 
might of infinite Spirit. 
Throughout the infinite cycles of eternal existence, 
Spirit and matter neither concur in man nor in the universe. 
The varied doctrines and theories which presuppose 
life and intelligence to exist in matter are so many ancient 
and modern mythologies. Mystery, miracle, 
sin, and death will disappear when it becomes 
fairly understood that the divine Mind controls man and 
man has no Mind but God. 
The divine Science taught in the original language 
of the Bible came through inspiration, and needs inspi- 
ration to be understood. Hence the misappre- 
hension of the spiritual meaning of the Bible, 
and the misinterpretation of the Word in 
some instances by uninspired writers, who only wrote 
down what an inspired teacher had said. A misplaced 
word changes the sense and misstates the Science of 
the Scriptures, as, for instance, to name Love as merely 
an attribute of God; but we can by special and proper 
capitalization speak of the love of Love, meaning by that 
what the beloved disciple meant in one of his epistles, 
Unscientific 
introspection 
God the 
only Mind 
Scriptures 
misinter- 5 
preted 320 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
when he said, “God is love.” Likewise we can speak of 
the truth of Truth and of the life of Life, for Christ plainly 
declared, “I am the way, the truth, and the life.” 
Metaphors abound in the Bible, and names are often 
expressive of spiritual ideas. The most distinguished 
theologians in Europe and America agree that 
the Scriptures have both a spiritual and lit- 
eral meaning. In Smith’s Bible Dictionary it is said: 
“The spiritual interpretation of Scripture must rest 
upon both the literal and moral;” and in the learned 
article on Noah in the same work, the familiar text, 
Genesis vi. 3, “And the Lord said, My spirit shall not 
always strive with man, for that he also is flesh,” is quoted 
as follows, from the original Hebrew: “And Jehovah 
said, My spirit shall not forever rule [or be humbled] in 
men, seeing that they are [or, in their error they are] 
but flesh.” Here the original text declares plainly the 
spiritual fact of being, even man’s eternal and harmo- 
nious existence as image, idea, instead of matter (how- 
ever transcendental such a thought appears), and avers 
that this fact is not forever to be humbled by the belief 
that man is flesh and matter, for according to that error 
man is mortal. 
The one important interpretation of Scripture is the 
spiritual. For example, the text, “In my flesh shall I 
see God,” gives a profound idea of the di- 
vine power to heal the ills of the flesh, and 
encourages mortals to hope in Him who healeth all our 
diseases; whereas this passage is continually quoted 
as if Job intended to declare that even if disease and 
worms destroyed his body, yet in the latter days he should 
stand in celestial perfection before Elohim, still clad 
Interior 
meaning 
Job, on the 
resurrection SCIENCE OF BEINCx 
321 
in material flesh, — an interpretation which is just the op- 
posite of the true, as may be seen by studying the book 
of Job. As Paul says, in his first epistle to the Corin- 
thians, “Flesh and blood cannot inherit the kingdom of 
God.” 
The Hebrew Lawgiver, slow of speech, despaired of 
making the people understand what should be revealed 
to him. When, led by wisdom to cast down his 
rod, he saw it become a serpent, Moses fled be- 
fore it; but wisdom bade him come back and 
handle the serpent, and then Moses’ fear departed. In 
this incident was seen the actuality of Science. Matter 
was shown to be a belief only. The serpent, evil, under 
wisdom’s bidding, was destroyed through understanding 
divine Science, and this proof was a staff upon which to 
lean. The illusion of Moses lost its power to alarm him, 
when he discovered that what he apparently saw was really 
but a phase of mortal belief. 
It was scientifically demonstrated that leprosy was a 
creation of mortal mind and not a condition of matter, 
when Moses first put his hand into his bosom 
and drew it forth white as snow with the dread 
disease, and presently restored his hand to its natural con- 
dition by the same simple process. God had lessened 
Moses’ fear by this proof in divine Science, and the in- 
ward voice became to him the voice of God, which said: 
“ It shall come to pass, if they will not believe thee, neither 
hearken to the voice of the first sign, that they will believe 
the voice of the latter sign.” And so it was in the coming 
centuries, when the Science of being was demonstrated 
by Jesus, who showed his students the power of Mind by 
changing water into wine, and taught them how to handle 
Fear of the 
serpent 
overcome 
Leprosy 
healed 322 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
serpents unharmed, to heal the sick and cast out evils in 
proof of the supremacy of Mind. 
When understanding changes the standpoints of life and 
intelligence from a material to a spiritual basis, we shall 
gain the reality of Life, the control of Soul over 
sense, and we shall perceive Christianity, or 
Truth, in its divine Principle. This must be the climax 
before harmonious and immortal man is obtained and his 
capabilities revealed. It is highly important — in view 
of the immense work to be accomplished before this recog- 
nition of divine Science can come — to turn our thoughts 
towards divine Principle, that finite belief may be pre- 
pared to relinquish its error. 
Man’s wisdom finds no satisfaction in sin, since God 
has sentenced sin to suffer. The necromancy of yester- 
day foreshadowed the mesmerism and hypno- 
tism of to-day. The drunkard thinks he enjoys 
drunkenness, and you cannot make the inebriate leave 
his besottedness, until his physical sense of pleasure yields 
to a higher sense. Then he turns from his cups, as 
the startled dreamer who wakens from an incubus in- 
curred through the pains of distorted sense. A man who 
likes to do wrong — finding pleasure in it and refraining 
from it only through fear of consequences — is neither 
a temperate man nor a reliable religionist. 
The sharp experiences of belief in the supposititious life 
of matter, as well as our disappointments and ceaseless 
woes, turn us like tired children to the arms 
of divine Love. Then we begin to learn Life 
in divine Science. Without this process of weaning, 
“Canst thou by searching find out God?” It is easier 
to desire Truth than to rid one’s self of error. Mortals 
Standpoints 
changed 
Saving the 
inebriate 
Uses of 
suffering SCIENCE OF BEING 
323 
may seek the understanding of Christian Science, but they 
will not be able to glean from Christian Science the facts 
of being without striving for them. This strife consists 
in the endeavor to forsake error of every kind and to pos- 
sess no other consciousness but good. 
Through the wholesome chastisements of Love, we 
are helped onward in the march towards righteousness, 
peace, and purity, which are the landmarks 
of Science. Beholding the infinite tasks of 
truth, we pause, — wait on God. Then we push onward, 
until boundless thought walks enraptured, and concep- 
tion unconfined is winged to reach the divine glory. 
In order to apprehend more, we must put into prac- 
tice what we already know. We must recollect that 
Truth is demonstrable when understood, and 
that good is not understood until demonstrated. 
If “faithful over a few things,” we shall be made rulers 
over many; but the one unused talent decays and is lost. 
When the sick or the sinning awake to realize their need 
of what they have not, they will be receptive of divine 
Science, which gravitates towards Soul and away from 
material sense, removes thought from the body, and ele- 
vates even mortal mind to the contemplation of some- 
thing better than disease or sin. The true idea of God 
gives the true understanding of Life and Love, robs the 
grave of victory, takes away all sin and the delusion that 
there are other minds, and destroys mortality. 
The effects of Christian Science are not so much seen 
as felt. It is the “still, small voice” of Truth 
uttering itself. We are either turning away 
from this utterance, or we are listening to it and going 
up higher. Willingness to become as a little child and 
A bright 
outlook 
Need and 
supply 
Childlike 
receptivity g 324 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
l to leave the old for the new, renders thought receptive of 
the advanced idea. Gladness to leave the false landmarks 
and joy to see them disappear, — this disposition helps 
to precipitate the ultimate harmony. The purification 
of sense and self is a proof of progress. “ Blessed are the 
pure in heart: for they shall see God.” 
Unless the harmony and immortality of man are be- 
coming more apparent, we are not gaining the true idea 
of God; and the body will reflect what gov- 
erns it, whether it be Truth or error, 
understanding or belief, Spirit or matter. Therefore 
“acquaint now thyself with Him, and be at peace.” 
Be watchful, sober, and vigilant. The way is straight 
and narrow, which leads to the understanding that God 
is the only Life. It is a warfare with the flesh, in which 
we must conquer sin, sickness, and death, either here 
or hereafter, — certainly before we can reach the goal 
of Spirit, or life in God. 
Paul was not at first a disciple of Jesus but a perse- 
cutor of Jesus’ followers. When the truth first appeared 
to him in Science, Paul was made blind, 
and his blindness was felt; but spiritual 
light soon enabled him to follow the example and teach- 
ings of Jesus, healing the sick and preaching Christian- 
ity throughout Asia Minor, Greece, and even in imperial 
Rome. 
Paul writes, “If Christ [Truth] be not risen, then is 
our preaching vain.” That is, if the idea of the suprem- 
acy of Spirit, which is the true conception of being, 
come not to your thought, you cannot be benefited by 
what I say. 
Jesus said substantially, “He that believeth in me 
Narrow 
pathway 
Paul’s en- 
lightenment SCIENCE OF BEING 
325 
shall not see death.” That is, he who perceives the 
true idea of Life loses his belief in death. He who has 
the true idea of good loses all sense of evil, 
and by reason of this is being ushered into the 
undying realities of Spirit. Such a one abideth in Life, — 
life obtained not of the body incapable of supporting life, 
but of Truth, unfolding its own immortal idea. Jesus 
gave the true idea of being, which results in infinite bless- 
ings to mortals. 
In Colossians (iii. 4) Paul writes; “When Christ, who 
is our life, shall appear [be manifested], then shall ye also 
appear [be manifested] with him in glory.” 
When spiritual being is understood in all its 
perfection, continuity, and might, then shall man be found 
in God’s image. The absolute meaning of the apostolic 
words is this: Then shall man be found, in His likeness, 
perfect as the Father, indestructible in Life, “hid with 
Christ in God,” — with Truth in divine Love, where 
human sense hath not seen man. 
Paul had a clear sense of the demands of Truth upon 
mortals physically and spiritually, when he said: “Pre- 
sent your bodies a living sacrifice, holy, ac- 
ceptable unto God, which is your reasonable 
service.” But he, who is begotten of the beliefs of the 
flesh and serves them, can never reach in this world the 
divine heights of our Lord. The time cometh when 
the spiritual origin of man, the divine Science which 
ushered Jesus into human presence, will be understood 
and demonstrated. 
When first spoken in any age, Truth, like the light, 
“shineth in darkness, and the darkness comprehended 
it not.” A false sense of life, substance, and mind 
Abiding 
in Life 
Indestruct- 
ible being 
Consecration 
required 326 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
hides the divine possibilities, and conceals scientific 
demonstration. 
If we wish to follow Christ, Truth, it must be in the 
way of God’s appointing. Jesus said, “He that believeth 
on me, the works that I do shall he do also.” 
He, who would reach the source and find the 
divine remedy for every ill, must not try to climb the hill 
of Science by some other road. All nature teaches God’s 
love to man, but man cannot love God supremely and set 
his whole affections on spiritual things, while loving the 
material or trusting in it more than in the spiritual. 
We must forsake the foundation of material systems, 
however time-honored, if we would gain the Christ as 
our only Saviour. Not partially, but fully, the great 
healer of mortal mind is the healer of the body. 
The purpose and motive to live aright can be gained 
now. This point won, you have started as you should. 
You have begun at the numeration-table of Christian 
Science, and nothing but wrong intention can hinder your 
advancement. Working and praying with true motives, 
your Father will open the way. “Who did hinder you, 
that ye should not obey the truth?” 
Saul of Tarsus beheld the way — the Christ, or Truth 
— only when his uncertain sense of right yielded to a 
spiritual sense, which is always right. Then 
the man was changed. Thought assumed a 
nobler outlook, and his life became more spiritual. He 
learned the wrong that he had done in persecuting Chris- 
tians, whose religion he had not understood, and in hu- 
mility he took the new name of Paul. He beheld for the 
first time the true idea of Love, and learned a lesson in 
divine Science. 
Loving God 
supremely 
Conversion 
of Saul SCIENCE OF BEING 
327 
Reform comes by understanding that there is no abid- 
ing pleasure in evil, and also by gaining an affection for 
good according to Science, which reveals the immortal 
fact that neither pleasure nor pain, appetite nor passion, 
can exist in or of matter, while divine Mind can and does 
destroy the false beliefs of pleasure, pain, or fear and all 
the sinful appetites of the human mind. 
What a pitiful sight is malice, finding pleasure in re- 
venge! Evil is sometimes a man’s highest conception 
of right, until his grasp on good grows stronger. 
Then he loses pleasure in wickedness, and it 
becomes his torment. The way to escape the misery of 
sin is to cease sinning. There is no other way. Sin is 
the image of the beast to be effaced by the sweat of agony. 
It is a moral madness which rushes forth to clamor with 
midnight and tempest. 
To the physical senses, the strict demands of Christian 
Science seem peremptory; but mortals are has- 
tening to learn that Life is God, good, and that 
evil has in reality neither place nor power in the human or 
the divine economy. 
Fear of punishment never made man truly honest. 
Moral courage is requisite to meet the wrong and to 
proclaim the right. But how shall we re- 
form the man who has more animal than 
moral courage, and who has not the true idea of good ? 
Through human consciousness, convince the mortal of 
his mistake in seeking material means for gaining hap- 
piness. Reason is the most active human faculty. Let 
that inform the sentiments and awaken the man’s dor- 
mant sense of moral obligation, and by degrees he will 
learn the nothingness of the pleasures of human sense 
Image of 
the beast 
Peremptory 
demands 
Moral 
courage 328 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
and the grandeur and bliss of a spiritual sense, which 
silences the material or corporeal. Then he not only will 
be saved, but is saved. 
Mortals suppose that they can live without goodness, 
when God is good and the only real Life. What is the 
result ? Understanding little about the divine 
Principle which saves and heals, mortals get 
rid of sin, sickness, and death only in belief. These errors 
are not thus really destroyed, and must therefore cling 
to mortals until, here or hereafter, they gain the true Un- 
derstanding of God in the Science which destroys human 
delusions about Him and reveals the grand realities of 
His allness. 
This understanding of man’s power*, when he is 
equipped by God, has sadly disappeared from Christian 
history. For centuries it has been dormant, a 
lost element of Christianity. Our missionaries 
carry the Bible to India, but can it be said that they 
explain it practically, as Jesus did, when hundreds of 
persons die there annually from serpent-bites? Under- 
standing spiritual law and knowing that there is no mate- 
rial law, Jesus said: “These signs shall follow them that 
believe, . . . they shall take up serpents, and if they 
drink any deadly thing, it shall not hurt them. They 
shall lay hands on the sick, and they shall recover.” It 
were well had Christendom believed and obeyed this 
sacred saying. 
Jesus’ promise is perpetual. Had it been given only 
to his immediate disciples, the Scriptural passage would 
read yout not they. The purpose of his great life-work 
extends through time and includes universal humanity. 
Its Principle is infinite, reaching beyond the pale of a 
Final destruc- 
tion of error 
Promise 
perpetual SCIENCE OF BEING 
329 
single period or of a limited following. As time moves 
on, the healing elements of pure Christianity will be fairly 
dealt with- they will be sought and taught, and will glow 
in all the grandeur of universal goodness. 
A little leaven leavens the whole lump. A little under- 
standing of Christian Science proves the truth of all that 
I say of it. Because you cannot walk on the 
water and raise the dead, you have no right to 
question the great might of divine Science in these direc- 
tions. Be thankful that Jesus, who was the true demon- 
strator of Science, did these things, and left his example for 
us. In Science we can use only what we understand. We 
must prove our faith by demonstration. 
One should not tarry in the storm if the body is freez- 
ing, nor should he remain in the devouring flames. Un- 
til one is able to prevent bad results, he should avoid their 
occasion. To be discouraged, is to resemble a pupil in 
addition, who attempts to solve a problem of Euclid, and 
denies the rule of the problem because he fails in his first 
effort. 
There is no hypocrisy in Science. Principle is impera- 
tive. You cannot mock it by human will. Science is a 
divine demand, not a human. Always right, 
its divine Principle never repents, but main- 
tains the claim of Truth by quenching error. 
The pardon of divine mercy is the destruction of error. If 
men understood their real spiritual source to be all bless- 
edness, they would struggle for recourse to the spiritual 
and be at peace; but the deeper the error into which mor- 
tal mind is plunged, the more intense the opposition to 
spirituality, till error yields to Truth. 
Human resistance to divine Science weakens in pro- 
Imitation 
of Jesus 
Error de- 
stroyed, not 
pardoned 330 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
portion as mortals give up error for Truth and the un- 
derstanding of being supersedes mere belief. Until the 
author of this book learned the vastness of 
Christian Science, the fixedness of mortal illu- 
sions, and the human hatred of Truth, she cherished 
sanguine hopes that Christian Science would meet with 
immediate and universal acceptance. 
When the following platform is understood and the 
letter and the spirit bear witness, the infallibility of divine 
metaphysics will be demonstrated. 
I. God is infinite, the only Life, substance, Spirit, or 
Soul, the only intelligence of the universe, including man. 
Eye hath neither seen God nor His image and 
likeness. Neither God nor the perfect man 
can be discerned by the material senses. The individ- 
uality of Spirit, or the infinite, is unknown, and thus a 
knowledge of it is left either to human conjecture or to the 
revelation of divine Science. 
II. God is what the Scriptures declare Him to be, — 
Life, Truth, Love. Spirit is divine Principle, and divine 
Principle is Love, and Love is Mind, and 
Mind is not both good and bad, for God is 
Mind; therefore there is in reality one Mind only, be- 
cause there is one God. 
III. The notion that both evil and good are real is a 
delusion of material sense, which Science annihilates. 
Evil is nothing, no thing, mind, nor power. 
As manifested by mankind it stands for a lie, 
nothing claiming to be something, — for lust, dishonesty, 
selfishness, envy, hypocrisy, slander, hate, theft, adultery, 
murder, dementia, insanity, inanity, devil, hell, with all 
the etceteras that word includes. 
The hopeful 
outlook 
The deific 
supremacy 
The deific 
definitions 
Evil 
obsolete SCIENCE OF BEING 
331 
IV. God is divine Life, and Life is no more confined 
to the forms which reflect it than substance is in its 
shadow. If life were in mortal man or mate- 
rial things, it would be subject to their limi- 
tations and would end in death. Life is Mind, the creator 
reflected in His creations. If He dwelt within what He 
creates, God would not be reflected but absorbed, and the 
Science of being would be forever lost through a mortal 
sense, which falsely testifies to a beginning and an 
end. 
V. The Scriptures imply that God is All-in-all. From 
this it follows that nothing possesses reality nor existence 
except the divine Mind and His ideas. The 
Scriptures also declare that God is Spirit. 
Therefore in Spirit all is harmony, and there can be no 
discord; all is life, and there is no death. Everything 
in God’s universe expresses Him. 
VI. God is individual, incorporeal. He is divine Prin- 
ciple, Love, the universal cause, the only creator, and 
there is no other self-existence. He is all- 
inclusive, and is reflected by all that is real 
and eternal and by nothing else. He fills all space, and 
it is impossible to conceive of such omnipresence and in- 
dividuality except as infinite Spirit or Mind. Hence all 
is Spirit and spiritual. 
VII. Life, Truth, and Love constitute the triune Person 
called God, — that is, the triply divine Principle, Love. 
They represent a trinity in unity, three in 
one, — the same in essence, though multi- 
form in office: God the Father-Mother; Christ the spirit- 
ual idea of sonship; divine Science or the Holy Comforter. 
These three express in divine Science the threefold, essen- 
Life the 
creator 
Allness of 
Spirit 
The univer- 
sal cause 
Divine 
trinity 332 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
tial nature of the infinite. They also indicate the divine 
Principle of scientific being, the intelligent relation of God 
to man and the universe. 
VIII. Father-Mother is the name for Deity, which in- 
dicates His tender relationship to His spiritual creation. 
As the apostle expressed it in words which he 
quoted with approbation from a classic poet: 
“For we are also His offspring.” 
IX. Jesus was born of Mary. Christ is the true idea 
voicing good, the divine message from God to men speak- 
ing to the human consciousness. The Christ 
is incorporeal, spiritual, — yea, the divine 
image and likeness, dispelling the illusions of the senses; 
the Way, the Truth, and the Life, healing the sick and 
casting out evils, destroying sin, disease, and death. As 
Paul says: “There is one God, and one mediator between 
God and men, the man Christ Jesus.” The corporeal 
man Jesus was human, 
X. Jesus demonstrated Christ; he proved that Christ 
is the divine idea of God — the Holy Ghost, 
or Comforter, revealing the divine Principle, 
Love, and leading into all truth. 
XI. Jesus was the son of a virgin. He was appointed 
to speak God’s word and to appear to mortals in such 
a form of humanity as they could understand 
as well ns perceive. Mary’s conception of 
him was spiritual, for only purity could reflect Truth 
and Love, which were plainly incarnate in the good and 
pure Christ Jesus. He expressed the highest type of 
divinity, which a fleshly form could express in that age. 
Into the real and ideal man the fleshly element cannot 
enter. Thus it is that Christ illustrates the coincidence, 
Father- 
Mother 
The Son 
of God 
Holy Ghost 
or Comforter 
Christ 
Jesus SCIENCE OP BEING 
333 
or spiritual agreement, between God and man in His 
image. 
XII. The -word Christ is not properly a synonym for 
Jesus, though it is commonly so used. Jesus was a human 
name, which belonged to him in’ common with 
other Hebrew boys and men, for it is identical 
with the name Joshua, the renowned Hebrew leader. On 
the other hand, Christ is not a name so tnuch as the divine 
title of Jesus. Christ expresses God’s spiritual, eternal 
nature. The name is synonymous With Messiah, and al- 
ludes to the spirituality which is taught, illustrated, and 
demonstrated in the life of which Christ Jesus was the 
embodiment. The proper narne of our Master in the 
Greek Was Jesus the Christ; but Christ Jesus better sig- 
nifies the Godlike. 
XIII. The advent of Jesus of Nazareth marked the 
first century of the Christian eta, but the Christ is 
without beginning of years or end of days. 
Throughout all generations both before and 
after the Christian era, the Christ, as the spirit- 
ual idea, — the reflection of God, has come with some 
measure of power and grace to all prepared to receive 
Christ, Truth. Abraham, Jacob, Moses, and the prophets 
caught glorious glimpses of the Messiah, or Christ, which 
baptized these seers in the divine nature, the essence of 
Love. The divine image, idea, or Christ was, is, and 
ever will be inseparable from the divine Principle, God. 
Jesus referred to this unity of his spiritual identity thus: 
“Before Abraham was, I am;” “I and my Father are 
one;” “My Father is greater than I.” The one Spirit 
includes all identities. 
XIV. By these sayings Jesus meant, not that the hu- 
Messiah 
or Christ 
The divine 
Principle 
and idea 334 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
man Jesus was or is eternal, but that the divine idea or 
Christ was and is so and therefore antedated Abraham; 
not that the corporeal Jesus was one with the 
Father, but that the spiritual idea, Christ, 
dwells forever in the bosom of the Father, God, from 
which it illumines heaven and earth; not that the Father 
is greater than Spirit, which is God, but greater, infinitely 
greater, than the fleshly Jesus, whose earthly career was 
brief. 
XV. The invisible Christ was imperceptible to the 
so-called personal senses, whereas Jesus appeared as a 
bodily existence. This dual personality of the 
unseen and the seen, the spiritual and mate- 
rial, the eternal Christ and the corporeal Jesus manifest 
in flesh, continued until the Master’s ascension, when 
the human, material concept, or Jesus, disappeared, 
while the spiritual self, or Christ, continues to exist in 
the eternal order of divine Science, taking away the sins 
of the world, as the Christ has always done, even before 
the human Jesus was incarnate to mortal eyes. 
XVI. This was “the Lamb slain from the foundation 
of the world,” —'slain, that is, according to the testi- 
mony of the corporeal senses, but undying in 
the deific Mind. The Revelator represents the 
Son of man as saying (Revelation i. 17, 18): “I am the 
first and the last: I am he that liveth, and was dead 
[not understood]; and, behold, I am alive for evermore, 
[Science has explained me].” This is a mystical state- 
ment of the eternity of the Christ, and is also a reference 
to the human sense of Jesus crucified. 
XVII. Spirit being God, there is but one Spirit, for 
there can be but one infinite and therefore one God. 
Spiritual 
oneness 
The Son’s 
duality 
Eternity of 
the Christ SCIENCE OF BEING 
335 
There are neither spirits many nor gods many. There 
is no evil in Spirit, because God is Spirit. The theory, 
that Spirit is distinct from matter but must 
pass through it, or into it, to be individualized, 
would reduce God to dependency on matter, and establish 
a basis for pantheism. 
XVIII. Spirit, God, has created all in and of Him- 
self. Spirit never created matter. There is nothing in 
Spirit out of which matter could be made, 
for, as the Bible declares, without the Logos, 
the iEon or Word of God, “was not anything made 
that was made.” Spirit is the only substance, the in- 
visible and indivisible infinite God. Things spiritual and 
eternal are substantial. Things material and temporal 
are insubstantial. 
XIX. Soul and Spirit being one, God and Soul are 
one, and this one never included in a limited mind or a 
limited body. Spirit is eternal, divine. Noth- 
ing but Spirit, Soul, can evolve Life, for Spirit 
is more than all else. Because Soul is immortal, it does 
not exist in mortality. Soul must be incorporeal to be 
Spirit, for Spirit is not finite. Only by losing the false 
sense of Soul can we gain the eternal unfolding of Life as 
immortality brought to light. 
XX. Mind is the divine Principle, Love, and can pro- 
duce nothing unlike the eternal Father-Mother, God. 
Reality is spiritual, harmonious, immutable, 
immortal, divine, eternal. Nothing unspirit- 
ual can be real, harmonious, or eternal. Sin, sickness, 
and mortality are the suppositional antipodes of Spirit, 
and must be contradictions of reality. 
XXI. The Ego is deathless and limitless, for limits 
Infinite 
Spirit 
The only 
substance 
Soul and 
Spirit one 
The one 
divine Mind 336 
SCIEXCE AND HEALTH 
would imply and impose ignorance. Mind is the 1 am, 
or infinity. Mind never enters the finite. Intelligence 
never passes into non-irttelligence, or matter. 
Good never enters into evil, the unlimited into 
the limited, the eternal into the temporal, nor the im- 
mortal into mortality. The divine Ego, or individuality, 
is reflected in all spiritual individuality from the infini- 
tesimal to the infinite. 
XXII. Immortal man was and is God’s image Or Idea, 
even the infinite expression of infinite Mind* and immor- 
tal man is coexistent and coeternal with that 
Mind. He has been forever in the eternal 
Mind, God; but infinite Mind can never be In man, but 
is reflected by man. The spiritual man’s consciousness 
and individuality are reflections of God. They are the 
emanations of Him who is Life, Truth, and Love, Im- 
mortal man is not and never was material, but always 
spiritual and eternal. 
XXIII. God is indivisible. A portion of Gt>d Could 
not enter man; neither could God’s fulness be reflected 
by a single man, else God would be manifestly 
finite, lose the deific character, and become 
less than God. Allhess is the measure of the infinite, and 
nothing less can express God. 
XXIV. God, the divine Principle of man, and man in 
God’s likeness are inseparable, harmonious, and eternal. 
The Science of being furnishes the rule of per- 
fection, and brings immortality to light. God 
and man are not the same, but in the order of divine Sci- 
ence, God and man coexist and are eternal God is the 
parent Mind, and man is God’s spiritual offspring. 
XXV. God is individual and personal in a scientific 
The divine 
Ego 
The real 
manhood 
Indivisibility 
of the infinite 
God the 
parent Mind SCIENCE OF BEING 
337 
sense, but not in any anthropomorphic sense. Therefore 
man, reflecting God, cannot lose his individuality; but as 
material sensation, or a soul in the body* blind 
mortals do lose sight of spiritual individuality. 
Material personality is not realistti; it is not 
the reflection or likeness of Spirit, the perfect God. Sen- 
sualism is not bliss, but bondage. For true happiness, 
man must harmonize with his Principle, divine Love; the 
Son must be in accord with the Father, iri conformity with 
Christ. According to divine Science, man is in a degree 
as perfect as the Mind that forms him. The truth of be- 
ing makes man harmonious and immortal, while error is 
mortal and discordant. 
XXVi. Christian Science demonstrates that none but 
the pure in heart can see God, as the gospel 
teaches. In proportion to his purity is man 
perfect; and perfection is the order of celestial 
being which demonstrates Life in Christ, Life’s spiritual 
ideal. 
XXVII. The true idea of man, as the reflection of the 
invisible God, is as incomprehensible to the limited senses 
as is man’s infinite Principle. The Visible Uni- 
verse and material man are the poor Counter- 
feits of the invisible universe and spiritual man. Eternal 
things (verities) are God’s thoughts as they exist in the 
spiritual realm of the real. Temporal things are the 
thoughts of mortals and are the Unreal, being the oppo- 
site of the real or the spiritual and eternal. 
XXVIII. Subject sickness, sin, and death to the rule 
of health and holiness in Christian Science, 
and you ascertain that this Science is demon- 
strably true, for it heals the sick and sinning as no 
Man reflects 
the perfect 
God 
Purity the 
path to per- 
fection 
True idea 
of man 
Truth dem- 
onstrated 338 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
other system can. Christian Science, rightly under- 
stood, leads to eternal harmony. It brings to light the 
only living and true God and man as made in His like- 
ness ; whereas the opposite belief — that man originates 
in matter and has beginning and end, that he is both 
soul and body, both good and evil, both spiritual and 
material — terminates in discord and mortality, in the 
error which must be destroyed by Truth. The mortality 
of material man proves that error has been ingrafted 
into the premises and conclusions of material and mortal 
humanity. 
XXIX. The word Adam is from the Hebrew adamah, 
signifying the red color of the ground, dust, nothingness. 
Divide the name Adam into two syllables, 
and it reads, a dam, or obstruction. This 
suggests the thought of something fluid, of mortal mind 
in solution. It further suggests the thought of that 
“darkness . . . upon the face of the deep,” when mat- 
ter or dust was deemed the agent of Deity in creating 
man, — when matter, as that which is accursed, stood 
opposed to Spirit. Here a dam is not a mere play upon 
words; it stands for obstruction, error, even the sup- 
posed separation of man from God, and the obstacle 
which the serpent, sin, would impose between man and 
his creator. The dissection and definition of words, 
aside from their metaphysical derivation, is not scien- 
tific. Jehovah declared the ground was accursed; and 
from this ground, or matter, sprang Adam, notwith- 
standing God had blessed the earth “for man’s sake.” 
From this it follows that Adam was not the ideal man 
for whom the earth was blessed. The ideal man was 
revealed in due time, and was known as Christ Jesus. 
Adam not 
ideal man SCIENCE OF BEING 
XXX. The destruction of sin is the divine method of 
pardon. Divine Life destroys death, Truth destroys 
error, and Love destroys hate. Being de- 
stroyed, sin needs no other form of forgiveness. 
Does not God’s pardon, destroying any one sin, prophesy 
and involve the final destruction of all sin ? 
XXXI. Since God is All, there is no room for His 
unlikeness. God, Spirit, alone created all, and called it 
good. Therefore evil, being contrary to good, 
is unreal, and cannot be the product of God. 
A sinner can receive no encouragement from the fact that 
Science demonstrates the unreality of evil, for the sinner 
would make a reality of sin, — would make that real 
which is unreal, and thus heap up “wrath against the 
day of wrath.” He is joining in a conspiracy against 
himself, — against his own awakening to the awful un- 
reality by which he has been deceived. Only those, who 
repent of sin and forsake the unreal, can fully understand 
the unreality of evil. 
XXXII. As the mythology of pagan Rome has yielded 
to a more spiritual idea of Deity, so will our material 
theories yield to spiritual ideas, until the finite 
gives place to the infinite, sickness to health, 
sin to holiness, and God’s kingdom comes “in 
earth, as it is in heaven.” The basis of all health, sin- 
lessness, and immortality is the great fact that God is 
the only Mind; and this Mind must be not merely be- 
lieved, but it must be understood. To get rid of sin 
through Science, is to divest sin of any supposed mind 
or reality, and never to admit that sin can have intelli- 
gence or power, pain or pleasure. You conquer error by 
denying its verity. Our various theories will never lose 
Divine 
pardon 
Evil not pro- 
duced by God 
Basis of 
health and 
immortality 340 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
their imaginary power for good or evil, until we lose our 
faith in them and make life its own proof of harmony 
and God. 
This text in the book of Ecclesiastes conveys the 
Christian Science thought, especially when the word 
duty, which is not in the original, is omitted: “Let 
us hear the conclusion of the whole matter: Feat God, 
and keep His commandments: for this is the whole 
duty of man.” In other words: Let us hear the con- 
clusion of the whole matter: love God and keep His 
commandments! foi- this is the whole of man in His 
image and likeness. Divine Love is infinite. Therefore 
all that really exists is in and of God, and manifests His 
love. 
“Thou shalt have no other gods before me.” (Exodus 
xx. 3.) The Fitst Commandment is my favorite text* 
It demonstrates Christian Science. It inculcates the tri- 
unity of God, Spirit, Mind; it signifies that man shall 
have no other spirit or mind but God, eternal good, and 
that all men shall have one Mind. The divine Principle 
of the First Commandment bases the Science of being, by 
which man demonstrates health, holiness, and life eternal. 
One infinite God, good, unifies men and nations} con- 
stitutes the brotherhood of man; ends wars; fulfils the 
Scripture, “Love thy neighbor as thyself;” annihilates 
pagan and Christian idolatry, — whatever is wrong irt 
social, civil, criminal, political, and religious codes} 
equalizes the sexes; annuls the curse on man, and leaves 
nothing that can sin, suffer, be punished or destroyed. CHAPTER XI 
SOME OBJECTIONS ANSWERED 
And because I tell you the truth, ye believe me not. Which of you con- 
vinceth me of sin f And if 1 say the truth, why do ye not believe me? — 
Jpsus. 
But if the spirit of Him that raised up Jesus from the dead dwell in 
you, He that raised up Christ from the dead shall also quicken your mor- 
tal bodies by His spirit that dwelleth in you. — Paul. 
THE strictures on this volume would condemn to 
oblivion the truth, which is raising up thousands 
from helplessness to strength and elevating them from 
a theoretical to a practical Christianity. These criticisms 
are generally based on detached sentences or clauses sep- 
arated from their context. Even the Scriptures, which 
grow in beauty and consistency from one grand root, ap- 
pear contradictory when subjected to such usage. Jesus 
said, “Blessed are the pure in heart: for they shall see 
God” [Truth]. 
In Christian Science mere opinion is valueless. Proof 
is essential to a due estimate of this subject. Sneers at 
the application of the word Science to Chris- 
tianity cannot prevent that from being scien- 
tific which is based on divine Principle, demonstrated ac- 
cording to a divine given rule, and subjected to proof. 
The facts are so absolute and numerous in support of 
Christian Science, that misrepresentation and denuncia- 
Supported 
by facts 342 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
tion cannot overthrow it. Paul alludes to “doubtful dis- 
putations.” The hour has struck when proof and demon- 
stration, instead of opinion and dogma, are summoned to 
the support of Christianity, “making wise the simple.” 
In the result of some unqualified condemnations of 
scientific Mind-healing, one may see with sorrow the sad 
effects on the sick of denying Truth. He that 
decries this Science does it presumptuously, 
in the face of Bible history and in defiance of the direct 
command of Jesus, “ Go ye into all the world, and preach 
the gospel,” to which command was added the promise 
that his students should cast out evils and heal the sick. 
He bade the seventy disciples, as well as the twelve, 
heal the sick in any town where they should be hospitably 
received. 
If Christianity is not scientific, and Science is not of 
God, then there is no invariable law, and truth becomes 
an accident. Shall it be denied that a system 
which works according to the Scriptures has 
Scriptural authority ? 
Christian Science awakens the sinner, reclaims the 
infidel, and raises from the couch of pain the helpless 
invalid. It speaks to the dumb the words of 
Truth, and they answer with rejoicing. It 
causes the deaf to hear, the lame to walk, and the blind 
to see. Who would be the first to disown the Christli- 
ness of good works, when our Master says, “By their 
fruits ye shall know them”? 
If Christian Scientists were teaching or practising 
pharmacy or obstetrics according to the common theo- 
ries, no denunciations would follow them, even if their 
treatment resulted in the death of a patient. The people 
Commands 
ofJesus 
Christianity 
scientific 
Argument of 
good works SOME OBJECTIONS ANSWERED 
343 
are taught in such cases to say, Amen. Shall I then be 
smitten for healing and for teaching Truth as the Prin- 
ciple of healing, and for proving my word by my deed ? 
James said: “Show me thy faith without thy works, and 
I will show thee my faith by my works.” 
Is not finite mind ignorant of God’s method ? This 
makes it doubly unfair to impugn and misrepresent the 
facts, although, without this cross-bearing, 
one might not be able to say with the apostle, 
“None of these things move me.” The sick, the halt, 
and the blind look up to Christian Science with blessings, 
and Truth will not be forever hidden by unjust parody 
from the quickened sense of the people. 
Jesus strips all disguise from error, when his teachings 
are fully understood. By parable and argument he ex- 
plains the impossibility of good producing evil; 
and he also scientifically demonstrates this great 
fact, proving by what are wrongly called miracles, that 
sin, sickness, and death are beliefs — illusive errors — 
which he could and did destroy. 
It would sometimes seem as if truth were rejected be- 
cause meekness and spirituality are the conditions of its 
acceptance, while Christendom generally demands so 
much less. 
Anciently those apostles who were Jesus’ students, 
as well as Paul who was not one of his students, healed 
the sick and reformed the sinner by their 
religion. Hence the mistake which allows 
words, rather than works, to follow such examples! 
Whoever is the first meekly and conscientiously to press 
along the line of gospel-healing, is often accounted a 
heretic. 
Personal 
experience 
Proof from 
miracles 
Example of 
the disciples 344 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
It is objected to Christian Science that it claims God 
as the only absolute Life and Soul, and man to be His 
idea, — that is, His image. It should be 
added that this is claimed to represent the 
normal, healthful, and sinless condition of man in divine 
Science, and that this claim is made because the Scrip- 
tures say that God has created man in His own image , 
and after His likeness. Is it sacrilegious to assume that 
God’s likeness is not found in matter, sin, sickness, and 
death ? 
Were it more fully understood that Truth heals anti 
that error causes disease, the opponents of a demonstrable 
Science would perhaps mercifully withhold 
their misrepresentations, which harm the sick; 
and until the enemies of Christian Science test its efficacy 
according to the rules which disclose its merits or de- 
merits, it would be just to observe the Scriptural precept, 
“Judge not.” 
There are various methods of treating disease, which 
are not included in the commonly accepted systems; but 
there is oply one which should be presented 
to the whole world, and that is the Christian 
Science which Jesus preached and practised and left to us 
as his rich legacy. 
Why should one refuse to investigate this method 
of treating disease? Why support the popular systems 
of medicine, when the physician may perchance be an 
infidel and may lose ninety-and-nine patients, while 
Christian Science cures its hundred ? Is it because 
allopathy and homoeopathy are more fashionable and 
less spiritual ? 
In the Bible the word Spirit is so commonly applied 
Strong 
position 
Efficacy may 
be attested 
The one di- 
vine method SOME OBJECTIONS ANSWERED 
345 
to Deity, that Spirit and God are often regarded as syn- 
onymous terms; and it is thus they are uniformly used 
and understood in Christian Scietice. As it 
is evident that the likeness of Spirit catitiot be 
material, does it not follow that God cannot be in His 
unlikeness and work through drugs to heal the sick? 
When the omnipotence of God is preached and His ab- 
soluteness is set forth, Christian sermons will heal the 
sick. 
It is sometimes said, in criticising Christian Science, 
that the mind which contradicts itself neither knows 
itself nor what it is saying. It is indeed no 
small matter to know one’s self; but in this 
volume of mine there are no contradictory 
statements, — at least none which are apparent to those 
who understand its propositions Well enough to pass 
judgment upon them. One who understands Christian 
Science can heal the sick on the divine Principle of Chris- 
tian Science, and this practical proof is the only feasible 
evidence that one does understand this Science. 
Anybody, who is able to perceive the incongruity be- 
tween God’s idea and poor humanity, ought to be able 
to discern the distinction (made by Christian Science) 
between God’s man, made in His image, and the sinning 
race of Adam. 
The apostle says: “For if a man think himself to be 
something, when he is nothing, he deceiveth himself.” 
This thought of human, material nothingness, which 
Science inculcates, enrages the carnal mind and is the 
main cause of the carnal mind’s antagonism. 
It is not the purpose of Christian Science to “educate 
the idea of God, or treat it for disease,” as is alleged 
Omnipotence 
set forth 
Contradic- 
tions not 
found 346 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
by one critic. I regret that such criticism confounds man 
with Adam. When man is spoken of as made in God’s 
image, it is not sinful and sickly mortal man 
who is referred to, but the ideal man, reflecting 
God’s likeness. 
It is sometimes said that Christian Science teaches the 
nothingness of sin, sickness, and death, and then teaches 
how this nothingness is to be saved and healed. 
The nothingness of nothing is plain; but we 
need to understand that error is nothing, and that its 
nothingness is not saved, but must be demonstrated in 
order to prove the somethingness — yea, the allness — 
of Truth. It is self-evident that we are harmonious only 
as we cease to manifest evil or the belief that we suffer 
from the sins of others. Disbelief in error destroys error, 
and leads to the discernment of Truth. There are no 
vacuums. How then can this demonstration be “fraught 
with falsities painful to behold ” ? 
We treat error through the understanding of Truth, 
because Truth is error’s antidote. If a dream ceases, it 
is self-destroyed, and the terror is over. When 
a sufferer is convinced that there is no reality 
in his belief of pain, — because matter has no sensation, 
hence pain in matter is a false belief, — how can he suffer 
longer ? Do you feel the pain of tooth-pulling, when you 
believe that nitrous-oxide gas has made you unconscious ? 
Yet, in your concept, the tooth, the operation, and the 
forceps are unchanged. 
Material beliefs must be expelled to make room for 
spiritual understanding. We cannot serve both 
God and mammon at the same time; but is 
not this what frail mortals are trying to do ? Paul says: 
God’s idea 
the ideal man 
Nothingness 
of error 
Truth anti- 
dotes error 
Serving 
two masters SOME OBJECTIONS ANSWERED 
347 
“The flesh lusteth against the Spirit, and the Spirit against 
the flesh.” Who is ready to admit this? 
It is said by one critic, that to verify this wonderful 
philosophy Christian Science declares that whatever is 
mortal or discordant has no origin, existence, nor real- 
ness. Nothing really has Life but God, who is infinite 
Life; hence all is Life, and death has no dominion. This 
writer infers that if anything needs to be doctored, it 
must be the one God, or Mind. Had he stated his syllo- 
gism correctly, the conclusion would be that there is noth- 
ing left to be doctored. 
Critics should consider that the so-called mortal man 
is not the reality of man. Then they would behold the 
signs of Christ’s coming. Christ, as the spir- 
itual or true idea of God, comes now as of 
old, preaching the gospel to the poor, heal- 
ing the sick, and casting out evils. Is it error which 
is restoring an essential element of Christianity, — 
namely, apostolic, divine healing? No; it is the Science 
of Christianity which is restoring it, and is the light 
shining in darkness, which the darkness comprehends 
not. 
If Christian Science takes away the popular gods, — 
sin, sickness, and death, — it is Christ, Truth, who de- 
stroys these evils, and so proves their nothingness. 
The dream that matter and error are something 
must yield to reason and revelation. Then mortals 
will behold the nothingness of sickness and sin, and 
sin and sickness will disappear from consciousness. 
The harmonious will appear real, and the inharmo- 
nious unreal. These critics will then see that error 
is indeed the nothingness, which they chide us for 
Essential 
element of 1 
Christianity 348 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
naming nothing and which we desire neither to honor 
nor to fear. 
Medical theories virtually admit the nothingness of 
hallucinations, even while treating them as disease; and 
who objects to this? Ought we not, then, to approve 
any cure, which is effected by making the disease appear 
to be — what it really is — an illusion ? 
Here is the difficulty: it is not generally understood how 
one disease can be just as much a delusion as another. It 
is a pity that the medical faculty and clergy 
have not learned this, for Jesus established 
this foundational fact, when devils, delusions, Were cast 
out and the dumb spake. 
Are we irreverent towards sin, or imputing too much 
power to God, when we ascribe to Him almighty Life 
and Love? I deny His cooperation with evil, 
because I desire to have no faith in evil or in 
any power but God, good. Is it not well to eliminate from 
so-called mortal mind that which, so long as it remains in 
mortal mind, will show itself in forms of sin, sickness, and 
death ? Instead of tenaciously defending the supposed 
rights of disease, while complaining of the suffering dis- 
ease brings, would it not be well to abandon the defence, 
especially when by so doing our own condition can be im- 
proved and that of other persons as well ? 
I have never supposed the world would immediately 
witness the full fruitage of Christian Science, or that sin, 
disease, and death would not be believed for 
an indefinite time; but this I do aver, that, 
as a result of teaching Christian Science, ethics and 
temperance have received an impulse, health has been 
restored, and longevity increased. If such are the pres^ 
All disease 
a delusion 
Elimination 
of sickness 
Full fruitage 
yet to come SOME OBJECTIONS ANSWERED 
349 
ent fruits, what will the harvest be, when this Science is 
more generally understood? 
As Paul asked of the unfaithful in ancient days, so 
the rabbis of the present day ask concerning our heal- 
ing and teaching, “Through breaking the law, 
dishonorest thou God?” We have the gospel, 
however, and our Master annulled material law by heal- 
ing contrary to it. We propose to follow the Master’s 
example. We should subordinate material law to spirit- 
ual law. Two essential points of Christian Science are, 
that neither Life nor man dies, and that God is not the 
author of sickness. 
The chief difficulty in conveying the teachings of divine 
Science accurately to human thought lies in this, that like 
all other languages, English is inadequate to 
the expression of spiritual conceptions and 
propositions, because one is obliged to use material terms 
in dealing with spiritual ideas. The elucidation of Chris- 
tian Science lies in its spiritual sense, and this sense must 
be gained by its disciples in order to grasp the meaning of 
this Science. Out of this condition grew the prophecy 
concerning the Christian apostles, “They shall speak with 
new tongues.” 
Speaking of the things of Spirit while dwelling on 
a material plane, material terms must be generally em- 
ployed. Mortal thought does not at once catch the 
higher meaning, and can do so only as thought is edu- 
cated up to spiritual apprehension. To a certain extent 
this is equally true of all learning, even that which is 
wholly material. 
In Christian Science, substance is understood to be 
Spirit, while the opponents of Christian Science believe 
Law and 
gospel 
Language 
inadequate 350 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
l substance to be matter. They think of matter as some- 
thing and almost the only thing, and of the things which 
pertain to Spirit as next to nothing, or as very 
far removed from daily experience. Christian 
Science takes exactly the opposite view. 
> To understand all our Master’s sayings as recorded 
in the New Testament, sayings infinitely important, 
his followers must grow into that stature of 
manhood in Christ Jesus which enables them 
to interpret his spiritual meaning. Then they know 
how Truth casts out error and heals the sick. His 
! words were the offspring of his deeds, both of which 
must be understood. Unless the works are com- 
prehended which his words explained, the words are 
> blind. 
The Master often refused to explain his words, because 
it was difficult in a material age to apprehend spiritual 
! Truth. He said: “This people’s heart is waxed gross, 
and their ears are dull of hearing, and their eyes they 
have closed; lest at any time they should see with their 
eyes, and hear with their ears, and should understand 
with their heart, and should be converted, and I should 
heal them.” 
“The Word was made flesh.” Divine Truth must be 
known by its effects on the body as well as on the mind, 
before the Science of being can be demon- 
strated. Hence its embodiment in the incar- 
nate Jesus, — that life-link forming the connection through 
which the real reaches the unreal, Soul rebukes sense, and 
Truth destroys error. 
In Jewish worship the Word was materially explained, 
and the spiritual sense was scarcely perceived. The 
Substance 
spiritual 
Both words 
and works 
The divine 
life-link SOME OBJECTIONS ANSWERED 
351 
religion which sprang from half-hidden Israelitish history 
was pedantic and void of healing power. When we lose 
faith in God’s power to heal, we distrust the 
divine Principle which demonstrates Christian 
Science, and then we cannot heal the sick. Neither can 
we heal through the help of Spirit, if we plant ourselves 
on a material basis. 
The author became a member of the orthodox Con- 
gregational Church in early years. Later she learned 
that her own prayers failed to heal her as did the prayers 
of her devout parents and the church; but when the 
spiritual sense of the creed was discerned in the Science 
of Christianity, this spiritual sense was a present help. It 
was the living, palpitating presence of Christ, Truth, which 
healed the sick. 
We cannot bring out the practical proof of Christianity, 
which Jesus required, while error seems as potent and 
real to us as Truth, and while we make a per- 
sonal devil and an anthropomorphic God our 
starting-points, — especially if we consider Satan as a 
being coequal in power with Deity, if not superior to Him. 
Because such starting-points are neither spiritual nor 
scientific, they cannot work out the Spirit-rule of Christian 
healing, which proves the nothingness of error, discord, 
by demonstrating the all-inclusiveness of harmonious 
Truth. 
The Israelites centred their thoughts on the material 
in their attempted worship of the spiritual. To them 
matter was substance, and Spirit was shadow. 
They thought to worship Spirit from a ma- 
terial standpoint, but this was impossible. They might 
appeal to Jehovah, but their prayer brought down no 
Truth a 
present help 
Fatal 
premises 
Fruitless 
worship 352 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
proof that it was beard, because they did not sufficiently 
understand God to be able to demonstrate His power 
to heal, — to make harmony the reality and discord the 
unreality. 
Our Master declared that his material body was not 
spirit, evidently considering it a mortal and material be- 
lief of flesh and bones, whereas the Jews took 
a diametrically opposite view. To Jesus, not 
materiality, but spirituality, was the reality of man’s ex- 
istence, while to the rabbis the spiritual was the intangi- 
ble and uncertain, if not the unreal. 
Would a mother say to her child, who is frightened at 
imaginary ghosts and sick in consequence of the fear: 
“I know that ghosts are real. They exist, 
and are to be feared; but you must not be 
afraid of them”? 
Children, like adults, ought to fear a reality which 
can harm them and which they do not understand, for 
at any moment they may become its helpless victims; 
but instead of increasing children’s fears by declaring 
ghosts to be real, merciless, and powerful, thus water- 
ing the very roots of childish timidity, children should 
be assured that their fears are groundless, that ghosts 
are not realities, but traditional beliefs, erroneous and 
man-made. 
In short, children should be told not to believe in ghosts, 
because there are no such things. If belief in their reality 
is destroyed, terror of ghosts will depart and health be re- 
stored. The objects of alarm will then vanish into noth- 
ingness, no longer seeming worthy of fear or honor. To 
accomplish a good result, it is certainly not irrational to 
tell the truth about ghosts. 
Spirit the 
tangible 
Ghosts 
not realities SOME OBJECTIONS ANSWEBED 
353 
The Christianly scientific real is the sensuous unreal. 
Sin, disease, whatever seems real to material sense, is un- 
real in divine Science. The physical senses 
and Science have ever been antagonistic, and 
they will so continue, till the testimony of the physical 
senses yields entirely to Christian Science. 
How can a Christian, having the stronger evidence of 
Truth which contradicts the evidence of error, think of 
the latter as real or true, either in the form of sickness or 
of sin ? All must admit that Christ is “ the way, the 
truth, and the life,” and that omnipotent Truth certainly 
does destroy error. 
The age has not wholly outlived the sense of ghostly 
beliefs. It still holds them more or less. Time has not 
yet reached eternity, immortality, complete 
reality. All the real is eternal. Perfection 
underlies reality. Without perfection, nothing is wholly 
real. All things will continue to disappear, until per- 
fection appears and reality is reached. We must give up 
the spectral at all points. We must not continue to admit 
the somethingness of superstition, but we must yield up 
all belief in it and be wise. When we learn that error 
is not real, we shall be ready for progress, “forgetting 
those things which are behind.” 
The grave does not banish the ghost of materiality. 
So long as there are supposed limits to Mind, and those 
limits are human, so long will ghosts seem to continue. 
Mind is limitless. It never was material. The true idea 
of being is spiritual and immortal, and from this it follows 
that whatever is laid off is the ghost, some unreal belief. 
Mortal beliefs can neither demonstrate Christianity nor 
apprehend the reality of Life. 
The real and 
the unreal 
Superstition 
obsolete 354 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
Are the protests of Christian Science against the notion 
that there can he material life, substance, or mind “utter 
falsities and absurdities,” as some aver? Why 
then do Christians try to obey the Scriptures 
and war against “the world, the flesh, and the devil”? 
Why do they invoke the divine aid to enable them to leave 
all for Christ, Truth ? Why do they use this phraseology, 
and yet deny Christian Science, when it teaches precisely 
this thought? The words of divine Science find their 
immortality in deeds, for their Principle heals the sick 
and spiritualizes humanity. 
On the other hand, the Christian opponents of Chris- 
tian Science neither give nor offer any proofs that their 
Master’s religion can heal the sick. Surely 
it is not enough to cleave to barren and desul- 
tory dogmas, derived from the traditions of the elders who 
thereunto have set their seals. 
Consistency is seen in example more than in precept. 
Inconsistency is shown by words without deeds, which 
are like clouds without rain. If our words 
fail to express our deeds, God will redeem that 
weakness, and out of the mouth of babes He will perfect 
praise. The night of materiality is far spent, and with 
the dawn Truth will waken men spiritually to hear and 
to speak the new tongue. 
Sin should become unreal to every one. It is in itself 
inconsistent, a divided kingdom. Its supposed realism 
has no divine authority, and I rejoice in the apprehension 
of this grand verity. 
The opponents of divine Science must be 
charitable, if they would be Christian. If the 
letter of Christian Science appears inconsistent, they should 
Christian 
warfare 
Healing 
omitted 
Scientific 
consistency 
-* Spiritual 
meaning SOME OBJECTIONS ANSWERED 
355 
gain the spiritual meaning of Christian Science, and then 
the ambiguity will vanish. 
The charge of inconsistency in Christianly scientific 
methods of dealing with sin and disease is met by some- 
thing practical, — namely, the proof of the 
utility of these methods; and proofs are better 
than mere verbal arguments or prayers which evince no 
spiritual power to heal. 
As for sin and disease, Christian Science says, in the 
language of the Master, “Follow me; and let the dead 
bury their dead.” Let discord of every name and nature 
be heard no more, and let the harmonious and true sense 
of Life and being take possession of human consciousness. 
What is the relative value of the two conflicting the- 
ories regarding Christian healing? One, according to 
the commands of our Master, heals the sick. The other, 
popular religion, declines to admit that Christ’s religion 
has exercised any systematic healing power since the first 
century. 
The statement that the teachings of Christian Sci- 
ence in this work are “absolutely false, and the most 
egregious fallacies ever offered for accept- 
ance,” is an opinion wholly due to a misap- 
prehension both of the divine Principle and practice of 
Christian Science and to a consequent inability to demon- 
strate this Science. Without this understanding, no one 
is capable of impartial or correct criticism, because demon- 
stration and spiritual understanding are God’s immortal 
keynotes, proved to be such by our Master and evidenced 
by the sick who are cured and by the sinners who are 
reformed. 
Strangely enough, we ask for material theories in sup- 
Practical 
arguments 
Conditions 
of criticism 356 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
port of spiritual and eternal truths, when the two are so 
antagonistic that the material thought must become spir- 
itualized before the spiritual fact is attained. 
So-called material existence affords no evidence 
of spiritual existence and immortality. Sin, 
sickness, and death do not prove man’s entity or immor- 
tality. Discord can never establish the facts of harmony. 
Matter is not the vestibule of Spirit. 
Jesus reasoned on this subject practically, and con- 
trolled sickness, sin, and death on the basis of his spir- 
ituality. Understanding the nothingness of 
material things, he spoke of flesh and Spirit 
as the two opposites, — as error and Truth, not contrib- 
uting in any way to each other’s happiness and existence. 
Jesus knew, “It is the spirit that quickeneth; the flesh 
profiteth nothing.” 
There is neither a present nor an eternal copartner- 
ship between error and Truth, between flesh and Spirit. 
God is as incapable of producing sin, sick- 
ness, and death as He is of experiencing these 
errors. How then is it possible for Him to create man 
subject to this triad of errors, — man who is made in the 
divine likeness? 
Does God create a material man out of Himself, Spirit ? 
Does evil proceed from good ? Does divine I,ove com- 
mit a fraud on humanity by making man inclined to sin, 
and then punishing him for it? Would any one call it 
wise and good to create the primitive, and then punish its 
derivative ? 
Does subsequent follow its antecedent ? It does. 
Was there original self-creative sin? Then there must 
have been more than one creator, more than one God. 
Weakness 
of material 
theories 
Irreconcilable 
differences 
Copartnership 
impossible SOME OBJECTIONS ANSWERED 
357 
In common justice, we must admit that God will not 
punish man for doing what He created man 
capable of doing, and knew from the outset 
that man would do. God is “of purer eyes 
than to behold evil.” We sustain Truth, not by accept- 
ing, but by rejecting a lie. 
Jesus said of personified evil, that it was “a liar, and 
the father of it.” Truth creates neither a lie, a capacity 
to lie, nor a liar. If mankind would relinquish the belief 
that God makes sickness, sin, and death, or makes man 
capable of suffering on account of this malevolent triad, 
the foundations of error would be sapped and error’s de- 
struction ensured; but if we theoretically endow mortals 
with the creativeness and authority of Deity, how dare we 
attempt to destroy what He hath made, or even to deny 
that God made man evil and made evil good ? 
History teaches that the popular and false notions 
about the Divine Being and character have originated 
in the human mind. As there is in reality but 
one God, one Mind, wrong notions about God 
must have originated in a false supposition, not in im- 
mortal Truth, and they are fading out. They are false 
claims, which will eventually disappear, according to the 
vision of St. John in the Apocalypse. 
If what opposes God is real, there must be two 
powers, and God is not supreme and infinite. Can 
Deity be almighty, if another mighty and 
self-creative cause exists and sways man- 
kind? Has the Father “Life in Himself,” as the Scrip- 
tures say, and, if so, can Life, or God, dwell in evil and 
create it ? Can matter drive Life, Spirit, hence, and so 
defeat omnipotence? 
Two infinite 
creators 
absurd 
Anthropo- 
morphism 
One su- 
premacy 358 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
Is the woodman’s axe, which destroys a tree’s so-called 
life, superior to omnipotence? Can a leaden bullet de- 
prive a man of Life, — that is, of God, who is 
man’s Life ? If God is at the mercy of matter, 
then matter is omnipotent. Such doctrines are “confu- 
sion worse confounded.” If two statements directly con- 
tradict each other and one is true, the other must be false. 
Is Science thus contradictory? 
Christian Science, understood, coincides with the 
Scriptures, and sustains logically and demonstratively 
every point it presents. Otherwise it would 
not be Science, and could not present its 
proofs. Christian Science is neither made up of contra- 
dictory aphorisms nor of the inventions of those who scoff 
at God. It presents the calm and clear verdict of Truth 
against error, uttered and illustrated by the prophets, 
by Jesus, by his apostles, as is recorded throughout the 
Scriptures. 
Why are the words of Jesus more frequently cited 
for our instruction than are his remarkable works? Is 
it not because there are few who have gained a true 
knowledge of the great import to Christianity of those 
works ? 
Sometimes it is said: “Rest assured that whatever 
effect Christian Scientists may have on the sick, comes 
through rousing within the sick a belief 
that in the removal of disease these healers 
have wonderful power, derived from the Holy Ghost.” 
Is it likely that church-members have more faith in 
some Christian Scientist, whom they have perhaps 
never seen and against whom they have been warned, 
than they have in their own accredited and orthodox 
Matter 
impotent 
Scientific and 
Biblical facts 
Personal 
confidence SOME OBJECTIONS ANSWERED 
359 
pastors, whom they have seen and have been taught 
to love and to trust ? 
Let any clergyman try to cure his friends by their 
faith in him. Will that faith heal them? Yet Scien- 
tists will take the same cases, and cures will follow. 
Is this because the patients have more faith in the Scien- 
tist than in their pastor? I have healed infidels whose 
only objection to this method was, that I as a Chris- 
tian Scientist believed in the Holy Spirit, while they, the 
patients, did not. 
Even though you aver that the material senses are 
indispensable to man’s existence or entity, you must 
change the human concept of life, and must at length 
know yourself spiritually and scientifically. The evi- 
dence of the existence of Spirit, Soul, is palpable only to 
spiritual sense, and is not apparent to the material senses, 
which cognize only that which is the opposite of Spirit. 
True Christianity is to be honored wherever found, 
but when shall we arrive at the goal which that word 
implies? From Puritan parents, the discov- 
erer of Christian Science early received her 
religious education. In childhood, she often listened 
with joy to these words, falling from the lips of her 
saintly mother, “God is able to raise you up from sick- 
ness;” and she pondered the meaning of that Scripture 
she so often quotes: “And these signs shall follow them 
that believe; . . . they shall lay hands on the sick, 
and they shall recover.” 
A Christian Scientist and an opponent are like two 
artists. One says: “I have spiritual ideals, 
indestructible and glorious. When others see 
them as I do, in their true light and loveliness, — and 
Author’s 
parentage 
Two differ- 
ent artists 360 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
know that these ideals are real and eternal because drawn 
from Truth, — they will find that nothing is lost, and all 
is won, by a right estimate of what is real.” 
The other artist replies: “You wrong my experience. 
I have no mind-ideals except those which are both mental 
and material. It is true that materiality renders these 
ideals imperfect and destructible; yet I would not ex- 
change mine for thine, for mine give me such personal 
pleasure, and they are not so sltockingly transcendental. 
They require less self-abnegation, and keep Soul well out 
of sight. Moreover, I have no notion of losing my old 
doctrines or human opinions.” 
Dear reader, which mind-picture or externalized thought 
shall be real to you, — the material or the spiritual ? 
Both you cannot have. You are bringing out 
your own ideal. This ideal is either temporal 
or eternal. Either Spirit or matter is your model. If you 
try to have two models, then you practically have none. 
Like a pendulum in a clock, you will be thrown back and 
forth, striking the ribs of matter and swinging between the 
real and the unreal. 
Hear the wisdom of Job, as given in the excellent trans- 
lation of the late Rev. George li. Noyes, D.D.: — 
Shall mortal man be more just than God ? 
Shall man be more pure than his Maker ? 
Behold, He putteth no trust in His ministering spirits, 
And His angels He chargeth with frailty. 
Of old, the Jews put to death the Galilean Prophet, 
the best Christian on earth, for the truth he spoke and 
demonstrated, while to-day, Jew and Christian can unite 
in doctrine and denomination on the very basis of Jesus’ 
words and works. The Jew believes that the Messiah or 
Choose ye 
to-day SOME OBJECTIONS ANSWERED 
361 
Christ has not yet come; the Christian believes that 
Christ is God. Here Christian Science intervenes, ex- 
plains these doctrinal points, cancels the disagreement, 
and settles the question. Christ, as the true spiritual idea, 
is the ideal of God now and forever, here and everywhere. 
The Jew who believes in the First Commandment is a 
monotheist; he has one omnipresent God. Thus the Jew 
unites with the Christian’s doctrine that God is come and 
is present now and forever. The Christian who believes 
in the First Commandment is a monotheist. Thus he 
virtually unites with the Jew’s belief in one God, and 
recognizes that Jesus Christ is not God, as Jesus himself 
declared, but is the Son of God. This declaration of 
Jesus, understood, conflicts not at all with another of his 
sayings: “I and my Father are one,” — that is, one in 
quality, not in quantity. As a drop of water is one with 
the ocean, a ray of light one with the sun, even so God 
and man, Father and son, are one in being. The Scrip- 
ture reads: “For in Him we live, and move, and have 
our being.” 
I have revised Science and Health only to give a 
clearer and fuller expression of its original meaning. Spir- 
itual ideas unfold as we advance. A human perception of 
divine Science, however limited, must be correct in order 
to be Science and subject to demonstration. A germ of in- 
finite Truth, though least in the kingdom of heaven, is the 
higher hope on earth, but it will be rejected and reviled 
until God prepares the soil for the seed. That which 
when sown bears immortal fruit, enriches mankind only 
when it is understood, — hence the many readings given 
the Scriptures, and the requisite revisions of Science and 
Health with Key to the Scriptures. CHAPTER XII 
CHRISTIAN SCIENCE PRACTICE 
Why art thou cast down, O my sold [sense] ? 
And why art thou disquieted within me ? 
Hope thou in God ; for I shall yet praise Him, 
Who is the health of my countenance and my God. — Psalms. 
And these signs shall follow them that believe ; In my name shall they 
cast out devils; they shall speak with new tongues ; they shall take up 
serpents ; and if they drink any deadly thing, it shall not hurt them ; 
they shall lay hands on the sick, and they shall recover. — Jesus. 
IT is related in the seventh chapter of Luke’s Gospel 
that Jesus was once the honored guest of a certain 
Pharisee, by name Simon, though he was quite unlike 
Simon the disciple. While they were at meat, an unusual 
incident occurred, as if to interrupt the scene 
of Oriental festivity. A “strange woman” 
came in. Heedless of the fact that she was debarred from 
such a place and such society, especially under the stern 
rules of rabbinical law, as positively as if she were a Hin- 
doo pariah intruding upon the household of a high-caste 
Brahman, this woman (Mary Magdalene, as she has 
since been called) approached Jesus, According to the 
custom of those days, he reclined on a couch with his 
head towards the table and his bare feet away from it. 
It was therefore easy for the Magdalen to come behind 
A gospel 
narrative CHRISTIAN SCIENCE PRACTICE 
363 
the couch and reach his feet. She bore an alabaster jar 
containing costly and fragrant oil, —■ sandal oil perhaps, 
which is in such common use in the East. Breaking 
the sealed jar, she perfumed Jesus’ feet with the oil, 
wiping them with her long hair, which hung loosely 
about her shoulders, as was customary with women of her 
grade. 
Did Jesus spurn the woman ? Did he repel her adora- 
tion? No! He regarded her compassionately. Nor was 
this all. Knowing what those around him 
were saying in their hearts, especially his host, 
— that they were wondering why, being a prophet, the 
exalted guest did not at once detect the woman’s immoral 
status and bid her depart, — knowing this, Jesus rebuked 
them with a short story or parable. He described two 
debtors, one for a large sum and one for a smaller, who 
were released from their obligations by their common 
creditor. “Which of them will love him most?” was the 
Master’s question to Simon the Pharisee; and Simon re- 
plied, “ He to whom he forgave most.” Jesus approved 
the answer, and so brought home the lesson to all, follow- 
ing it with that remarkable declaration to the woman, 
“Thy sins are forgiven.” 
Why did he thus summarize her debt to divine Love ? 
Had she repented and reformed, and did his insight 
detect this unspoken moral uprising ? She 
bathed his feet with her tears before she 
anointed them with the oil. In the absence of other 
proofs, was her grief sufficient evidence to warrant the 
expectation of her repentance, reformation, and growth 
in wisdom? Certainly there was encouragement in the 
mere fact that she was showing her affection for a man 
Parable of 
the creditor 
Divine 
insight 364 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
of undoubted goodness and purity, who has since been 
rightfully regarded as the best man that ever trod this 
planet. Her reverence was unfeigned, and it was mani- 
fested towards one who was soon, though they knew it 
not, to lay down his mortal existence in behalf of all 
sinners, that through his word and works they might be 
redeemed from sensuality and sin. 
Which was the higher tribute to such ineffable affec- 
tion, the hospitality of the Pharisee or the contrition of 
the Magdalen ? This query Jesus answered 
by rebuking self-righteousness and declaring 
the absolution of the penitent. He even said that this 
poor woman had done -what his rich entertainer had neg- 
lected to do, — wash and anoint his guest’s feet, a special 
sign of Oriental courtesy. 
Here is suggested a solemn question, a question indi- 
cated by one of the needs of this age. Do Christian 
Scientists seek Truth as Simon sought the Saviour, through 
material conservatism and for personal homage? Jesus 
told Simon that such seekers as he gave small reward 
in return for the spiritual purgation which came through 
the Messiah. If Christian Scientists are like Simon, 
then it must be said of them also that they love 
little. 
On the other hand, do they show their regard for 
Truth, or Christ, by their genuine repentance, by their 
broken hearts, expressed by meekness and 
human affection, as did this woman ? If 
so, then it may be said of them, as Jesus said of the 
unwelcome visitor, that they indeed love much, because 
much is forgiven them. 
Did the careless doctor, the nurse, the cook, and the 
Penitence or 
hospitality 
Genuine 
repentance CHRISTIAN SCIENCE PRACTICE 
365 
brusque business visitor sympathetically know the thorns 
they plant in the pillow of the sick and the heavenly 
homesick looking away from earth, — Oh, did 
they know! — this knowledge would do much 
more towards healing the sick and preparing their helpers 
for the “midnight call,” than all cries of “Lord, Lord!” 
The benign thought of Jesus, finding utterance in such 
words as “Take no thought for your life,” would heal 
the sick, and so enable them to rise above the supposed 
necessity for physical thought-taking and doctoring; 
but if the unselfish affections be lacking, and common 
sense and common humanity are disregarded, what men- 
tal quality remains, with which to evoke healing from 
the outstretched arm of righteousness? 
If the Scientist reaches his patient through divine 
Love, the healing work will be accomplished at one 
visit, and the disease will vanish into its native 
nothingness like dew before the morning sun- 
shine. If the Scientist has enough Christly affection to 
win his own pardon, and such commendation as the Mag- 
dalen gained from Jesus, then he is Christian enough to 
practise scientifically and deal with his patients compas- 
sionately ; and the result will correspond with the spiritual 
intent. 
If hypocrisy, stolidity, inhumanity, or vice finds its 
way into the chambers of disease through the would-be 
healer, it would, if it were possible, convert 
into a den of thieves the temple of the Holy 
Ghost, — the patient’s spiritual power to resuscitate him- 
self. The unchristian practitioner is not giving to mind 
or body the joy and strength of Truth. The poor suf- 
fering heart needs its rightful nutriment, such as peace, 
Compassion 
requisite 
Speedy 
healing 
Truth 
desecrated SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
patience in tribulation, and a priceless sense of the dear 
Father’s loving-kindness. 
In order to cure his patient, the metaphysician 
must first cast moral evils out of himself and thus 
attain the spiritual freedom which will en- 
able him to cast physical evils out of his 
patient; but heal he cannot, while his own spiritual 
barrenness debars him from giving drink to the thirsty 
and hinders him from reaching his patient’s thought, — 
yea, while mental penury chills his faith and under- 
standing. 
The physician who lacks sympathy for his fellow- 
being is deficient in human affection, and we have the 
apostolic warrant for asking: “ He that loveth 
not his brother whom he hath seen, how can 
he love God whom he hath not seen ? ” Not having this 
spiritual affection, the physician lacks faith in the divine 
Mind and has not that recognition of infinite Love which 
alone confers the healing power. Such so-called Scien- 
tists will strain out gnats, while they swallow the camels 
of bigoted pedantry. 
The physician must also watch, lest he be over- 
whelmed by a sense of the odiousness of sin and by the 
unveiling of sin in his own thoughts. The 
sick are terrified by their sick beliefs, and 
sinners should be affrighted by their sinful beliefs; but 
the Christian Scientist will be calm in the presence of 
both sin and disease, knowing, as he does, that Life is 
God and God is All. 
If we would open their prison doors for the sick, we 
must first learn to bind up the broken-hearted. If we 
would heal by the Spirit, we must not hide the talent 
Moral evils 
to be cast out 
The true 
physician 
Source of 
calmness CHRISTIAN SCIENCE PRACTICE 
367 
of spiritual healing under the napkin of its form, nor 
bury the morale of Christian Science in the grave-clothes 
of its letter. The tender word and Christian 
encouragement of an invalid, pitiful patience 
with his fears and the removal of them, are better than 
hecatombs of gushing theories, stereotyped borrowed 
speeches, and the doling of arguments, which are but so 
many parodies on legitimate Christian Science, aflame 
with divine Love. 
This is what is meant by seeking Truth, Christ, not 
“for the loaves and fishes/’ nor, like the Pharisee, with 
the arrogance of rank and display of scholar- 
ship, but like Mary Magdalene, from the sum- 
mit of devout consecration, with the oil of gladness and 
the perfume of gratitude, with tears of repentance and 
with those hairs all numbered by the Father. 
A Christian Scientist occupies the place at this period 
of which Jesus spoke to his disciples, when he said: “Ye 
are the salt of the earth.” “Ye are the light 
of the world. A city that is set on an hill can- 
not be hid.” Let us watch, work, and pray that this salt 
lose not its saltness, and that this light be not hid, but 
radiate and glow into noontide glory. 
The infinite Truth of the Christ-cure has come to this 
age through a “still, small voice,” through silent utter- 
ances and divine anointing which quicken and increase 
the beneficial effects of Christianity. I long to see the 
consummation of my hope, namely, the student’s higher 
attainments in this line of light. 
Because Truth is infinite, error should be known as 
nothing. Because Truth is omnipotent in goodness, 
error, Truth’s opposite, has no might. Evil is but the 
Genuine 
healing 
Gratitude 
and humility 
The salt of 
the earth 368 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
counterpoise of nothingness. The greatest wrong is 
but a supposititious opposite of the highest right. The 
confidence inspired by Science lies in the fact 
that Truth is real and error is unreal. Error 
is a coward before Truth. Divine Science insists that 
time will prove all this. Both truth and error have come 
nearer than ever before to the apprehension of mortals, 
and truth will become still clearer as error is self- 
destroyed. 
Against the fatal beliefs that error is as real as Truth, 
that evil is equal in power to good if not superior, and that 
discord is as normal as harmony, even the hope 
of freedom from the bondage of sickness and 
sin has little inspiration to nerve endeavor. When we 
come to have more faith in the truth of being than we have 
in error, more -faith in Spirit than in matter, more faith 
in living than in dying, more faith in God than in man, 
then no material suppositions can prevent us from healing 
the sick and destroying error. 
That Life is not contingent on bodily conditions is 
proved, when we learn that life and man survive this 
body. Neither evil, disease, nor death can be 
spiritual, and the material belief in them dis- 
appears in the ratio of one’s spiritual growth. Because 
matter has no consciousness or Ego, it cannot act; its 
conditions are illusions, and these false conditions are the 
source of all seeming sickness. Admit the existence of 
matter, and you admit that mortality (and therefore dis- 
ease) has a foundation in fact. Deny the existence of 
matter, and you can destroy the belief in material con- 
ditions. When fear disappears, the foundation of disease 
is gone. Once let the mental physician believe in the 
Real and 
counterfeit 
Results of 
faith in Truth 
Life independ- 
ent of matter CHRISTIAN SCIENCE PRACTICE 
369 
reality of matter, and he is liable to admit also the reality 
of all discordant conditions, and this hinders his de- 
stroying them. Thus he is unfitted for the successful 
treatment of disease. 
In proportion as matter loses to human sense all en- 
tity as man, in that proportion does man become its 
master. He enters into a diviner sense of the 
facts, and comprehends the theology of Jesus 
as demonstrated in healing the sick, raising the dead, 
and walking over the wave. All these deeds manifested 
Jesus’ control over the belief that matter is substance, 
that it can be the arbiter of life or the constructor of any 
form of existence. 
We never read that Luke or Paul made a reality of 
disease in order to discover some means of healing it. 
Jesus never asked if disease were acute or 
chronic, and he never recommended atten- 
tion to laws of health, never gave drugs, never prayed 
to know if God were willing that a man should live. He 
understood man, whose Life is God, to be immortal, and 
knew that man has not two lives, one to be destroyed and 
the other to be made indestructible. 
The prophylactic and therapeutic (that is, the prevent- 
ive and curative) arts belong emphatically to Christian 
Science, as would be readily seen, if psychology, 
or the Science of Spirit, God, was understood. 
Unscientific methods are finding their dead level. Lim- 
ited to matter by their own law, what have they of the 
advantages of Mind and immortality? 
No man is physically healed in wilful error or by it, 
any more than he is morally saved in or by sin. It is 
error even to murmur or to be angry over sin. To be 
Man's 
entity 
The Christ 
treatment 
Matter not 
medicine 370 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
every whit whole, man must be better spiritually as well 
as physically. To be immortal, we must forsake the 
mortal sense of things, turn from the lie of false 
belief to Truth, and gather the facts of being 
from the divine Mind. The body improves under the 
same regimen which spiritualizes the thought; and if 
health is not made manifest under this regimen, this 
proves that fear is governing the body. This is the law 
of cause and effect, or like producing like. 
Homoeopathy furnishes the evidence to the senses, that 
symptoms, which might be produced by a certain drug, 
are removed by using the same drug which 
might cause the symptoms. This confirms 
my theory that faith in the drug is the sole factor in the 
cure. The effect, which mortal mind produces through 
one belief, it removes through an opposite belief, but it 
uses the same medicine in both cases. 
The moral and spiritual facts of health, whispered 
into thought, produce very direct and marked effects on 
the body. A physical diagnosis of disease — since mor- 
tal mind must be the cause of disease — tends to induce 
disease. 
According to both medical testimony and individual 
experience, a drug may eventually lose its supposed power 
and do no more for the patient. Hygienic 
treatment also loses its efficacy. Quackery 
likewise fails at length to inspire the credulity 
of the sick, and then they cease to improve. These les- 
sons are useful. They should naturally and genuinely 
change our basis from sensation to Christian Science, 
from error to Truth, from matter to Spirit. 
Physicians examine the pulse, tongue, lungs, to dis- 
No healing 
in sin 
Like curing 
like 
Transient 
potency 
of drugs CHRISTIAN SCIENCE PRACTICE 
371 
cover the condition of matter, when in fact all is 
Mind. The body is the substratum of mortal mind, 
and this so-called mind must finally yield 
to the mandate of immortal Mind. 
Disquisitions on disease have a mental effect similar 
to that produced on children by telling ghost-stories in 
the dark. By those uninstructed in Christian 
Science, nothing is really understood of material 
existence. Mortals are believed to be here without their 
consent and to be removed as involuntarily, not knowing 
why nor when. As frightened children look everywhere 
for the imaginary ghost, so sick humanity sees danger in 
every direction, and looks for relief in all ways except the 
right one. Darkness induces fear. The adult, in bond- 
age to his beliefs, no more comprehends his real being 
than does the child; and the adult must be taken out of 
his darkness, before he can get rid of the illusive suffer- 
ings which throng the gloaming. The way in divine 
Science is the only way out of this condition. 
I would not transform the infant at once into a 
man, nor would I keep the suckling a lifelong babe. 
No impossible thing do I ask when urging 
the claims of Christian Science; but because 
this teaching is in advance of the age, we 
should not deny our need of its spiritual unfoldment. 
Mankind will improve through Science and Christi- 
anity. The necessity for uplifting the race is father to 
the fact that Mind can do it; for Mind can impart 
purity instead of impurity, strength instead of weak- 
ness, and health instead of disease. Truth is an altera- 
tive in the entire system, and can make it “every whit 
whole.” 
Diagnosis 
of matter 
Ghost-stories 
inducing fear 
Mind imparts 
purity, health, 
and beauty 372 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
Remember, brain is not mind. Matter cannot be sick, 
and Mind is immortal. The mortal body is only an erro- 
neous mortal belief of mind in matter. What 
you call matter was originally error in solu- 
tion, elementary mortal mind, — likened by Milton to 
“chaos and old night.” One theory about this mortal 
mind is, that its sensations can reproduce man, can form 
blood, flesh, and bones. The Science of being, in which 
all is divine Mind, or God and His idea, would be clearer 
in this age, but for the belief that matter is the medium 
of man, or that man can enter his own embodied thought, 
bind himself with his own beliefs, and then call his bonds 
material and name them divine law. 
When man demonstrates Christian Science absolutely, 
he will be perfect. He can neither sin, suffer, be subject 
to matter, nor disobey the law of God. There- 
fore he will be as the angels in heaven. Chris- 
tian Science and Christianity are one. How, then, in 
Christianity any more than in Christian Science, can we 
believe in the reality and power of both Truth and error, 
Spirit and matter, and hope to succeed with contraries? 
Matter is not self-sustaining. Its false supports fail one 
after another. Matter succeeds for a period only by 
falsely parading in the vestments of law. 
“Whosoever shall deny me before men, him will I also 
deny before my Father which is in heaven.” In Chris- 
tian Science, a denial of Truth is fatal, while 
a just acknowledgment of Truth and of what 
it has done for us is an effectual help. If pride, super- 
stition, or any error prevents the honest recognition of 
benefits received, this will be a hindrance to the recovery 
of the sick and the success of the student,. 
Brain not 
intelligent 
Veritable 
success 
Recognition 
of benefits CHRISTIAN SCIENCE PRACTICE 
If we are Christians on all moral questions, but are in 
darkness as to the physical exemption which Christian- 
ity includes, then we must have more faith 
in God on this subject and be more alive to 
His promises. It is easier to cure the most 
malignant disease than it is to cure sin. The author has 
raised up the dying, partly because they were willing to 
be restored, while she has struggled long, and perhaps in 
vain, to lift a student out of a chronic sin. Under all 
modes of pathological treatment, the sick recover more 
rapidly from disease than does the sinner from his sin. 
Healing is easier than teaching, if the teaching is faithfully 
done. 
The fear of disease and the love of sin are the sources 
of man’s enslavement. “The fear of the Lord 
is the beginning of wisdom,” but the Scriptures 
also declare, through the exalted thought of John, that 
“perfect Love casteth out fear.” 
The fear occasioned by ignorance can be cured; but 
to remove the effects of fear produced by sin, you must 
rise above both fear and sin. Disease is expressed not 
so much by the lips as in the functions of the body. Es- 
tablish the scientific sense of health, and you relieve the 
oppressed organ. The inflammation, decomposition, or 
deposit will abate, and the disabled organ will resume its 
healthy functions. 
When the blood rushes madly through the veins or 
languidly creeps along its frozen channels, we call these 
conditions disease. This is a misconception. 
Mortal mind is producing the propulsion or the 
languor, and we prove this to be so when by mental means 
the circulation is changed, and returns to that standard 
Disease far 
more docile 
than iniquity 
Love frees 
from fear 
Mind circu- 
lates blood 374 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
which mortal mind has decided upon as essential for 
health. Anodynes, counter-irritants, and depletion never 
reduce inflammation scientifically, but the truth of being, 
whispered into the ear of mortal mind, will bring relief. 
Hatred and its effects on the body are removed by 
Love. Because mortal mind seems to be conscious, the 
sick say: “How can my mind cause a disease 
I never thought of and knew nothing about, 
until it appeared on my body?” The author has an- 
swered this question in her explanation of disease as origi- 
nating in human belief before it is consciously apparent 
on the body, which is in fact the objective state of mortal 
mind, though it is called matter. This mortal blindness 
and its sharp consequences show our need of divine meta- 
physics. Through immortal Mind, or Truth, we can 
destroy all ills which proceed from mortal mind. 
Ignorance of the cause or approach of disease is no 
argument against the mental origin of disease. You con- 
fess to ignorance of the future and incapacity to preserve 
your own existence, and this belief helps rather than 
hinders disease. Such a state of mind induces sickness. 
It is like walking in darkness on the edge of a precipice. 
You cannot forget the belief of danger, and your steps 
are less firm because of your fear, and ignorance of mental 
cause and effect. 
Heat and cold are products of mortal mind. The body, 
when bereft of mortal mind, at first cools, and after- 
wards it is resolved into its primitive mortal 
elements. Nothing that lives ever dies, and 
vice versa. Mortal mind produces animal heat, and then 
expels it through the abandonment of a belief, or in- 
creases it to the point of self-destruction. Hence it is 
Mind can de- 
stroy all ills 
Temperature 
is mental CHRISTIAN SCIENCE PRACTICE 
375 
mortal mind, not matter, which says, “I die.” Heat 
would pass from the body as painlessly as gas dissipates 
into the air when it evaporates but for the belief that in- 
flammation and pain must accompany the separation of 
heat from the body. 
Chills and heat are often the form in which fever mani- 
fests itself. Change the mental state, and the chills and 
fever disappear. The old-school physician 
proves this when his patient says, “ I am better,” 
but the patient believes that matter, not mind, 
has helped him. The Christian Scientist demonstrates 
that divine Mind heals, while the hypnotist dispossesses 
the patient of his individuality in order to control him. 
No person is benefited by yielding his mentality to any 
mental despotism or malpractice. All unscientific mental 
practice is erroneous and powerless, and should be under- 
stood and so rendered fruitless. The genuine Christian 
Scientist is adding to his patient’s mental and moral power, 
and is increasing his patient’s spirituality while restoring 
him physically through divine Love. 
Palsy is a belief that matter governs mortals, and can 
paralyze the body, making certain portions of 
it motionless. Destroy the belief, show mortal 
mind that muscles have no power to be lost, for Mind is 
supreme, and you cure the palsy. 
Consumptive patients always show great hopeful- 
ness and courage, even when they are supposed to be in 
hopeless danger. This state of mind seems 
anomalous except to the expert in Christian 
Science. This mental state is not understood, simply 
because it is a stage of fear so excessive that it amounts 
to fortitude. The belief in consumption presents to mor- 
Science 
versus 
hypnotism 
Cure for 
palsy 
Latent fear 
diagnosed 376 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
tal thought a hopeless state, an image more terrifying than 
that of most other diseases. The patient turns involun- 
tarily from the contemplation of it, but though unacknowl- 
edged, the latent fear and the despair of recovery remain 
in thought. 
Just so is it with the greatest sin. It is the most subtle, 
and does its work almost self-deceived. The diseases 
deemed dangerous sometimes come from the 
most hidden, undefined, and insidious beliefs. 
The pallid invalid, whom you declare to be wasting away 
with consumption of the blood, should be told that blood 
never gave life and can never take it away, — that Life is 
Spirit, and that there is more life and immortality in one 
good motive and act than in all the blood, which ever 
flowed through mortal veins and simulated a corporeal 
sense of life. 
If the body is material, it cannot, for that very reason, 
suffer with a fever. Because the so-called material body 
is a mental concept and governed by mortal 
mind, it manifests only what that so-called 
mind expresses. Therefore the efficient remedy is to 
destroy the patient’s false belief by both silently and au- 
dibly arguing the true facts in regard to harmonious 
being, — representing man as healthy instead of diseased, 
and showing that it is impossible for matter to suffer, to 
feel pain or heat, to be thirsty or sick. Destroy fear, 
and you end fever. Some people, mistaught as to Mind- 
science, inquire when it will be safe to check a fever. 
Know that in Science you cannot check a fever after ad- 
mitting that it must have its course. To fear and admit 
the power of disease, is to paralyze mental and scientific 
demonstration. 
Insidious 
concepts 
Remedy 
for fever CHRISTIAN SCIENCE PRACTICE 
377 
If your patient believes in taking cold, mentally con- 
vince him that matter cannot take cold, and that thought 
governs this liability. If grief causes suffering, convince 
the sufferer that affliction is often the source of joy, and 
that he should rejoice always in ever-present Love. 
Invalids flee to tropical climates in order to save their 
lives, but they come back no better than when they went 
away. Then is the time to cure them through 
Christian Science, and prove that they can 
be healthy in all climates, when their fear of climate is 
exterminated. 
Through different states of mind, the body becomes 
suddenly weak or abnormally strong, showing mortal 
mind to be the producer of strength or weak- 
ness. A sudden joy or grief has caused what 
is termed instantaneous death. Because a belief origi- 
nates unseen, the mental state should be continually 
watched that it may not produce blindly its bad effects. 
The author never knew a patient who did not recover 
when the belief of the disease had gone. Remove the 
leading error or governing fear of this lower so-called mind, 
and you remove the cause of all disease as well as the mor- 
bid or excited action of any organ. You also remove in 
this way what are termed organic diseases as readily as 
functional difficulties. 
The cause of all so-called disease is mental, a mortal 
fear, a mistaken belief or conviction of the necessity and 
power of ill-health; also a fear that Mind is helpless to 
defend the life of man and incompetent to control it. With- 
out this ignorant human belief, any circumstance is of it- 
self powerless to produce suffering. It is latent belief in 
disease, as well as the fear of disease, which associates sick- 
Climate 
harmless 
Mind gov- 
erns body 378 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
ness with certain circumstances and causes the two to 
appear conjoined, even as poetry and music are repro- 
duced in union by human memory. Disease has no in- 
telligence. Unwittingly you sentence yourself to suffer. 
The understanding of this will enable you to commute this 
self-sentence, and meet every circumstance with truth. 
Disease is less than mind, and Mind can control it. 
Without the so-called human mind, there can be no 
inflammatory nor torpid action of the system. Remove 
the error, and you destroy its effects. By 
looking a tiger fearlessly in the eye, Sir Charles 
Napier sent it cowering back into the jungle. An ani- 
mal may infuriate another by looking it in the eye, and 
both will fight for nothing. A man’s gaze, fastened 
fearlessly on a ferocious beast, often causes the beast to 
retreat in terror. This latter occurrence represents the 
power of Truth over error, — the might of intelligence 
exercised over mortal beliefs to destroy them; whereas 
hypnotism and hygienic drilling and drugging, adopted 
to cure matter, is represented by two material erroneous 
bases. 
Disease is not an intelligence to dispute the empire of 
Mind or to dethrone Mind and take the government into 
its own hands. Sickness is not a God-given, 
nor a self-constituted material power, which 
copes astutely with Mind and finally conquers it. God 
never endowed matter with power to disable Life or to 
chill harmony with a long and cold night of discord. 
Such a power, without the divine permission, is incon- 
ceivable ; and if such a power could be divinely directed, 
it would manifest less wisdom than we usually find dis- 
played in human governments. 
Latent 
power 
Disease 
powerless CHRISTIAN SCIENCE PRACTICE 
379 
If disease can attack and control the body without 
the consent of mortals, sin can do the same, for both 
are errors, announced as partners in the be- 
ginning. The Christian Scientist finds only 
effects, where the ordinary physician looks for causes. 
The real jurisdiction of the world is in Mind, controlling 
every effect and recognizing all causation as vested in 
divine Mind. 
A felon, on whom certain English students experi- 
mented, fancied himself bleeding to death, and died be- 
cause of that belief, when only a stream of 
warm water was trickling over his arm. Had 
he known his sense of bleeding was an illusion, he would 
have risen above the false belief. Let the despairing in- 
valid, inspecting the hue of her blood on a cambric hand- 
kerchief, think of the experiment of those Oxford boys, 
who caused the death of a man, when not a drop of his 
blood was shed. Then let her learn the opposite state- 
ment of Life as taught in Christian Science, and she will 
understand that she is not dying on account of the state of 
her blood, but is suffering from her belief that blood is 
destroying her life. The so-called vital current does not 
affect the invalid’s health, but her belief produces the 
very results she dreads. 
Fevers are errors of various types. The quickened 
pulse, coated tongue, febrile heat, dry skin, pain in the 
head and limbs, are pictures drawn on the 
body by a mortal mind. The images, held in 
this disturbed mind, frighten conscious thought. Unless 
the fever-picture, drawn by millions of mortals and im- 
aged on the body through the belief that mind is in matter 
and discord is as real as harmony, is destroyed through 
Jurisdiction 
of Mind 
Power of 
imagination 
Fevers the 
effect of fear 380 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
Science, it may rest at length on some receptive thought, 
and become a fever case, which ends in a belief called 
death, which belief must be finally conquered by eternal 
Life. Truth is always the victor. Sickness and sin fall 
by their own weight. Truth is the rock of ages, the head- 
stone of the corner, “but on whomsoever it shall fall, it 
will grind him to powder.” 
Contending for the evidence or indulging the demands 
of sin, disease, or death, we virtually contend against 
the control of Mind over body, and deny the 
power of Mind to heal. This false method 
is as though the defendant should argue for the plaintiff 
in favor of a decision which the defendant knows will 
be turned against himself. 
The physical effects of fear illustrate its illusion. Gaz- 
ing at a chained lion, crouched for a spring, should not 
terrify a man. The body is affected only with 
the belief of disease produced by a so-called 
mind ignorant of the truth which chains disease. Noth- 
ing but the power of Truth can prevent the fear of 
error, and prove man’s dominion over error. 
Many years ago the author made a spiritual discov- 
ery, the scientific evidence of which has accumulated to 
prove that the divine Mind produces in man 
health, harmony, and immortality. Gradu- 
ally this evidence will gather momentum and clearness, 
until it reaches its culmination of scientific statement and 
proof. Nothing is more disheartening than to believe 
that there is a power opposite to God, or good, and that 
God endows this opposing power with strength to be used 
against Himself, against Life, health, harmony. 
Every law of matter or the body, supposed to govern 
Misdirected 
contention 
Benefits of 
metaphysics 
A higher 
discovery CHRISTIAN SCIENCE PRACTICE 
381 
man, is rendered null and void by the law of Life, God. 
Ignorant of our God-given rights, we submit to unjust 
decrees, and the bias of education enforces 
this slavery. Be no more willing to suffer the 
illusion that you are sick or that some disease is develop- 
ing in the system, than you are to yield to a sinful temp- 
tation on the ground that sin has its necessities. 
When infringing some supposed law, you say that 
there is danger. This fear is the danger and induces the 
physical effects. We cannot in reality suffer 
from breaking anything except a moral or 
spiritual law. The so-called laws of mortal belief are 
destroyed by the understanding that Soul is immortal, 
and that mortal mind cannot legislate the times, periods, 
and types of disease, with which mortals die. God is the 
lawmaker, but He is not the author of barbarous codes. 
In infinite Life and Love there is no sickness, sin, nor 
death, and the Scriptures declare that we live, move, and 
have our being in the infinite God. 
Think less of the enactments of mortal mind, and you 
will sooner grasp man’s God-given dominion. You must 
understand your way out of human theories 
relating to health, or you will never believe 
that you are quite free from some ailment. The har- 
mony and immortality of man will never be reached 
without the understanding that Mind is not in matter. 
Let us banish sickness as an outlaw, and abide by the 
rule of perpetual harmony, — God’s law. It is man’s 
moral right to annul an unjust sentence, a sentence never 
inflicted by divine authority. 
Christ Jesus overruled the error which would impose 
penalties for transgressions of the physical laws of 
Ignorance 
of our rights 
No laws 
of matter 
God-given 
dominion 382 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
Begin 
rightly 
health; he annulled supposed laws of matter, opposed 
to the harmonies of Spirit, lacking divine au- 
thority and having only human approval for 
their sanction. 
If half the attention given to hygiene were given to the 
study of Christian Science and to the spiritualization of 
thought, this alone would usher in the millen- 
nium. Constant bathing and rubbing to alter 
the secretions or to remove unhealthy exhalations from 
the cuticle receive a useful rebuke from Jesus’ precept, 
“Take no thought ... for the body.” We must beware 
of making clean merely the outside of the platter. 
He, who is ignorant of what is termed hygienic law, is 
more receptive of spiritual power and of faith in one 
God, than is the devotee of supposed hygienic 
law, who comes to teach the so-called igno- 
rant one. Must we not then consider the so-called law 
of matter a canon “more honored in the breach than 
the observance ” ? A patient thoroughly booked in medi- 
cal theories is more difficult to heal through Mind than 
one who is not. This verifies the saying of our Master: 
“Whosoever shall not receive the kingdom of God as a 
little child, shall in no wise enter therein.” 
One whom I rescued from seeming spiritual oblivion, 
in which the senses had engulfed him, wrote to me: “I 
should have died, but for the glorious Principle you teach, 
— supporting the power of Mind over the body and show- 
ing me the nothingness of the so-called pleasures and pains 
of sense. The treatises I had read and the medicines I 
had taken only abandoned me to more hopeless suffering 
and despair. Adherence to hygiene was useless. Mortal 
mind needed to be set right. The ailment was not bodily, 
Hygiene 
excessive 
Blissful 
ignorance CHRISTIAN SCIENCE PRACTICE 
383 
but mental, and I was cured when I learned my way in 
Christian Science.” 
We need a clean body and a clean mind, — a body 
rendered pure by Mind as well as washed by water. 
One says: “I take good care of my body.” 
To do this, the pure and exalting influence of 
the divine Mind on the body is requisite, and the Christian 
Scientist takes the best care of his body when he leaves 
it most out of his thought, and, like the Apostle Paul, is 
“willing rather to be absent from the body, and to be pres- 
ent with the Lord.” 
A hint may be taken from the emigrant, whose filth 
does not affect his happiness, because mind and body 
rest on the same basis. To the mind equally gross, dirt 
gives no uneasiness. It is the native element of such a 
mind, which is symbolized, and not chafed, by its sur- 
roundings ; but impurity and uncleanliness, which do 
not trouble the gross, could not be borne by the refined. 
This shows that the mind must be clean to keep the body 
in proper condition. 
The tobacco-user, eating or smoking poison for half a 
century, sometimes tells you that the weed preserves 
his health, but does this make it so ? Does his 
assertion prove the use of tobacco to be a salu- 
brious habit, and man to be the better for it? Such in- 
stances only prove the illusive physical effect of a false 
belief, confirming the Scriptural conclusion concerning a 
man, “ As he thinketh in his heart, so is he.” 
The movement-cure — pinching and pounding the poor 
body, to make it sensibly well when it ought to be in- 
sensibly so — is another medical mistake, resulting from 
the common notion that health depends on inert matter 
A clean mind 
and body 
Beliefs 
illusive 384 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
instead of on Mind. Can matter, or what is termed 
matter, either feel or act without mind ? 
We should relieve our minds from the depressing thought 
that we have transgressed a material law and must of 
necessity pay the penalty. Let us reassure 
ourselves with the law of Love. God never 
punishes man for doing right, for honest labor, or for 
deeds of kindness, though they expose him to fatigue, 
cold, heat, contagion. If man seems to incur the penalty 
through matter, this is but a belief of mortal mind, not 
an enactment of wisdom, and man has only to enter his 
protest against this belief in order to annul it. Through 
this action of thought and its results upon the body, the 
student will prove to himself, by small beginnings, the 
grand verities of Christian Science. 
If exposure to a draught of air while in a state of 
perspiration is followed by chills, dry cough, influenza, 
congestive symptoms in the lungs, or hints of 
inflammatory rheumatism, your Mind-remedy 
is safe and sure. If you are a Christian Scientist, such 
symptoms are not apt to follow exposure; but if you 
believe in laws of matter and their fatal effects when 
transgressed, you are not fit to conduct your own case or 
to destroy the bad effects of your belief. When the fear 
subsides and the conviction abides that you have broken 
no law, neither rheumatism, consumption, nor any other 
disease will ever result from exposure to the weather. In 
Science this is an established fact which all the evidence 
before the senses can never overrule. 
Sickness, sin, and death must at length quail before 
the divine rights of intelligence, and then the power 
of Mind over the entire functions and organs of the 
Corporeal 
penalties 
Not matter, 
but Mind CHRISTIAN SCIENCE PRACTICE 
385 
human system will be acknowledged. It is proverbial 
that Florence Nightingale and other philanthropists en- 
gaged in humane labors have been able to 
undergo without sinking fatigues and expo- 
sures which ordinary people could not endure. The ex- 
planation lies in the support which they derived from 
the divine law, rising above the human. The spiritual 
demand, quelling the material, supplies energy and en- 
durance surpassing all other aids, and forestalls the 
penalty which our beliefs would attach to our best 
deeds. Let us remember that the eternal law of right, 
though it can never annul the law which makes sin its 
own executioner, exempts man from all penalties but 
those due for wrong-doing. 
Constant toil, deprivations, exposures, and all untow- 
ard conditions, if without sin, can be experienced with- 
out suffering. Whatever it is your duty to do, 
you can do without harm to yourself. If you 
sprain the muscles or wound the flesh, your 
remedy is at hand. Mind decides whether or not the 
flesh shall be discolored, painful, swollen, and inflamed. 
You say that you have not slept well or have overeaten. 
You are a law unto yourself. Saying this and believing 
it, you will suffer in proportion to your belief 
and fear. Your sufferings are not the penalty 
for having broken a law of matter, for it is a law of mortal 
mind which you have disobeyed. You say or think, be- 
cause you have partaken of salt fish, that you must be 
thirsty, and you are thirsty accordingly, while the oppo- 
site belief would produce the opposite result. 
Any supposed information, coming from the body or 
from inert matter as if either were intelligent, is an illu- 
Benefit of 
philanthropy 
Honest toil 
has no 
penalty 
Our sleep 
and food 386 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
Doubtful 
evidence 
sion of mortal mind, — one of its dreams. Realize that 
the evidence of the senses is not to be accepted 
in the case of sickness, any more than it is in 
the case of sin. 
Expose the body to certain temperatures, and belief 
says that you may catch cold and have catarrh; but no 
such result occurs without mind to demand 
it and produce it. So long as mortals declare 
that certain states of the atmosphere produce catarrh, 
fever, rheumatism, or consumption, those effects will 
follow, — not because of the climate, but on account of 
the belief. The author has in too many instances healed 
disease through the action of Truth on the minds of mor- 
tals, and the corresponding effects of Truth on the body, 
not to know that this is so. 
A blundering despatch, mistakenly announcing the 
death of a friend, occasions the same grief that the friend’s 
real death would bring. You think that your 
anguish is occasioned by your loss. Another 
despatch, correcting the mistake, heals your grief, and 
you learn that your suffering was merely the result of 
your belief. Thus it is with all sorrow, sickness, and 
death. You will learn at length that there is no cause 
for grief, and divine wisdom will then be understood. 
Error, not Truth, produces all the suffering on earth. 
Climate 
and belief 
Erroneous 
despatch 
If a Christian Scientist had said, while you were labor- 
ing under the influence of the belief of grief, “Your sor- 
row is without cause,” you would not have 
understood him, although the correctness of 
the assertion might afterwards be proved to you. So, 
when our friends pass from our sight and we lament, 
that lamentation is needless and causeless. We shall 
Mourning 
causeless CHRISTIAN SCIENCE PRACTICE 
387 
perceive this to be true when we grow into the under- 
standing of Life, and know that there is no death. 
Because mortal mind is kept active, must it pay the 
penalty in a softened brain ? Who dares to say that actual 
Mind can be overworked ? When we reach 
our limits of mental endurance, we conclude 
that intellectual labor has been carried sufficiently far; 
but when we realize that immortal Mind is ever active, 
and that spiritual energies can neither wear out nor can 
so-called material law trespass upon God-given powers 
and resources, we are able to rest in Truth, refreshed by 
the assurances of immortality, opposed to mortality. 
Our thinkers do not die early because they faithfully 
perform the natural functions of being. If printers and 
authors have the shortest span of earthly ex- 
istence, it is not because they occupy the most 
important posts and perform the most vital functions in 
society. That man does not pay the severest penalty 
who does the most good. By adhering to the realities of 
eternal existence, — instead of reading disquisitions on 
the inconsistent supposition that death comes in obedience 
to the law of life, and that God punishes man for doing 
good, — one cannot suffer as the result of any labor of 
love, but grows stronger because of it. It is a law of so- 
called mortal mind, misnamed matter, which causes all 
things discordant. 
The history of Christianity furnishes sublime proofs 
of the supporting influence and protecting power bestowed 
on man by his heavenly Father, omnipotent 
Mind, who gives man faith and understanding 
whereby to defend himself, not only from temptation, but 
from bodily suffering. 
Mind heals 
brain-disease 
Right never 
punishable 
Christian 
history 388 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
The Christian martyrs were prophets of Christian 
Science. Through the uplifting and consecrating power 
of divine Truth, they obtained a victory over the corpo- 
real senses, a victory which Science alone can explain. 
Stolidity, which is a resisting state of mortal mind, suffers 
less, only because it knows less of material law. 
The Apostle John testified to the divine basis of Chris- 
tian Science, when dire inflictions failed to destroy his 
body. Idolaters, believing in more than one mind, had 
“gods many,” and thought that they could kill the body 
with matter, independently of mind. 
Admit the common hypothesis that food is the nutri- 
ment of life, and there follows the necessity for another 
admission in the opposite direction, — that 
food has power to destroy Life, God, through 
a deficiency or an excess, a quality or a quantity. This 
is a specimen of the ambiguous nature of all material 
health-theories. They are self-contradictory and self-de- 
structive, constituting a “ kingdom divided against itself,” 
which is “brought to desolation.” If food was prepared 
by Jesus for his disciples, it cannot destroy life. 
The fact is, food does not affect the absolute Life of 
man, and this becomes self-evident, when we learn that 
God is our life. Because sin and sickness are 
not qualities of Soul, or Life, we have hope in 
immortality; but it would be foolish to venture beyond 
our present understanding, foolish to stop eating until 
we gain perfection and a clear comprehension of the living 
Spirit. In that perfect day of understanding, we shall 
neither eat to live nor live to eat. 
If mortals think that food disturbs the harmonious 
functions of mind and body, either the food or this thought 
Sustenance 
spiritual 
God sus- 
tains man CHRISTIAN SCIENCE PRACTICE 
389 
must be dispensed with, for the penalty is coupled with 
the belief. Which shall it be? If this decision be left 
to Christian Science, it will be given in behalf 
of the control of Mind over this belief and every 
erroneous belief, or material condition. The less we 
know or think about hygiene, the less we are predisposed 
to sickness. Recollect that it is not the nerves, not mat- 
ter, but mortal mind, which reports food as undigested. 
Matter does not inform you of bodily derangements; it 
is supposed to do so. This pseudo-mental testimony can 
be destroyed only by the better results of Mind’s oppo- 
site evidence. 
Our dietetic theories first admit that food sustains the 
life of man, and then discuss the certainty that food can 
kill man. This false reasoning is rebuked in 
Scripture by the metaphors about the fount 
and stream, the tree and its fruit, and the kingdom di- 
vided against itself. If God has, as prevalent theories 
maintain, instituted laws that food shall support human 
life, He cannot annul these regulations by an opposite 
law that food shall be inimical to existence. 
Materialists contradict their own statements. Their 
belief in material laws and in penalties for their infrac- 
tion is the ancient error that there is fraternity 
between pain and pleasure, good and evil, God 
and Satan. This belief totters to its falling before the 
battle-axe of Science. 
A case of convulsions, produced by indigestion, came 
under my observation. In her belief the woman had 
chronic liver-complaint, and was then suffering from a 
complication of symptoms connected with this belief. I 
cured her in a few minutes. One instant she spoke de- 
Diet and 
digestion 
Scripture 
rebukes 
Ancient 
confusion 390 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
sparingly of herself. The next minute she said, “My 
food is all digested, and I should like something more 
to eat.” 
We cannot deny that Life is self-sustained, and we 
should never deny the everlasting harmony of Soul, sim- 
ply because, to the mortal senses, there is seem- 
ing discord. It is our ignorance of God, the 
divine Principle, which produces apparent discord, and 
the right understanding of Him restores harmony. Truth 
will at length compel us all to exchange the pleasures and 
pains of sense for the joys of Soul. 
When the first symptoms of disease appear, dispute the 
testimony of the material senses with divine Science. Let 
your higher sense of justice destroy the false 
process of mortal opinions which you name 
law, and then you will not be confined to a sick-room nor 
laid upon a bed of suffering in payment of the last far- 
thing, the last penalty demanded by error. “Agree with 
thine adversary quickly, whiles thou art in the way with 
him.” Suffer no claim of sin or of sickness to grow upon 
the thought. Dismiss it with an abiding conviction that 
it is illegitimate, because you know that God is no more 
the author of sickness than He is of sin. You have no 
law of His to support the necessity either of sin or sick- 
ness, but you have divine authority for denying that neces- 
sity and healing the sick. 
Ultimate 
harmony 
Unnecessary 
prostration 
“Agree to disagree” with approaching symptoms of 
chronic or acute disease, whether it is cancer, consump- 
tion, or smallpox. Meet the incipient stages 
of disease with as powerful mental opposi- 
tion as a legislator would employ to defeat the passage of 
an inhuman law. Rise in the conscious strength of the 
Treatment 
j of disease CHRISTIAN SCIENCE PRACTICE 
391 
spirit of Truth to overthrow the plea of mortal mind, 
alias matter, arrayed against the supremacy of Spirit. 
Blot out the images of mortal thought and its beliefs in 
sickness and sin. Then, when thou art delivered to the 
judgment of Truth, Christ, the judge will say, “ Thou 
art whole! “ 
Instead of blind and calm submission to the incipient 
or advanced stages of disease, rise in rebellion against 
them. Banish the belief that you can possi- 
bly entertain a single intruding pain which can- 
not be ruled out by the might of Mind, and in this way 
you can prevent the development of pain in the body. 
No law of God hinders this result. It is error to suffer 
for aught but your own sins. Christ, or Truth, will de- 
stroy all other supposed suffering, and real suffering for 
your own sins will cease in proportion as the sin ceases. 
Justice is the moral signification of law. Injustice de- 
clares the absence of law. When the body is supposed 
to say, “I am sick,” never plead guilty. Since 
matter cannot talk, it must be mortal mind 
which speaks; therefore meet the intimation with a pro- 
test. If you say, “I am sick,” you plead guilty. Then 
your adversary will deliver you to the judge (mortal 
mind), and the judge will sentence you. Disease has 
no intelligence to declare itself something and announce 
its name. Mortal mind alone sentences itself. Therefore 
make your own terms with sickness, and be just to yourself 
and to others. 
Righteous 
rebellion 
Contradict 
error 
Mentally contradict every complaint from the body, 
and rise to the true consciousness of life as 
Love, — as all that is pure, and bearing the 
fruits of Spirit. Fear is the fountain of sickness, 
Sin to be 
overcome 392 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
and you master fear and sin through divine Mind; hence 
it is through divine Mind that you overcome disease. 
Only while fear or sin remains can it bring forth death. 
To cure a bodily ailment, every broken moral law should 
be taken into account and the error be rebuked. Fear, 
which is an element of all disease, must be cast out to 
readjust the balance for God. Casting out evil and fear 
enables truth to outweigh error. The only course is to 
take antagonistic grounds against all that is opposed to 
the health, holiness, and harmony of man, God’s image. 
The physical affirmation of disease should always be 
met with the mental negation. Whatever benefit is pro- 
duced on the body, must be expressed men- 
tally, and thought should be held fast to this 
ideal. If you believe in inflamed and weak nerves, you 
are liable to an attack from that source. You will call it 
neuralgia, but we call it a belief. If you think that con- 
sumption is hereditary in your family, you are liable to 
the development of that thought in the form of what is 
termed pulmonary disease, unless Science shows you 
otherwise. If you decide that climate or atmosphere is 
unhealthy, it will be so to you. Your decisions will mas- 
ter you, whichever direction they take. 
Reverse the case. Stand porter at the door of thought. 
Admitting only such conclusions as you wish realized in 
bodily results, you will control yourself har- 
moniously. When the condition is present 
which you say induces disease, whether it be air, exercise, 
heredity, contagion, or accident, then perform your office 
as porter and shut out these unhealthy thoughts and fears. 
Exclude from mortal mind the offending errors; then the 
body cannot suffer from them. The issues of pain or 
Illusions 
about nerves 
Guarding 
the door CHRISTIAN SCIENCE PRACTICE 
393 
pleasure must come through mind, and like a watchman 
forsaking his post, we admit the intruding belief, forget- 
ting that through divine help we can forbid this entrance. 
The body seems to be self-acting, only because mortal 
mind is ignorant of itself, of its own actions, and of their 
results, — ignorant that the predisposing, re- 
mote, and exciting cause of all bad effects is a 
law of so-called mortal mind, not of matter. Mind is the 
master of the corporeal senses, and can conquer sickness, 
sin, and death. Exercise this God-given authority. Take 
possession of your body, and govern its feeling and action. 
Rise in the strength of Spirit to resist all that is unlike 
good. God has made man capable of this, and nothing 
can vitiate the ability and power divinely bestowed on 
man. 
Be firm in your understanding that the divine Mind 
governs, and that in Science man reflects God’s govern- 
ment. Have no fear that matter can ache, 
swell, and be inflamed as the result of a law 
of any kind, when it is self-evident that matter can have 
no pain nor inflammation. Your body would suffer no 
more from tension or wounds than the trunk of a tree 
which you gash or the electric wire which you stretch, 
were it not for mortal mind. 
When Jesus declares that “the light of the body is the 
eye,” he certainly means that light depends upon Mind, 
not upon the complex humors, lenses, muscles, the iris 
and pupil, constituting the visual organism. 
The strength 
of Spirit 
No pain 
in matter 
Man is never sick, for Mind is not sick and matter 
cannot be. A false belief is both the tempter 
and the tempted, the sin and the sinner, the 
disease and its cause. It is well to be calm in sickness; 
No real 
disease 394 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
to be hopeful is still better; but to understand that sick- 
ness is not real and that Truth can destroy its seeming 
reality, is best of all, for this understanding is the uni- 
versal and perfect remedy. 
By conceding power to discord, a large majority of 
doctors depress mental energy, which is the only real 
recuperative power. Knowledge that we 
can accomplish the good we hope for, stimu- 
lates the system to act in the direction which Mind points 
out. The admission that any bodily condition is beyond 
the control of Mind disarms man, prevents him from 
helping himself, and enthrones matter through error. To 
those struggling with sickness, such admissions are dis- 
couraging, — as much so as would be the advice to a man 
who is down in the world, that he should not try to rise 
above his difficulties. 
Experience has proved to the author the fallacy of 
material systems in general, — that their theories are 
sometimes pernicious, and that their denials are better 
than their affirmations. Will you bid a man let evils 
overcome him, assuring him that all misfortunes are from 
God, against whom mortals should not contend ? Will 
you tell the sick that their condition is hopeless, unless it 
can be aided by a drug or climate? Are material means 
the only refuge from fatal chances? Is there no divine 
permission to conquer discord of every kind with harmony, 
with Truth and Love ? 
Recuperation 
mental 
We should remember that Life is God, and that God 
is omnipotent. Not understanding Christian 
Science, the sick usually have little faith in 
it till they feel its beneficent influence. This shows 
that faith is not the healer in such cases. The sick 
Arguing 
wrongly CHRISTIAN SCIENCE PRACTICE 
395 
unconsciously argue for suffering, instead of against it. 
They admit its reality, whereas they should deny it. 
They should plead in opposition to the testimony of the 
deceitful senses, and maintain man’s immortality and 
eternal likeness to God. 
like the great Exemplar, the healer should speak to 
disease as one having authority over it, leaving Soul to 
master the false evidences of the corporeal 
senses and to assert its claims over mortal- 
ity and disease. The same Principle cures both sin and 
sickness. When divine Science overcomes faith in a car- 
nal mind, and faith in God destroys all faith in sin and in 
material methods of healing, then sin, disease, and death 
will disappear. 
Prayers, in which God is not asked to heal but is be- 
sought to take the patient to Himself, do not benefit the 
sick. An ill-tempered, complaining, or deceit- 
ful person should not be a nurse. The nurse 
should be cheerful, orderly, punctual, patient, full of 
faith, — receptive to Truth and Love. 
It is mental quackery to make disease a reality — to 
hold it as something seen and felt — and then to attempt 
its cure through Mind. It is no less erroneous 
to believe in the real existence of a tumor, a 
cancer, or decayed lungs, while you argue against their 
reality, than it is for your patient to feel these ills in 
physical belief. Mental practice, which holds disease 
as a reality, fastens disease on the patient, and it may 
appear in a more alarming form. 
The knowledge that brain-lobes cannot kill a man nor 
affect the functions of mind would prevent the brain from 
becoming diseased, though a moral offence is indeed the 
Divine 
authority 
Aids in 
sickness 
Mental 
quackery 396 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
worst of diseases. One should never hold in mind 
the thought of disease, but should efface from 
thought all forms and types of disease, both for 
one’s own sake and for that of the patient. 
Avoid talking illness to the patient. Make no unne- 
cessary inquiries relative to feelings or disease. Never 
startle with a discouraging remark about re- 
covery, nor draw attention to certain symp- 
toms as unfavorable, avoid speaking aloud the name of 
the disease. Never say beforehand how much you have 
to contend with in a case, nor encourage in the patient’s 
thought the expectation of growing worse before a crisis 
is passed. 
The refutation of the testimony of material sense is 
not a difficult task in view of the conceded falsity of this 
testimony. The refutation becomes arduous, 
not because the testimony of sin or disease is 
true, but solely on account of the tenacity of belief in its 
truth, due to the force of education and the overwhelm- 
ing weight of opinions on the wrong side, — all teaching 
that the body suffers, as if matter could have sensation. 
Effacing 
images of 
disease 
Avoid talk- 
ing disease 
False testi- 
mony refuted 
At the right time explain to the sick the power which 
their beliefs exercise over their bodies. Give them divine 
and wholesome understanding, with which to 
combat their erroneous sense, and so efface the 
images of sickness from mortal mind. Keep distinctly in 
thought that man is the offspring of God, not of man; 
that man is spiritual, not material; that Soul is Spirit, 
outside of matter, never in it, never giving the body life 
and sensation. It breaks the dream of disease to under- 
stand that sickness is formed by the human mind, not by 
matter nor by the divine Mind. 
Healthful 
explanation CHRISTIAN SCIENCE PRACTICE 
397 
By not perceiving vital metaphysical points, not seeing 
how mortal mind affects the body, •— acting beneficially 
or injuriously on the health, as well as on the 
morals and the happiness of mortals, — we are 
misled in our conclusions and methods. We throw the 
mental influence on the wrong side, thereby actually in- 
juring those whom we mean to bless. 
Suffering is no less a mental condition than is enjoy- 
ment. You cause bodily sufferings and increase them 
by admitting their reality and continuance, 
as directly as you enhance your joys by be- 
lieving them to be real and continuous. When an ac- 
cident happens, you think or exclaim, “I am hurt!” 
Your thought is more powerful than your words, more 
powerful than the accident itself, to make the injury 
real. 
Now reverse the process. Declare that you are not hurt 
and understand the reason why, and you will find the 
ensuing good effects to be in exact proportion to your 
disbelief in physics, and your fidelity to divine meta- 
physics, confidence in God as All, which the Scriptures 
declare Him to be. 
To heal the sick, one must be familiar with the great 
verities of being. Mortals are no more material in their 
waking hours than when they act, walk, see, 
hear, enjoy, or suffer in dreams. We can 
never treat mortal mind and matter separately, because 
they combine as one. Give up the belief that mind 
is, even temporarily, compressed within the skull, and 
you will quickly become more manly or womanly. You 
will understand yourself and your Maker better than 
before. 
Misleading 
methods 
Remedy for 
accidents 
Independent 
mentality 398 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
Sometimes Jesus called a disease by name, as when he 
said to the epileptic boy, “Thou dumb and deaf spirit, I 
charge thee, come out of him, and enter no 
more into him.” It is added that “the spirit 
[error] cried, and rent him sore and came out of him, and 
he was as one dead,” — clear evidence that the malady 
was not material. These instances show the concessions 
which Jesus was willing to make to the popular ignorance 
of spiritual Life-laws. Often he gave no name to the 
distemper he cured. To the synagogue ruler’s daughter, 
whom they called dead but of whom he said, “she is not 
dead, but sleepeth,” he simply said, “Damsel, I say unto 
thee, arise!” To the sufferer with the withered hand 
he said, “Stretch forth thine hand,” and it “was restored 
whole, like as the other.” 
Homoeopathic remedies, sometimes not containing a 
particle of medicine, are known to relieve the symptoms 
of disease. What produces the change? It is 
the faith of the doctor and the patient, which 
reduces self-inflicted sufferings and produces a new effect 
upon the body. In like manner destroy the illusion of 
pleasure in intoxication, and the desire for strong drink 
is gone. Appetite and disease reside in mortal mind, not 
in matter. 
So also faith, cooperating with a belief in the healing 
effects of time and medication, will soothe fear and change 
the belief of disease to a belief of health. Even a blind 
faith removes bodily ailments for a season, but hypnotism 
changes such ills into new and more difficult forms of dis- 
ease. The Science of Mind must come to the rescue, 
to work a radical cure. Then we understand the process. 
The great fact remains that evil is not mind. Evil has 
Naming 
maladies 
The action 
of faith CHRISTIAN SCIENCE PRACTICE 
399 
no power, no intelligence, for God is good, and therefore 
good is infinite, is All. 
You say that certain material combinations produce 
disease; but if the material body causes disease, can 
matter cure what matter has caused ? Mortal 
mind prescribes the drug, and administers it. 
Mortal mind plans the exercise, and puts the body through 
certain motions. No gastric gas accumulates, not a se- 
cretion nor combination can operate, apart from the 
action of mortal thought, alias mortal mind. 
So-called mortal mind sends its despatches over its 
body, but this so-called mind is both the service and 
message of this telegraphy. Nerves are un- 
able to talk, and matter can return no an- 
swer to immortal Mind. If Mind is the only actor, how 
can mechanism be automatic? Mortal mind perpetuates 
its own thought. It constructs a machine, manages it, 
and then calls it material. A mill at work or the action 
of a water-wheel is but a derivative from, and continua- 
tion of, the primitive mortal mind. Without this force 
the body is devoid of action, and this deadness shows 
that so-called mortal life is mortal mind, not matter. 
Scientifically speaking, there is no mortal mind out of 
which to make material beliefs, springing from illusion. 
This misnamed mind is not an entity. It is 
only a false sense of matter, since matter is not 
sensible. The one Mind, God, contains no mortal opin- 
ions. All that is real is included in this immortal Mind. 
Corporeal 
combinations 
Automatic 
mechanism 
Mental 
strength 
Our Master asked: “How can one enter into a strong 
man’s house and spoil his goods, except he first 
bind the strong man ?” In other words: How 
can I heal the body, without beginning with so-called 
Confirmation 
in a parable 400 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
mortal mind, which directly controls the body? When 
disease is once destroyed in this so-called mind, the fear 
of disease is gone, and therefore the disease is thor- 
oughly cured. Mortal mind is “the strong man,” which 
must be held in subjection before its influence upon health 
and morals can be removed. This error conquered, we 
can despoil “the strong man” of his goods, — namely, of 
sin and disease. 
Mortals obtain the harmony of health, only as they 
forsake discord, acknowledge the supremacy of divine 
Mind, and abandon their material beliefs. 
Eradicate the image of disease from the per- 
turbed thought before it has taken tangible 
shape in conscious thought, alias the body, and you pre- 
vent the development of disease. This task becomes easy, 
if you understand that every disease is an error, and has 
no character nor type, except what mortal mind assigns to 
it. By lifting thought above error, or disease, and con- 
tending persistently for truth, you destroy error. 
When we remove disease by addressing the disturbed 
mind, giving no heed to the body, we prove that thought 
alone creates the suffering. Mortal mind 
rules all that is mortal. We see in the body 
the images of this mind, even as in optics we see painted 
on the retina the image which becomes visible to the 
senses. The action of so-called mortal mind must be 
destroyed by the divine Mind to bring out the harmony 
of being. Without divine control there is discord, mani- 
fest as sin, sickness, and death. 
The Scriptures plainly declare the baneful influence of 
sinful thought on the body. Even our Master felt this. 
It is recorded that in certain localities he did not many 
Eradicate 
error from 
thought 
Mortal mind 
controlled CHRISTIAN SCIENCE PRACTICE 
401 
mighty works “because of their unbelief” in Truth. Any 
human error is its own enemy, and works against itself; 
it does nothing in the right direction and much 
in the wrong. If so-called mind is cherishing 
evil passions and malicious purposes, it is not a healer, 
but it engenders disease and death. 
If faith in the truth of being, which you impart men- 
tally while destroying error, causes chemicalization (as 
when an alkali is destroying an acid), it is be- 
cause the truth of being must transform the 
error to the end of producing a higher manifestation. 
This fermentation should not aggravate the disease, but 
should be as painless to man as to a fluid, since matter 
has no sensation and mortal mind only feels and sees 
materially. 
What I term chemicalization is the upheaval produced 
when immortal Truth is destroying erroneous mortal be- 
lief. Mental chemicalization brings sin and sickness to 
the surface, forcing impurities to pass away, as is the case 
with a fermenting fluid. 
The only effect produced by medicine is dependent upon 
mental action. If the mind were parted from the body, 
could you produce any effect upon the brain 
or body by applying the drug to either ? Would 
the drug remove paralysis, affect organization, or restore 
will and action to cerebrum and cerebellum ? 
Until the advancing age admits the efficacy and suprem- 
acy of Mind, it is better for Christian Scientists to leave 
surgery and the adjustment of broken bones 
and dislocations to the fingers of a surgeon, 
while the mental healer confines himself chiefly to mental 
reconstruction and to the prevention of inflammation. 
Mortal mind 
not a healer 
Effect of 
opposites 
Medicine 
and brain 
Skilful 
surgery 402 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
Christian Science is always the most skilful surgeon, but 
surgery is the branch of its healing which will be last 
acknowledged. However, it is but just to say that the 
author has already in her possession well-authenticated 
records of the cure, by herself and her students through 
mental surgery alone, of broken bones, dislocated joints, 
and spinal vertebrae. 
The time approaches when mortal mind will forsake 
its corporeal, structural, and material basis, when im- 
mortal Mind and its formations will be appre- 
hended in Science, and material beliefs will 
not interfere with spiritual facts. Man is indestructible 
and eternal. Sometime it will be learned that mortal 
mind constructs the mortal body with this mind’s own 
mortal materials. In Science, no breakage nor dislocation 
can really occur. You say that accidents, injuries, and 
disease kill man, but this is not true. The life of man is 
Mind. The material body manifests only what mortal 
mind believes, whether it be a broken bone, disease, or sin. 
We say that one human mind can influence another and 
in this way affect the body, but we rarely remember that 
we govern our own bodies. The error, mes- 
merism — or hypnotism, to use the recent term 
— illustrates the fact just stated. The operator would 
make his subjects believe that they cannot act voluntarily 
and handle themselves as they should do. If they yield 
to this influence, it is because their belief is not better 
instructed by spiritual understanding. Hence the proof 
that hypnotism is not scientific; Science cannot produce 
both disorder and order. The involuntary pleasure or 
pain of the person under hypnotic control is proved to be 
a belief without a real cause. 
Indestructible 
life of man 
The evil of 
mesmerism 403 
CHRISTIAN SCIENCE PRACTICE 
So the sick through their beliefs have induced their own 
diseased conditions. The great difference between vol- 
untary and involuntary mesmerism is that vol- 
untary mesmerism is induced consciously and 
should and does cause the perpetrator to suffer, while self- 
mesmerism is induced unconsciously and by his mistake 
a man is often instructed. In the first instance it is under- 
stood that the difficulty is a mental illusion, while in the 
second it is believed that the misfortune is a material effect. 
The human mind is employed to remove the illusion in 
one case, but matter is appealed to in the other. In real- 
ity, both have their origin in the human mind, and can be 
healed only by the divine Mind. 
You command the situation if you understand that 
mortal existence is a state of self-deception and not the 
truth of being. Mortal mind is constantly 
producing on mortal body the results of false 
opinions; and it will continue to do so, until mortal 
error is deprived of its imaginary powers by Truth, 
which sweeps away the gossamer web of mortal illusion. 
The most Christian state is one of rectitude and spir- 
itual understanding, and this is best adapted for heal- 
ing the sick. Never conjure up some new discovery from 
dark forebodings regarding disease and then acquaint 
your patient with it. 
The mortal so-called mind produces all that is unlike 
the immortal Mind. The human mind determines the 
nature of a case, and the practitioner improves 
or injures the case in proportion to the truth 
or error which influences his conclusions. The mental 
conception and development of disease are not under- 
stood by the patient, but the physician should be familiar 
Wrong-doer 
should suffer 
Error’s power 
imaginary 
Disease- 
production 404 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
with mental action and its effect in order to judge the case 
according to Christian Science. 
If a man is an inebriate, a slave to tobacco, or the special 
servant of any one of the myriad forms of sin, meet and 
destroy these errors with the truth of being, — 
by exhibiting to the wrong-doer the suffering 
which his submission to such habits brings, and by con- 
vincing him that there is no real pleasure in false appe- 
tites. A corrupt mind is manifested in a corrupt body. 
Lust, malice, and all sorts of evil are diseased beliefs, and 
you can destroy them only by destroying the wicked 
motives which produce them. If the evil is over in the 
repentant mortal mind, while its effects still remain on the 
individual, you can remove this disorder as God’s law is 
fulfilled and reformation cancels the crime. The healthy 
sinner is the hardened sinner. 
The temperance reform, felt all over our land, results 
from metaphysical healing, which cuts down every tree 
that brings not forth good fruit. This con- 
viction, that there is no real pleasure in sin, 
is one of the most important points in the theology of 
Christian Science. Arouse the sinner to this new and 
true view of sin, show him that sin confers no pleasure, 
and this knowledge strengthens his moral courage and 
increases his ability to master evil and to love good. 
Appetites to 
, be abandoned 
> 
Temperance 
reform 
Healing the sick and retormmg the sinner are one and 
the same thing in Christian Science. Both cures require 
the same method and are inseparable in Truth. 
Hatred, envy, dishonesty, fear, and so forth, 
make a man sick, and neither material medi- 
cine nor Mind can help him permanently, even in body, 
unless it makes him better mentally, and so delivers him 
Sin or fear 
the root of 
sickness CHRISTIAN SCIENCE PRACTICE 
405 
from his destroyers. The basic error is mortal mind. 
Hatred inflames the brutal propensities. The indulgence 
of evil motives and aims makes anv man, who is above the 
lowest type of manhood, a hopeless sufferer. 
Christian Science commands man to master the pro- 
pensities, — to hold hatred in abeyance with kindness, 
to conquer lust with chastity, revenge with 
charity, and to overcome deceit with hon- 
esty. Choke these errors in their early stages, if you 
would not cherish an army of conspirators against 
health, happiness, and success. They will deliver you 
to the judge, the arbiter of truth against error. The 
judge will deliver you to justice, and the sentence of 
the moral law will be executed upon mortal mind and 
body. Both will be manacled until the last farthing 
is paid, — until you have balanced your account with 
God. “Whatsoever a man soweth, that shall he also 
reap.” The good man finally can overcome his fear of 
sin. This is sin’s necessity, — to destroy itself. Im- 
mortal man demonstrates the government of God, good, 
in which is no power to sin. 
It were better to be exposed to every plague on earth 
than to endure the cumulative effects of a guilty con- 
science. The abiding consciousness of wrong- 
doing tends to destroy the ability to do right. 
If sin is not regretted and is not lessening, then it is 
hastening on to physical and moral doom. You are con- 
quered by the moral penalties you incur and the ills they 
bring. The pains of sinful sense are less harmful than its 
pleasures. Belief in material suffering causes mortals to 
retreat from their error, to flee from body to Spirit, and 
to appeal to divine sources outside of themselves. 
Mental 
conspirators 
Cumulative 
repentance 406 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
The Bible contains the recipe for all healing. “The 
leaves of the tree were for the healing of the nations.” 
Sin and sickness are both healed by the same 
Principle. The tree is typical of man’s divine 
Principle, which is equal to every emergency, offering 
full salvation from sin, sickness, and death. Sin will 
submit to Christian Science when, in place of modes and 
forms, the power of God is understood and demonstrated 
in the healing of mortals, both mind and body. “Per- 
fect Love casteth out fear.” 
The Science of being unveils the errors of sense, and 
spiritual perception, aided by Science, reaches Truth. 
Then error disappears. Sin and sickness will 
abate and seem less real as we approach the 
scientific period, in which mortal sense is subdued and 
all that is unlike the true likeness disappears. The moral 
man has no fear that he will commit a murder, and he 
should be as fearless on the question of disease. 
Resist evil — error of every sort — and it will flee from 
you. Error is opposed to Life. We can, and ultimately 
shall, so rise as to avail ourselves in every direc- 
tion of the supremacy of Truth over error, Life 
over death, and good over evil, and this growth will go 
on until we arrive at the fulness of God’s idea, and no 
more fear that we shall be sick and die. Inharmony of 
any kind involves weakness and suffering, — a loss of 
control over the body. 
The leaves 
of healing 
Sickness 
will abate 
Resist to 
the end 
The depraved appetite for alcoholic drinks, tobacco, 
tea, coffee, opium, is destroyed only by Mind’s mastery 
of the body. This normal control is gained 
through divine strength and understanding. 
There is no enjoyment in getting drunk, in becoming a 
Morbid 
cravings CHRISTIAN SCIENCE PRACTICE 
407 
fool or an object of loathing; but there is a very sharp 
remembrance of it, a suffering inconceivably terrible to 
man’s self-respect. Puffing the obnoxious fumes of to- 
bacco, or chewing a leaf naturally attractive to no crea- 
ture except a loathsome worm, is at least disgusting. 
Man’s enslavement to the most relentless masters — 
passion, selfishness, envy, hatred, and revenge — is con- 
quered only by a mighty struggle. Every 
hour of delay makes the struggle more severe. 
If man is not victorious over the passions, they crush 
out happiness, health, and manhood. Here Christian 
Science is the sovereign panacea, giving strength to the 
weakness of mortal mind, — strength from the immortal 
and omnipotent Mind, — and lifting humanity above 
itself into purer desires, even into spiritual power and 
good-will to man. 
Let the slave of wrong desire learn the lessons of Chris- 
tian Science, and he will get the better of that desire, 
and ascend a degree in the scale of health, happiness, 
and existence. 
If delusion says, “I have lost my memory,” contra- 
dict it. No faculty of Mind is lost. In Science, all 
being is eternal, spiritual, perfect, harmoni- 
ous in every action. Let the perfect model be 
present in your thoughts instead of its demoralized op- 
posite. This spiritualization of thought lets in the light, 
and brings the divine Mind, Life not death, into your 
consciousness. 
There are many species of insanity. All sin is insan- 
ity in different degrees. Sin is spared from 
this classification, only because its method of 
madness is in consonance with common mortal belief. 
Universal 
panacea 
Immortal 
memory 
Sin a form c 
of insanity 408 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
Every sort of sickness is error, — that is, sickness is 
loss of harmony. This view is not altered by the fact 
that sin is worse than sickness, and sickness is not ac- 
knowledged nor discovered to be error by many who are 
sick. 
There is a universal insanity of so-called health, which 
mistakes fable for fact throughout the entire round of the 
material senses, but this general craze cannot, in a scien- 
tific diagnosis, shield the individual case from the special 
name of insanity. Those unfortunate people who are 
committed to insane asylums are only so many distinctly 
defined instances of the baneful effects of illusion on mor- 
tal minds and bodies. 
The supposition that we can correct insanity by the use 
of purgatives and narcotics is in itself a mild species of 
insanity. Can drugs go of their own accord 
to the brain and destroy the so-called inflam- 
mation of disordered functions, thus reaching mortal 
mind through matter ? Drugs do not affect a corpse, and 
Truth does not distribute drugs through the blood, and 
from them derive a supposed effect on intelligence and sen- 
timent. A dislocation of the tarsal joint would produce 
insanity as perceptibly as would congestion of the brain, 
were it not that mortal mind thinks that the tarsal joint is 
less intimately connected with the mind than is the brain. 
Reverse the belief, and the results would be perceptibly 
different. 
Drugs and 
brain-lobes 
The unconscious thought in the corporeal substra- 
tum of brain produces no effect, and that condition of 
the body which we call sensation in matter 
is unreal. Mortal mind is ignorant of it- 
self, — ignorant of the errors it includes and of their 
Matter and 
animate error CHRISTIAN SCIENCE PRACTICE 
409 
effects. Intelligent matter is an impossibility. You 
may say: “But if disease obtains in matter, why do 
you insist that disease is formed by mortal mind and 
not by matter?” Mortal mind and body combine as 
one, and the nearer matter approaches its final state- 
ment, — animate error called nerves, brain, mind, — the 
more prolific it is likely to become in sin and disease- 
beliefs. 
Unconscious mortal mind — alias matter, brain — can- 
not dictate terms to consciousness nor say, “I am sick.” 
The belief, that the unconscious substratum 
of mortal mind, termed the body, suffers and 
reports disease independently of this so-called conscious 
mind, is the error which prevents mortals from knowing 
how to govern their bodies. 
The so-called conscious mortal mind is believed to be 
superior to its unconscious substratum, matter, and 
the stronger never yields to the weaker, ex- 
cept through fear or choice. The animate 
should be governed by God alone. The real man is 
spiritual and immortal, but the mortal and imperfect 
so-called “children of men” are counterfeits from the 
beginning, to be laid aside for the pure reality. This 
mortal is put off, and the new man or real man is put 
on, in proportion as mortals realize the Science of man 
and seek the true model. 
We have no right to say that life depends on matter 
now, but will not depend on it after death. We cannot 
spend our days here in ignorance of the Science 
of Life, and expect to find beyond the grave 
a reward for this ignorance. Death will not make us 
harmonious and immortal as a recompense for ignorance. 
Dictation 
of error 
So-called 
superiority 
Death no 
benefactor 410 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
If here we give no heed to Christian Science, which is 
spiritual and eternal, we shall not be ready for spiritual 
Life hereafter. 
“This is life eternal,” says Jesus, — is, not shall be; 
and then he defines everlasting life as a present knowledge 
Life etemai of his Father and of himself, — the knowledge 
and present Qf Love, Truth, and Life. “This is life eter- 
nal, that they might know Thee, the only true God, and 
Jesus Christ, whom Thou hast sent.” The Scriptures 
say, “Man shall not live by bread alone, but by every 
word that proceedeth out of the mouth of God,” show- 
ing that Truth is the actual life of man; but mankind 
objects to making this teaching practical. 
Every trial of our faith in God makes us - stronger. 
The more difficult seems the material condition to be 
Love casteth overcome by Spirit, the stronger should be our 
out fear faith and the purer our love. The Apostle 
John says: “There is no fear in Love, but perfect Love 
easteth out fear. . . . He that feareth is not made per- 
fect in Love.” Here is a definite and inspired proclama- 
tion of Christian Science. 
Life eternal 
and present 
Love casteth ( 
out fear 
Mental Treatment Illustrated 
The Science of mental practice is susceptible of no 
misuse. Selfishness does not appear in the practice of 
Truth or Christian Science. If mental prac- 
tice is abused or is used in any way except to 
promote right thinking and doing, the power to heal 
mentally will diminish, until the practitioner’s healing 
ability is wholly lost. Christian scientific practice be- 
gins with Christ’s keynote of harmony, “Be not afraid!” 
Be not 
afraid CHRISTIAN SCIENCE PRACTICE 
411 
Said Job: “The thing which I greatly feared is come 
upon me.” 
My first discovery in the student’s practice was this: 
If the student silently called the disease by name, when 
he argued against it, as a general rule the body 
would respond more quickly, — just as a per- 
son replies more readily when his name is spoken; but 
this was because the student was not perfectly attuned to 
divine Science, and needed the arguments of truth for 
reminders. If Spirit or the power of divine Love bear 
witness to the truth, this is the ultimatum, the scientific 
way, and the healing is instantaneous. 
It is recorded that once Jesus asked the name of a dis- 
ease, — a disease which moderns would call dementia. 
The demon, or evil, replied that his name was 
Legion. Thereupon Jesus cast out the evil, 
and the insane man was changed and straightway be- 
came whole. The Scripture seems to import that Jesus 
caused the evil to be self-seen and so destroyed. 
The procuring cause and foundation of all sickness is 
fear, ignorance, or sin. Disease is always induced by a 
false sense mentally entertained, not destroyed. 
Disease is an image of thought externalized. 
The mental state is called a material state. Whatever 
is cherished in mortal mind as the physical condition is 
imaged forth on the body. 
Always begin your treatment by allaying the fear 
of patients. Silently reassure them as to their exemp- 
tion from disease and danger. Watch the re- 
sult of this simple rule of Christian Science, 
and you will find that it alleviates the symptoms of every 
disease. If you succeed in wholly removing the fear, 
Naming 
diseases 
Evils cast 
out 
Fear as the 
foundation 
Unspoken 
pleading 412 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
your patient is healed. The great fact that God lovingly 
governs all, never punishing aught but sin, is your stand- 
point, from which to advance and destroy the human fear 
of sickness. Mentally and silently plead the case scien- 
tifically for Truth. You may vary the arguments to meet 
the peculiar or general symptoms of the case you treat, 
but be thoroughly persuaded in your own mind concern- 
ing the truth which you think or speak, and you will be 
the victor. 
You may call the disease by name when you mentally 
deny it; but by naming it audibly, you are liable under 
some circumstances to impress it upon the 
thought. The power of Christian Science and 
divine Love is omnipotent. It is indeed adequate to un- 
clasp the hold and to destroy disease, sin, and death. 
To prevent disease or to cure it, the power of Truth, 
of divine Spirit, must break the dream of the material 
senses. To heal by argument, find the type 
of the ailment, get its name, and array your 
mental plea against the physical. Argue at first men- 
tally, not audibly, that the patient has no disease, and 
conform the argument so as to destroy the evidence of 
disease. Mentally insist that harmony is the fact, and 
that sickness is a temporal dream. Realize the presence 
of health and the fact of harmonious being, until the 
body corresponds with the normal conditions of health 
and harmony. 
If the case is that of a young child or an infant, it needs 
to be met mainly through the parent’s thought, silently 
or audibly on the aforesaid basis of Christian 
Science. The Scientist knows that there can 
be no hereditary disease, since matter is not intelligent 
Eloquent 
silence 
Insistence 
requisite 
The cure 
of infants CHRISTIAN SCIENCE PRACTICE 
413 
and cannot transmit good, or evil intelligence to man, and 
God, the only Mind, does not produce pain in matter. 
The act of yielding one’s thoughts to the undue contem- 
plation of physical wants or conditions induces those very 
conditions. A single requirement, beyond what is neces- 
sary to meet the simplest needs of the babe is harmful. 
Mind regulates the condition of the stomach, bowels, and 
food, the temperature of children and of men, and matter 
does not. The wise or unwise views of parents and other 
persons on these subjects produce good or bad effects on 
the health of children. 
The daily ablutions of an infant are no more natural 
nor necessary than would be the process of taking a fish 
out of water every day and covering it with dirt 
in order to make it thrive more vigorously in its 
own element. “Cleanliness is next to godliness,” but 
washing should be only for the purpose of keeping the 
body clean, and this can be effected without scrubbing the 
whole surface daily. Water is not the natural habitat of 
humanity. I insist on bodily cleanliness within and with- 
out. I am not patient with a speck of dirt; but in caring 
for an infant one need not wash his little body all over each 
day in order to keep it sweet as the new-blown flower. 
Giving drugs to infants, noticing every symptom of 
flatulency, and constantly directing the mind to such 
signs, — that mind being laden with illusions 
about disease, health-laws, and death, — these 
actions convey mental images to children’s budding 
thoughts, and often stamp them there, making it probable 
at any time that such ills may be reproduced in the very 
ailments feared. A child may have worms, if you say so, 
or any other malady, timorously held in the beliefs con- 
Ablutions for 
cleanliness 
Juvenile 
ailments r 414 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
cerning his body. Thus are laid the foundations of the 
belief in disease and death, and thus are children educated 
into discord. 
The treatment of insanity is especially interesting. 
However obstinate the case, it yields more readily than 
do most diseases to the salutary action of 
truth, which counteracts error. The argu- 
ments to be used in curing insanity are the same as in 
other diseases: namely, the impossibility that matter, 
brain, can control or derange mind, can suffer or cause 
suffering; also the fact that truth and love will establish 
a healthy state, guide and govern mortal mind or the 
thought of the patient, and destroy all error, whether it is 
called dementia, hatred, or any other discord. 
To fix truth steadfastly in your patients’ thoughts, ex- 
plain Christian Science to them, but not too soon, — not 
until your patients are prepared for the explanation, — 
lest you array the sick against their own interests by troub- 
ling and perplexing their thought. The Christian Scien- 
tist’s argument rests on the Christianly scientific basis of 
being. The Scripture declares, “The Lord He is God 
[good]; there is none else beside Him.” Even so, harmony 
is universal, and discord is unreal. Christian Science de- 
clares that Mind is substance, also that matter neither 
feels, suffers, nor enjoys. Hold these points strongly in 
view. Keep in mind the verity of being, — that man is 
the image and likeness of God, in whom all being is 
painless and permanent. Remember that man’s perfec- 
tion is real and unimpeachable, whereas imperfection is 
blameworthy, unreal, and is not brought about by divine 
Love. 
Matter cannot be inflamed. Inflammation is fear, an 
Cure of 
insanity CHRISTIAN SCIENCE PRACTICE 
415 
excited state of mortals which is not normal. Immor- 
tal Mind is the only cause; therefore disease is neither a 
cause nor an effect. Mind in every case is the 
eternal God, good. Sin, disease, and death 
have no foundations in Truth. Inflammation as a mor- 
tal belief quickens or impedes the action of the system, 
because thought moves quickly or slowly, leaps or halts 
when it contemplates unpleasant things, or when the in- 
dividual looks upon some object which he dreads. In- 
flammation never appears in a part which mortal thought 
does not reach. That is why opiates relieve inflammation. 
They quiet the thought by inducing stupefaction and by 
resorting to matter instead of to Mind. Opiates do not 
remove the pain in any scientific sense. They only ren- 
der mortal mind temporarily less fearful, till it can master 
an erroneous belief. 
Note how thought makes the face pallid. It either re- 
tards the circulation or quickens it, causing a pale or 
flushed cheek. In the same way thought in- 
creases or diminishes the secretions, the action 
of the lungs, of the bowels, and of the heart. The mus- 
cles, moving quickly or slowly and impelled or palsied by 
thought, represent the action of all the organs of the hu- 
man system, including brain and viscera. To remove 
the error producing disorder, you must calm and instruct 
mortal mind with immortal Truth. 
Etherization will apparently cause the body to dis- 
appear. Before the thoughts are fully at rest, the limbs 
will vanish from consciousness. Indeed, the 
whole frame will sink from sight along with 
surrounding objects, leaving the pain standing forth as 
distinctly as a mountain-peak, as if it were a separate 
Matter is 
not inflamed 
Truth calms 
the thought 
Effects of 
etherization 416 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
bodily member. At last the agony also vanishes. This 
process shows the pain to be in the mind, for the inflam- 
mation is not suppressed; and the belief of pain will 
presently return, unless the mental image occasioning 
the pain be removed by recognizing the truth of being. 
A hypodermic injection of morphine is administered 
to a patient, and in twenty minutes the sufferer is qui- 
etly asleep. To him there is no longer any 
pain. Yet any physician — allopathic, homoe- 
opathic, botanic, eclectic — will tell you that the trouble- 
some material cause is unreinoved, and that when the 
soporific influence of the opium is exhausted, the pa- 
tient will find himself in the same pain, unless the belief 
which occasions the pain has meanwhile been changed. 
Where is the pain while the patient sleeps? 
The material body, which you call me, is mortal mind, 
and this mind is material in sensation, even as the body, 
which has originated from this material sense 
and been developed according to it, is mate- 
rial. This materialism of parent and child is only in 
mortal mind, as the dead body proves; for when the 
mortal has resigned his body to dust, the body is no 
longer the parent, even in appearance. 
The sick know nothing of the mental process by 
which they are depleted, and next to nothing of the 
metaphysical method by which they can be 
healed. If they ask about their disease, tell 
them only what is best for them to know. Assure them 
that they think too much about their ailments, and 
have already heard too much on that subject. Turn 
their thoughts away from their bodies to higher ob- 
jects. Teach them that their being is sustained by 
Sedatives 
valueless 
The so-called 
physical ego 
Evil thought 
depletes CHRISTIAN SCIENCE PRACTICE 
417 
Spirit, not by matter, and that they find health, peace, 
and harmony in God, divine Love. 
Give sick people credit for sometimes knowing more 
than their doctors. Always support their trust in the 
power of Mind to sustain the body. Never 
tell the sick that they have more courage 
than strength. Tell them rather, that their strength 
is in proportion to their courage. If you make the sick 
realize this great truism, there will be no reaction from 
over-exertion or from excited conditions. Maintain 
the facts of Christian Science, — that Spirit is God, and 
therefore cannot be sick; that what is termed matter 
cannot be sick; that all causation is Mind, acting 
through spiritual law. Then hold your ground with 
the unshaken understanding of Truth and Love, and 
you will win. When you silence the witness against your 
plea, you destroy the evidence, for the disease disap- 
pears. The evidence before the corporeal senses is not 
the Science of immortal man. 
To the Christian Science healer, sickness is a dream 
from which the patient needs to be awakened. Dis- 
ease should not appear real to the physician, 
since it is demonstrable that the way to 
cure the patient is to make disease unreal to him. To 
do this, the physician must understand the unreality 
of disease in Science. 
Explain audibly to your patients, as soon as they can 
bear it, the complete control which Mind holds over the 
body. Show them how mortal mind seems to induce 
disease by certain fears and false conclusions, and how 
divine Mind can cure by opposite thoughts. Give your 
patients an underlying understanding to support them 
Helpful en- 
couragement 
Disease to be 
made unreal 418 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
and to shield them from the baneful effects of their own 
conclusions. Show them that the conquest over sickness, 
as well as over sin, depends on mentally destroying all 
belief in material pleasure or pain. 
Stick to the truth of being in contradistinction to the 
error that life, substance, or intelligence can be in matter. 
Plead with an honest conviction of truth and 
a clear perception of the unchanging, unerr- 
ing, and certain effect of divine Science. Then, if your 
fidelity is half equal to the truth of your plea, you will 
heal the sick. 
It must be clear to you that sickness is no more 
the reality of being than is sin. This mortal dream 
of sickness, sin, and death should cease 
through Christian Science. Then one dis- 
ease would be as readily destroyed as another. What- 
ever the belief is, if arguments are used to destroy it, 
the belief must be repudiated, and the negation must ex- 
tend to the supposed disease and to whatever decides its 
type and symptoms. Truth is affirmative, and confers 
harmony. All metaphysical logic is inspired by this sim- 
ple rule of Truth, which governs all reality. By the 
truthful arguments you employ, and especially by the 
spirit of Truth and Love which you entertain, you will 
heal the sick. 
Include moral as well as physical belief in your efforts 
to destroy error. Cast out all manner of evil. “Preach 
the gospel to every creature.” Speak the 
truth to every form of error. Tumors, ulcers, 
tubercles, inflammation, pain, deformed joints, are wak- 
ing dream-shadows, dark images of mortal thought, which 
flee before the light of Truth. 
Christian 
pleading 
Truthful 
arguments 
Morality 
required 419 
CHRISTIAN SCIENCE PRACTICE 
A moral question may hinder the recovery of the sick. 
Lurking error, lust, envy, revenge, malice, or hate will 
perpetuate or even create the belief in disease. Errors 
of all sorts tend in this direction. Your true course is 
to destroy the foe, and leave the field to God, Life, Truth, 
and Love, remembering that God and His ideas alone 
are real and harmonious. 
If your patient from any cause suffers a relapse, meet 
the cause mentally and courageously, knowing that 
there can be no reaction in Truth. Neither 
disease itself, sin, nor fear has the power to 
cause disease or a relapse. Disease has no intelligence 
with which to move itself about or to change itself from 
one form to another. If disease moves, mind, not mat- 
ter, moves it; therefore be sure that you move it off. 
Meet every adverse circumstance as its master. Ob- 
serve mind instead of body, lest aught unfit for develop- 
ment enter thought. Think less of material conditions 
and more of spiritual. 
Mind produces all action. If the action proceeds from 
Truth, from immortal Mind, there is harmony; but mor- 
tal mind is liable to any phase of belief. A 
relapse cannot in reality occur in mortals or 
so-called mortal minds, for there is but one 
Mind, one God. Never fear the mental malpractitioner, 
the mental assassin, who, in attempting to rule mankind, 
tramples upon the divine Principle of metaphysics, for God 
is the only power. To succeed in healing, you must con- 
quer your own fears as well as those of your patients, and 
rise into higher and holier consciousness. 
If it is found necessary to treat against relapse, know 
that disease or its symptoms cannot change forms, nor 
Relapse 
unnecessary 
Conquer 
beliefs and 
fears 420 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
. go from one part to another, for Truth destroys disease. 
There is no metastasis, no stoppage of harmonious 
action, no paralysis. Truth not error, Love 
not hate, Spirit not matter, governs man. If 
students do not readily heal themselves, they should 
i early call an experienced Christian Scientist to aid 
them. If they are unwilling to do this for themselves, 
they need only to know that error cannot produce this 
unnatural reluctance. 
Instruct the sick that they are not helpless victims, 
for if they will only accept Truth, they can resist disease 
and ward it off, as positively as they can the 
reassurance temptation to sin. This fact of Christian Sci- 
ence should be explained to invalids when they are in a 
fit mood to receive it, — when they will not array them- 
selves against it, but are ready to become receptive to the 
new idea. The fact that Truth overcomes both disease 
and sin reassures depressed hope. It imparts a healthy 
stimulus to the body, and regulates the system. It in- 
creases or diminishes the action, as the case may require, 
better than any drug, alterative, or tonic. 
Mind is the natural stimulus of the body, but erro- 
neous belief, taken at its best, is not promotive of health 
or happiness. Tell the sick that they can 
meet disease fearlessly, if they only realize 
that divine Love gives them all power over every physical 
action and condition. 
If it becomes necessary to startle mortal mind to break 
its dream of suffering, vehemently tell your patient that 
he must awake. Turn his gaze from the false 
evidence of the senses to the harmonious facts 
of Soul and immortal being. Tell him that he suffers 
True govern- 
ment of man 
Positive 
Proper 
stimulus 
Awaken the 
patient CHRISTIAN SCIENCE PRACTICE 
421 
only as the insane suffer, from false beliefs. The only 
difference is, that insanity implies belief in a diseased 
brain, while physical ailments (so-called) arise from the 
belief that other portions of the body are deranged. De- 
rangement, or disarrangement, is a word which conveys 
the true definition of all human belief in ill-health, or dis- 
turbed harmony. Should you thus startle mortal mind 
in order to remove its beliefs, afterwards make known 
to the patient your motive for this shock, showing him 
that it was to facilitate recovery. 
If a crisis occurs in your treatment, you must treat 
the patient less for the disease and more for the mental 
disturbance or fermentation, and subdue the 
symptoms by removing the belief that this 
chemicalization produces pain or disease. Insist vehe- 
mently on the great fact which covers the whole ground, 
that God, Spirit, is all, and that there is none beside 
Him. There is no disease. When the supposed suffer- 
ing is gone from mortal mind, there can be no pain; and 
when the fear is destroyed, the inflammation will sub- 
side. Calm the excitement sometimes induced by chemi- 
calization, which is the alterative effect produced by 
Truth upon error, and sometimes explain the symptoms 
and their cause to the patient. 
It is no more Christianly scientific to see disease than 
it is to experience it. If you would destroy the sense 
of disease, you should not build it up by 
wishing to see the forms it assumes or by 
employing a single material application for 
its relief. The perversion of Mind-science is like as- 
serting that the products of eight multiplied by five, and 
of seven by ten, are both forty, and that their combined 
How to 
treat a crisis 
r 2 
No perver- 
r sion of Mind- 
science 422 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
sum is fifty, and then calling the process mathematics. 
Wiser than his persecutors, Jesus said: “If I by Beelze- 
bub cast out devils, by whom do your children cast them 
out?” 
If the reader of this book observes a great stir through- 
out his whole system, and certain moral and physical 
symptoms seem aggravated, these indications 
are favorable. Continue to read, and the book 
will .become the physician, allaying the tremor which 
Truth often brings to error when destroying it. 
Patients, unfamiliar with the cause of this commotion 
and ignorant that it is a favorable omen, may be alarmed. 
If such be the case, explain to them the law 
of this action. As when an acid and alkali 
meet and bring out a third quality, so mental and moral 
chemistry changes the material base of thought, giving 
more spirituality to consciousness and causing it to depend 
less on material evidence. These changes which go on 
in mortal mind serve to reconstruct the body. Thus 
Christian Science, by the alchemy of Spirit, destroys sin 
and death. 
Let us suppose two parallel cases of bone-disease, both 
similarly produced and attended by the same symptoms. 
A surgeon is employed in one case, and a 
Christian Scientist in the other. The sur- 
geon, holding that matter forms its own conditions and 
renders them fatal at certain points, entertains fears and 
doubts as to the ultimate outcome of the injury. Not 
holding the reins of government in his own hands, he 
believes that something stronger than Mind — namely, 
matter — governs the case. His treatment is therefore 
tentative. This mental state invites defeat. The belief 
Effect of 
this book 
Disease 
neutralized 
* Bone-healing 
by surgery CHRISTIAN SCIENCE PRACTICE 
423 
that he has met his master in matter and may not be 
able to mend the bone, increases his fear; yet this belief 
should not be communicated to the patient, either ver- 
bally or otherwise, for this fear greatly diminishes the 
tendency towards a favorable result. Remember that the 
unexpressed belief oftentimes affects a sensitive patient 
more strongly than the expressed thought. 
The Christian Scientist, understanding scientifically 
that all is Mind, commences with mental causation, the 
truth of being, to destroy the error. This cor- 
rective is an alterative, reaching to every part 
of the human system. According to Scripture, it searches 
“the joints and marrow,” and it restores the harmony of 
man. 
The matter-physician deals with matter as both his foe 
and his remedy. He regards the ailment as weakened or 
strengthened according to the evidence which 
matter presents. The metaphysician, making 
Mind his basis of operation irrespective of matter and 
regarding the truth and harmony of being as superior to 
error and discord, has rendered himself strong, instead 
of weak, to cope with the case; and he proportionately 
strengthens his patient with the stimulus of courage and 
conscious power. Both Science and consciousness are 
now at work in the economy of being according to the law 
of Mind, which ultimately asserts its absolute supremacy. 
Ossification or any abnormal condition or derange- 
ment of the body is as directly the action of mortal 
mind as is dementia or insanity. Bones have 
only the substance of thought which forms 
them. They are only phenomena of the mind of mor- 
tals. The so-called substance of bone is formed first 
Scientific 
corrective 
Coping with 
difficulties 
Formation 
from thought 424 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
by the parent’s mind, through self-division. Soon the 
child becomes a separate, individualized mortal mind, 
which takes possession of itself and its own thoughts of 
bones. 
Accidents are unknown to God, or immortal Mind, 
and we must leave the mortal basis of belief 
and unite with the one Mind, in order to 
change the notion of chance to the proper sense 
of God’s unerring direction and thus bring out harmony. 
Under divine Providence there can be no accidents, 
since there is no room for imperfection in perfection. 
In medical practice objections would be raised if one 
doctor should administer a drug to counteract the work- 
ing of a remedy prescribed by another doctor. 
It is equally important in metaphysical prac- 
tice that the minds which surround your patient should 
not act against your influence by continually expressing 
such opinions as may alarm or discourage, — either by 
giving antagonistic advice or through unspoken thoughts 
resting on your patient. While it is certain that the 
divine Mind can remove any obstacle, still you need the 
ear of your auditor. It is not more difficult to make your- 
self heard mentally while others are thinking about your 
patients or conversing with them, if you understand 
Christian Science — the oneness and the allness of divine 
Love; but it is well to be alone with God and the sick 
when treating disease. 
Accidents 
unknown 
to God 
Opposing 
. mentality 
lo prevent or to cure scrotula and other so-called he- 
reditary diseases, you must destroy the belief in these ills 
and the faith in the possibility of their trans- 
mission. The patient may tell you that he 
has a humor in the blood, a scrofulous diathesis. Ilis 
Mind removes 
scrofula CHRISTIAN SCIENCE PRACTICE 
425 
parents or some of his progenitors farther back have so 
believed. Mortal mind, not matter, induces this con- 
clusion and its results. You will have humors, just so 
long as you believe them to be safety-valves or to be 
ineradicable. 
If the case to be mentally treated is consumption, take 
up the leading points included (according to belief) in 
this disease. Show that it is not inherited; 
that inflammation, tubercles, hemorrhage, and 
decomposition are beliefs, images of mortal thought su- 
perimposed upon the body; that they are not the truth 
of man; that they should be treated as error and put out 
of thought. Then these ills will disappear. 
If the body is diseased, this is but one of the beliefs of 
mortal mind. Mortal man will be less mortal, when he 
learns that matter never sustained existence 
and can never destroy God, who is man’s Life. 
When this is understood, mankind will be more spiritual 
and know that there is nothing to consume, since Spirit, 
God, is All-in-all. What if the belief is consumption ? 
God is more to a man than his belief, and the less we ac- 
knowledge matter or its laws, the more immortality we 
possess. Consciousness constructs a better body when 
faith in matter has been conquered. Correct material 
belief by spiritual understanding, and Spirit will form 
you anew. You will never fear again except to offend 
God, and you will never believe that heart or any por- 
tion of the body can destroy you. 
If you have sound and capacious lungs and want 
them to remain so, be always ready with the 
mental protest against the opposite belief in 
heredity. Discard all notions about lungs, tubercles, in- 
Nothing to 
consume 
The lungs 
re-formed 
Soundness 
maintained 426 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
herited consumption, or disease arising from any cir- 
cumstance, and you will find that mortal mind, when 
instructed by Truth, yields to divine power, which steers 
the body into health. 
The discoverer of Christian Science finds the path less 
difficult when she has the high goal always before her 
thoughts, than when she counts her footsteps 
in endeavoring to reach it. When the desti- 
nation is desirable, expectation speeds our progress. The 
struggle for Truth makes one strong instead of weak, 
resting instead of wearying one. If the belief in death 
were obliterated, and the understanding obtained that 
there is no death, this would be a “tree of life,” known 
by its fruits. Man should renew his energies and en- 
deavors, and see the folly of hypocrisy, while also learn- 
ing the necessity of working out his own salvation. When 
it is learned that disease cannot destroy life, and that 
mortals are not saved from sin or sickness by death, this 
understanding will quicken into newness of life. It will 
master either a desire to die or a dread of the grave, 
and thus destroy the great fear that besets mortal 
existence. 
The relinquishment of all faith in death and also of 
the fear of its sting would raise the standard of health 
and morals far beyond its present elevation, 
and would enable us to hold the banner of 
Christianity aloft with unflinching faith in God, in Life 
eternal. Sin brought death, and death will disappear 
with the disappearance of sin. Man is immortal, and 
the body cannot die, because matter has no life to sur- 
render. The human concepts named matter, death, dis- 
ease, sickness, and sin are all that can be destroyed. 
Our footsteps 
heavenward 
Christian 
standard CHRISTIAN SCIENCE PRACTICE 
427 
If it is true that man lives, this fact can never change 
in Science to the opposite belief that man dies. Life is 
the law of Soul, even the law of the spirit of 
Truth, and Soul is never without its represent- 
ative. Man’s individual being can no more 
die nor disappear in unconsciousness than can Soul, for 
both are immortal. If man believes in death now, he 
must disbelieve in it when learning that there is no reality 
in death, since the truth of being is deathless. The be- 
lief that existence is contingent on matter must be met 
and mastered by Science, before Life can be understood 
and harmony obtained. 
Death is but another phase of the dream that exist- 
ence can be material. Nothing can interfere with the 
harmony of being nor end the existence of 
man in Science. Man is the same after as 
before a bone is broken or the body guillotined. If man 
is never to overcome death, why do the Scriptures say, 
“The last enemy that shall be destroyed is death ” ? The 
tenor of the Word shows that we shall obtain the victory 
over death in proportion as we overcome sin. The great 
difficulty lies in ignorance of what God is. God, Life, 
Truth, and Love make man undying. Immortal Mind, 
governing all, must be acknowledged as supreme in the 
physical realm, so-called, as well as in the spiritual. 
Called to the bed of death, what material remedy has 
man when all such remedies have failed? Spirit is his 
last resort, but it should have been his first 
and only resort. The dream of death must 
be mastered by Mind here or hereafter. Thought 
will waken from its own material declaration, “I am 
dead,” to catch this trumpet-word of Truth, “There 
Life not 
contingent 
on matter 
Mortality- 
vanquished 
No death 
nor inaction 428 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
is no death, no inaction, diseased action, overaction, nor 
reaction.” 
Life is real, and death is the illusion. A demonstra- 
tion of the facts of Soul in Jesus’ way resolves the dark 
visions of material sense into harmony and 
immortality. Man’s privilege at this supreme 
moment is to prove the words of our Master: “If a man 
keep my saying, he shall never see death.” To divest 
thought of false trusts and material evidences in order 
that the spiritual facts of being may appear, — this is 
the great attainment by means of which we shall sweep 
away the false and give place to the true. Thus we may 
establish in truth the temple, or body, “whose builder 
and maker is God.” 
We should consecrate existence, not “to the unknown 
God” whom we “ignorantly worship,” but to the eternal 
builder, the everlasting Father, to the Life 
which mortal sense cannot impair nor mortal 
belief destroy. We must realize the ability of mental 
might to offset human misconceptions and to replace them 
with the life which is spiritual, not material. 
The great spiritual fact must be brought out that man 
is, not shall be, perfect and immortal. We must hold 
forever the consciousness of existence, and 
sooner or later, through Christ and Christian 
Science, we must master sin and death. The evidence 
of man’s immortality will become more apparent, as ma- 
terial beliefs are given up and the immortal facts of being 
are admitted. 
The author has healed hopeless organic disease, and 
raised the dying to life and health through the under- 
standing of God as the only Life. It is a sin to believe 
Vision 
opening 
Intelligent 
consecration 
The present 
immortality CHRISTIAN SCIENCE PRACTICE 
429 
that aught can overpower omnipotent and eternal Life, 
and this Life must be brought to light by the understand- 
ing that there is no death, as well as by other 
graces of Spirit. We must begin, however, 
with the more simple demonstrations of control, and 
the sooner we begin the better. The final demonstration 
takes time for its accomplishment. When walking, we 
are guided by the eye. We look before our feet, and if 
we are wise, we look beyond a single step in the line of 
spiritual advancement. 
The corpse, deserted by thought, is cold and decays, 
but it never suffers. Science declares that man is sub- 
ject to Mind. Mortal mind affirms that mind 
is subordinate to the body, that the body is 
dying, that it must be buried and decomposed 
into dust; but mortal mind’s affirmation is not true. 
Mortals waken from the dream of death with bodies un- 
seen by those who think that they bury the body. 
If man did not exist before the material organization 
began, he could not exist after the body is disintegrated. 
If we live after death and are immortal, we 
must have lived before birth, for if Life ever 
had any beginning, it must also have an ending, even ac- 
cording to the calculations of natural science. Do you 
believe this? No! Do you understand it? No! This 
is why you doubt the statement and do not demonstrate 
the facts it involves. We must have faith in all the say- 
ings of our Master, though they are not included in the 
teachings of the schools, and are not understood gener- 
ally by our ethical instructors. 
Jesus said (John viii. 51), “If a man keep my saying, 
he shall never see death.” That statement is not con- 
Careful 
guidance 
Clay reply- 
ing to the 
potter 
Continuity 
of existence 430 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
fined to spiritual life, but includes all the phenomena of 
existence. Jesus demonstrated this, healing the dying 
and raising the dead. Mortal mind must part 
with error, must put off itself with its deeds, 
and immortal manhood, the Christ ideal, will appear. 
Faith should enlarge its borders and strengthen its base 
by resting upon Spirit instead of matter. When man 
gives up his belief in death, he will advance more rapidly 
towards God, Life, and Love. Belief in sickness and 
death, as certainly as belief in sin, tends to shut out the 
true sense of Life and health. When will mankind wake 
to this great fact in Science ? 
I here present to my readers an allegory illustrative 
of the law of divine Mind and of the supposed laws of mat- 
ter and hygiene, an allegory in which the plea of Christian 
Science heals the sick. 
Suppose a mental case to be on trial, as cases are tried 
in court. A man is charged with having committed liver- 
complaint. The patient feels ill, ruminates, 
and the trial commences. Personal Sense is 
the plaintiff. Mortal Man is the defendant. False Belief 
is the attorney for Personal Sense. Mortal Minds, Ma- 
teria Medica, Anatomy, Physiology, Hypnotism, Envy, 
Greed and Ingratitude, constitute the jury. The court- 
room is filled with interested spectators, and Judge 
Medicine is on the bench. 
The evidence for the prosecution being called for, a 
witness testifies thus: — 
T represent Health-laws. I was present on certain nights 
when the prisoner, or patient, watched with a sick friend. 
Although I have the superintendence of human affairs, I 
was personally abused on those occasions. I was told that 
Life all- 
inclusive 
A mental 
court case CHRISTIAN SCIENCE PRACTICE 
431 
I must remain silent until called for at this trial, when I 
would be allowed to testify in the case. Notwithstanding 
my rules to the contrary, the prisoner watched with the sick 
every night in the week. When the sick mortal was thirsty, 
the prisoner gave him drink. During all this time the pris- 
oner attended to his daily labors, partaking of food at ir- 
regular intervals, sometimes going to sleep immediately 
after a heavy meal. At last he committed liver-complaint, 
which 1 considered criminal, inasmuch as this offence is 
deemed punishable with death. Therefore I arrested Mor- 
tal Man in behalf of the state (namely, the body) and cast 
him into prison. 
At the time of the arrest the prisoner summoned Physi- 
ology, Materia Medica, and Hypnotism to prevent his pun- 
ishment. The struggle on their part was long. Materia 
Medica held out the longest, but at length all these assist- 
ants resigned to me, Health-laws, and I succeeded in get- 
ting Mortal Man into close confinement until I should 
release him. 
The next witness is called: — 
I am Coated Tongue. I am covered with a foul fur, 
placed on me the night of the liver-attack. Morbid Secre- 
tion hypnotized the prisoner and took control of his mind, 
making him despondent. 
Another witness takes the stand and testifies: — 
I am Sallow Skin. I have been dry, hot, and chilled by 
turns since the night of the liver-attack. I have lost my 
healthy hue and become unsightly, although nothing on my 
part has occasioned this change. I practise daily ablutions 
and perform my functions as usual, but I am robbed of my 
good looks. 432 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
The next witness testifies: — 
1 am Nerve, the State Commissioner for Mortal Man. 
I am intimately acquainted with the plaintiff, Personal 
Sense, and know him to be truthful and upright, whereas 
Mortal Man, the prisoner at the bar, is capable of false- 
hood. I was witness to the crime of liver-complaint. I 
knew the prisoner would commit it, for I convey messages 
from my residence in matter, alias brain, to body. 
Another witness is called for by the Court of Error 
and says:— 
I am Mortality, Governor of the Province of Body, in 
which Mortal Man resides. In this province there is a stat- 
ute regarding disease, — namely, that he upon whose per- 
son disease is found shall be treated as a criminal and 
punished with death. 
The Judge asks if by doing good to his neighbor, it is 
possible for man to become diseased, transgress the laws, 
and merit punishment, and Governor Mortality replies in 
the affirmative. 
Another witness takes the stand and testifies: — 
I am Death. I was called for, shortly the report of 
the crime, by the officer of the Board of Health, who pro- 
tested that the prisoner had abused him, and that my pres- 
ence was required to confirm his testimony. One of the 
prisoner’s friends, Materia Medica, was present when I 
arrived, endeavoring to assist the prisoner to escape from 
the hands of justice, alias nature’s so-called law; but my 
appearance with a message from the Board of Health 
changed the purpose of Materia Medica, and he decided at 
once that the prisoner should die. CHRISTIAN SCIENCE PRACTICE 
433 
The testimony for the plaintiff, Personal Sense, being 
closed, Judge Medicine arises, and with great solemnity 
addresses the jury of Mortal Minds. He an- 
alyzes the offence, reviews the testimony, and 
explains the law relating to liver-complaint. 
His conclusion is, that laws of nature render disease 
homicidal. In compliance with a stern duty, his Honor, 
Judge Medicine, urges the jury not to allow their judg- 
ment to be warped by the irrational, unchristian sugges- 
tions of Christian Science. The jury must regard in such 
cases only the evidence of Personal Sense against Mortal 
Man. 
As the Judge proceeds, the prisoner grows restless. His 
sallow face blanches with fear, and a look of despair and 
death settles upon it. The case is given to the jury. A 
brief consultation ensues, and the jury returns a verdict 
of “Guilty of liver-complaint in the first degree.” 
Judge Medicine then proceeds to pronounce the solemn 
sentence of death upon the prisoner. Because he has 
loved his neighbor as himself, Mortal Man has 
been guilty of benevolence in the first degree, 
and this has led him into the commission of the second 
crime, liver-complaint, which material laws condemn as 
homicide. For this crime Mortal Man is sentenced to 
be tortured until he is dead. “May God have mercy on 
your soul,” is the Judge’s solemn peroration. 
The prisoner is then remanded to his cell (sick-bed), 
and Scholastic Theology is sent for to prepare the fright- 
ened sense of Life, God, — which sense must be immortal, 
— for death. 
Ah! but Christ, Truth, the spirit of Life and the 
friend of Mortal Man, can open wide those prison doors 
Judge Medi- 
cine charges 
the jury 
Mortal Man 
sentenced 434 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
and set the captive free. Swift on the wings of divine 
Love, there comes a despatch: “Delay the execution; 
the prisoner is not guilty.” Consternation fills 
the prison-yard. Some exclaim, “It is con- 
trary to law and justice.” Others say, 
“The law of Christ supersedes our laws; let us follow 
Christ.” 
After much debate and opposition, permission is ob- 
tained for a trial in the Court of Spirit, where Christian 
Science is allowed to appear as counsel for 
the unfortunate prisoner. Witnesses, judges, 
and jurors, who were at the previous Court of Error, 
are now summoned to appear before the bar of Justice 
and eternal Truth. 
When the case for Mortal Man versus Personal Sense 
is opened, Mortal Man’s counsel regards the prisoner 
with the utmost tenderness. The counsel’s earnest, 
solemn eyes, kindling with hope and triumph, look up- 
ward. Then Christian Science turns suddenly to the 
supreme tribunal, and opens the argument for the 
defence 
The prisoner at the bar has been unjustly sentenced. 
His trial was a tragedy, and is morally illegal. Mortal 
Man has bad no proper counsel in the case. All the testi- 
mony has been on the side of Personal Sense, and we shall 
unearth this foul conspiracy against the liberty and life of 
Man. The only valid testimony in the case shows the 
alleged crime never to have been committed. The pris- 
oner is not proved “ worthy of death, or of bonds.” 
Your Honor, the lower court has sentenced Mortal Man 
to die, but God made Man immortal and amenable to 
Spirit only. Denying justice to the body, that court com- 
Appeal to a 
higher 
tribunal 
Counsel for 
defence CHRISTIAN SCIENCE PRACTICE 
435 
mended man’s immortal Spirit to heavenly mercy, — Spirit 
which is God Himself and Man’s only lawgiver! Who or 
what has sinned? Has the body or has Mortal Mind 
committed a criminal deed? Counsellor False Belief has 
argued that the body should die, while Reverend Theology 
would console conscious Mortal Mind, which alone is capa- 
ble of sin and suffering. The body committed no offence. 
Mortal Man, in obedience to higher law, helped his fellow- 
man, an act which should result in good to himself as well 
as to others. 
The law of our Supreme Court decrees that whosoever 
sinneth shall die; but good deeds are immortal, bringing 
joy instead of grief, pleasure instead of pain, and life 
instead of death. If liver-complaint was committed by 
trampling on Laws of Health, this was a good deed, for the 
agent of those laws is an outlaw, a destroyer of Mortal 
Man’s liberty and rights. Laws of Health should be sen- 
tenced to die. 
Watching beside the couch of pain in the exercise of a 
love that “ is the fulfilling of the law,” — doing “ unto 
others as ye would that they should do unto you,”—-this 
is no infringement of law, for no demand, human or divine, 
renders it just to punish a man for acting justly. If mor- 
tals sin, our Supreme Judge in equity decides what penalty 
is due for the sin, and Mortal Man can suffer only for his 
sin. For naught else can he be punished, according to the 
law of Spirit, God. 
Then what jurisdiction had his Honor, Judge Medicine, 
in this case? To him I might say, in Bible language, “ Sit- 
test thou to judge . . . after the law, and commandest . . . 
to be smitten contrary to the law?” The only jurisdiction 
to which the prisoner can submit is that of Truth, Life, and 
Love. If they condemn him not, neither shall Judge Medi- 
cine condemn him; and I ask that the prisoner be restored 
to the liberty of which he has been unjustly deprived. 436 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
The principal witness (the officer of the Health-laws) 
deposed that he was an eye-witness to the good deeds for 
which Mortal Man is under sentence of death. After be- 
traying him into the hands of your law, the Health-agent 
disappeared, to reappear however at the trial as a witness 
against Mortal Man and in the interest of Personal Sense, 
a murderer. Your Supreme Court must find the pris- 
oner on the night of the alleged offence to have been acting 
within the limits of the divine law, and in obedience 
thereto. Upon this statute hangs all the law and testimony. 
Giving a cup of cold water in Christ’s name, is a Christian 
service. Laying down his life for a good deed, Mortal Man 
should find it again. Such acts bear their own justifica- 
tion, and are under the protection of the Most High. 
Prior to the night of his arrest, the prisoner summoned 
two professed friends, Materia Medica and Physiology, to 
prevent his committing liver-complaint, and thus save him 
from arrest. But they brought with them Fear, the sheriff, 
to precipitate the result which they were called to prevent. 
It was Fear who handcuffed Mortal Man and would now 
punish him. You have left Mortal Man no alternative. 
He must obey your law, fear its consequences, and be pun- 
ished for His fear. His friends struggled hard to rescue the 
prisoner from the penalty they considered justly due, but 
they were compelled to let him be taken into custody, tried, 
and condemned. Thereupon Judge Medicine sat in judg- 
ment on the case, and substantially charged the jury, twelve 
Mortal Minds, to find the prisoner guilty. His Honor sen- 
tenced Mortal Man to die for the very deeds which the di- 
vine law compels man to commit. Thus the Court of Error 
construed obedience to the law of divine Love as disobedi- 
ence to the law of Life. Claiming to protect Mortal Man 
in right-doing, that court pronounced a sentence of death 
for doing right. 
One of the principal witnesses, Nerve, testified that he CHRISTIAN SCIENCE PRACTICE 
437 
was a ruler of Body, in which province Mortal Man resides. 
He also testified that he was on intimate terms with the 
plaintiff, and knew Personal Sense to be truthful; that he 
knew Man, and that Man was made in the image of God, 
but was a criminal. This is a foul aspersion on man’s 
Maker. It blots the fair escutcheon of omnipotence. It in- 
dicates malice aforethought, a determination to condemn 
Man in the interest of Personal Sense. At the bar of Truth, 
in the presence of divine Justice, before the Judge of our 
higher tribunal, the Supreme Court of Spirit, and before 
its jurors, the Spiritual Senses, I proclaim this witness, 
Nerve, to be destitute of intelligence and truth and to be 
a false witness. 
Man self-destroyed; the testimony of matter respected; 
Spirit not allowed a hearing; Soul a criminal though 
recommended to mercy; the helpless innocent body tor- 
tured, — these are the terrible records of your Court of 
Error, and I ask that the Supreme Court of Spirit reverse 
this decision. 
Here the opposing counsel, False Belief, called Chris- 
tian Science to order for contempt of court. Various 
notables — Materia Medica, Anatomy, Physiology, Scho- 
lastic Theology, and Jurisprudence — rose to the ques- 
tion of expelling Christian Science from the bar, for such 
high-handed illegality. They declared that Christian Sci- 
ence was overthrowing the judicial proceedings of a regu- 
larly constituted court. 
But Judge Justice of the Supreme Court of Spirit over- 
ruled their motions on the ground that unjust usages 
were not allowed at the bar of Truth, which ranks above 
the lower Court of Error. 
The attorney, Christian Science, then read from the 
supreme statute-book, the Bible, certain extracts on the SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
Rights of Man, remarking that the Bible was better au- 
thority than Blackstone: — 
Let us make man in our image, after our likeness; and 
let them have dominion. 
Behold, I give unto you power . . . over all the power 
of the enemy: and nothing shall by any means hurt you. 
If a man keep my saying, he shall never see death. 
Then Christian Science proved the witness, Nerve, to 
be a perjurer. Instead of being a ruler in the Province 
of Body, in which Mortal Man was reported to reside, 
Nerve was an insubordinate citizen, putting in false 
claims to office and bearing false witness against Man. 
Turning suddenly to Personal Sense, by this time silent, 
Christian Science continued: — 
1 ask your arrest in the name of Almighty God on three 
distinct charges of crime, to wit: perjury, treason, and con- 
spiracy against the rights and life of man. 
Then Christian Science continued: — 
Another witness, equally inadequate, said that on the 
night of the crime a garment of foul fur was spread over 
him by Morbid Secretion, while the facts in the case show 
that this fur is a foreign substance, imported by False Be- 
lief, the attorney for Personal Sense, who is in partnership 
with Error and smuggles Error’s goods into market with- 
out the inspection of Soul’s government officers. When 
the Court of Truth summoned Furred Tongue for examina- 
tion, he disappeared and was never heard of more. 
Morbid Secretion is not an importer or dealer in fur, but 
we have heard Materia Medica explain how this fur is 
manufactured, and we know Morbid Secretion to be on 
friendly terms with the firm of Personal Sense, Error, & CHRISTIAN SCIENCE PRACTICE 
439 
Co., receiving pay from them and introducing their goods 
into the market. Also, be it known that False Belief, the 
counsel for the plain tiff, Personal Sense, is a buyer for this 
firm. He manufactures for it, keeps a furnishing store, 
and advertises largely for his employers. 
Death testified that he was absent from the Province of 
Body, when a message came from False Belief, command- 
ing him to take part in the homicide. At this request 
Death repaired to the spot where the liver-complaint was 
in process, frightening away Materia Medica, who was then 
manacling the prisoner in the attempt to save him. True, 
Materia Medica was a misguided participant in the misdeed 
for which the Health-officer had Mortal Man in custody, 
though Mortal Man was innocent. 
Christian Science turned from the abashed witnesses, 
his words flashing as lightning in the perturbed faces 
of these worthies, Scholastic Theology, Materia Medica, 
Physiology, the blind Hypnotism, and the masked Per- 
sonal Sense, and said: — 
God will smite you, 0 whited walls, for injuring in your 
ignorance the unfortunate Mortal Man who sought your 
aid in his struggles against liver-complaint and Death. 
You came to his rescue, only to fasten upon him an offence 
of which he was innocent. You aided and abetted Fear 
and Health-laws. You betrayed Mortal Man, meanwhile 
declaring Disease to be God’s servant and the righteous 
executor of His laws. Our higher statutes declare you all, 
witnesses, jurors, and judges, to be offenders, awaiting the 
sentence which General Progress and Divine Love will 
pronounce. 
We send our best detectives to whatever locality is re- 
ported to be haunted by Disease, but on visiting the spot, 
they learn that Disease was never there, for he could not 440 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
possibly elude their search. Your Material Court of Errors, 
when it condemned Mortal Man on the ground of hygienic 
disobedience, was manipulated by the oleaginous machina- 
tions of the counsel, False Belief, whom Truth arraigns 
before the supreme bar of Spirit to answer for his crime. 
Morbid Secretion is taught how to make sleep befool reason 
before sacrificing mortals to their false gods. 
Mortal Minds were deceived by your attorney, False Be- 
lief, and were influenced to give a verdict delivering Mortal 
Man to Death. Good deeds are transformed into crimes, 
to which you attach penalties; but no warping of justice 
can render disobedience to the so-called laws of Matter 
disobedience to God, or an act of homicide. Even penal 
law holds homicide, under stress of circumstances, to be 
justifiable. Now what greater justification can any deed 
have, than that it is for the good of one’s neighbor ? Where- 
fore, then, in the name of outraged justice, do you sentence 
Mortal Man for ministering to the wants of his fellow-man 
in obedience to divine law? You cannot trample upon the 
decree of the Supreme Bench. Mortal Man has his appeal 
to Spirit, God, who sentences only for sin. 
The false and unjust beliefs of your human mental legis- 
lators compel them to enact wicked laws of sickness and so 
forth, and then render obedience to these laws punishable 
as crime. In the presence of the Supreme Lawgiver, stand- 
ing at the bar of Truth, and in accordance with the divine 
statutes, I repudiate the false testimony of Personal Sense. 
I ask that he be forbidden to enter against Mortal Man 
any more suits to be tried at the Court of Material Error. 
I appeal to the just and equitable decisions of divine Spirit 
to restore to Mortal Man the rights of which he has been 
deprived. 
Here the counsel for the defence closed, and the Chief 
Justice of the Supreme Court, with benign and imposing CHRISTIAN SCIENCE PRACTICE 
441 
presence, comprehending and defining all law and evi- 
dence, explained from his statute-book, the 
Bible, that any so-called law, which under- 
takes to punish aught but sin, is null and void. 
He also decided that the plaintiff, Personal Sense, be 
not permitted to enter any suits at the bar of Soul, but 
be enjoined to keep perpetual silence, and in case of 
temptation, to give heavy bonds for good behavior. He 
concluded his charge thus: — 
Charge of the 
Chief Justice 
The plea of False Belief we deem unworthy of a hearing. 
Let what False Belief utters, now and forever, fall into 
oblivion, “ unknelled, uncoffined, and unknown.” Accord- 
ing to our statute, Material Law is a liar who cannot bear 
witness against Mortal Man, neither can Fear arrest Mortal 
Man nor can Disease cast him into prison. Our law refuses 
to recognize Man as sick or dying, but holds him to be for- 
ever in the image and likeness of his Maker. Reversing the 
testimony of Personal Sense and the decrees of the Court of 
Error in favor of Matter, Spirit decides in favor of Man 
and against Matter. We further recommend that Materia 
Medica adopt Christian Science and that Health-laws, 
Mesmerism, Hypnotism, Oriental Witchcraft, and Esoteric 
Magic be publicly executed at the hands of our sheriff, 
Progress. 
The Supreme Bench decides in favor of intelligence, that 
no law outside of divine Mind can punish or reward Mortal 
Man. Your personal jurors in the Court of Error are 
myths. Your attorney, False Belief, is an impostor, per- 
suading Mortal Minds to return a verdict contrary to law 
and gospel. The plaintiff, Personal Sense, is recorded in 
our Book of books as a liar. Our great Teacher of mental 
jurisprudence speaks of him also as “ a murderer from the 
beginning.” We have no trials for sickness before the tri- 442 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
bunal of divine Spirit. There, Man is adjudged innocent 
of transgressing physical laws, because there are no such 
laws. Our statute is spiritual, our Government is divine. 
“ Shall not the Judge of all the earth do right?” 
The Jury of Spiritual Senses agreed at once upon a 
verdict, and there resounded throughout the vast audience- 
chamber of Spirit the cry, Not guilty. Then 
the prisoner rose up regenerated, strong, free. 
We noticed, as he shook hands with his counsel, Chris- 
tian Science, that all sallowness and debility had dis- 
appeared. His form was erect and commanding, his 
countenance beaming with health and happiness. Divine 
Love had cast out fear. Mortal Man, no longer sick 
and in prison, walked forth, his feet “ beautiful upon the 
mountains,” as of one “ that bringeth good tidings.” 
Neither animal magnetism nor hypnotism enters into 
the practice of Christian Science, in which truth cannot 
be reversed, but the reverse of error is true. 
An improved belief cannot retrograde. When 
Christ changes a belief of sin or of sickness into 
a better belief, then belief melts into spiritual understand- 
ing, and sin, disease, and death disappear. Christ, Truth, 
gives mortals temporary food and clothing until the ma- 
terial, transformed with the ideal, disappears, and man 
is clothed and fed spiritually. St. Paul says, “ Work 
out your own salvation with fear and trembling: ” Jesus 
said, “ Fear not, little flock; for it is your Father’s good 
pleasure to give you the kingdom.” This truth is 
Christian Science. 
Christian Scientists, be a law to yourselves that mental 
malpractice cannot harm you either when asleep or when 
awake. 
Divine 
verdict 
Christ the 
great phy- 
sician CHAPTER XIII 
TEACHING CHRISTIAN SCIENCE 
Give instruction to a wise man, and he will he yet wiser: teach a just 
man, and he will increase in learning. — Proverbs. 
WHEN the discoverer of Christian Science is con- 
sulted by her followers as to the propriety, advan- 
tage, and consistency of systematic medical 
study, she tries to show them that under ordi- 
nary circumstances a resort to faith in corporeal means 
tends to deter those, who make such a compromise, from 
entire confidence in omnipotent Mind as really possessing 
all power. While a course of medical study is at times 
severely condemned by some Scientists, she feels, as she 
always has felt, that all are privileged to work out their 
own salvation according to their light, and that our motto 
should be the Master’s counsel, “Judge not, that ye be 
not judged.” 
If patients fail to experience the healing power of 
Christian Science, and think they can be benefited by 
certain ordinary physical methods of medical 
treatment, then the Mind-physician should 
give up such cases, and leave invalids free to resort to 
whatever other systems they fancy will afford relief. 
Thus such invalids may learn the value of the apostolic 
precept: “Reprove, rebuke, exhort with all longsuffering 
and doctrine.” If the sick find these material expedients 
Study of 
medicine 
Failure’s 
lessons 444 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
unsatisfactory, and they receive no help from them, these 
very failures may open their blind eyes. In some way, 
sooner or later, all must rise superior to materiality, and 
suffering is oft the divine agent in this elevation. “All 
things work together for good to them that love God,” is 
the dictum of Scripture. 
If Christian Scientists ever fail to receive aid from 
other Scientists, — their brethren upon whom they may 
call, — God will still guide them into the right 
use of temporary and eternal means. Step by 
step will those who trust Him find that “God is our refuge 
and strength, a very present help in trouble.” 
Students are advised by the author to be charitable 
and kind, not only towards differing forms of religion 
and medicine, but to those who hold these dif- 
fering opinions. Let us be faithful in pointing 
the way through Christ, as we understand it, 
but let us also be careful always to “judge righteous judg- 
ment,” and never to condemn rashly. “Whosoever shall 
smite thee on thy right cheek, turn to him the other also.” 
That is, Fear not that he will smite thee again for thy for- 
bearance. If ecclesiastical sects or medical schools turn 
a deaf ear to the teachings of Christian Science, then part 
from these opponents as did Abraham when he parted 
from Lot, and say in thy heart: “Let there be no strife, I 
pray thee, between me and thee, and between my herd- 
men and thy herdmen; for we be brethren.” Immortals, 
or God’s children in divine Science, are one harmonious 
family; but mortals, or the “children of men” in material 
.sense, are discordant and ofttimes false brethren. 
The teacher must make clear to students the Science 
of healing, especially its ethics, — that all is Mind, and 
Refuge and 
strength 
Charity 
to those 
opposed TEACHING CHRISTIAN SCIENCE 
445 
that the Scientist must conform to God’s requirements. 
Also the teacher must thoroughly fit his students to defend 
themselves against sin, and to guard against the 
attacks of the would-be mental assassin, who 
attempts to kill morally and physically. No 
hypothesis as to the existence of another power should 
interpose a doubt or fear to hinder the demonstration of 
Christian Science. Unfold the latent energies and capac- 
ities for good in your pupil. Teach the great possibilities 
of man endued with divine Science. Teach the dangerous 
possibility of dwarfing the spiritual understanding and 
demonstration of Truth by sin, or by recourse to material 
means for healing. Teach the meekness and might of life 
“hid with Christ in Cod,” and there will be no desire for 
other healing methods. You render the divine law of 
healing obscure and void, when you weigh the human in 
the scale with the divine, or limit in any direction of 
thought the omnipresence and omnipotence of God. 
Christian Science silences human will, quiets fear with 
Truth and Love, and illustrates the unlabored motion 
of the divine energy in healing the sick. Self- 
seeking, envy, passion, pride, hatred, and 
revenge are cast out by the divine Mind which heals 
disease. The human will which maketh and worketh a lie, 
hiding the divine Principle of harmony, is destructive to 
health, and is the cause of disease rather than its cure. 
There is great danger in teaching Mind-healing indis- 
criminately, thus disregarding the morals of the student 
and caring only for the fees. Recalling Jeffer- 
son’s words about slavery, “I tremble, when I 
remember that God is just,” the author trembles whenever 
she sees a man, for the petty consideration of money, 
Conforming 
to explicit 
rules 
Divine 
energy 
Blight of 
avarice 446 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
teaching his slight knowledge of Mind-power, — per- 
haps communicating his own bad morals, and in this way 
dealing pitilessly with a community unprepared for self- 
defence. 
A thorough perusal of the author’s publications heals 
sickness. If patients sometimes seem worse while read- 
ing this book, the change may either arise from the alarm 
of the physician, or it may mark the crisis of the disease. 
Perseverance in the perusal of the book has generally 
completely healed such cases. 
Whoever practises the Science the author teaches, 
through which Mind pours light and healing upon this 
generation, can practise on no one from sin- 
ister or malicious motives without destroying 
his own power to heal and his own health. Good must 
dominate in the thoughts of the healer, or his demon- 
stration is protracted, dangerous, and impossible in Sci- 
ence. A wrong motive involves defeat. In the Science 
of Mind-healing, it is imperative to be honest, for victory 
rests on the side of immutable right. To understand 
God strengthens hope, enthrones faith in Truth, and 
verifies Jesus’ word: “Lo, I am with you alway, even 
unto the end of the world.” 
Resisting evil, you overcome it and prove its nothing- 
ness. Not human platitudes, but divine beatitudes, re- 
flect the spiritual light and might which heal 
the sick. The exercise of will brings on a 
hypnotic state, detrimental to health and integrity of 
thought. This must therefore be watched and guarded 
against. Covering iniquity will prevent prosperity and the 
ultimate triumph of any cause. Ignorance of the error 
to be eradicated oftentimes subjects you to its abuse. 
Exclusion of 
malpractice 
Iniquity 
overcome TEACHING CHRISTIAN SCIENCE 
447 
The heavenly law is broken by trespassing upon 
man’s individual right of self-government. We have no 
authority in Christian Science and no moral 
right to attempt to influence the thoughts of 
others, except it be to benefit them. In men- 
tal practice you must not forget that erring human opin- 
ions, conflicting selfish motives, and ignorant attempts 
to do good may render you incapable of knowing or 
judging accurately the need of your fellow-men. There- 
fore the rule is, heal the sick when called upon for aid, 
and save the victims of the mental assassins. 
Ignorance, subtlety, or false charity does not for- 
ever conceal error; evil will in time disclose and pun- 
ish itself. The recuperative action of the 
system, when mentally sustained by Truth, 
goes on naturally. When sin or sickness — 
the reverse of harmony — seems true to material sense, 
impart without frightening or discouraging the pa- 
tient the truth and spiritual understanding, which de- 
stroy disease. Expose and denounce the claims of 
evil and disease in all their forms, but realize no 
reality in them. A sinner is not reformed merely 
by assuring him that he cannot be a sinner because 
there is no sin. To put down the claim of sin, 
you must detect it, remove the mask, point out the 
illusion, and thus get the victory over sin and so prove 
its unreality. The sick are not healed merely by 
declaring there is no sickness, but by knowing that 
there is none. 
A sinner is afraid to cast the first stone. He may 
say, as a subterfuge, that evil is unreal, but to know it, 
he must demonstrate his statement. To assume that 
No trespass 
on human 
rights 
Expose sin 
without be- 
lieving in it 448 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
there are no claims of evil and yet to indulge them, is 
a moral offence. Blindness and self-righteousness cling 
fast to iniquity. When the Publican’s wail 
went out to the great heart of Love, it won his 
humble desire. Evil which obtains in the bodily senses, 
but which the heart condemns, has no foundation; but if 
evil is uncondemned, it is undenied and nurtured. Under 
such circumstances, to say that there is no evil, is an evil 
in itself. When needed tell the truth concerning the lie. 
Evasion of Truth cripples integrity, and casts thee down 
from the pinnacle. 
Christian Science rises above the evidence of the cor- 
poreal senses; but if you have not risen above sin your- 
self, do not congratulate yourself upon your 
blindness to evil or upon the good you know 
and do not. A dishonest position is far from Christianly 
scientific. “He that covereth his sins shall not prosper: 
but whoso confesseth and forsaketh them shall have 
mercy.” Try to leave on every student’s mind the strong 
impress of divine Science, a high sense of the moral and 
spiritual qualifications requisite for healing, well knowing 
it to be impossible for error, evil, and hate to accomplish 
the grand results of Truth and Love. The reception or 
pursuit of instructions opposite to absolute Christian 
Science must always hinder scientific demonstration. 
If the student adheres strictly to the teachings of Chris- 
tian Science and ventures not to break its rules, he can- 
not fail of success in healing. It is Christian 
Science to do right, and nothing short of right- 
doing has any claim to the name. To talk the right and 
live the wrong is foolish deceit, doing one’s self the most 
harm. Fettered by sin yourself, it is difficult to free 
Wicked 
evasions 
Truth’s grand 
results 
Adherence to 
righteousness TEACHING CHRISTIAN SCIENCE 
449 
another from the fetters of disease. With your own wrists 
manacled, it is hard to break another’s chains. A little 
leaven causes the whole mass to ferment. A grain of 
Christian Science does wonders for mortals, so omnip- 
otent is Truth, but more of Christian Science must be 
gained in order to continue in well doing. 
The wrong done another reacts most heavily against 
one’s self. Right adjusts the balance sooner or later. 
Think it “easier for a camel to go through 
the eye of a needle,” than for you to benefit 
yourself by injuring others. Man’s moral mercury, ris- 
ing or falling, registers his healing ability and fitness to 
teach. You should practise well what you know, and 
you will then advance in proportion to your honesty 
and fidelity, — qualities which insure success in this 
Science; but it requires a higher understanding to teach 
this subject properly and correctly than it does to heal 
the most difficult case. 
The baneful effect of evil associates is less seen than 
felt. The inoculation of evil human thoughts ought to 
be understood and guarded against. The 
first impression, made on a mind which is 
attracted or repelled according to personal merit or de- 
merit, is a good detective of individual character. Cer- 
tain minds meet only to separate through simultaneous 
repulsion. They are enemies without the preliminary 
offence. The impure are at peace with the impure. 
Only virtue is a rebuke to vice. A proper teacher of Chris- 
tian Science improves the health and the morals of his 
student if the student practises what he is taught, and 
unless this result follows, the teacher is a Scientist only 
in name. 
Right adjusts 
the balance 
Inoculation 
of thought 450 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
There is a large class of thinkers whose bigotry and 
conceit twist every fact to suit themselves. Their creed 
teaches belief in a mysterious, supernatural 
God, and in a natural, all-powerful devil. An- 
other class, still more unfortunate, are so depraved that 
they appear to be innocent. They utter a falsehood, 
while looking you blandly in the face, and they never 
fail to stab their benefactor in the back. A third class 
of thinkers build with solid masonry. They are sincere, 
generous, noble, and are therefore open to the approach 
and recognition of Truth. To teach Christian Science 
to such as these is no task. They do not incline long- 
ingly to error, whine over the demands of Truth, nor 
play the traitor for place and power. 
Some people yield slowly to the touch of Truth. Few 
yield without a struggle, and many are reluctant to ac- 
knowledge that they have yielded; but un- 
less this admission is made, evil will boast 
itself above good. The Christian Scientist has enlisted 
to lessen evil, disease, and death; and he will overcome 
them by understanding their nothingness and the allness 
of God, or good. Sickness to him is no less a temptation 
than is sin, and he heals them both by understanding 
God’s power over them. The Christian Scientist knows 
that they are errors of belief, which Truth can and will 
destroy. 
Who, that has felt the perilous beliefs in life, substance, 
and intelligence separated from God, can say that there 
is no error of belief? Knowing the claim of 
animal magnetism, that all evil combines in 
the belief of life, substance, and intelligence in matter, 
electricity, animal nature, and organic life, who will deny 
Three classes 
of neophytes 
Touchstone 
of Science 
False claims 
annihilated TEACHING CHRISTIAN SCIENCE 
451 
that these are the errors which Truth must and will an- 
nihilate? Christian Scientists must live under the con- 
stant pressure of the apostolic command to come out from 
the material world and be separate. They must re- 
nounce aggression, oppression and the pride of power. 
Christianity, with the crown of Love upon her brow, 
must be their queen of life. 
Students of Christian Science, who start with its letter 
and think to succeed without the spirit, will either make 
shipwreck of their faith or be turned sadly 
awry. They must not only seek, but strive, 
to enter the narrow path of life, for “wide is the gate, 
and broad is the way, that leadeth to destruction, and 
many there be which go in thereat.” Man walks in the 
direction towards which he looks, and where his treasure 
is, there will his heart be also. If our hopes and affec- 
tions are spiritual, they come from above, not from be- 
neath, and they bear as of old the fruits of the Spirit. 
Every Christian Scientist, every conscientious teacher 
of the Science of Mind-healing, knows that human will 
is not Christian Science, and he must recog- 
nize this in order to defend himself from the 
influence of human will. He feels morally obligated to 
open the eyes of his students that they may perceive the 
nature and methods of error of every sort, especially any 
subtle degree of evil, deceived and deceiving. All mental 
malpractice arises from ignorance or malice aforethought. 
It is the injurious action of one mortal mind controlling 
another from wrong motives, and it is practised either 
with a mistaken or a wicked purpose. 
Show your student that mental malpractice tends to 
blast moral sense, health, and the human life. Instruct 
Treasure 
in heaven 
Obligations 
of teachers 452 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
him how to bar the door of his thought against this 
seeming power, — a task not difficult, when one under- 
stands that evil has in reality no power. 
Incorrect reasoning leads to practical error. 
The wrong thought should be arrested before it has a 
chance to manifest itself. 
Walking in the light, we are accustomed to the light 
and require it; we cannot see in darkness. But eyes ac- 
customed to darkness are pained by the light. 
When outgrowing the old, you should not fear 
to put on the new. Your advancing course may pro- 
voke envy, but it will also attract respect. When error 
confronts you, withhold not the rebuke or the explana- 
tion which destroys error. Never breathe an immoral 
atmosphere, unless in the attempt to purify it. Better is 
the frugal intellectual repast with contentment and virtue, 
than the luxury of learning with egotism and vice. 
Right is radical. The teacher must know the truth 
himself. He must live it and love it, or he cannot impart 
it to others. We soil our garments with con- 
servatism, and afterwards we must wash them 
clean. When the spiritual sense of Truth unfolds its 
harmonies, you take no risks in the policy of error. Ex- 
pect to heal simply by repeating the author’s words, by 
right talking and wrong acting, and you will be disap- 
pointed. Such a practice does not demonstrate the 
Science by which divine Mind heals the sick. 
Acting from sinful motives destroys your power of 
healing from the right motive. On the other hand, if 
you had the inclination or power to practise 
wrongly and then should adopt Christian 
Science, the wrong power would be destroyed. You do 
Indispensable 
defence 
Egotistic 
darkness 
Unwarranted 
expectations 
Reliable 
authority TEACHING CHRISTIAN SCIENCE 
453 
not deny the mathematician’s right to distinguish the cor- 
rect from the incorrect among the examples on the black- 
board, nor disbelieve the musician when he distinguishes 
concord from discord. In like manner it should be granted 
that the author understands what she is saying. 
Right and wrong, truth and error, will be at strife in 
the minds of students, until victory rests on the side of 
invincible truth. Mental chemicalization fol- 
lows the explanation of Truth, and a higher 
basis is thus won; but with some individuals the morbid 
moral or physical symptoms constantly reappear. I 
have never witnessed so decided effects from the use of 
material remedies as from the use of spiritual. 
Teach your student that he must know himself be- 
fore he can know others and minister to human needs. 
Honesty is spiritual power. Dishonesty is 
human weakness, which forfeits divine help. 
You uncover sin, not in order to injure, but in order 
to bless the corporeal man; and a right motive has 
its reward. Hidden sin is spiritual wickedness in high 
places. The masquerader in this Science thanks God 
that there is no evil, yet serves evil in the name of 
good. 
You should treat sickness mentally just as you would 
sin, except that you must not tell the patient that he is 
sick nor give names to diseases, for such a 
course increases fear, the foundation of dis- 
ease, and impresses more deeply the wrong mind-picture. 
A Christian Scientist’s medicine is Mind, the divine Truth 
that makes man free. A Christian Scientist never recom- 
mends material hygiene, never manipulates. He does 
not trespass on the rights of mind nor can he practise 
Winning 
the field 
Knowledge 
and honesty 
Metaphysical 
treatment 454 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
[ animal magnetism or hypnotism. It need not be added 
that the use of tobacco or intoxicating drinks is not in 
i harmony with Christian Science. 
Teach your students the omnipotence of Truth, which 
illustrates the impotence of error. The understanding, 
even in a degree, of the divine All-power de- 
stroys fear, and plants the feet in the true path, 
— the path which leads to the house built without hands 
i “eternal in the heavens.” Human hate has no legiti- 
mate mandate and no kingdom. Love is enthroned. 
That evil or matter has neither intelligence nor power, 
: is the doctrine of absolute Christian Science, and this is 
the great truth which strips all disguise from error. 
He, who understands in a sufficient degree the Princi- 
■ pie of Mind-healing, points out to his student error as 
well as truth, the wrong as well as the right 
practice. Love for God and man is the true 
; incentive in both healing and teaching. Love inspires, 
illumines, designates, and leads the way. Right motives 
give pinions to thought, and strength and freedom to 
speech and action. Love is priestess at the altar of 
Truth. Wait patiently for divine Love to move upon the 
waters of mortal mind, and form the perfect concept. 
Patience must “have her perfect work.” 
Do not dismiss students at the close of a class term, 
feeling that you have no more to do for them. Let your 
loving care and counsel support all their feeble 
footsteps, until your students tread firmly in 
the straight and narrow way. The superiority of spir- 
itual power over sensuous is the central point of Chris- 
tian Science. Remember that the letter and mental 
argument are only human auxiliaries to aid in bringing 
Impotence 
of hate 
Love the 
incentive 
Continuity 
of interest TEACHING CHRISTIAN SCIENCE 
455 
thought into accord with the spirit of Truth and Love, 
which heals the sick and the sinner. 
A mental state of self-condemnation and guilt or a 
faltering and doubting trust in Truth are unsuitable 
conditions for healing the sick. Such mental 
states indicate weakness instead of strength. 
Hence the necessity of being right yourself in order to 
teach this Science of healing. You must utilize the moral 
might of Mind in order to walk over the waves of error 
and support your claims by demonstration. If you are 
yourself lost in the belief and fear of disease or sin, and 
if, knowing the remedy, you fail to use the energies of 
Mind in your own behalf, you can exercise little or no 
power for others’ help. “First cast out the beam out 
of thine own eye; and then shalt thou see clearly to cast 
out the mote out of thy brother’s eye.” 
The student, who receives his knowledge of Christian 
Science, or metaphysical healing, from a human teacher, 
may be mistaken in judgment and demonstra- 
tion, but God cannot mistake. God selects 
for the highest service one who has grown into such a 
fitness for it as renders any abuse of the mission an im- 
possibility. The All-wise does not bestow His highest 
trusts upon the unworthy. When He commissions a mes- 
senger, it is one who is spiritually near Himself. No per- 
son can misuse this mental power, if he is taught of God 
to discern it. 
This strong point in Christian Science is not to be 
overlooked, — that the same fountain cannot send forth 
both sweet waters and bitter. The higher 
your attainment in the Science of mental 
healing and teaching, the more impossible it will be- 
Weakness 
and guilt 
The trust of 
the All-wise 
Integrity- 
assured 456 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
come for you intentionally to influence mankind adverse 
to its highest hope and achievement. 
Teaching or practising in the name of Truth, but con- 
trary to its spirit or rules, is most dangerous quackery. 
Strict adherence to the divine Principle and 
rules of the scientific method has secured 
the only success of the students of Christian Science. 
This alone entitles them to the high standing which 
most of them hold in the community, a reputation ex- 
perimentally justified by their efforts. Whoever af- 
firms that there is more than one Principle and method 
of demonstrating Christian Science greatly errs, igno- 
rantly or intentionally, and separates himself from the 
true conception of Christian Science healing and from 
its possible demonstration. 
Any dishonesty in your theory and practice betrays a 
gross ignorance of the method of the Christ-cure. Science 
makes no concessions to persons or opinions. 
One must abide in the morale of truth or he 
cannot demonstrate the divine Principle. So long as 
matter is the basis of practice, illness cannot be effica- 
ciously treated by the metaphysical process. Truth does 
the work, and you must both understand and abide by the 
divine Principle of your demonstration. 
A Christian Scientist requires my work Science and 
Health for his textbook, and so do all his students and 
patients. Why ? First: Because it is the voice 
of Truth to this age, and contains the full 
statement of Christian Science, or the Science of healing 
through Mind. Second: Because it was the first book 
known, containing a thorough statement of Christian 
Science. Hence it gave the first rules for demonstrating 
Chicanery 
impossible 
No dishonest 
concessions 
This volume 
indispensable TEACHING CHRISTIAN SCIENCE 
457 
this Science, and registered the revealed Truth uncon- 
taminated by human hypotheses. Other works, which 
have borrowed from this book without giving it credit, 
have adulterated the Science. Third: Because this book 
has done more for teacher and student, for healer and 
patient, than has been accomplished by other books. 
Since the divine light of Christian Science first dawned 
upon the author, she has never used this newly discovered 
power in any direction which she fears to have 
fairly understood. Her prime object, since 
entering this field of labor, has been to prevent suffering, 
not to produce it. That we cannot scientifically both 
cure and cause disease is self-evident. In the legend of 
the shield, which led to a quarrel between two knights 
because each of them could see but one face of it, both 
sides were beautiful according to their degree; but to 
mental malpractice, prolific of evil, there is no good as- 
pect, either silvern or golden. 
Christian Science is not an exception to the general 
rule, that there is no excellence without labor in a direct 
line. One cannot scatter his fire, and at the 
same time hit the mark. To pursue other 
vocations and advance rapidly in the demonstration of 
this Science, is not possible. Departing from Christian 
Science, some learners commend diet and hygiene. 
They even practise these, intending thereby to initiate 
the cure which they mean to complete with Mind, as if 
the non-intelligent could aid Mind! The Scientist’s 
demonstration rests on one Principle, and there must 
and can be no opposite rule. Let this Principle be ap- 
plied to the cure of disease without exploiting other 
Purity of 
science 
Backsliders 
and mistakes 458 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
Mental quackery rests on the same platform as all 
other quackery. The chief plank in this platform is the 
doctrine that Science has two principles in 
partnership, one good and the other evil, — 
one spiritual, the other material, — and that these two 
may be simultaneously at work on the sick. This 
theory is supposed to favor practice from both a mental 
and a material standpoint. Another plank in the plat- 
form is this, that error will finally have the same effect 
as truth. 
It is anything but scientifically Christian to think of 
aiding the divine Principle of healing or of trying to sus- 
tain the human body until the divine Mind 
is ready to take the case. Divinity is always 
ready. Semper paratus is Truth’s motto. Having seen 
so much suffering from quackery, the author desires to 
keep it out of Christian Science. The two-edged sword 
of Truth must turn in every direction to guard “ the tree 
of life.” 
Sin makes deadly thrusts at the Christian Scientist as 
ritualism and creed are summoned to give place to higher 
law, but Science will ameliorate mortal malice. 
The Christianly scientific man reflects the 
divine law, thus becoming a law unto himself. He does 
violence to no man. Neither is he a false accuser. The 
Christian Scientist wisely shapes his course, and is hon- 
est and consistent in following the leadings of divine 
Mind. He must prove, through living as well as heal- 
ing and teaching, that Christ’s way is the only one 
by which mortals are radically saved from sin and 
sickness. 
Christianity causes men to turn naturally from matter 
Mental 
charlatanism 
Divinity 
ever ready 
The panoply 
of wisdom TEACHING CHRISTIAN SCIENCE 
459 
to Spirit, as the flower turns from darkness to light. 
Man then appropriates those things which “eye hath 
not seen nor ear heard.” Paul and John 
had a clear apprehension that, as mortal man 
achieves no worldly honors except by sacrifice, 
so he must gain heavenly riches by forsaking all worldli- 
ness. Then he will have nothing in common with the 
worldling’s affections, motives, and aims. Judge not the 
future advancement of Christian Science by the steps 
already taken, lest you yourself be condemned for fail- 
ing to take the first step. . 
Any attempt to heal mortals with erring mortal mind, 
instead of resting on the omnipotence of the divine 
Mind, must prove abortive. Committing the 
bare process of mental healing to frail mor- 
tals, untaught and unrestrained by Christian Science, 
is like putting a sharp knife into the hands of a blind 
man or a raging maniac, and turning him loose in 
the crowded streets of a city. Whether animated by 
malice or ignorance, a false practitioner will work mis- 
chief, and ignorance is more harmful than wilful wicked- 
ness, when the latter is distrusted and thwarted in its 
incipiency. 
To mortal sense Christian Science seems abstract, but 
the process is simple and the results are sure if the Science 
is understood. The tree must be good, which 
produces good fruit. Guided by divine Truth 
and not guesswork, the theologus (that is, the student — 
the Christian and scientific expounder — of the divine 
law) treats disease with more certain results than any 
other healer on the globe. The Christian Scientist should 
understand and adhere strictly to the rules of divine meta- 
Advance- 
ment by 
sacrifice 
Dangerous 
knowledge 
Certainty 
of results 460 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
physics as laid down in this work, and rest his demonstra- 
tion on this sure basis. 
Ontology is defined as “the science of the necessary 
constituents and relations of all beings,” and it under- 
lies all metaphysical practice. Our system of 
Mind-healing rests on the apprehension of the 
nature and essence of all being, — on the divine Mind 
and Love’s essential qualities. Its pharmacy is moral, 
and its medicine is intellectual and spiritual, though used 
for physical healing. Yet this most fundamental part of 
metaphysics is the one most difficult to understand and 
demonstrate, for to the material thought all is material, 
till such thought is rectified by Spirit. 
Sickness is neither imaginary nor unreal, — that is, 
to the frightened, false sense of the patient. Sickness 
is more than fancy; it is solid conviction. It 
is therefore to be dealt with through right ap- 
prehension of the truth of being. If Christian healing 
is abused by mere smatterers in Science, it becomes a 
tedious mischief-maker. Instead of scientifically effect- 
ing a cure, it starts a petty crossfire over every cripple 
and invalid, buffeting them with the superficial and cold 
assertion, “Nothing ails you.” 
When the Science of Mind was a fresh revelation to 
the author, she had to impart, while teaching its grand 
facts, the hue of spiritual ideas from her own 
spiritual condition, and she had to do this orally 
through the meagre channel afforded by language and by 
her manuscript circulated among the students. As for- 
mer beliefs were gradually expelled from her thought, the 
teaching became clearer, until finally the shadow of old 
errors was no longer cast upon divine Science. 
Ontology 
defined 
Mischievous 
imagination 
Author’s early 
. instructions TEACHING CHRISTIAN SCIENCE 
461 
I do not maintain that anyone can exist in the flesh 
without food and raiment; but I do believe that the 
real man is immortal and that he lives in 
Spirit, not matter. Christian Science must 
be accepted at this period by induction. We admit the 
whole, because a part is proved and that part illustrates 
and proves the entire Principle. Christian Science can 
be taught only by those who are morally advanced and 
spiritually endowed, for it is not superficial, nor is it 
discerned from the standpoint of the human senses. 
Only by the illumination of the spiritual sense, can 
the light of understanding be thrown upon this Science, 
because Science reverses the evidence before the material 
senses and furnishes the eternal interpretation of God and 
man. 
If you believe that you are sick, should you say, “ I am 
sick”? No, but you should tell your belief sometimes, 
if this be requisite to protect others. If you commit a 
crime, should you acknowledge to yourself that you are 
a criminal? Yes. Your responses should differ because 
of the different effects they produce. Usually to admit 
that you are sick, renders your case less curable, while 
to recognize your sin, aids in destroying it. Both sin and 
sickness are error, and Truth is their remedy. The truth 
regarding error is, that error is not true, hence it is unreal. 
To prove scientifically the error or unreality of sin, you 
must first see the claim of sin, and then destroy it. 
Whereas, to prove scientifically the error or unreality of 
disease, you must mentally unsee the disease; then you 
will not feel it, and it is destroyed. 
Systematic teaching and the student’s spiritual growth 
and experience in practice are requisite for a thorough 
Proof by 
induction 462 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
comprehension of Christian Science. Some individu- 
als assimilate truth more readily than others, but any 
student, who adheres to the divine rules 
of Christian Science and imbibes the spirit 
of Christ, can demonstrate Christian Science, cast out 
error, heal the sick, and add continually to his store of 
spiritual understanding, potency, enlightenment, and 
success. 
If the student goes away to practise Truth’s teach- 
ings only in part, dividing his interests between God and 
mammon and substituting his own views for 
Truth, he will inevitably reap the error he sows. 
Whoever would demonstrate the healing of Christian 
Science must abide strictly by its rules, heed every state- 
ment, and advance from the rudiments laid down. There 
is nothing difficult nor toilsome in this task, when the way 
is pointed out; but self-denial, sincerity, Christianity, and 
persistence alone win the prize, as they usually do in every 
department of life. 
Anatomy, when conceived of spiritually, is mental self- 
knowledge, and consists in the dissection of thoughts to 
discover their quality, quantity, and origin. 
Are thoughts divine or human? That is the 
important question. This branch of study is indispen- 
sable to the excision of error. The anatomy of Christian 
Science teaches when and how to probe the self-in- 
flicted wounds of selfishness, malice, envy, and hate. It 
teaches the control of mad ambition. It unfolds the 
hallowed influences of unselfishness, philanthropy, spir- 
itual love. It urges the government of the body both 
in health and in sickness. The Christian Scientist, 
through understanding mental anatomy, discerns and 
Rapidity of 
assimilation 
Divided 
loyalty 
Anatomy 
defined TEACHING CHRISTIAN SCIENCE 
deals with the real cause of disease. The material physi- 
cian gropes among phenomena, which fluctuate every in- 
stant under influences not embraced in his diagnosis, and 
so he may stumble and fall in the darkness. 
Teacher and student should also be familiar with the 
obstetrics taught by this Science. To attend properly 
the birth of the new child, or divine idea, 
you should so detach mortal thought from its 
material conceptions, that the birth will be natural and 
safe. Though gathering new energy, this idea cannot 
injure its useful surroundings in the travail of spiritual 
birth. A spiritual idea has not a single element of error, 
and this truth removes properly whatever is offensive. 
The new idea, conceived and born of Truth and Love, is 
clad in white garments. Its beginning will be meek, its 
growth sturdy, and its maturity undecaying. When 
this new birth takes place, the Christian Science infant 
is born of the Spirit, born of God, and can cause the 
mother no more suffering. By this we know that Truth 
is here and has fulfilled its perfect work. 
To decide quickly as to the proper treatment of error — 
whether error is manifested in forms of sickness, sin, 
or death — is the first step towards destroy- 
ing error. Our Master treated error through 
Mind. He never enjoined obedience to the laws of nature, 
if by these are meant laws of matter, nor did he use drugs. 
There is a law of God applicable to healing, and it is a 
spiritual law instead of material. The sick are not healed 
by inanimate matter or drugs, as they believe that they 
are. Such seeming medical effect or action is that of so- 
called mortal mind. 
It has been said to the author, “The world is bene- 
Scientific 
obstetrics 
Unhesitating 
decision 464 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
fited by you, but it feels your influence without seeing 
you. Why do you not make yourself more widely 
known?” Could her friends know how little 
time the author has had, in which to make 
herself outwardly known except through her laborious 
publications, — and how much time and toil are still re- 
quired to establish the stately operations of Christian 
Science, — they would understand why she is so secluded. 
Others could not take her place, even if willing so to do. 
She therefore remains unseen at her post, seeking no self- 
aggrandizement but praying, watching, and working for 
the redemption of mankind. 
If from an injury or from any cause, a Christian Scien- 
tist were seized with pain so violent that he could not 
treat himself mentally, — and the Scientists had failed 
to relieve him, — the sufferer could call a surgeon, who 
would give him a hypodermic injection, then, when the 
belief of pain was lulled, he could handle his own case 
mentally. Thus it is that we “prove all things; [and] 
hold fast that which is good.” 
In founding a pathological system of Christianity, the 
author has labored to expound divine Principle, and not 
to exalt personality. The weapons of bigotry, 
ignorance, envy, fall before an honest heart. 
Adulterating Christian Science, makes it void. 
Falsity has no foundation. “The hireling fleeth, because 
he is an hireling, and careth not for the sheep.” Neither 
dishonesty nor ignorance ever founded, nor can they over- 
throw a scientific system of ethics. 
Seclusion of 
the author 
The right 
motive and 
its reward CHAPTER XIV 
RECAPITULATION 
For precept must be upon precept, precept upon precept; line upon 
line, line upon line; here a little, and there a little. — Isaiah. 
THIS chapter is from the first edition of the author’s 
class-book, copyrighted in 1870. After much labor 
and increased spiritual understanding, she revised that 
treatise for this volume in 1875. Absolute Christian 
Science pervades its statements, to elucidate scientific 
metaphysics. 
Questions and Answers 
Question. — What is God ? 
Ariswer. — God is incorporeal, divine, supreme, infinite 
Mind, Spirit, Soul, Principle, Life, Truth, Love. 
Question. — Are these terms synonymous ? 
Answer. — They are. They refer to one absolute God. 
They are also intended to express the nature, essence, and 
wholeness of Deity. The attributes of God are justice, 
mercy, wisdom, goodness, and so on. 
Question. — Is there more than one God or Principle ? 
Answer. — There is not. Principle and its idea is one, 
and this one is God, omnipotent, omniscient, and omni- 466 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
present Being, and His reflection is man and the universe. 
Omni is adopted from the Latin adjective signifying all. 
Hence God combines all-power or potency, all-science 
or true knowledge, all-presence. The varied manifesta- 
tions of Christian Science indicate Mind, never matter, 
and have one Principle. 
Question. — What are spirits and souls ? 
Answer. — To human belief, they are personalities 
constituted of mind and matter, life and death, truth and 
error, good and evil; but these contrasting 
pairs of terms represent contraries, as Chris- 
tian Science reveals, which neither dwell together nor 
assimilate. Truth is immortal; error is mortal. Truth 
is limitless; error is limited. Truth is intelligent; error 
is non-intelligent. Moreover, Truth is real, and error is 
unreal. This last statement contains the point you will 
most reluctantly admit, although first and last it is the 
most important to understand. 
The term souls or spirits is as improper as the term 
gods. Soul or Spirit signifies Deity and nothing else. 
There is no finite soul nor spirit. Soul or 
Spirit means only one Mind, and cannot be 
rendered in the plural. Heathen mythology and Jewish 
theology have perpetuated the fallacy that intelligence, 
soul, and life can be in matter; and idolatry and ritualism 
are the outcome of all man-made beliefs. The Science 
of Christianity comes with fan in hand to separate the 
chaff from the wheat. Science will declare God aright, 
and Christianity will demonstrate this declaration and 
its divine Principle, making mankind better physically, 
morally, and spiritually. 
Real versus 
unreal 
1 Mankind 
redeemed RECAPITULATION 
467 
Question. — What are the demands of the Science of 
Soul ? 
Answer. — The first demand of this Science is, “Thou 
shalt have no other gods before me.” This me is Spirit. 
Therefore the command means this: Thou shalt 
have no intelligence, no life, no substance, no 
truth, no love, but that which is spiritual. The second 
is like unto it, “Thou shalt love thy neighbor as thyself.” 
It should be thoroughly understood that all men have one 
Mind, one God and Father, one Life, Truth, and Love. 
Mankind will become perfect in proportion as this fact 
becomes apparent, war will cease and the true brother- 
hood of man will be established. Having no other gods, 
turning to no other but the one perfect Mind to guide 
him, man is the likeness of God, pure and eternal, hav- 
ing that Mind which was also in Christ. 
Science reveals Spirit, Soul, as not in the body, and 
God as not in man but as reflected by man. The greater 
cannot be in the lesser. The belief that the 
greater can be in the lesser is an error that 
works ill. This is a leading point in the Science of Soul, 
that Principle is not in its idea. Spirit, Soul, is not 
confined in man, and is never in matter. We reason im- 
perfectly from effect to cause, when we conclude that 
matter is the effect of Spirit; but a priori reasoning 
shows material existence to be enigmatical. Spirit gives 
the true mental idea. We cannot interpret Spirit, Mind, 
through matter. Matter neither sees, hears, nor feels. 
Reasoning from cause to effect in the Science of Mind, 
we begin with Mind, which must be under- 
stood through the idea which expresses it and 
cannot be learned from its opposite, matter. Thus we 
Two chief 
commands 
Soul not con- 
fined in body 
Sinlessness of 
Mind, Soul 468 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
arrive at Truth, or intelligence, which evolves its own 
unerring idea and never can be coordinate with human 
illusions. If Soul sinned, it would be mortal, for sin is 
mortality’s self, because it kills itself. If Truth is im- 
mortal, error must be mortal, because error is unlike 
Truth. Because Soul is immortal, Soul cannot sin, for 
sin is not the eternal verity of being. 
Question. — What is the scientific statement of being ? 
Answer. — There is no life, truth, intelligence, nor sub- 
stance in matter. All is infinite Mind and its infinite 
manifestation, for God is All-in-all. Spirit is immortal 
Truth; matter is mortal error. Spirit is the real and 
eternal; matter is the unreal and temporal. Spirit is 
God, and man is His image and likeness. Therefore 
man is not material; he is spiritual. 
Question. — What is substance? 
Answer. — Substance is that which is eternal and inca- 
pable of discord and decay. Truth, Life, and Love are 
substance, as the Scriptures use this word in 
Hebrews: “The substance of things hoped 
for, the evidence of things not seen.” Spirit, the synonym 
of Mind, Soul, or God, is the only real substance. The 
spiritual universe, including individual man, is a com- 
pound idea, reflecting the divine substance of Spirit. 
Spiritual 
synonyms 
Question. — What is Life ? 
Answer. — Life is divine Principle, Mind, Soul, Spirit. 
Life is without beginning and without end. 
Eternity, not time, expresses the thought of 
Life, and time is no part of eternity. One ceases in 
proportion as the other is recognized. Time is finite; 
Eternity 
of Life EECAPITULATION 
469 
eternity is forever infinite. Life is neither in nor of mat- 
ter. What is termed matter is unknown to Spirit, which 
includes in itself all substance and is Life eternal. Mat- 
ter is a human concept. life is divine Mind. Life is not 
limited. Death and finiteness are unknown to Life. If 
Life ever had a beginning, it would also have an ending. 
Question. — What is intelligence ? 
Answer. — Intelligence is omniscience, omnipresence, 
and omnipotence. It is the primal and eternal quality 
of infinite Mind, of the triune Principle, — Life, Truth, 
and Love, — named God. 
Question. •— What is Mind ? 
Answer. — Mind is God. The exterminator of error 
is the great truth that God, good, is the only Mind, and 
that the supposititious opposite of infinite Mind 
— called devil or evil — is not Mind, is not 
Truth, but error, without intelligence or reality. There 
can be but one Mind, because there is but one God; and 
if mortals claimed no other Mind and accepted no other, 
sin would be unknown. We can have but one Mind, if 
that one is infinite. We bury the sense of infinitude, 
when we admit that, although God is infinite, evil has a 
place in this infinity, for evil can have no place, where all 
space is filled with God. 
We lose the high signification of omnipotence, when 
after admitting that God, or good, is omnipresent and 
has all-power, we still believe there is another Thesoie 
power, named evil. This belief that there governor 
is more than one mind is as pernicious to divine theology 
as are ancient mythology and pagan idolatry. With 
True sense of 
infinitude 470 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
one Father, even God, the whole family of man would 
be brethren; and with one Mind and that God, or good, 
the brotherhood of man would consist of Love and Truth, 
and have unity of Principle and spiritual power which 
constitute divine Science. The supposed existence of 
more than one mind was the basic error of idolatry. This 
error assumed the loss of spiritual power, the loss of the 
spiritual presence of Life as infinite Truth without an 
unlikeness, and the loss of Love as ever present and 
universal. 
Divine Science explains the abstract statement that 
there is one Mind by the following self-evident propo- 
sition : If God, or good, is real, then evil, the 
unlikeness of God, is unreal. And evil can 
only seem to be real by giving reality to the 
unreal. The children of God have but one Mind. How 
can good lapse into evil, when God, the Mind of man, 
never sins? The standard of perfection was originally 
God and man. Has God taken down His own standard, 
and has man fallen ? 
God is the creator of man, and, the divine Principle 
of man remaining perfect, the divine idea or reflection, 
man, remains perfect. Man is the expression 
of God’s being. If there ever was a moment 
when man did not express the divine perfec- 
tion, then there was a moment when man did not express 
God, and consequently a time when Deity was unex- 
pressed — that is, without entity. If man has lost per- 
fection, then he has lost his perfect Principle, the divine 
Mind. If man ever existed without this perfect Principle 
or Mind, then man’s existence was a myth. 
The relations of God and man, divine Principle and 
The divine 
standard of 
perfection 
Indestruc- 
tible rela- 
tionship RECAPITULATION 
471 
idea, are indestructible in Science; and Science knows 
no lapse from nor return to harmony, but holds the divine 
order or spiritual law, in which God and all that He cre- 
ates are perfect and eternal, to have remained unchanged 
in its eternal history. 
The unlikeness of Truth, — named error, — the op- 
posite of Science, and the evidence before the five cor- 
poreal senses, afford no indication of the grand 
facts of being; even as these so-called senses 
receive no intimation of the earth’s motions or of the 
science of astronomy, but yield assent to astronomical 
propositions on the authority of natural science. 
The facts of divine Science should be admitted, — 
although the evidence as to these facts is not supported 
by evil, by matter, or by material sense, — because the 
evidence that God and man coexist is fully sustained by 
spiritual sense. Man is, and forever has been, God’s re- 
flection. God is infinite, therefore ever present, and 
there is no other power nor presence. Hence the spirit- 
uality of the universe is the only fact of creation. “Let 
God be true, but every [material] man a liar.” 
Question. — Are doctrines and creeds a benefit to man ? 
Answer. — The author subscribed to an orthodox 
creed in early youth, and tried to adhere to it until she 
caught the first gleam of that which inter- 
prets God as above mortal sense. This 
view rebuked human beliefs, and gave the spiritual im- 
port, expressed through Science, of all that proceeds 
from the divine Mind. Since then her highest creed has 
been divine Science, which, reduced to human apprehen- 
sion, she has named Christian Science. This Science 
Celestial 
evidence 
The test of 
experience 472 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
teaches man that God is the only Life, and that this Life 
is Truth and Love; that God is to be understood, adored, 
and demonstrated; that divine Truth casts out supposi- 
tional error and heals the sick. 
The way which leads to Christian Science is straight 
and narrow. God has set His signet upon Science, mak- 
ing it coordinate with all that is real and only 
with that which is harmonious and eternal. 
Sickness, sin, and death, being inharmonious, do not 
originate in God nor belong to Ilis government. His 
law, rightly understood, destroys them. Jesus furnished 
proofs of these statements. 
Question. — What is error ? 
Answer. — Error is a supposition that pleasure and 
pain, that intelligence, substance, life, are existent in mat- 
ter. Error is neither Mind nor one of Mind’s 
faculties. Error is the contradiction of Truth. 
Error is a belief without understanding. Error is unreal 
because untrue. It is that which seemeth to be and is not. 
If error were true, its truth would be error, and we should 
have a self-evident absurdity — namely, erroneous truth. 
Thus we should continue to lose the standard of Truth. 
God’s law 
destroys evil 
Evanescent 
materiality 
Question. — Is there no sin ? 
Answer. — All reality is in God and His creation, har- 
monious and eternal. That which He creates is good, 
and He makes all that is made. Therefore 
the only reality of sin, sickness, or death is 
the awful fact that unrealities seem real to human, erring 
belief, until God strips off their disguise. They are not 
true, because they are not of God. We learn in Christian 
Unrealities 
that seem real RECAPITULATION 
473 
Science that all inharmony of mortal mind or body is illu- 
sion, possessing neither reality nor identity though seeming 
to be real and identical. 
The Science of Mind disposes of all evil. Truth, God, 
is not the father of error. Sin, sickness, and death are 
to be classified as effects of error. Christ 
came to destroy the belief of sin. The God- 
principle is omnipresent and omnipotent. God is every- 
where, and nothing apart from Him is present or has 
power. Christ is the ideal Truth, that comes to heal 
sickness and sin through Christian Science, and attributes 
all power to God. Jesus is the name of the man who, 
more than all other men, has presented Christ, the true 
idea of God, healing-the sick and the sinning and destroy- 
ing the power of death. Jesus is the human man, and 
Christ is the divine idea; hence the duality of Jesus the 
Christ. 
In an age of ecclesiastical despotism, Jesus introduced 
the teaching and practice of Christianity, affording the 
proof of Christianity’s truth and love; but to 
reach his example and to test its unerring Sci- 
ence according to his rule, healing sickness, sin, and 
death, a better understanding of God as divine Prin- 
ciple, Love, rather than personality or the man Jesus, is 
required. 
Christ the 
ideal Truth 
Jesus not 
God 
Jesus established what he said by demonstration, 
thus making his acts of higher importance than his 
words. He proved what he taught. This 
is the Science of Christianity. Jesus proved 
the Principle, which heals the sick and casts out error, 
to be divine. Few, however, except his students un- 
derstood in the least his teachings and their glorious 
Jesus not 
understood 474 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
proofs, — namely, that Life, Truth, and Love (the Prin- 
ciple of this unacknowledged Science) destroy all error, 
evil, disease, and death. 
The reception accorded to Truth in the early Chris- 
tian era is repeated to-day. Whoever introduces the 
Science of Christianity will be scoffed at and 
scourged with worse cords than those which 
cut the flesh. To the ignorant age in which it first 
appears, Science seems to be a mistake, — hence the 
misinterpretation and consequent maltreatment which 
it receives. Christian marvels (and marvel is the sim- 
ple meaning of the Greek word rendered miracle in the 
New Testament) will be misunderstood and misused 
by many, until the glorious Principle of these marvels is 
gained. 
If sin, sickness, and death are as real as Life, Truth, 
and Love, then they must all be from the same source; 
God must be their author. Now Jesus came 
to destroy sin, sickness, and death; yet the 
Scriptures aver, “I am not come to destroy, but to fulfil.” 
Is it possible, then, to believe that the evils which Jesus 
lived to destroy are real or the offspring of the divine 
will? 
Despite the hallowing influence of Truth in the de- 
struction of error, must error still be immortal? Truth 
spares all that is true. If evil is real, Truth 
must make it so; but error, not Truth, is 
the author of the unreal, and the unreal vanishes, 
while all that is real is eternal. The apostle says that 
the mission of Christ is to “destroy the works of the 
devil.” Truth destroys falsity and error, for light and 
darkness cannot dwell together. Light extinguishes the 
Miracles 
rejected 
Divine 
fulfilment 
Truth de- 
stroys falsity RECAPITULATION 
475 
darkness, and the Scripture declares that there is “no 
night there.” To Truth there is no error, — all is Truth. 
To infinite Spirit there is no matter, — all is Spirit, divine 
Principle and its idea. 
Question. — What is man ? 
Answer. — Man is not matter; he is not made up of 
brain, blood, bones, and other material elements. The 
Scriptures inform us that man is made in 
the image and likeness of God. Matter is 
not that likeness. The likeness of Spirit cannot be so 
unlike Spirit. Man is spiritual and perfect; and be- 
cause he is spiritual and perfect, he must be so under- 
stood in Christian Science. Man is idea, the image, of 
Love; he is not physique. He is the compound idea of 
God, including all right ideas; the generic term for 
all that reflects God’s image and likeness; the conscious 
identity of being as found in Science, in which man is 
the reflection of God, or Mind, and therefore is eternal; 
that which has no separate mind from God; that which 
has not a single quality underived from Deity; that which 
possesses no life, intelligence, nor creative power of his 
own, but reflects spiritually all that belongs to his Maker. 
And God said: “Let us make man in our image, after 
our likeness; and let them have dominion over the fish 
of the sea, and over the fowl of the air, and over the cattle, 
and over all the earth, and over every creeping thing that 
creepeth upon the earth.” 
Fleshly fac- 
tors unreal 
Man is incapable of sin, sickness, and death. The 
real man cannot depart from holiness, nor 
can God, by whom man is evolved, engender 
the capacity or freedom to sin. A mortal sinner is not 
Man un- 
fallen 476 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
God’s man. Mortals are the counterfeits of immortals. 
They are the children of the wicked one, or the one evil, 
which declares that man begins in dust or as a material 
embryo. In divine Science, God and the real man are 
inseparable as divine Principle and idea. 
Error, urged to its final limits, is self-destroyed. 
Error will cease to claim that soul is in body, that life 
and intelligence are in matter, and that 
this matter is man. God is the Principle of 
man, and man is the idea of God. Hence man is not 
mortal nor material. Mortals will disappear, and im- 
mortals, or the children of God, will appear as the only 
and eternal verities of man. Mortals are not fallen chil- 
dren of God. They never had a perfect state of being, 
which may subsequently be regained. They were, from 
the beginning of mortal history, “conceived in sin and 
brought forth in iniquity.” Mortality is finally swallowed 
up in immortality. Sin, sickness, and death must dis- 
appear to give place to the facts which belong to immortal 
man. 
Learn this, O mortal, and earnestly seek the spiritual 
status of man, which is outside of all material selfhood. 
Remember that the Scriptures say of mortal 
man: “As for man, his days are as grass: as 
a flower of the field, so he flourisheth. For the wind 
passeth over it, and it is gone; and the place thereof shall 
know it no more.” 
When speaking of God’s children, not the children of 
men, Jesus said, “The kingdom of God is within you;” 
that is, Truth and Love reign in the real 
man, showing that man in God’s image is 
unfallen and eternal. Jesus beheld in Science the per- 
Mortals are 
not immortals 
Imperishable 
identity 
The kingdom 
within KECAPITULATION 
477 
feet man, who appeared to him where sinning mortal 
man appears to mortals. In this perfect man the Saviour 
saw God’s own likeness, and this correct view of man 
healed the sick. Thus Jesus taught that the kingdom 
of God is intact, universal, and that man is pure and holy. 
Man is not a material habitation for Soul; he is himself 
spiritual. Soul, being Spirit, is seen in nothing imperfect 
nor material. 
Whatever is material is mortal. To the five corporeal 
senses, man appears to be matter and mind united; but 
Christian Science reveals man as the idea of 
God, and declares the corporeal senses to be 
mortal and erring illusions. Divine Science 
shows it to be impossible that a material body, though 
interwoven with matter’s highest stratum, misnamed 
mind, should be man, — the genuine and perfect man, 
the immortal idea of being, indestructible and eternal. 
Were it otherwise, man would be annihilated. 
Question. — What are body and Soul ? 
Answer. — Identity is the reflection of Spirit, the re- 
flection in multifarious forms of the living Principle, 
Love. Soul is the substance, Life, and intelli- 
gence of man, which is individualized, but not 
in matter. Soul can never reflect anything inferior to 
Spirit. 
Man is the expression of Soul. The Indians caught 
some glimpses of the underlying reality, when 
they called a certain beautiful lake “the smile 
of the Great Spirit.” Separated from man, 
who expresses Soul, Spirit would be a nonentity; man, 
divorced from Spirit, would lose his entity. But there is, 
Material 
body never 
God’s idea 
Reflection 
of Spirit 
Man insep- 
arable from 
Spirit 478 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
there can be, no such division, for man is coexistent with 
God. 
What evidence of Soul or of immortality have you 
within mortality ? Even according to the teachings of 
natural science, man has never beheld Spirit 
or Soul leaving a body or entering it. What 
basis is there for the theory of indwelling spirit, except 
the claim of mortal belief? What would be thought of 
the declaration that a house was inhabited, and by a cer- 
tain class of persons, when no such persons were ever seen 
to go into the house or to come out of it, nor were they 
even visible through the windows ? Who can see a soul 
in the body ? 
Question. — Does brain think, and do nerves feel, and 
is there intelligence in matter? 
Answer. — No, not if God is true and mortal man a 
liar. The assertion that there can be pain or pleasure 
in matter is erroneous. That body is most 
harmonious in which the discharge of the nat- 
ural functions is least noticeable. How can intelligence 
dwell in matter when matter is non-intelligent and 
brain-lobes cannot think? Matter cannot perform the 
functions of Mind. Error says, “I am man;” but this 
belief is mortal and far from actual. From beginning 
to end, whatever is mortal is composed of material hu- 
man beliefs and of nothing else. That only is real which 
reflects God. St. Paul said, “ But when it pleased God, 
who separated me from my mother’s womb, and called me 
by His grace, ... I conferred not with flesh and blood.” 
Mortal man is really a self-contradictory phrase, for 
man is not mortal, “neither indeed can be;” man is im- 
A vacant 
domicile 
Harmonious 
functions RECAPITULATION 
479 
mortal. If a child is the offspring of physical sense and 
not of Soul, the child must have a material, not a spirit- 
ual origin. With what truth, then, could the 
Scriptural rejoicing be uttered by any mother, 
“ I have gotten a man from the Lord ” ? On the con- 
trary, if aught comes from God, it cannot be mortal and 
material; it must be immortal and spiritual. 
Matter is neither self-existent nor a product of Spirit. 
An image of mortal thought, reflected on the retina, is 
all that the eye beholds. Matter cannot see, 
feel, hear, taste, nor smell. It is not self- 
cognizant, — cannot feel itself, see itself, nor 
understand itself. Take away so-called mortal mind, 
which constitutes matter’s supposed selfhood, and matter 
can take no cognizance of matter. Does that which we 
call dead ever see, hear, feel, or use any of the physical 
senses ? 
“In the beginning God created the heaven and the 
earth. And the earth was without form, and void; and 
darkness was upon the face of the deep.” 
(Genesis i. 1, 2.) In the vast forever, in the 
Science and truth of being, the only facts are Spirit 
and its innumerable creations. Darkness and chaos 
are the imaginary opposites of light, understanding, 
and eternal harmony, and they are the elements of 
nothingness. 
We admit that black is not a color, because it reflects 
no light. So evil should be denied identity or power, 
because it has none of the divine hues. Paul 
says: “For the invisible things of Him, from 
the creation of the world, are clearly seen, being under- 
stood by the things that are made.” (Romans i. 20.) 
Immortal 
birthright 
Matter’s 
supposed 
selfhood 
Chaos and 
darkness 
Spiritual 
reflection 480 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
When the substance of Spirit appears in Christian Sci- 
ence, the nothingness of matter is recognized. Where 
the spirit of God is, and there is no place where God is 
not, evil becomes nothing, — the opposite of the some- 
thing of Spirit. If there is no spiritual reflection, then 
there remains only the darkness of vacuity and not a trace 
of heavenly tints. 
Nerves are an element of the belief that there is sensa- 
tion in matter, whereas matter is devoid of sensation. 
Consciousness, as well as action, is governed 
by Mind, — is in God, the origin and gov- 
ernor of all that Science reveals. Material sense has 
its realm apart from Science in the unreal. Harmonious 
action proceeds from Spirit, God. Inharmony has no 
Principle; its action is erroneous and presupposes man 
to be in matter. Inharmony woidd make matter the 
cause as well as the effect of intelligence, or Soul, thus 
attempting to separate Mind from God. 
Man is not God, and God is not man. Again, God, 
or good, never made man capable of sin. It is the oppo- 
site of good — that is, evil — which seems to 
make men capable of wrong-doing. Hence, 
evil is but an illusion, and it has no real basis. Evil is a 
false belief. God is not its author. The supposititious 
parent of evil is a lie. 
Harmony 
from Spirit 
Evil non- 
existent 
The Bible declares: “All things were made by Him 
[the divine Word]; and without Him was not anything 
made that was made.” This is the eternal 
verity of divine Science. If sin, sickness, and 
death were understood as nothingness, they would dis- 
appear. As vapor melts before the sun, so evil would 
vanish before the reality of good. One must hide the 
Vapor and 
nothingness RECAPITULATION 
481 
other. How important, then, to choose good as the 
reality! Man is tributary to God, Spirit, and to nothing 
else. God’s being is infinity, freedom, harmony, and 
boundless bliss. “Where the Spirit of the Lord is, 
there is liberty.” Like the archpriests of yore, man is 
free “to enter into the holiest,” — the realm of God. 
Material sense never helps mortals to understand 
Spirit, God. Through spiritual sense only, man com- 
prehends and loves Deity. The various con- 
tradictions of the Science of Mind by the ma- 
terial senses do not change the unseen Truth, which re- 
mains forever intact. The forbidden fruit of knowledge, 
against which wisdom warns man, is the testimony of 
error, declaring existence to be at the mercy of death, 
and good and evil to be capable of commingling. This 
is the significance of the Scripture concerning this “tree 
of the knowledge of good and evil,” — this growth of 
material belief, of which it is said: “In the day that thou 
eatest thereof thou shalt surely die.” Human hypotheses 
first assume the reality of sickness, sin, and death, and 
then assume the necessity of these evils because of their 
admitted actuality. These human verdicts are the pro- 
curers of all discord. 
If Soul sins, it must be mortal. Sin has the elements 
of self-destruction. It cannot sustain itself. If sin is 
supported, God must uphold it, and this is 
impossible, since Truth cannot support error. 
Soul is the divine Principle of man and never sins, — 
hence the immortality of Soul. In Science we learn that 
it is material sense, not Soul, which sins; and it will be 
found that it is the sense of sin which is lost, and not a 
sinful soul. When reading the Scriptures, the substitu- 
The fruit 
forbidden 
Sense and 
pure Soul 482 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
tion of the word sense for soul gives the exact meaning in 
a majority of cases. 
Human thought has adulterated the meaning of the 
word soul through the hypothesis that soul is both an evil 
and a good intelligence, resident in matter. 
The proper use of the word soul can always 
be gained by substituting the word God, where the deific 
meaning is required. In other cases, use the word sense, 
and you will have the scientific signification. As used 
in Christian Science, Soul is properly the synonym of 
Spirit, or God; but out of Science, soul is identical with 
sense, with material sensation. 
Question. — Is it important to understand these ex- 
planations in order to heal the sick? 
Answer. — It is, since Christ is “the way” and the 
truth casting out all error. Jesus called himself “the 
Son of man,” but not the son of Joseph. As 
woman is but a species of the genera, he was 
literally the Son of Man. Jesus was the highest human 
concept of the perfect man. He was inseparable from 
Christ, the Messiah, — the divine idea of God outside 
the flesh. This enabled Jesus to demonstrate his con- 
trol over matter. Angels announced to the Wisemen of 
old this dual appearing, and angels whisper it, through 
faith, to the hungering heart in every age. 
Sickness is part of the error which Truth casts out. 
Error will not expel error. Christian Science is the law 
of Truth, which heals the sick on the basis 
of the one Mind or God. It can heal in no 
other way, since the human, mortal mind so-called is not 
a healer, but causes the belief in disease. 
Soul 
defined 
Sonship 
of Jesus 
Sickness 
erroneous 483 
RECAPITULATION 
Then comes the question, how do drugs, hygiene, and 
animal magnetism heal? It may be affirmed that they 
do not heal, but only relieve suffering tempo- 
rarily, exchanging one disease for another. 
We classify disease as error, which nothing but Truth or 
Mind can heal, and this Mind must be divine, not human. 
Mind transcends all other power, and will ultimately su- 
persede all other means in healing. In order to heal by 
Science, you must not be ignorant of the moral and spir- 
itual demands of Science nor disobey them. Moral igno- 
rance or sin affects your demonstration, and hinders its 
approach to the standard in Christian Science. 
After the author’s sacred discovery, she affixed the 
name “Science” to Christianity, the name “error” to 
corporeal sense, and the name “substance” to 
Mind. Science has called the world to battle 
over this issue and its demonstration, which 
heals the sick, destroys error, and reveals the universal 
harmony. To those natural Christian Scientists, the an- 
cient worthies, and to Christ Jesus, God certainly revealed 
the spirit of Christian Science, if not the absolute letter. 
Because the Science of Mind seems to bring into dis- 
honor the ordinary scientific schools, which wrestle with 
material observations alone, this Science has 
met with opposition; but if any system honors 
God, it ought to receive aid, not opposition, from all think- 
ing persons. And Christian Science does honor God as 
no other theory honors Him, and it does this in the way 
of His appointing, by doing many wonderful works 
through the divine name and nature. One must fulfil 
one’s mission without timidity or dissimulation, for to be 
well done, the work must be done unselfishly. Christianity 
True healing 
transcendent 
Terms 
adopted by 
the author 
Science 
the way 484 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
will never be based on a divine Principle and so found to 
be unerring, until its absolute Science is reached. When 
this is accomplished, neither pride, prejudice, bigotry, 
nor envy can wash away its foundation, for it is built upon 
the rock, Christ. 
Question. — Does Christian Science, or metaphysical 
healing, include medication, material hygiene, mesmer- 
ism, hypnotism, theosophy, or spiritualism ? 
Answer. — Not one of them is included in it. In di- 
vine Science, the supposed laws of matter yield to the 
law of Mind. What are termed natural 
science and material laws are the objective 
states of mortal mind. The physical universe expresses 
the conscious and unconscious thoughts of mortals. 
Physical force and mortal mind are one. Drugs and 
hygiene oppose the supremacy of the divine Mind. 
Drugs and inert matter are unconscious, mindless. Cer- 
tain results, supposed to proceed from drugs, are really 
caused by the faith in them which the false human con- 
sciousness is educated to feel. 
Mesmerism is mortal, material illusion. Animal mag- 
netism is the voluntary or involuntary action of error 
in all its forms; it is the human antipode 
of divine Science. Science must triumph 
over material sense, and Truth over error, thus putting 
an end to the hypotheses involved in all false theories 
and practices. 
Question. — Is materiality the concomitant of spirit- 
uality, and is material sense a necessary preliminary to 
the understanding and expression of Spirit? 
Mindless 
} methods 
Animal mag- 
netism error RECAPITULATION 
485 
Answer. — If error is necessary to define or to reveal 
Truth, the answer is yes; but not otherwise. Material 
sense is an absurd phrase, for matter has no 
sensation. Science declares that Mind, not 
matter, sees, hears, feels, speaks. Whatever contradicts 
this statement is the false sense, which ever betrays 
mortals into sickness, sin, and death. If the unimpor- 
tant and evil appear, only soon to disappear because 
of their uselessness or their iniquity, then these ephem- 
eral views of error ought to be obliterated by Truth. 
Why malign Christian Science for instructing mortals how 
to make sin, disease, and death appear more and more 
unreal ? 
Emerge gently from matter into Spirit. Think not 
to thwart the spiritual ultimate of all things, but come 
naturally into Spirit through better health and 
morals and as the result of spiritual growth. 
Not death, but the understanding of Life, makes man im- 
mortal. The belief that life can be in matter or soul in 
body, and that man springs from dust or from an egg, 
is the result of the mortal error which Christ, or Truth, 
destroys by fulfilling the spiritual law of being, in which 
man is perfect, even as the “Father which is in heaven 
is perfect.” If thought yields its dominion to other 
powers, it cannot outline on the body its own beautiful 
images, but it effaces them and delineates foreign agents, 
called disease and sin. 
The heathen gods of mythology controlled war and 
agriculture as much as nerves control sensation or 
muscles measure strength. To say that 
strength is in matter, is like saying that the 
power is in the lever. The notion of any life or intelli- 
Error only 
ephemeral 
Scientific 
translations 
Material 
beliefs 486 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
gence in matter is without foundation in fact, and you 
can have no faith in falsehood when you have learned 
falsehood’s true nature. 
Suppose one accident happens to the eye, another to 
the ear, and so on, until every corporeal sense is quenched. 
What is man’s remedy ? To die, that he may 
regain these senses? Even then he must gain 
spiritual understanding and spiritual sense in order to 
possess immortal consciousness. Earth’s preparatory 
school must be improved to the utmost. In reality man 
never dies. The belief that he dies will not establish his 
scientific harmony. Death is not the result of Truth but 
of error, and one error will not correct another. 
Jesus proved by the prints of the nails, that his body 
was the same immediately after death as before. If death 
restores sight, sound, and strength to man, 
then death is not an enemy but a better friend 
than Life. Alas for the blindness of belief, which makes 
harmony conditional upon death and matter, and yet 
supposes Mind unable to produce harmony! So long 
as this error of belief remains, mortals will continue mor- 
tal in belief and subject to chance and change. 
Sight, hearing, all the spiritual senses of man, are 
eternal. They cannot be lost. Their reality and immor- 
tality are in Spirit and understanding, not in 
matter, — hence their permanence. If this 
were not so, man would be speedily annihilated. If the 
five corporeal senses were the medium through which 
to understand God, then palsy, blindness, and deafness 
would place man in a terrible situation, where he would 
be like those “having no hope, and without God in the 
world;” but as a matter of fact, these calamities often 
Sense uer- 
sus Soul 
Death 
an error 
Permanent 
sensibility 487 
RECAPITULATION 
drive mortals to seek and to find a higher sense of happi- 
ness and existence. 
Life is deathless. Life is the origin and ultimate of 
man, never attainable through death, but gained by walk- 
ing in the pathway of Truth both before and 
after that which is called death. There is more 
Christianity in seeing and hearing spiritually 
than materially. There is more Science in the perpetual 
exercise of the Mind-faculties than in their loss. Lost 
they cannot be, while Mind remains. The apprehension 
of this gave sight to the blind and hearing to the deaf cen- 
turies ago, and it will repeat the wonder. 
Question. — You speak of belief. Who or what is it 
that believes? 
Answer. — Spirit is all-knowing; this precludes the 
need of believing. Matter cannot believe, and Mind 
understands. The body cannot believe. The 
believer and belief are one and are mortal. 
Christian evidence is founded on Science or 
demonstrable Truth, flowing from immortal Mind, and 
there is in reality no such thing as mortal mind. Mere 
belief is blindness without Principle from which to ex- 
plain the reason of its hope. The belief that life is sen- 
tient and intelligent matter is erroneous. 
The Apostle James said, “Show me thy faith without 
thy works, and I will show thee my faith by my works.” 
The understanding that Life is God, Spirit, lengthens 
our days by strengthening our trust in the deathless 
reality of Life, its almightiness and immortality. 
This faith relies upon an understood Principle. This 
Principle makes whole the diseased, and brings out the 
Exercise 
of Mind- 
faculties 
Understand- 
ing versus 
belief 488 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
enduring and harmonious phases of things. The result 
of our teachings is their sufficient confirmation. When, 
on the strength of these instructions, you are 
able to banish a severe malady, the cure shows 
that you understand this teaching, and therefore you re- 
ceive the blessing of Truth. 
The Hebrew and Greek words often translated belief 
differ somewhat in meaning from that conveyed by the 
English verb believe; they have more the sig- 
nificance of faith, understanding, trust, con- 
stancy, firmness. Hence the Scriptures often appear in 
our common version to approve and endorse belief, when 
they mean to enforce the necessity of understanding. 
Question. — Do the five corporeal senses constitute 
man ? 
Answer. — Christian Science sustains with immortal 
proof the impossibility of any material sense, and defines 
these so-called senses as mortal beliefs, the 
testimony of which cannot be true either of 
man or of his Maker. The corporeal senses can take no 
cognizance of spiritual reality and immortality. Nerves 
have no more sensation, apart from what belief be- 
stows upon them, than the fibres of a plant. Mind alone 
possesses all faculties, perception, and comprehension. 
Therefore mental endowments are not at the mercy of 
organization and decomposition, — otherwise the very 
worms could unfashion man. If it were possible for the 
real senses of man to be injured, Soul could reproduce 
them in all their perfection; but they cannot be dis- 
turbed nor destroyed, since they exist in immortal Mind, 
not in matter. 
Confirmation 
by healing 
Belief and 
firm trust 
' All faculties 
from Mind RECAPITULATION 
489 
The less mind there is manifested in matter the better. 
When the unthinking lobster loses its claw, the claw grows 
again. If the Science of life were understood, 
it would be found that the senses of Mind are 
never lost and that matter has no sensation. Then the 
human limb would be replaced as readily as the lobster’s 
claw, — not with an artificial limb, but with the genuine 
one. Any hypothesis which supposes life to be in matter 
is an educated belief. In infancy this belief is not equal 
to guiding the hand to the mouth; and as consciousness 
develops, this belief goes out, — yields to the reality of 
everlasting Life. 
Corporeal sense defrauds and lies; it breaks all the 
commands of the Mosaic Decalogue to meet its own de- 
mands. How then can this sense be the God- 
given channel to man of divine blessings or 
understanding? How can man, reflecting God, be de- 
pendent on material means for knowing, hearing, seeing? 
Who dares to say that the senses of man can be at one time 
the medium for sinning against God, at another the me- 
dium for obeying God ? An affirmative reply would con- 
tradict the Scripture, for the same fountain sendeth not 
forth sweet waters and bitter. 
The corporeal senses are the only source of evil or 
error. Christian Science shows them to be false, be- 
cause matter has no sensation, and no organic 
construction can give it hearing and sight nor 
make it the medium of Mind. Outside the 
material sense of things, all is harmony. A wrong sense 
of God, man, and creation is non-sense, want of sense. 
Mortal belief would have the material senses sometimes 
good and sometimes bad. It assures mortals that there 
Possibilities 
of Life 
Decalogue 
disregarded 
Organic con- 
struction 
valueless 490 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
is real pleasure in sin; but the grand truths of Christian 
Science dispute this error. 
Will-power is but a product of belief, and this belief 
commits depredations on harmony. Human will is an 
animal propensity, not a faculty of Soul. 
Hence it cannot govern man aright. Chris- 
tian Science reveals Truth and Love as the 
motive-powers of man. Will — blind, stubborn, and head- 
long— cooperates with appetite and passion. From this 
cooperation arises its evil. From this also comes its pow- 
erlessness, since all power belongs to God, good. 
The Science of Mind needs to be understood. Until 
it is understood, mortals are more or less deprived of 
Truth. Human theories are helpless to make 
man harmonious or immortal, since he is so 
already, according to Christian Science. Our only need 
is to know this and reduce to practice the real man’s di- 
vine Principle, Love. 
“Quench not the Spirit. Despise not prophesyings.” 
Human belief — or knowledge gained from the so-called 
material senses — would, by fair logic, anni- 
hilate man along with the dissolving elements 
of clay. The scientifically Christian explanations of the 
nature and origin of man destroy all material sense with 
immortal testimony. This immortal testimony ushers 
in the spiritual sense of being, which can be obtained 
in no other way. 
Will-power 
an animal 
propensity 
Theories 
helpless 
True nature 
and origin 
Sleep and mesmerism explain the mythical nature of 
material sense. Sleep shows material sense as either 
oblivion, nothingness, or an illusion or dream. 
Under the mesmeric illusion of belief, a man 
will think that he is freezing when he is warm, and that he 
Sleep an 
illusion RECAPITULATION 
491 
is swimming when he is on dry land. Needle-thrusts will 
not hurt him. A delicious perfume will seem intolerable. 
Animal magnetism thus uncovers material sense, and 
shows it to be a belief without actual foundation or va- 
lidity. Change the belief, and’ the sensation changes. 
Destroy the belief, and the sensation disappears. 
Material man is made up of involuntary and voluntary 
error, of a negative right and a positive wrong, the latter 
calling itself right. Man’s spiritual individual- 
ity is never wrrong. It is the likeness of man’s 
Maker. Matter cannot connect mortals with the true 
origin and facts of being, in which all must end. It is only 
by acknowledging the supremacy of Spirit, which annuls 
the claims of matter, that mortals can lay off mortality and 
find the indissoluble spiritual link which establishes man 
forever in the divine likeness, inseparable from his creator. 
The belief that matter and mind are one, — that mat- 
ter is awake at one time and asleep at another, some- 
times presenting no appearance of mind, —• 
this belief culminates in another belief, that 
man dies. Science reveals material man as never the real 
being. The dream or belief goes on, whether our eyes are 
closed or open. In sleep, memory and consciousness are 
lost from the body, and they wander whither they will 
apparently with their own separate embodiment. Per- 
sonality is not the individuality of man. A wicked man 
may have an attractive personality. 
When we are awake, we dream of the pains and pleas- 
ures of matter. Who will say, even though he 
does not understand Christian Science, that 
this dream — rather than the dreamer — may 
not be mortal man ? Who can rationally say otherwise, 
Man linked 
with Spirit 
Material man 
as a dream 
Spiritual ex- 
istence the 
one fact 492 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
when the dream leaves mortal man intact in body and 
thought, although the so-called dreamer is unconscious? 
For right reasoning there should be but one fact before 
the thought, namely, spiritual existence. In reality there 
is no other existence, since Life cannot be united to its 
unlikeness, mortality. 
Being is holiness, harmony, immortality. It is already 
proved that a knowledge of this, even in small degree, 
will uplift the physical and moral standard 
of mortals, will increase longevity, will purify 
and elevate character. Thus progress will finally destroy 
all error, and bring immortality to light. We know that 
a statement proved to be good must be correct. New 
thoughts are constantly obtaining the floor. These two 
contradictory theories — that matter is something, or 
that all is Mind —• will dispute the ground, until one is 
acknowledged to be the victor. Discussing his cam- 
paign, General Grant said: “I propose to fight it out on 
this fine, if it takes all summer.” Science says: All is 
Mind and Mind’s idea. You must fight it out on this 
line. Matter can afford you no aid. 
The notion that mind and matter commingle in the 
human illusion as to sin, sickness, and death must even- 
tually submit to the Science of Mind, which 
denies this notion. God is Mind, and God is 
in finite ; hence all is Mind. On this statement rests the 
Science of being, and the Principle of this Science is di- 
vine, demonstrating harmony and immortality. 
The conservative theory, long believed, is that there 
are two factors, matter and mind, uniting on some im- 
possible basis. This theory would keep truth and error 
always at war. Victory would perch on neither banner. 
Mind one 
and all 
Scientific 
ultimatum RECAPITULATION 
493 
On the other hand, Christian Science speedily shows 
Truth to be triumphant. To corporeal sense, the sun 
appears to rise and set, and the earth to stand 
still; but astronomical science contradicts this, 
and explains the solar system as working on a differ- 
ent plan. All the evidence of physical sense and all the 
knowledge obtained from physical sense must yield to 
Science, to the immortal truth of all things. 
Question. — Will you explain sickness and show how it 
is to be healed ? 
Answer. — The method of Christian Science Mind-heal- 
ing is touched upon in a previous chapter entitled Christian 
Science Practice. A full answer to the above 
question involves teaching, which enables the 
healer to demonstrate and prove for himself the Principle 
and rule of Christian Science or metaphysical healing. 
Mind must be found superior to all the beliefs of the 
five corporeal senses, and able to destroy all ills. Sick- 
ness is a belief, which must be annihilated by 
the divine Mind. Disease is an experience of 
so-called mortal mind. It is fear made manifest on the 
body. Christian Science takes away this physical sense 
of discord, just as it removes any other sense of moral or 
mental inharmony. That man is material, and that mat- 
ter suffers, — these propositions can only seem real and 
natural in illusion. Any sense of soul in matter is not the 
reality of being. 
If Jesus awakened Lazarus from the dream, illusion, of 
death, this proved that the Christ could improve on a false 
sense. Who dares to doubt this consummate test of the 
power and willingness of divine Mind to hold man forever 
Victory 
for Truth 
Mental 
preparation 
Mind de- 
stroys all ills 494 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
intact in his perfect state, and to govern man’s entire 
action? Jesus said: “Destroy this temple [body], and 
in three days I [Mind] will raise it up;” and he did this 
for tired humanity’s reassurance. 
Is it not a species of infidelity to believe that so great 
a work as the Messiah’s was done for himself or for God, 
who needed no help from Jesus’ example to 
preserve the eternal harmony? But mortals 
did need this help, and Jesus pointed the way for them. 
Divine Love always has met and always will meet every 
human need. It is not well to imagine that Jesus demon- 
strated the divine power to heal only for a select number 
or for a limited period of time, since to all mankind and 
in every hour, divine Love supplies all good. 
The miracle of grace is no miracle to Love. Jesus 
demonstrated the inability of corporeality, as well as the 
infinite ability of Spirit, thus helping erring 
human sense to flee from its own convictions 
and seek safety in divine Science. Reason, rightly di- 
rected, serves to correct the errors of corporeal sense; but 
sin, sickness, and death will seem real (even as the ex- 
periences of the sleeping dream seem real) until the Sci- 
ence of man’s eternal harmony breaks their illusion with 
the unbroken reality of scientific being. 
Which of these two theories concerning man are you 
ready to accept? One is the mortal testimony, changing, 
dying, unreal. The other is the eternal and real evidence, 
bearing Truth’s signet, its lap piled high with immortal 
fruits. 
Our Master cast out devils (evils) and healed the sick. 
It should be said of his followers also, that they cast fear 
and all evil out of themselves and others and heal the sick. 
Inexhaustible 
divine Love 
Reason 
and Science RECAPITULATION 
495 
God will heal the sick through man, whenever man is 
governed by God. Truth casts out error now 
as surely as it did nineteen centuries ago. All 
of Truth is not understood; hence its healing power is not 
fully demonstrated. 
If sickness is true or the idea of Truth, you cannot 
destroy sickness, and it would be absurd to try. Then 
classify sickness and error as our Master did, 
when he spoke of the sick, “whom Satan hath 
bound,” and find a sovereign antidote for error in the life- 
giving power of Truth acting on human belief, a power 
which opens the prison doors to such as are bound, and 
sets the captive free physically and morally. 
When the illusion of sickness or sin tempts you, cling 
steadfastly to God and His idea. Allow nothing but His 
likeness to abide in your thought. Let neither 
fear nor doubt overshadow your clear sense and 
calm trust, that the recognition of life harmonious — as 
Life eternally is — can destroy any painful sense of, or 
belief in, that which Life is not. Let Christian Science, 
instead of corporeal sense, support your understanding of 
being, and this understanding will supplant error with 
Truth, replace mortality with immortality, and silence dis- 
cord with harmony. 
Followers 
of Jesus 
Destruction 
of all evil 
Steadfast and 
calm trust 
Question. — How can I progress most rapidly in the 
understanding of Christian Science? 
Answer. — Study thoroughly the letter and imbibe 
the spirit. Adhere to the divine Principle of Chris- 
tian Science and follow the behests of God, 
abiding steadfastly in wisdom, Truth, and 
Love. In the Science of Mind, you will soon ascertain 
Rudiments 
and growth 496 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
that error cannot destroy error. You will also learn 
that in Science there is no transfer of evil suggestions 
from one mortal to another, for there is but one Mind, 
and this ever-present omnipotent Mind is reflected by 
man and governs the entire universe. You will learn 
that in Christian Science the first duty is to obey 
God, to have one Mind, and to love another as 
yourself. 
We all must learn that Life is God. Ask yourself: 
Am I living the life that approaches the supreme good? 
Am I demonstrating the healing power of 
Truth and Love? If so, then the way will 
grow brighter “unto the perfect day.” Your fruits 
will prove what the understanding of God brings to man. 
Hold perpetually this thought, — that it is the spiritual 
idea, the Holy Ghost and Christ, which enables you to 
demonstrate, with scientific certainty, the rule of healing, 
based upon its divine Principle, Love, underlying, over- 
lying, and encompassing all true being. 
“ The sting of death is sin; and the strength of sin is 
the law,” —- the law of mortal belief, at war with the 
facts of immortal Life, even with the spiritual 
law which says to the grave, “Where is thy 
victory?” But “when this corruptible shall have put 
on incorruption, and this mortal shall have put on im- 
mortality, then shall be brought to pass the saying that 
is written, Death is swallowed up in victory.” 
Question. — Have Christian Scientists any religious 
creed ? 
Answer. — They have not, if by that term is meant 
doctrinal beliefs. The following is a brief exposition of 
Condition 
of progress 
Triumph 
over death RECAPITULATION 
497 
the important points, or religious tenets, of Christian 
Science: — 
1. As adherents of Truth, we take the inspired Word 
of the Bible as our sufficient guide to eternal Life. 
2. We acknowledge and adore one supreme and in- 
finite God. We acknowledge His Son, one Christ; the 
Holy Ghost or divine Comforter; and man in God’s 
image and likeness. 
3. We acknowledge God’s forgiveness of sin in the 
destruction of sin and the spiritual understanding that 
casts out evil as unreal. But the belief in sin is pun- 
ished so long as the belief lasts. 
4. We acknowledge Jesus’ atonement as the evi- 
dence of divine, efficacious Love, unfolding man’s unity 
with God through Christ Jesus the Way-shower; and 
we acknowledge that man is saved through Christ, 
through Truth, Life, and Love as demonstrated by the 
Galilean Prophet in healing the sick and overcoming 
sin and death. 
5. We acknowledge that the crucifixion of Jesus and 
his resurrection served to uplift faith to understand eter- 
nal Life, even the allness of Soul, Spirit, and the noth- 
ingness of matter. * 
6. And we solemnly promise to watch, and pray for 
that Mind to be in us which was also in Christ Jesus; to 
do unto others as we would have them do unto us; and 
to be merciful, just, and pure. KEY TO THE SCRIPTURES 
These things saith He that is holy, He that is true, He that hath the key 
of David, He that openeth,and no man shutteth ; and shutteth, and no 
man openeth ; I know thy works: behold, I have set before thee an open 
door, and no man can shut it. — Revelation. CHAPTER XV 
GENESIS 
And I appeared unto Abraham, unto Isaac, and unto Jacob by the 
name of God Almighty; but by My name Jehovah was I not known to 
them. — Exodus. 
All things were made by Him; and without Him was not anything 
made that was made. In Him was life; and the life was the light of 
men. — John. 
SCIENTIFIC interpretation of the Scriptures prop- 
erly starts with the beginning of the Old Testa- 
ment, chiefly because the spiritual import of 
the Word, in its earliest articulations, often 
seems so smothered by the immediate context as to 
require explication; whereas the New Testament narra- 
tives are clearer and come nearer the heart. Jesus il- 
lumines them, showing the poverty of mortal existence, 
but richly recompensing human want and woe with 
spiritual gain. The incarnation of Truth, that amplifi- 
cation of wonder and glory which angels could only 
whisper and which God illustrated by light and har- 
mony, is consonant with ever-present Love. So-called 
mystery and miracle, which subserve the end of natural 
good, are explained by that Love for whose rest the 
weary ones sigh when needing something more native 
to their immortal cravings than the history of perpetual 
evil. 
Spiritual in- 
terpretation 502 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
A second necessity for beginning with Genesis is that 
the living and real prelude of the older Scriptures is so 
brief that it would almost seem, from the 
preponderance of unreality in the entire nar- 
rative, as if reality did not predominate over unreality, 
the light over the dark, the straight line of Spirit over 
the mortal deviations and inverted images of the creator 
and His creation. 
Spiritually followed, the book of Genesis is the history 
of the untrue image of God, named a sinful mortal. This 
deflection of being, rightly viewed, serves to 
suggest the proper reflection of God and the 
spiritual actuality of man, as given in the first chapter 
of Genesis. Even thus the crude forms of human thought 
take on higher symbols and significations, when scien- 
tifically Christian views of the universe appear, illuminat- 
ing time with the glory of eternity. 
In the following exegesis, each text is followed by its 
spiritual interpretation according to the teachings of Chris- 
tian Science. 
Spiritual 
overture 
Deflection 
j of being 
Exegesis 
Genesis i. 1. In the beginning God created the heaven 
and the earth. 
The infinite has no beginning. This word beginning 
is employed to signify the only, — that is, the eternal ver- 
ity and unity of God and man, including 
the universe. The creative Principle — Life, 
Truth, and Love — is God. The universe reflects God. 
There is but one creator and one creation. This crea- 
Ideas and 
_ identities GENESIS 
503 
tion consists of the unfolding of spiritual ideas and their 
identities, which are embraced in the infinite Mind and 
forever reflected. These ideas range from the infini- 
tesimal to infinity, and the highest ideas are the sons 
and daughters of God. 
Genesis i. 2. And the earth was without form, and void; 
and darkness was upon the face of the deep. And the 
spirit of God moved upon the face of the waters. 
The divine Principle and idea constitute spiritual har- 
mony, — heaven and eternity. In the universe of Truth, 
matter is unknown. No supposition of error 
enters there. Divine Science, the Word of 
God, saith to the darkness upon the face of error, ‘‘God 
is All-in-all,” and the light of ever-present Love illumines 
the universe. Hence the eternal wonder, — that infinite 
space is peopled with God’s ideas, reflecting Him in 
countless spiritual forms. 
Genesis i. 3. And God said, Let there be light: and 
there was light. 
Immortal and divine Mind presents the idea of God: 
first, in light; second, in reflection; third, in spiritual and 
immortal forms of beauty and goodness. But 
this Mind creates no element nor symbol of 
discord and decay. God creates neither erring thought, 
mortal life, mutable truth, nor variable love 
Genesis i. 4. And God saw the light, that it was good: 
and God divided the light from the darkness. 
God, Spirit, dwelling in infinite light and harmony 
Spiritual 
harmony 
Mind’s idea 
faultless 504 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
from which emanates the true idea, is never reflected by 
aught but the good. 
Genesis i. 5. And God called the light Day, and the 
darkness He called Night. And the evening and the morn- 
ing were the first day. 
All questions as to the divine creation being both 
spiritual and material are answered in this passage, for 
though solar beams are not yet included in 
the record of creation, still there is light. This 
light is not from the sun nor from volcanic flames, but it 
is the revelation of Truth and of spiritual ideas. This 
also shows that there is no place where God’s light is not 
seen, since Truth, Life, and Love fill immensity and are 
ever-present. Was not this a revelation instead of a 
creation ? 
The successive appearing of God’s ideas is represented 
as taking place on so many evenings and mornings, — 
words which indicate, in the absence of solar 
time, spiritually clearer views of Him, views 
which are not implied by material darkness and dawn. 
Here we have the explanation of another passage of 
Scripture, that “one day is with the Lord as a thousand 
years.” The rays of infinite Truth, when gathered into 
the focus of ideas, bring light instantaneously, whereas 
a thousand years of human doctrines, hypotheses, and 
vague conjectures emit no such effulgence. 
Light preced- 
ing the sun 
Evenings and 
mornings 
Did infinite Mind create matter, and call it light f 
Spirit is light, and the contradiction of Spirit is matter, 
darkness, and darkness obscures light. Mate- 
rial sense is nothing but a supposition of the 
absence of Spirit. No solar rays nor planetary revolutions 
Spirit versus 
darkness GENESIS 
505 
form the day of Spirit. Immortal Mind makes its own 
record, but mortal mind, sleep, dreams, sin, disease, and 
death have no record in the first chapter of Genesis. 
Genesis i. 6. And God said, Let there be a firmament in 
the midst of the waters, and let it divide the waters from 
the waters. 
Spiritual understanding, by which human conception, 
material sense, is separated from Truth, is the firmament. 
The divine Mind, not matter, creates all iden- 
tities, and they are forms of Mind, the ideas of 
Spirit apparent only as Mind, never as mindless matter 
nor the so-called material senses. 
Genesis i. 7. And God made the firmament, and divided 
the waters which were under the firmament from the waters 
which were above the firmament: and it was so. 
Spirit imparts the understanding which uplifts con- 
sciousness and leads into all truth. The Psalmist saith: 
“The Lord on high is mightier than the noise 
of many waters, yea, than the mighty waves of 
the sea.” Spiritual sense is the discernment of spiritual 
good. Understanding is the line of demarcation between 
the real and unreal. Spiritual understanding unfolds 
Mind, — Life, Truth, and Love, — and demonstrates the 
divine sense, giving the spiritual proof of the universe in 
Christian Science. 
This understanding is not intellectual, is not the result 
of scholarly attainments; it is the reality of all things 
brought to light. God’s ideas reflect the im- 
mortal, unerring, and infinite. The mortal, 
erring, and finite are human beliefs, which apportion to 
Spiritual 
firmament 
Understand- 
ing imparted 
Original 
reflected 506 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
themselves a task impossible for them, that of distinguish- 
ing between the false and the true. Objects utterly un- 
like the original do not reflect that original. Therefore 
matter, not being the reflection of Spirit, has no real en- 
tity. Understanding is a quality of God, a quality which 
separates Christian Science from supposition and makes 
Truth final. 
Genesis i. 8. And God called the firmament Heaven. 
And the evening and the morning were the second day. 
Through divine Science, Spirit, God, unites under- 
standing to eternal harmony. The calm and exalted 
thought or spiritual apprehension is at peace. 
Thus the dawn of ideas goes on, forming each 
successive stage of progress. 
Genesis i. 9. And God said, Let the waters under the 
heaven be gathered together unto one place, and let the dry 
land appear: and it was so. 
Spirit, God, gathers unformed thoughts into their 
proper channels, and unfolds these thoughts, 
even as He opens the petals of a holy purpose 
in order that the purpose may appear. 
Genesis i. 10. And God called the dry land Earth; and 
the gathering together of the waters called He Seas: and 
God saw that it was good. 
Exalted 
thought 
Unfolding 
of thoughts 
Here the human concept and divine idea seem con- 
fused by the translator, but they are not so in the scien- 
tifically Christian meaning of the text. Upon 
Adam devolved the pleasurable task of find- 
ing names for all material things, but Adam has not yet 
Spirit names 
and blesses GENESIS 
507 
appeared in the narrative. In metaphor, the dry land 
illustrates the absolute formations instituted by Mind, 
while water symbolizes the elements of Mind. Spirit duly 
feeds and clothes every object, as it appears in the line 
of spiritual creation, thus tenderly expressing the father- 
hood and motherhood of God. Spirit names and blesses 
all. Without natures particularly defined, objects and 
subjects would be obscure, and creation would be full of 
nameless offspring, — wanderers from the parent Mind, 
strangers in a tangled wilderness. 
Genesis i. 11. And God said, Let the earth bring forth 
grass, the herb yielding seed, and the fruit tree yielding 
fruit after his kind, whose seed is in itself, upon the earth: 
and it was so. 
The universe of Spirit reflects the creative power of 
the divine Principle, or Life, which reproduces the multi- 
tudinous forms of Mind and governs the mul- 
tiplication of the compound idea man. The 
tree and herb do not yield fruit because of any propagat- 
ing power of their own, but because they reflect the Mind 
which includes all. A material world implies a mortal 
mind and man a creator. The scientific divine creation 
declares immortal Mind and the universe created by God. 
Infinite Mind creates and governs all, from the men- 
tal molecule to infinity. This divine Principle of all 
expresses Science and art throughout Ilis 
creation, and the immortality of man and the 
universe. Creation is ever appearing, and must ever con- 
tinue to appear from the nature of its inexhaustible source. 
Mortal sense inverts this appearing and calls ideas mate- 
rial. Thus misinterpreted, the divine idea seems to fall 
Divine 
propagation 
Ever-appear- 
ing creation 508 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
to the level of a human or material belief, called mortal 
man. But the seed is in itself, only as the divine Mind 
is All and reproduces all — as Mind is the multiplier, 
and Mind’s infinite idea, man and the universe, is the 
product. The only intelligence or substance of a thought, 
a seed, or a flower is God, the creator of it. Mind is the 
Soul of all. Mind is Life, Truth, and Love which gov- 
erns all. 
Genesis i. 12. And the earth brought forth grass, and 
herb yielding seed after his kind, and the tree yielding 
fruit, whose seed was in itself, after his kind: and God saw 
that it was good. 
God determines the gender of His own ideas. Gen- 
der is mental, not material. The seed within itself is 
the pure thought emanating from divine 
Mind. The feminine gender is not yet ex- 
pressed in the text. Gender means simply kind or sort, 
and does not necessarily refer either to masculinity or 
femininity. The word is not confined to sexuality, and 
grammars always recognize a neuter gender, neither 
male nor female. The Mind or intelligence of produc- 
tion names the female gender last in the ascending order 
of creation. The intelligent individual idea, be it male 
or female, rising from the lesser to the greater, unfolds 
the infinitude of Love. 
Genesis i. 13. And the evening and the morning were 
the third day. 
The third stage in the order of Christian Science is an 
important one to the human thought, letting in the light 
Mind’s pure 
thought GENESIS 
509 
of spiritual understanding. This period corresponds to 
the resurrection, when Spirit is discerned to be the Life of 
all, and the deathless Life, or Mind, dependent 
upon no material organization. Our Master 
reappeared to his students, — to their apprehension he 
rose from the grave, — on the third day of his ascending 
thought, and so presented to them the certain sense of 
eternal Life. 
Genesis i. 14. And God said, Let there be lights in the 
firmament of the heaven, to divide the day from the night; 
and let them be for signs, and for seasons, and for days, 
and years. 
Spirit creates no other than heavenly or celestial bodies, 
but the stellar universe is no more celestial than our earth. 
This text gives the idea of the rarefaction of 
thought as it ascends higher. God forms and 
peoples the universe. The light of spiritual understand- 
ing gives gleams of the infinite only, even as nebuke indi- 
cate the immensity of space. 
So-called mineral, vegetable, and animal substances 
are no more contingent now on time or material struc- 
ture than they were when “the morning stars 
sang together.” Mind made the “plant of 
the field before it was in the earth.” The periods of 
spiritual ascension are the days and seasons of Mind’s 
creation, in which beauty, sublimity, purity, and holiness 
■— yea, the divine nature — appear in man and the uni- 
verse never to disappear. 
Knowing the Science of creation, in which all is Mind 
and its ideas, Jesus rebuked the material thought of his 
fellow-countrymen: “Ye can discern the face of the 
Rising to 
the light 
Rarefaction 
of thought 
Divine nature 
appearing 510 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
sky; but can ye not discern the signs of the times?” 
How much more should we seek to apprehend the spirit- 
ual ideas of God, than to dwell on the objects 
of sense! To discern the rhythm of Spirit 
and to be holy, thought must be purely spiritual. 
Genesis i. 15. And let them be for lights in the firma- 
ment of the heaven, to give light upon the earth: and it 
was so. 
Truth and Love enlighten the understanding, in whose 
“light shall we see light;” and this illumination is re- 
flected spiritually by all who walk in the light and turn 
away from a false material sense. 
Genesis i. 16. And God made two great lights; the 
greater light to rule the day, and the lesser light to rule the 
night: He made the stars also. 
The sun is a metaphorical representation of Soul out- 
side the body, giving existence and intelligence to the 
universe. Love alone can impart the limit- 
less idea of infinite Mind. Geology has never 
explained the earth’s formations; it cannot explain them. 
There is no Scriptural allusion to solar light until time has 
been already divided into evening and morning; and the 
allusion to fluids (Genesis i. 2) indicates a supposed for- 
mation of matter by the resolving of fluids into solids, 
analogous to the suppositional resolving of thoughts into 
material things. 
Light is a symbol of Mind, of life, Truth, and Love 
and not a vitalizing property of matter. Sci- 
ence reveals only one Mind, and this one shin- 
ing by its own light and governing the universe, including 
Spiritual ideas 
apprehended 
Geology 
a failure 
Spiritual 
subdivision GENESIS 
511 
man, in perfect harmony. This Mind forms ideas, its 
own images, subdivides and radiates their borrowed light, 
intelligence, and so explains the Scripture phrase, “whose 
seed is in itself.” Thus God’s ideas “multiply and re- 
plenish the earth.” The divine Mind supports the sub- 
limity, magnitude, and infinitude of spiritual creation. 
Genesis i. 17, 18. And God set them in the firmament of 
the heaven, to give light upon the earth, and to rule over 
the day and over the night, and to divide the light from the 
darkness: and God saw that it was good. 
In divine Science, which is the seal of Deity and has 
the impress of heaven, God is revealed as in- 
finite light. In the eternal Mind, no night is 
there. 
Genesis i. 19. And the evening and the morning were 
the fourth day. 
The changing glow and full effulgence of God’s infi- 
nite ideas, images, mark the periods of progress. 
Genesis i. 20. And God said, Let the waters bring forth 
abundantly the moving creature that hath life, and fowl 
that may fly above the earth in the open firmament of 
heaven. 
To mortal mind, the universe is liquid, solid, and aeri- 
form. Spiritually interpreted, rocks and mountains stand 
for solid and grand ideas. Animals and mor- 
tals metaphorically present the gradation of 
mortal thought, rising in the scale of intelligence, taking 
form in masculine, feminine, or neuter gender. The 
fowls, which fly above the earth in the open firmament 
Darkness 
scattered 
Soaring 
aspirations 512 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
of heaven, correspond to aspirations soaring beyond and 
above corporeality to the understanding of the incorporeal 
and divine Principle, Love. 
Genesis i. 21. And God created great whales, and every 
living creature that moveth, which the waters brought forth 
abundantly, after their kind, and every winged fowl after 
his kind: and God saw that it was good. 
Spirit is symbolized by strength, presence, and power, 
and also by holy thoughts, winged with Love. These an- 
gels of His presence, which have the holiest 
charge, abound in the spiritual atmosphere of 
Mind, and consequently reproduce their own character- 
istics. Their individual forms we know not, but we do 
know that their natures are allied to God’s nature; and 
spiritual blessings, thus typified, are the externalized, yet 
subjective, states of faith and spiritual understanding. 
Genesis i. 22. And God blessed them, saying, Be fruit- 
ful, and multiply, and fill the waters in the seas; and let 
fowl multiply in the earth. 
Spirit blesses the multiplication of its own pure and 
perfect ideas. From the infinite elements of the one 
Mind emanate all form, color, quality, and 
quantity, and these are mental, both primarily 
and secondarily. Their spiritual nature is discerned only 
through the spiritual senses. Mortal mind inverts the true 
likeness, and confers animal names and natures upon its 
own misconceptions. Ignorant of the origin and opera- 
tions of mortal mind, — that is, ignorant of itself, — this 
so-called mind puts forth its own qualities, and claims 
God as their author; albeit God is ignorant of the ex- 
Seraphic 
symbols 
Multiplication 
of pure ideas GENESIS 
513 
istence of both this mortal mentality, so-called, and its 
claim, for the claim usurps the deific prerogatives and is 
an attempted infringement on infinity. 
Genesis i. 23. And the evening and the morning were 
the fifth day. 
Advancing spiritual steps in the teeming universe of 
Mind lead on to spiritual spheres and exalted beings. To 
material sense, this divine universe is dim and 
distant, gray in the sombre hues of twilight; 
but anon the veil is lifted, and the scene shifts into light. 
In the record, time is not yet measured by solar revolutions, 
and the motions and reflections of deific power cannot be 
apprehended until divine Science becomes the interpreter. 
Genesis i. 24. And God said, Let the earth bring forth 
the living creature after his kind, cattle, and creeping thing, 
and beast of the earth after his kind: and it was so. 
Spirit diversifies, classifies, and individualizes all 
thoughts, which are as eternal as the Mind 
conceiving them; but the intelligence, exist- 
ence, and continuity of all individuality remain in God, 
who is the divinely creative Principle thereof. 
Genesis i. 25. And God made the beast of the earth after 
his kind, and cattle after their kind, and everything that 
creepeth upon the earth after his kind: and God saw that 
it was good. 
God creates all forms of reality. His thoughts are 
spiritual realities. So-called mortal mind — being non- 
existent and consequently not within the range of im- 
Spiritual 
spheres 
Continuity 
of thoughts 514 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
mortal existence — could not by simulating deific power 
invert the divine creation, and afterwards recreate per- 
sons or things upon its own plane, since noth- 
ing exists beyond the range of all-inclusive 
infinity, in which and of which God is the 
sole creator. Mind, joyous in strength, dwells in the 
realm of Mind. Mind’s infinite ideas run and dis- 
port themselves. In humility they climb the heights of 
holiness. 
Moral courage is “the lion of the tribe of Juda,’’ the 
king of the mental realm. Free and fearless it roams in 
the forest. Undisturbed it lies in the open 
field, or rests in “green pastures, . . . beside 
the still waters.” In the figurative transmission from the 
divine thought to the human, diligence, promptness, and 
perseverance are likened to “the cattle upon a thousand 
hills.” They carry the baggage of stern resolve, and 
keep pace with highest purpose. Tenderness accompa- 
nies all the might imparted by Spirit. The individ- 
uality created by God is not carnivorous, as witness the 
millennial estate pictured by Isaiah: — 
The wolf also shall dwell with the lamb, 
And the leopard shall lie down with the kid ; 
And the calf and the young lion, and the fatling together; 
And a little child shall lead them. 
God’s 
thoughts 
are spiritual 
realities 
Qualities 
of thought 
Understanding the control which Love held over all, 
Daniel felt safe in the lions’ den, and Paul proved the 
viper to be harmless. All of God’s creatures, 
moving in the harmony of Science, are harm- 
less, useful, indestructible. A realization of this grand 
verity was a source of strength to the ancient worthies. 
Creatures of 
God useful GENESIS 
515 
It supports Christian healing, and enables its possessor 
to emulate the example of Jesus. “And God saw that 
it was good.” 
Patience is symbolized by the tireless worm, creeping 
over lofty summits, persevering in its intent. The ser- 
pent of God’s creating is neither subtle nor 
poisonous, but is a wise idea, charming in its 
adroitness, for Love’s ideas are subject to the Mind which 
forms them, — the power which changeth the serpent 
into a staff. 
Genesis i. 26. And God said, Let us make man in our 
image, after our likeness; and let them have dominion over 
the fish of the sea, and over the fowl of the air, and over 
the cattle, and over all the earth, and over every creeping 
thing that creepeth upon the earth. 
The eternal Elohim includes the forever universe. 
The name Elohim is in the plural, but this plurality of 
Spirit does not imply more than one God, nor 
does it imply three persons in one. It relates 
to the oneness, the tri-unity of Life, Truth, and Love. 
“Let them have dominion.” Man is the family name 
for all ideas, — the sons and daughters of God. All that 
God imparts moves in accord with Him, reflecting good- 
ness and power. 
Your mirrored reflection is your own image or like- 
ness. If you lift a weight, your reflection does this also. 
If you speak, the lips of this likeness move in 
accord with yours. Now compare man before 
the mirror to his divine Principle, God. Call the mirror 
divine Science, and call man the reflection. Then note 
The serpent 
harmless 
Elohistic 
plurality 
Reflected 
likeness 516 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
how true, according to Christian Science, is the reflection 
to its original. As the reflection of yourself appears in 
the mirror, so you, being spiritual, are the reflection of 
God. The substance, life, intelligence, Truth, and Love, 
which constitute Deity, are reflected by His creation; 
and when we subordinate the false testimony of the 
corporeal senses to the facts of Science, we shall see 
this true likeness and reflection everywhere. 
God fashions all things, after His own likeness. Life 
is reflected in existence, Truth in truthfulness, God in 
goodness, which impart their own peace and 
permanence. Love, redolent with unselfish- 
ness, bathes all in beauty and light. The grass beneath 
our feet silently exclaims, “The meek shall inherit the 
earth.” The modest arbutus sends her sweet breath to 
heaven. The great rock gives shadow and shelter. The 
sunlight glints from the church-doine, glances into the 
prison-cell, glides into the sick-chamber, brightens the 
flower, beautifies the landscape, blesses the earth. Man, 
made in His likeness, possesses and reflects God’s domin- 
ion over all the earth. Man and woman as coexistent 
and eternal with God forever reflect, in glorified quality, 
the infinite Father-Mother God. 
Genesis i. 27. So God created man in His own image, 
in the image of God created He him; male and female 
created He them. 
Love imparts 
, beauty 
To emphasize this momentous thought, it is repeated 
that God made man in His own image, to reflect the 
divine Spirit. It follows that man is a generic 
term. Masculine, feminine, and neuter gen- 
ders are human concepts. In one of the ancient lan- 
Ideal man 
j and woman GENESIS 
517 
guages the word for man is used also as the synonym of 
mind. This definition has been weakened by anthropo- 
morphism, or a humanization of Deity. The word an- 
thropomorphic, in such a phrase as “an anthropomorphic 
God,” is derived from two Greek words, signifying man 
and form, and may be defined as a mortally mental at- 
tempt to reduce Deity to corporeality. The life-giving 
quality of Mind is Spirit, not matter. The ideal man 
corresponds to creation, to intelligence, and to Truth. 
The ideal woman corresponds to Life and to Love. In 
divine Science, we have not as much authority for con- 
sidering God masculine, as we have for considering 
Him feminine, for Love imparts the clearest idea of 
Deity. 
The world believes in many persons; but if God is per- 
sonal, there is but one person, because there is but one 
God. His personality can only be reflected, 
not transmitted. God has countless ideas, and 
they all have one Principle and parentage. The only 
proper symbol of God as person is Mind’s infinite ideal. 
What is this ideal ? Who shall behold it ? This ideal 
is God’s own image, spiritual and infinite. Even eternity 
can never reveal the whole of God, since there is no limit 
to infinitude or to its reflections. 
Genesis i. 28. And God blessed them, and God said unto 
them, Be fruitful, and multiply, and replenish the earth, 
and subdue it; and have dominion over the fish of the sea, 
and over the fowl of the air, and over every living thing 
that moveth upon the earth. 
Divine Love blesses its own ideas, and causes them to 
multiply, — to manifest His power. Man is not made 
Divine 
personality 518 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
to till the soil. His birthright is dominion, not sub- 
jection. He is lord of the belief in earth 
and heaven, — himself subordinate alone to 
his Maker. This is the Science of being. 
Birthright 
of man 
Genesis i. 29, 30. And God said, Behold, I have given 
you every herb bearing seed, which is upon the face of all 
the earth, and every tree, in the which is the fruit of a tree 
yielding seed; to you it shall be for meat. And to every 
beast of the earth, and to every fowl of the air, and to 
everything that creepeth upon the earth, wherein there is 
life, I have given every green herb for meat: and it 
was so. 
God gives the lesser idea of Himself for a link to the 
greater, and in return, the higher always protects the 
lower. The rich in spirit help the poor in 
one grand brotherhood, all having the same 
Principle, or Father; and blessed is that man who seeth 
his brother’s need and supplieth it, seeking his own in 
another’s good. Love giveth to the least spiritual idea 
might, immortality, and goodness, which shine through 
all as the blossom shines through the bud. All the varied 
expressions of God reflect health, holiness, immortality — 
infinite Life, Truth, and Love. 
Genesis i. 31. And God saw everything that He had 
made, and, behold, it was very good. And the evening and 
the morning were the sixth day. 
The divine Principle, or Spirit, comprehends and ex- 
presses all, and all must therefore be as perfect as the 
divine Principle is perfect. Nothing is new to Spirit. 
Assistance in 
brotherhood GENESIS 
519 
Nothing can be novel to eternal Mind, the author of all 
things, who from all eternity knoweth His own ideas. 
Deity was satisfied with His work. How could 
He be otherwise, since the spiritual creation 
was the outgrowth, the emanation, of His infinite self- 
containment and immortal wisdom ? 
Genesis ii. 1. Thus the heavens and the earth were 
finished, and all the host of them. 
Thus the ideas of God in universal being are complete 
and forever expressed, for Science reveals infinity and 
the fatherhood and motherhood of Love. Hu- 
man capacity is slow to discern and to grasp 
God’s creation and the divine power and presence which 
go with it, demonstrating its spiritual origin. Mortals 
can never know the infinite, until they throw off the old 
man and reach the spiritual image and likeness. What 
can fathom infinity! How shall we declare Him, till, 
in the language of the apostle, “we all come in the unity 
of the faith, and of the knowledge of the Son of God, unto 
a perfect man, unto the measure of the stature of the ful- 
ness of Christ” ? 
Genesis ii. 2. And on the seventh day God ended His 
work which He had made; and He rested on the seventh 
day from all His work which He had made. 
God rests in action. Imparting has not impoverished, 
can never impoverish, the divine Mind. No 
exhaustion follows the action of this Mind, 
according to the apprehension of divine Science. The 
Perfection 
of creation 
Infinity 
measureless 
Resting in 
holy work 520 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
highest and sweetest rest, even from a human standpoint, 
is in holy work. 
Unfathomable Mind is expressed. The depth, breadth, 
height, might, majesty, and glory of infinite Love fill all 
space. That is enough! Human language 
can repeat only an infinitesimal part of what 
exists. The absolute ideal, man, is no more seen nor 
comprehended by mortals, than is his infinite Principle, 
Love. Principle and its idea, man, are coexistent and 
eternal. The numerals of infinity, called seven days, can 
never be reckoned according to the calendar of time. 
These days will appear as mortality disappears, and they 
will reveal eternity, newness of Life, in which all sense of 
error forever disappears and thought accepts the divine 
infinite calculus. 
Genesis ii. 4, 5. These are the generations of the heavens 
and of the earth when they were created, in the day that the 
Lord God [Jehovah] made the earth and the heavens, and 
every plant of the field before it was in the earth, and every 
herb of the field before it grew: for the Lord God [Jehovah] 
had not caused it to rain upon the earth, and there was not 
a man to till the ground. 
Here is the emphatic declaration that God creates all 
through Mind, not through matter, — that the plant 
grows, not because of seed or soil, but because 
growth is the eternal mandate of Mind. Mor- 
tal thought drops into the ground, but the immortal creat- 
ing thought is from above, not from beneath. Because 
Mind makes all, there is nothing left to be made by a 
lower power. Spirit acts through the Science of Mind, 
never causing man to till the ground, but making him 
Love and man 
coexistent 
Growth is 
from Mind GENESIS 
521 
superior to the soil. Knowledge of this lifts man above 
the sod, above earth and its environments, to conscious 
spiritual harmony and eternal being. 
Here the inspired record closes its narrative of being 
that is without beginning or end. All that is made is 
the work of God, and all is good. We leave 
this brief, glorious history of spiritual creation 
(as stated in the first chapter of Genesis) in the hands of 
God, not of man, in the keeping of Spirit, not matter, — 
joyfully acknowledging now and forever God’s supremacy, 
omnipotence, and omnipresence. 
The harmony and immortality of man are intact. We 
should look away from the opposite supposition that man 
is created materially, and turn our gaze to the spiritual 
record of creation, to that which should be engraved on 
the understanding and heart “with the point of a diamond” 
and the pen of an angel. 
The reader will naturally ask if there is nothing more 
about creation in the book of Genesis. Indeed there is, 
but the continued account is mortal and material. 
Genesis ii. 6. But there went up a mist from the earth, 
and watered the whole face of the ground. 
The Science and truth of the divine creation have been 
presented in the verses already considered, and now the 
opposite error, a material view of creation, is 
to be set forth. The second chapter of Gene- 
sis contains a statement of this material view of God and 
the universe, a statement which is the exact opposite of 
scientific truth as before recorded. The history of error 
or matter, if veritable, would set aside the omnipotence 
Spiritual 
narrative 
The story 
of error 522 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
of Spirit; but it is the false history in contradistinction 
to the true. 
The Science of the first record proves the falsity of 
the second. If one is true, the other is false, for they are 
antagonistic. The first record assigns all 
might and government to God, and endows 
man out of God’s perfection and power. The second 
record chronicles man as mutable and mortal, — as hav- 
ing broken away from Deity and as revolving in an orbit 
of his own. Existence, separate from divinity, Science 
explains as impossible. 
This second record unmistakably gives the history of 
error in its externalized forms, called life and intelli- 
gence in matter. It records pantheism, opposed to the 
supremacy of divine Spirit; but this state of things is 
declared to be temporary and this man to be mortal, — 
dust returning to dust. 
In this erroneous theory, matter takes the place of Spirit. 
Matter is represented as the life-giving principle of the 
earth. Spirit is represented as entering mat- 
ter in order to create man. God’s glowing 
denunciations of man when not found in His 
image, the likeness of Spirit, convince reason and coincide 
with revelation in declaring this material creation false. 
This latter part of the second chapter of Genesis, which 
portrays Spirit as supposedly cooperating with matter in 
constructing the universe, is based on some 
hypothesis of error, for the Scripture just pre- 
ceding declares God’s work to be finished. Does Life, 
Truth, and Love produce death, error, and hatred ? Does 
the creator condemn His own creation ? Does the un- 
erring Principle of divine law change or repent? It can- 
The two 
records 
Erroneous 
represen- 
tation 
Hypothetical 
reversal GENESIS 
523 
not be so. Yet one might so judge from an unintelligent 
perusal of the Scriptural account now under comment. 
Because of its false basis, the mist of obscurity evolved 
by error deepens the false claim, and finally declares that 
God knows error and that error can improve 
His creation. Although presenting the exact 
opposite of Truth, the lie claims to be truth. The crea- 
tions of matter arise from a mist or false claim, or from 
mystification, and not from the firmament, or under- 
standing, which God erects between the true and false. 
In error everything comes from beneath, not from above. 
All is material myth, instead of the reflection of 
Spirit. 
It may be worth while here to remark that, according 
to the best scholars, there are clear evidences of two dis- 
tinct documents in the early part of the book of 
Genesis. One is called the Elohistic, because 
the Supreme Being is therein called Elohim. The other 
document is called the Jehovistic, because Deity therein is 
always called Jehovah, — or Lord God, as our common 
version translates it. 
Throughout the first chapter of Genesis and in three 
verses of the second, — in what we understand to be the 
spiritually scientific account of creation, — it is 
Elohim (God) who creates. From the fourth 
verse of chapter two to chapter five, the creator is called 
Jehovah, or the Lord. The different accounts become 
more and more closely intertwined to the end of chapter 
twelve, after which the distinction is not definitely trace- 
able. In the historic parts of the Old Testament, it is 
usually Jehovah, peculiarly the divine sovereign of the 
Hebrew people, who is referred to. 
Mist, or 
false claim 
Distinct 
documents 
Jehovah 
or Elohim 524 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
The idolatry which followed this material mythology is 
seen in the Phoenician worship of Baal, in the Moabitish 
god Chemosh, in the Moloch of the Amorites, 
in the Hindoo Vishnu, in the Greek Aphro- 
dite, and in a thousand other so-called deities. 
It was also found among the Israelites, who constantly 
went after “strange gods.” They called the Supreme 
Being by the national name of Jehovah. In 
that name of Jehovah, the true idea of God 
seems almost lost. God becomes “a man of war,” a 
tribal god to be worshipped, rather than Love, the divine 
Principle to be lived and loved. 
Genesis ii. 7. And the Lord God [Jehovah] formed man 
of the dust of the ground, and breathed into his nostrils 
the breath of life; and man became a living soul. 
Did the divine and infinite Principle become a finite 
deity, that He should now be called Jehovah? With 
a single command, Mind had made man, 
both male and female. How then could a 
material organization become the basis of man ? How 
could the non-intelligent become the medium of Mind, 
and error be the enunciator of Truth? Matter is not 
the reflection of Spirit, yet God is reflected in all His 
creation. Is this addition to His creation real or un- 
real? Is it the truth, or is it a lie concerning man and 
God? 
It must be a lie, for God presently curses the ground. 
Could Spirit evolve its opposite, matter, and give matter 
ability to sin and suffer? Is Spirit, God, injected into 
dust, and eventually ejected at the demand of matter? 
Does Spirit enter dust, and lose therein the divine nature 
Gods of the 
heathen 
Jehovah a 
tribal deity 
Creation 
reversed 525 
GENESIS 
and omnipotence ? Does Mind, God, enter matter to be- 
come there a mortal sinner, animated by the breath of 
God ? In this narrative, the validity of matter is opposed, 
not the validity of Spirit or Spirit’s creations. Man re- 
flects God; mankind represents the Adamic race, and is 
a human, not a divine, creation. 
The following are some of the equivalents of the term 
man in different languages. In the Saxon, mankind, a 
woman, any one; in the Welsh, that which rises 
up, — the primary sense being image, form; in 
the Hebrew, image, similitude; in the Icelandic, mind. 
The following translation is from the Icelandic: — 
And God said, Let us make man after our mind and 
our likeness; and God shaped man after His mind; after 
God’s mind shaped He him; and He shaped them male and 
female. 
In the Gospel of John, it is declared that all things were 
made through the Word of God, “and without Him [the 
logos, or word] was not anything made that 
was made.” Everything good or worthy, God 
made. Whatever is valueless or baneful, He did not 
make, — hence its unreality. In the Science of Genesis 
we read that He saw everything which He had made, 
“and, behold, it was very good.” The corporeal senses 
declare otherwise; and if we give the same heed to the 
history of error as to the records of truth, the Scriptural 
record of sin and death favors the false conclusion of the 
material senses. Sin, sickness, and death must be deemed 
as devoid of reality as they are of good, God. 
Genesis ii. 9. And out of the ground made the Lord God 
[Jehovah] to grow every tree that is pleasant to the sight, 
Definitions 
of man 
No baneful 
creation 526 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
and good for food; the tree of life also, in the midst of the 
garden, and the tree of knowledge of good and evil. 
The previous and more scientific record of creation 
declares that God made “every plant of the field be- 
fore it was in the earth.” This opposite 
declaration, this statement that life issues 
from matter, contradicts the teaching of the first chap- 
ter, — namely, that all Life is God. Belief is less than 
understanding. Belief involves theories of material hear- 
ing, sight, touch, taste, and smell, termed the five senses. 
The appetites and passions, sin, sickness, and death, 
follow in the train of this error of a belief in intelligent 
matter. 
The first mention of evil is in the legendary Scriptural 
text in the second chapter of Genesis. God pronounced 
good all that He created, and the Scriptures 
declare that He created all. The “ tree of 
life ” stands for the idea of Truth, and the sword which 
guards it is the type of divine Science. The “ tree of 
knowledge ” stands for the erroneous doctrine that the 
knowledge of evil is as real, hence as God-bestowed, as 
the knowledge of good. Was evil instituted through God, 
Love? Did He create this fruit-bearer of sin in contra- 
diction of the first creation ? This second biblical account 
is a picture of error throughout. 
Genesis ii. 15. And the Lord God [Jehovah] took the 
man, and put him into the garden of Eden, to dress it and 
to keep it. 
The name Eden, according to Cruden, means 'pleasure, 
delight. In this text Eden stands for the mortal, mate- 
Contradicting 
first creation 
Record of 
error 527 
GENESIS 
rial body. God could not put Mind into matter nor in- 
finite Spirit into finite form to dress it and 
keep it, — to make it beautiful or to cause it 
to live and grow. Man is God’s reflection, needing no 
cultivation, but ever beautiful and complete. 
Genesis ii. 16, 17. And the Lord God [Jehovah] com- 
manded the man, saying, Of every tree of the garden thou 
mayest freely eat: but of the tree of the knowledge of good 
and evil, thou shalt not eat of it: for in the day that thou 
eatest thereof thou shalt surely die. 
Here the metaphor represents God, Love, as tempting 
man, but the Apostle James says: “God cannot be 
tempted with evil, neither tempteth He any 
man.” It is true that a knowledge of evil would 
make man mortal. It is plain also that mate- 
rial perception, gathered from the corporeal senses, consti- 
tutes evil and mortal knowledge. But is it true that God, 
good, made “the tree of life” to be the tree of death to His 
own creation ? Has evil the reality of good ? Evil is un- 
real because it is a lie, — false in every statement. 
Genesis ii. 19. And out of the ground the Lord God 
[Jehovah] formed every beast of the field, and every fowl 
of the air; and brought them unto Adam to see what he 
would call them: and whatsoever Adam called every living 
creature, that was the name thereof. 
Here the lie represents God as repeating creation, but 
doing so materially, not spiritually, and ask- 
ing a prospective sinner to help Him. Is the 
Supreme Being retrograding, and is man giving up his 
dignity? Was it requisite for the formation of man 
Garden of 
Eden 
No tempta- 
tion from 
God 
Creation’s 
counterfeit 528 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
that dust should become sentient, when all being is the 
reflection of the eternal Mind, and the record declares 
that God has already created man, both male and 
female ? That Adam gave the name and nature of 
animals, is solely mythological and material. It can- 
not be true that man was ordered to create man anew 
in partnership with God; this supposition was a dream, 
a myth. 
Genesis ii. 21, 22. And the Lord God [Jehovah, Yawah] 
caused a deep sleep to fall upon Adam, and he slept: and 
He took one of his ribs, and closed up the flesh instead 
thereof; and the rib, which the Lord God [Jehovah] had 
taken from man, made He a woman, and brought her unto 
the man. 
Here falsity, error, credits Truth, God, with inducing 
a sleep or hypnotic state in Adam in order to perform a 
surgical operation on him and thereby create 
woman. This is the first record of magnet- 
ism. Beginning creation with darkness instead of light, 
— materially rather than spiritually, — error now simu- 
lates the work of Truth, mocking Love and declar- 
ing what great things error has done. Beholding the 
creations of his own dream and calling them real and 
God-given, Adam — alias error — gives them names. 
Afterwards he is supposed to become the basis of the 
creation of woman and of his own kind, calling them 
mankind, — that is, a kind of man. 
Hypnotic 
surgery 
1 jilt according to this narrative, surgery was hrst per- 
formed mentally and without instruments; 
and this may be a useful hint to the medical 
faculty. Later in human history, when the forbidden 
Mental 
midwifery 529 
GENESIS 
fruit was bringing forth fruit of its own kind, there 
came a suggestion of change in the modus operandi,— 
that man should be born of woman, not woman again 
taken from man. It came about, also, that instruments 
were needed to assist the birth of mortals. The first 
system of suggestive obstetrics has changed. Another 
change will come as to the nature and origin of man, 
and this revelation will destroy the dream of existence, 
reinstate reality, usher in Science and the glorious fact 
of creation, that both man and woman proceed from 
God and are His eternal children, belonging to no lesser 
parent. 
Genesis iii. 1-3. Now the serpent was more subtle than 
any beast of the field which the Lord God [Jehovah] had 
made. And he said unto the woman, Yea, hath God said, 
Ye shall not eat of every tree of the garden? And the 
woman said unto the serpent, We may eat of the fruit of 
the trees of the garden: but of the fruit of the tree which is 
in the midst of the garden, God hath said, Ye shall not eat 
of it, neither shall ye touch it, lest ye die. 
Whence comes a talking, lying serpent to tempt the 
children of divine Love ? The serpent enters into the 
metaphor only as evil. We have nothing in the 
animal kingdom which represents the species 
described, — a talking serpent, — and should rejoice that 
evil, by whatever figure presented, contradicts itself and 
has neither origin nor support in Truth and good. Seeing 
this, we should have faith to fight all claims of evil, be- 
cause we know that they are worthless and unreal. 
Adam, the synonym for error, stands for a belief of 
material mind. He begins his reign over man some- 
Mythical 
serpent 530 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
what mildly, but he increases in falsehood and his days 
become shorter. In this development, the im- 
mortal, spiritual law of Truth is made manifest 
as forever opposed to mortal, material sense. 
In divine Science, man is sustained by God, the divine 
Principle of being. The earth, at God’s command, brings 
forth food for man’s use. Knowing this, Jesus 
once said, “Take no thought for your life, 
what ye shall eat, or what ye shall drink,” — presuming 
not on the prerogative of his creator, but recognizing God, 
the Father and Mother of all, as able to feed and clothe 
man as He doth the lilies. 
Genesis iii. 4, 5. And the serpent said unto the woman, 
Ye shall not surely die: for God doth know that in the day 
ye eat thereof, then your eyes shall be opened; and ye shall 
be as gods, knowing good and evil. 
This myth represents error as always asserting its su- 
periority over truth, giving the lie to divine Science and 
saying, through the material senses: “I can 
open your eyes. I can do what God has not 
done for you. Bow down to me and have another god. 
Only admit that I am real, that sin and sense are more 
pleasant to the eyes than spiritual Life, more to be de- 
sired than Truth, and I shall know you, and you will be 
mine.” Thus Spirit and flesh war. 
Error or 
j Adam 
Divine 
providence 
Error’s 
assumption 
The history of error is a dream-narrative. The dream 
has no reality, no intelligence, no mind; therefore the 
dreamer and dream are one, for neither is 
true nor real. First, this narrative supposes 
that something springs from nothing, that matter pre- 
cedes mind. Second, it supposes that mind enters matter, 
Scriptural 
allegory 531 
GENESIS 
and matter becomes living, substantial, and intelligent. 
The order of this allegory — the belief that everything 
springs from dust instead of from Deity — has been main- 
tained in all the subsequent forms of belief. This is the 
error, — that mortal man starts materially, that non- 
intelligence becomes intelligence, that mind and soul are 
both right and wrong. 
It is well that the upper portions of the brain represent 
the higher moral sentiments, as if hope were ever prophe- 
sying thus: The human mind will sometime 
rise above all material and physical sense, ex- 
changing it for spiritual perception, and exchanging hu- 
man concepts for the divine consciousness. Then man 
will recognize his God-given dominion and being. 
If, in the beginning, man’s body originated in non- 
in telligent dust, and mind was afterwards put into body 
by the creator, why is not this divine order 
still maintained by God in perpetuating the 
species? Who will say that minerals, vegetables, and 
animals have a propagating property of their own ? 
Who dares to say either that God is in matter or that 
matter exists without God? Has man sought out other 
creative inventions, and so changed the method of his 
Maker ? 
Which institutes Life, — matter or Mind ? Does Life 
begin with Mind or with matter? Is Life sustained by 
matter or by Spirit? Certainly not by both, since flesh 
wars against Spirit and the corporeal senses can take no 
cognizance of Spirit. The mythologic theory of mate- 
rial life at no point resembles the scientifically Christian 
record of man as created by Mind in the image and like- 
ness of God and having dominion over all the earth. Did 
Higher 
hope 
Biological 
inventions 532 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
God at first create one man unaided, — that is, Adam, — 
but afterwards require the union of the two sexes in order 
to create the rest of the human family ? No! God makes 
and governs all. 
All human knowledge and material sense must be 
gained from the five corporeal senses. Is this knowledge 
safe, when eating its first fruits brought death ? 
“In the day that thou eatest thereof thou shalt 
surely die,” was the prediction in the story under consid- 
eration. Adam and his progeny were cursed, not blessed; 
and this indicates that the divine Spirit, or Father, con- 
demns material man and remands him to dust. 
Genesis iii. 9, 10. And the Lord God [Jehovah] called 
unto Adam, and said unto him, Where art thou? And he 
said, I heard Thy voice in the garden, and I was afraid, 
because I was naked; and I hid myself. 
Knowledge and pleasure, evolved through material 
sense, produced the immediate fruits of fear and shame. 
Ashamed before Truth, error shrank abashed 
from the divine voice calling out to the cor- 
poreal senses. Its summons may be thus paraphrased: 
“Where art thou, man? Is Mind in matter? Is Mind 
capable of error as well as of truth, of evil as well as of 
good, when God is All and He is Mind and there is but 
one God, hence one Mind?” 
Progeny 
cursed 
Shame the 
effect of sin 
Fear was the first manifestation of the error of mate- 
rial sense. Thus error began and will end the dream of 
matter. In the allegory the body had been 
naked, and Adam knew it not; but now error 
demands that mind shall see and feel through matter, the 
five senses. The first impression material man had of 
Fear comes 
of error GENESIS 
533 
himself was one of nakedness and shame. Had he lost 
man’s rich inheritance and God’s behest, dominion over 
all the earth? No! This had never been bestowed on 
Adam. 
Genesis iii. 11, 12. And He said, Who told thee that 
thou wast naked? Hast thou eaten of the tree, whereof I 
commanded thee that thou shouldst not eat ? And the man 
said, The woman whom Thou gavest to be with me, she gave 
me of the tree, and I did eat. 
Here there is an attempt to trace all human errors 
directly or indirectly to God, or good, as if He were the 
creator of evil. The allegory shows that the 
snake-talker utters the first voluble lie, which 
beguiles the woman and demoralizes the man. Adam, 
alias mortal error, charges God and woman with his own 
dereliction, saying, “The woman, whom Thou gavest 
me, is responsible.” According to this belief, the rib taken 
from Adam’s side has grown into an evil mind, named 
woman, who aids man to make sinners more rapidly than 
he can alone. Is this an help meet for man ? 
Materiality, so obnoxious to God, is already found in the 
rapid deterioration of the bone and flesh which came from 
Adam to form Eve. The belief in material life and in- 
telligence is growing worse at every step, but error has its 
suppositional day and multiplies until the end thereof. 
Truth, cross-questioning man as to his knowledge of 
error, finds woman the first to confess her fault. She 
says, “The serpent beguiled me, and I did 
eat;” as much as to say in meek penitence, 
“Neither man nor God shall father my fault.” She has 
already learned that corporeal sense is the serpent. Hence 
The beguil- 
ing first lie 
False 
womanhood 534 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
she is first to abandon the belief in the material origin of 
man and to discern spiritual creation. This hereafter 
enabled woman to be the mother of Jesus and to behold 
at the sepulchre the risen Saviour, who was soon to mani- 
fest the deathless man of God’s creating. This enabled 
woman to be first to interpret the Scriptures in their true 
sense, which reveals the spiritual origin of man. 
Genesis iii. 14, 15. And the Lord God [Jehovah] said 
unto the serpent, ... 1 will put enmity between thee and 
the woman, and between thy seed and her seed; it shall 
bruise thy head, and thou shalt bruise his heel. 
This prophecy has been fulfilled. The Son of the Virgin- 
mother unfolded the remedy for Adam, or error; and the 
Apostle Paul explains this warfare between the 
idea of divine powTer, which Jesus presented, 
and mythological material intelligence called energy and 
opposed to Spirit. 
Paul says in his epistle to the Romans: “The carnal 
mind is enmity against God; for it is not subject to the 
law of God, neither indeed can be. So then they that 
are in the flesh cannot please God. But ye are not in the 
flesh, but in the Spirit, if so be that the spirit of God dwell 
in you.” 
Spirit and 
flesh 
There will be greater mental opposition to the spirit- 
ual, scientific meaning of the Scriptures than there has 
ever been since the Christian era began. The 
serpent, material sense, wall bite the heel of 
the woman, — will struggle to destroy the spiritual idea 
of Love; and the woman, this idea, will bruise the head 
of lust. The spiritual idea has given the understanding 
Bruising 
sin’s head GENESIS 
535 
a foothold in Christian Science. The seed of Truth and 
the seed of error, of belief and of understanding, — yea, 
the seed of Spirit and the seed of matter, — are the wheat 
and tares which time will separate, the one to be burned, 
the other to be garnered into heavenly places. 
Genesis iii. 16. Unto the woman He said, I will greatly 
multiply thy sorrow and thy conception: in sorrow thou 
shalt bring forth children; and thy desire shall be to thy 
husband, and he shall rule over thee. 
Divine Science deals its chief blow at the supposed ma- 
terial foundations of life and intelligence. It dooms idol- 
atry. A belief in other gods, other creators, 
and other creations must go down before Chris- 
tian Science. It unveils the results of sin as shown in 
sickness and death. When will man pass through the 
open gate of Christian Science into the heaven of Soul, 
into the heritage of the first born among men ? Truth is 
indeed “the way.” 
Genesis iii. 17-19. And unto Adam He said, Because 
thou hast hearkened unto the voice of thy wife, and hast 
eaten of the tree of which I commanded thee, saying, Thou 
shalt not eat of it: cursed is the ground for thy sake; in 
sorrow shalt thou eat of it all the days of thy life: thorns 
also and thistles shall it bring forth to thee; and thou shalt 
eat the herb of the field: in the sweat of thy face shalt thou 
eat bread, till thou return unto the ground; for out of it 
wast thou taken: for dust thou art, and unto dust shalt 
thou return. 
In the first chapter of Genesis we read: “ And God 
called the dry land Earth; and the gathering together 
Judgment 
on error 536 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
of the waters called He Seas.” In the Apocalypse it is 
written: “And I saw a new heaven and a new earth: for 
the first heaven and the first earth were passed 
away; and there was no more sea.” In St. 
John’s vision, heaven and earth stand for spir- 
itual ideas, and the sea, as a symbol of tempest-tossed 
human concepts advancing and receding, is represented 
as having passed away. The divine understanding reigns, 
is all, and there is no other consciousness. 
The way of error is awful to contemplate. The illu- 
sion of sin is without hope or God. If man’s spiritual 
gravitation and attraction to one Father, in 
whom we “live, and move, and have our be- 
ing,” should be lost, and if man should be governed by 
corporeality instead of divine Principle, by body instead 
of by Soul, man would be annihilated. Created by flesh 
instead of by Spirit, starting from matter instead of from 
God, mortal man would be governed by himself. The 
blind leading the blind, both would fall. 
Passions and appetites must end in pain. They are 
“of few days, and full of trouble.” Their supposed joys 
are cheats. Their narrow limits belittle their gratifica- 
tions, and hedge about their achievements with thorns. 
Mortal mind accepts the erroneous, material concep- 
tion of life and joy, but the true idea is gained from the 
immortal side. Through toil, struggle, and sor- 
row, what do mortals attain ? They give up 
their belief in perishable life and happiness; the mortal 
and material return to dust, and the immortal is reached. 
Genesis iii. 22-24. And the Lord God [Jehovah] said, 
Behold, the man is become as one of us, to know good 
New earth 
and no more 
sea 
The fall 
of error 
True 
attainment 537 
GENESIS 
and evil: and now, lest he put forth his hand, and take 
also of the tree of life, and eat, and live forever; therefore 
the Lord God [Jehovah] sent him forth from the garden 
of Eden, to till the ground from whence he was taken. 
So He drove out the man: and He placed at the east 
of the garden of Eden Cherubims, and a flaming sword 
which turned every way, to keep the way of the tree of 
life. 
A knowledge of evil was never the essence of divin- 
ity or manhood. In the first chapter of Genesis, evil 
has no local habitation nor name. Crea- 
tion is there represented as spiritual, entire, 
and good. “Whatsoever a man soweth, that shall he 
also reap.” Error excludes itself from harmony. Sin 
is its own punishment. Truth guards the gateway 
to harmony. Error tills its own barren soil and buries 
itself in the ground, since ground and dust stand for 
nothingness. 
No one can reasonably doubt that the purpose of this 
allegory — this second account in Genesis — is to depict 
the falsity of error and the effects of error. 
Subsequent Bible revelation is coordinate 
with the Science of creation recorded in the 
first chapter of Genesis. Inspired writers interpret the 
Word spiritually, while the ordinary historian interprets 
it literally. Literally taken, the text is made to appear 
contradictory in some places, and divine Love, which 
blessed the earth and gave it to man for a possession, is 
represented as changeable. The literal meaning would 
imply that God withheld from man the opportunity to 
reform, lest man should improve it and become better; 
but this is not the nature of God, who is Love always, — 
Justice and 
recompense 
Inspired 
interpreta- 
tion 538 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
Love infinitely wise and altogether lovely, who “ seeketh 
not her own.” 
Truth should, and does, drive error out of all selfhood. 
Truth is a two-edged sword, guarding and guiding. 
Truth places the cherub wisdom at the gate 
of understanding to note the proper guests. 
Radiant with mercy and justice, the sword of Truth 
gleams afax and indicates the infinite distance between 
Truth and error, between the material and spiritual, — 
the unreal and the real. 
The sun, giving light and heat to the earth, is a figure 
of divine Life and Love, enlightening and sustaining the 
universe. The “tree of life” is significant of 
eternal reality or being. The “tree of knowl- 
edge” typifies unreality. The testimony of the serpent is 
significant of the illusion of error, of the false claims that 
misrepresent God, good. Sin, sickness, and death have 
no record in the Elohistic introduction of Genesis, in which 
God creates the heavens, earth, and man. Until that 
which contradicts the truth of being enters into the arena, 
evil has no history, and evil is brought into view only as 
the unreal in contradistinction to the real and eternal. 
Genesis iv. 1. And Adam knew Eve his wife; and she 
conceived, and bare Cain, and said, I have gotten a man 
from the Lord [Jehovah]. 
Spiritual 
gateway 
Contrasted 
testimony 
This account is given, not of immortal man, but of mor- 
tal man, and of sin which is temporal. As both mortal 
man and sin have a beginning, they must 
consequently have an end, while the sinless, 
real man is eternal. Eve’s declaration, “I have gotten 
a man from the Lord,” supposes God to be the author 
Erroneous 
conception GENESIS 
539 
of sin and sin’s progeny. This false sense of existence 
is fratricidal. In the words of Jesus, it (evil, devil) is 
“a murderer from the beginning.” Error begins by 
reckoning life as separate from Spirit, thus sapping the 
foundations of immortality, as if life and immortality 
were something which matter can both give and take 
away. 
What can be the standard of good, of Spirit, of Life, 
or of Truth, if they produce their opposites, such as evil, 
matter, error, and death? God could never 
impart an element of evil, and man possesses 
nothing which he has not derived from God. How then 
has man a basis for wrong-doing? Whence does he 
obtain the propensity or power to do evil? Has Spirit 
resigned to matter the government of the universe? 
The Scriptures declare that God condemned this lie as 
to man’s origin and character by condemning its symbol, 
the serpent, to grovel beneath all the beasts 
of the field. It is false to say that Truth and 
error commingle in creation. In parable and argument, 
this falsity is exposed by our Master as self-evidently 
wrong. Disputing these points with the Pharisees and 
arguing for the Science of creation, Jesus said: “Do men 
gather grapes of thorns?” Paul asked: “What com- 
munion hath light with darkness? And what concord 
hath Christ with Belial?” 
The divine origin of Jesus gave him more than human 
power to expound the facts of creation, and demonstrate 
the one Mind which makes and governs man 
and the universe. The Science of creation, 
so conspicuous in the birth of Jesus, inspired his wisest 
and least-understood sayings, and was the basis of his 
Only one 
standard 
A type of 
falsehood 
Scientific 
offspring 540 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
marvellous demonstrations. Christ is the offspring of 
Spirit, and spiritual existence shows that Spirit creates 
neither a wicked nor a mortal man, lapsing into sin, sick- 
ness, and death. 
In Isaiah we read: “ I make peace, and create evil. I 
the Lord do all these things;” but the prophet referred to 
divine law as stirring up the belief in evil to its 
utmost, when bringing it to the surface and re- 
ducing it to its common denominator, nothingness. The 
muddy river-bed must be stirred in order to purify the 
stream. In moral chemicalization, when the symptoms 
of evil, illusion, are aggravated, we may think in our igno- 
rance that the Lord hath wrought an evil; but we ought 
to know that God’s law uncovers so-called sin and its 
effects, only that Truth may annihilate all sense of evil 
and all power to sin. 
Science renders ‘‘unto Csesar the things which are 
Caesar’s; and unto God the things that are God’s.” It 
saith to the human sense of sin, sickness, and 
death, “God never made you, and you are a 
false sense which hath no knowledge of God.” The pur- 
pose of the Hebrew allegory, representing error as assum- 
ing a divine character, is to teach mortals never to believe 
a lie. 
Genesis iv. 3, 4. Cain brought of the fruit of the ground 
an offering unto the Lord [Jehovah]. And Abel, he also 
brought of the firstlings of his flock, and of the fat thereof. 
Cleansing 
upheaval 
Allegiance 
to Spirit 
Cain is the type of mortal and material man, conceived 
in sin and “shapen in iniquity;” he is not the 
type of Truth and Love. Material in origin 
and sense, he brings a material offering to God. Abel 
Spiritual and 
I material 541 
GENESIS 
takes his offering from the firstlings of the flock. A lamb 
is a more animate form of existence, and more nearly re- 
sembles a mind-offering than does Cain’s fruit. Jealous 
of his brother’s gift, Cain seeks Abel’s life, instead of mak- 
ing his own gift a higher tribute to the Most High. 
Genesis iv. 4, 5. And the Lord [Jehovah] had respect 
unto Abel, and to his offering: but unto Cain, and to his 
offering, He had not respect. 
Had God more respect for the homage bestowed through 
a gentle animal than for the worship expressed by Cain’s 
fruit? No; but the lamb was a more spiritual type of 
even the human concept of Love than the herbs of the 
ground could be. 
Genesis iv. 8. Cain rose up against Abel his brother, and 
slew him. 
The erroneous belief that life, substance, and intelli- 
gence can be material ruptures the life and brotherhood 
of man at the very outset. 
Genesis iv. 9. And the Lord [Jehovah] said unto Cain, 
Where is Abel thy brother? And he said, I know not: Am 
I my brother’s keeper? 
Here the serpentine lie invents new forms. At first it 
usurps divine power. It is supposed to say 
in the first instance, “Ye shall be as gods.” 
Now it repudiates even the human duty of man towards 
his brother. 
Genesis iv. 10, 11. And He [Jehovah] said, . . . The 
voice of thy brother’s blood crieth unto Me from the ground. 
And now art thou cursed from the earth. 
Brotherhood 
repudiated , 542 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
The belief of life in matter sms at every step. It in- 
curs divine displeasure, and it would kill Jesus that it 
might be rid of troublesome Truth. Material 
beliefs would slay the spiritual idea when- 
ever and wherever it appears. Though error hides 
behind a lie and excuses guilt, error cannot forever be 
concealed. Truth, through her eternal laws, unveils 
error. Truth causes sin to betray itself, and sets upon 
error the mark of the beast. Even the disposition to 
excuse guilt or to conceal it is punished. The avoidance 
of justice and the denial of truth tend to perpetuate sin, 
invoke crime, jeopardize self-control, and mock divine 
mercy. 
Genesis iv. 15. And the Lord [Jehovah] said unto him, 
Therefore whosoever slayeth Cain, vengeance shall be taken 
on him sevenfold. And the Lord [Jehovah] set a mark 
upon Cain, lest any finding him should kill him. 
“They that take the sword shall perish with the 
sword.” Let Truth uncover and destroy error in God’s 
own way, and let human justice pattern the 
divine. Sin will receive its full penalty, both 
for what it is and for what it does. Justice marks 
the sinner, and teaches mortals not to remove the 
way marks of God. To envy’s own hell, justice con- 
signs the lie which, to advance itself, breaks God’s 
commandments. 
Genesis iv. 16. And Cain went out from the presence of 
the Lord [Jehovah], and dwelt in the land of Nod. 
The sinful misconception of Life as something less 
Murder brings 
its curse 
Retribution 
I and remorse GENESIS 
543 
than God, having no truth to support it, falls back upon 
itself. This error, after reaching the climax of suffering, 
yields to Truth and returns to dust; but it 
is only mortal man and not the real man, 
who dies. The image of Spirit cannot be effaced, since it 
is the idea of Truth and changes not, but becomes more 
beautifully apparent at error’s demise. 
In divine Science, the material man is shut out from 
the presence of God. The five corporeal senses cannot 
take cognizance of Spirit. They cannot come 
into His presence, and must dwell in dream- 
land, until mortals arrive at the understanding that ma- 
terial life, with all its sin, sickness, and death, is an illu- 
sion, against which divine Science is engaged in a warfare 
of extermination. The great verities of existence are 
never excluded by falsity. 
All error proceeds from the evidence before the mate- 
rial senses. If man is material and originates in an 
egg, who shall say that he is not primarily 
dust? May not Darwin be right in think- 
ing that apehood preceded mortal manhood ? Minerals 
and vegetables are found, according to divine Science, 
to be the creations of erroneous thought, not of matter. 
Did man, whom God created with a word, originate 
in an egg? When Spirit made all, did it leave aught 
for matter to create? Ideas of Truth alone are reflected 
in the myriad manifestations of Life, and thus it is 
seen that man springs solely from Mind. The belief 
that matter supports life would make Life, or God, 
mortal. 
The text, “In the day that the Lord God [Jehovah 
God] made the earth and the heavens,” introduces the 
Climax of 
suffering 
Dwelling in 
dreamland 
Man springs 
from Mind 544 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
record of a material creation which followed the spiritual, 
— a creation so wholly apart from God’s, that Spirit 
had no participation in it. In God’s creation 
ideas became productive, obedient to Mind. 
There was no rain and “not a man to till the ground.” 
Mind, instead of matter, being the producer, Life was 
self-sustained. Birth, decay, and death arise from the 
material sense of things, not from the spiritual, for in 
the latter Life consisteth not of the things which a man 
eateth. Matter cannot change the eternal fact that 
man exists because God exists. Nothing is new to the 
infinite Mind. 
In Science, Mind neither produces matter nor does 
matter produce mind. No mortal mind has the might 
or right or wisdom to create or to destroy. 
All is under the control of the one Mind, 
even God. The first statement about evil, — the first 
suggestion of more than the one Mind, — is in the fable 
of the serpent. The facts of creation, as previously re- 
corded, include nothing of the kind. 
The serpent is supposed to say, “Ye shall be as gods,” 
but these gods must be evolved from materiality and be 
the very antipodes of immortal and spiritual 
being. Man is the likeness of Spirit, but a 
material personality is not this likeness. Therefore man, 
in this allegory, is neither a lesser god nor the image and 
likeness of the one God. 
Material, erroneous belief reverses understanding and 
truth. It declares mind to be in and of matter, so-called 
mortal life to be life, infinity to enter man’s nostrils 
so that matter becomes spiritual. Error begins with 
corporeality as the producer instead of divine Prin- 
Material 
inception 
First evil 
suggestion 
Material 
personality GENESIS 
545 
ciple, and explains Deity through mortal and finite con- 
ceptions. 
“Behold, the man is become as one of us.” This could 
not be the utterance of Truth or Science, for according 
to the record, material man was fast degenerating and 
never had been divinely conceived. 
The condemnation of mortals to till the ground means 
this, — that mortals should so improve material belief 
by thought tending spiritually upward as to 
destroy materiality. , Man, created by God, 
was given dominion over the whole earth. The notion 
of a material universe is utterly opposed to the theory 
of man as evolved from Mind. Such fundamental errors 
send falsity into all human doctrines and conclusions, 
and do not accord infinity to Deity. Error tills the 
whole ground in this material theory, which is entirely a 
false view, destructive to existence and happiness. Out- 
side of Christian Science all is vague and hypothetical, the 
opposite of Truth; yet this opposite, in its false view of 
God and man, impudently demands a blessing. 
The translators of this record of scientific creation 
entertained a false sense of being. They believed in 
the existence of matter, its propagation and 
power. From that standpoint of error, they 
could not apprehend the nature and operation of Spirit. 
Hence the seeming contradiction in that Scripture, which 
is so glorious in its spiritual signification. Truth has 
but one reply to all error, — to sin, sickness, and death: 
“ Dust [nothingness] thou art, and unto dust [nothingness] 
shalt thou return.” 
“As in Adam [error] all die, even so in Christ [Truth] 
shall all be made alive.” The mortality of man is a 
Mental 
tillage 
Erroneous 
standpoint 546 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
myth, for man is immortal. The false belief that spirit is 
now submerged in matter, at some future time to be eman- 
cipated from it, — this belief alone is mortal. 
Spirit, God, never germinates, but is “the same 
yesterday, and to-day, and forever.” If Mind, God, cre- 
ates error, that error must exist in the divine Mind, and 
this assumption of error would dethrone the perfection 
of Deity. 
Is Christian Science contradictory ? Is the divine 
Principle of creation misstated? Has God no Science to 
declare Mind, while matter is governed by un- 
erring intelligence? “There went up a mist 
from the earth.” This represents error as 
starting from an idea of good on a material basis. It 
supposes God and man to be manifested only through 
the corporeal senses, although the material senses can 
take no cognizance of Spirit or the spiritual idea. 
Genesis and the Apocalypse seeni more obscure than 
other portions of the Scripture, because they cannot 
possibly be interpreted from a material standpoint. To 
the author, they are transparent, for they contain the deep 
divinity of the Bible. 
Christian Science is dawning upon a material age. 
The great spiritual facts of being, like rays of light, shine 
in the darkness, though the darkness, com- 
prehending them not, may deny their reality. 
The proof that the system stated in this book is Chris- 
tianly scientific resides in the good this system accom- 
plishes, for it cures on a divine demonstrable Principle 
which all may understand. 
If mathematics should present a thousand different 
examples of one rule, the proving of one example would 
Mortality 
mythical 
No truth from 
a material 
basis 
Dawning of 
spiritual facts GENESIS 
547 
authenticate all the others. A simple statement of Chris- 
tian Science, if demonstrated by healing, contains the 
proof of all here said of Christian Science. If 
one of the statements in this book is true, every 
one must be true, for not one departs from the stated sys- 
tem and rule. You can prove for yourself, dear reader, 
the Science of healing, and so ascertain if the author has 
given you the correct interpretation of Scripture. 
The late Louis Agassiz, by his microscopic examination 
of a vulture’s ovum, strengthens the thinker’s conclusions 
as to the scientific theory of creation. Agassiz 
was able to see in the egg the earth’s atmos- 
phere, the gathering clouds, the moon and stars, while the 
germinating speck of so-called embryonic life seemed a 
small sun. In its history of mortality, Darwin’s theory 
of evolution from a material basis is more consistent than 
most theories. Briefly, this is Darwin’s theory, — that 
Mind produces its opposite, matter, and endues matter 
with power to recreate the universe, including man. Ma- 
terial evolution implies that the great First Cause must 
become material, and afterwards must either return to 
Mind or go down into dust and nothingness. 
The Scriptures are very sacred. Our aim must be to 
have them understood spiritually, for only by this under- 
standing can truth be gained. The true the- 
ory of the universe, including man, is not in 
material history but in spiritual development. 
Inspired thought relinquishes a material, sensual, and 
mortal theory of the universe, and adopts the spiritual and 
immortal. 
It is this spiritual perception of Scripture, which lifts 
humanity out of disease and death and inspires faith. 
Proof given 
in healing 
Embryonic 
evolution 
True theory 
of the uni- 
verse 548 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
“The Spirit and the bride say, Come! . . ; and whoso- 
ever will, let him take the water of life freely.” Christian 
scriptural Science separates error from truth, and breathes 
perception through the sacred pages the spiritual sense of 
life, substance, and intelligence. In this Science, we dis- 
cover man in the image and likeness of God. We see that 
man has never lost his spiritual estate and his eternal 
harmony. 
How little light or heat reach our earth when clouds 
cover the sun’s face! So Christian Science can be seen 
only as the clouds of corporeal sense roll away. 
Earth has little light or joy for mortals before 
Life is spiritually learned. Every agony of mortal error 
helps error to destroy error, and so aids the apprehension 
of immortal Truth. This is the new birth going on 
hourly, by which men may entertain angels, the true 
ideas of God, the spiritual sense of being. 
Speaking of the origin of mortals, a famous naturalist 
says: “It is very possible that many general statements 
now current, about birth and generation, will 
be changed with the progress of information.” 
Had the naturalist, through his tireless researches, gained 
the diviner side in Christian Science, — so far apart from 
his material sense of animal growth and organization, —■ 
he would have blessed the human race more abundantly. 
The clouds 
dissolving 
Prediction of 
a naturalist 
Natural history is richly endowed by the labors and 
genius of great men. Modern discoveries have brought 
to light important facts in regard to so-called 
embryonic life. Agassiz declares (“Methods 
of Study in Natural History,” page 275): “Certain ani- 
mals, besides the ordinary process of generation, also 
increase their numbers naturally and constantly by self- 
Methods of 
reproduction GENESIS 
549 
division.” This discovery is corroborative of the Science 
of Mind, for this discovery shows that the multiplication 
of certain animals takes place apart from sexual condi- 
tions. The supposition that life germinates in eggs and 
must decay after it has grown to maturity, if not before, 
is shown by divine metaphysics to be a mistake, — a 
blunder which will finally give place to higher theories 
and demonstrations. 
Creatures of lower forms of organism are supposed 
to have, as classes, three different methods of reproduc- 
tion and to multiply their species sometimes 
through eggs, sometimes through buds, and! ... 
sometimes through self-division. According to recent 
lore, successive generations do not begin with the birth of 
new individuals, or personalities, but with the formation 
of the nucleus, or egg, from which one or more individu- 
alities subsequently emerge; and we must therefore look 
upon the simple ovum as the germ, the starting-point, of 
the most complicated corporeal structures, including those 
which we call human. Here these material researches 
culminate in such vague hypotheses as must necessarily 
attend false systems, which rely upon physics and are de- 
void of metaphysics. 
In one instance a celebrated naturalist, Agassiz, dis- 
covers the pathway leading to divine Science, and beards 
the lion of materialism in its den. At that 
point, however, even this great observer mis- 
takes nature, forsakes Spirit as the divine origin of 
creative Truth, and allows matter and material law to 
usurp the prerogatives of omnipotence. He absolutely 
drops from his summit, coming down to a belief in the 
material origin of man, for he virtually affirms that 
The three 
processes 
Deference to 
material law 550 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
the germ of humanity is in a circumscribed and non- 
intelligent egg. 
If this be so, whence cometh Life, or Mind, to the 
human race ? Matter surely does not possess Mind. 
God is the Life, or intelligence, which forms 
and preserves the individuality and identity 
of animals as well as of men. God cannot 
become finite, and be limited within material bounds. 
Spirit cannot become matter, nor can Spirit be developed 
through its opposite. Of what avail is it to investigate 
what is miscalled material life, which ends, even as it be- 
gins, in nameless nothingness? The true sense of being 
and its eternal perfection should appear now, even as it 
will hereafter. 
Error of thought is reflected in error of action. The 
continual contemplation of existence as material and cor- 
poreal — as beginning and ending, and with 
birth, decay, and dissolution as its component 
stages — hides the true and spiritual Life, and causes 
our standard to trail in the dust. If Life has any starting- 
point whatsoever, then the great I am is a myth. If Life 
is God, as the Scriptures imply, then Life is not embry- 
onic, it is infinite. An egg is an impossible enclosure for 
Deity. 
Embryology supplies no instance of one species pro- 
ducing its opposite. A serpent never begets a bird, nor 
does a lion bring forth a lamb. Amalgamation is deemed 
monstrous and is seldom fruitful, but it is not so hideous 
and absurd as the supposition that Spirit — the pure and 
holy, the immutable and immortal — can originate the 
impure and mortal and dwell in it. As Christian Science 
repudiates self-evident impossibilities, the material senses 
Deep-reach- 
ing interro- 
gations 
Stages of 
existence GENESIS 
551 
must father these absurdities, for both the material senses 
and their reports are unnatural, impossible, and unreal. 
Either Mind produces, or it is produced. If Mind is 
first, it cannot produce its opposite in quality and quantity, 
called matter. If matter is first, it cannot pro- 
duce Mind. Like produces like. In natural 
history, the bird is not the product of a beast. In spiritual 
history, matter is not the progenitor of Mind. 
One distinguished naturalist argues that mortals spring 
from eggs and in races. Mr. Darwin admits this, but he 
adds that mankind has ascended through all 
the lower grades of existence. Evolution de- 
scribes the gradations of human belief, but it does not 
acknowledge the method of divine Mind, nor see that ma- 
terial methods are impossible in divine Science and that 
all Science is of God, not of man. 
Naturalists ask: “What can there be, of a material 
nature, transmitted through these bodies called eggs, — 
themselves composed of the simplest material 
elements, — by which all peculiarities of an- 
cestry, belonging to either sex, are brought down from 
generation to generation?” The question of the natu- 
ralist amounts to this: How can matter originate or trans- 
mit mind? We answer that it cannot. Darkness and 
doubt encompass thought, so long as it bases creation on 
materiality. From a material standpoint, “Canst thou 
by searching find out God ? ” All must be Mind, or 
else all must be matter. Neither can produce the other. 
Mind is immortal; but error declares that the material 
seed must decay in order to propagate its species, and 
the resulting germ is doomed to the same routine. 
The ancient and hypothetical question, Which is first, 
The real 
producer 
The ascent 
of species 
Transmitted 
peculiarities 552 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
the egg or the bird ? is answered, if the egg produces the 
parent. But we cannot stop here. Another question 
follows: Who or what produces the parent of 
the egg ? That the earth was hatched from the 
“egg of night” was once an accepted theory. Heathen 
philosophy, modern geology, and all other material hy- 
potheses deal with causation as contingent on matter 
and as necessarily apparent to the corporeal senses, even 
where the proof requisite to sustain this assumption is un- 
discovered. Mortal theories make friends of sin, sickness, 
and death; whereas the spiritual scientific facts of exist- 
ence include no member of this dolorous and fatal triad. 
Human experience in mortal life, which starts from an 
egg, corresponds with that of Job, when he says, “Man 
that is born of a woman is of few days, and 
full of trouble.” Mortals must emerge from 
this notion of material life as all-in-all. They must peck 
open their shells with Christian Science, and look outward 
and upward. But thought, loosened from a material 
basis but not yet instructed by Science, may become wild 
with freedom and so be self-contradictory. 
From a material source flows no remedy for sorrow, 
sin, and death, for the redeeming power, from the ills 
they occasion, is not in egg nor in dust. The 
blending tints of leaf and flower show the 
order of matter to be the order of mortal mind. The 
intermixture of different species, urged to its utmost 
limits, results in a return to the original species. Thus 
it is learned that matter is a manifestation of mortal 
mind, and that matter always surrenders its claims when 
the perfect and eternal Mind is understood. 
Naturalists describe the origin of mortal and material 
Causation not 
in matter 
Emergence 
of mortals 
Persistence 
of species GENESIS 
553 
existence in the various forms of embryology, and ac- 
company their descriptions with important observations, 
which should awaken thought to a higher and 
purer contemplation of man’s origin. This 
clearer consciousness must precede an under- 
standing of the harmony of being. Mortal thought must 
obtain a better basis, get nearer the truth of being, or 
health will never be universal, and harmony will never 
become the standard of man. 
One of our ablest naturalists has said: “We have no 
right to assume that individuals have grown or been 
formed under circumstances which made material con- 
ditions essential to their maintenance and reproduction, 
or important to their origin and first introduction.” 
Why, then, is the naturalist’s basis so materialistic, 
and why are his deductions generally material? 
Adam was created before Eve. In this instance, it is 
seen that the maternal egg never brought forth Adam. 
Eve was formed from Adam’s rib, not from a 
foetal ovum. Whatever theory may be adopted 
by general mortal thought to account for human origin, 
that theory is sure to become the signal for the appear- 
ance of its method in finite forms and operations. If con- 
sentaneous human belief agrees upon an ovum as the 
point of emergence for the human race, this potent belief 
will immediately supersede the more ancient supersti- 
tion about the creation from dust or from the rib of our 
primeval father. 
You may say that mortals are formed before they 
think or know aught of their origin, and you 
may also ask how belief can affect a result 
which precedes the development of that belief. It can 
Better basis 
than embry- 
ology 
All nativity 
in thought 
Being is 
immortal 554 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
only be replied, that Christian Science reveals what “eye 
hath not seen,” — even the cause of all that exists, — for 
the universe, inclusive of man, is as eternal as God, who 
is its divine immortal Principle. There is no such thing 
as mortality, nor are there properly any mortal beings, 
because being is immortal, like Deity, — or, rather, being 
and Deity are inseparable. 
Error is always error. It is no thing. Any statement 
of life, following from a misconception of life, is errone- 
ous, because it is destitute of any knowledge 
of the so-called selfhood of life, destitute of 
any knowledge of its origin or existence. The mortal 
is unconscious of his foetal and infantile existence; but 
as he grows up into another false claim, that of self-con- 
scious matter, he learns to say, “I am somebody; but 
who made me?” Error replies, “God made you.” The 
first effort of error has been and is to impute to God the 
creation of whatever is sinful and mortal; but infinite 
Mind sets at naught such a mistaken belief. 
Jesus defined this opposite of God and His creation 
better than we can, when he said, “He is a liar, and the 
father of it.” Jesus also said, “Have not I 
chosen you twelve, and one of you is a devil ? ” 
This he said of Judas, one of Adam’s race. Jesus never 
intimated that God made a devil, but he did say, “Ye 
are of your father, the devil.” All these sayings were to 
show that mind in matter is the author of itself, and is 
simply a falsity and illusion. 
Our conscious 
development 
Mendacity 
of error 
It is the general belief that the lower animals are less 
sickly than those possessing higher organiza- 
tions, especially those of the human form. 
This would indicate that there is less disease in propor- 
Ailments 
of animals GENESIS 
555 
tion as the force of mortal mind is less pungent or sensi- 
tive, and that health attends the absence of mortal mind. 
A fair conclusion from this might be, that it is the human 
belief, and not the divine arbitrament, which brings the 
physical organism under the yoke of disease. 
An inquirer once said to the discoverer of Christian 
Science: “I like your explanations of truth, but I do 
not comprehend what you say about error.” 
This is the nature of error. The mark of igno- 
rance is on its forehead, for it neither understands nor 
can be understood. Error would have itself received as 
mind, as if it were as real and God-created as truth; but 
Christian Science attributes to error neither entity nor 
power, because error is neither mind nor the outcome of 
Mind. 
Searching for the origin of man, who is the reflection 
of God, is like inquiring into the origin of God, the self- 
existent and eternal. Only impotent error 
would seek to unite Spirit with matter, good 
with evil, immortality with mortality, and call this 
sham unity man, as if man were the offspring of both 
Mind and matter, of both Deity and humanity. Crea- 
tion rests on a spiritual basis. We lose our standard of 
perfection and set aside the proper conception of Deity, 
when we admit that the perfect is the author of aught 
that can become imperfect, that God bestows the power 
to sin, or that Truth confers the ability to err. Our 
great example, Jesus, could restore the individualized 
manifestation of existence, which seemed to vanish in 
death. Knowing that God was the Life of man, Jesus 
was able to present himself unchanged after the cruci- 
fixion. Truth fosters the idea of Truth, and not the be- 
Ignorance the 
sign of error 
The origin 
of divinity 556 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
lief in illusion or error. That which is real, is sustained 
by Spirit. 
Yertebrata, articulata, mollusca, and radiata are mor- 
tal and material concepts classified, and are supposed to 
possess life and mind. These false beliefs 
will disappear, when the radiation of Spirit 
destroys forever all belief in intelligent matter. Then 
will the new heaven and new earth appear, for the for- 
mer things will have passed away. 
Mortal belief infolds the conditions of sin. Mortal 
belief dies to live again in renewed forms, only to go out 
at last forever; for life everlasting is not to be 
gained by dying. Christian Science may ab- 
sorb the attention of sage and philosopher, but 
the Christian alone can fathom it. It is made known 
most fully to him who understands best the divine Life. 
Did the origin and the enlightenment of the race come 
from the deep sleep which fell upon Adam? Sleep is 
darkness, but God’s creative mandate was, “Let there be 
light.” In sleep, cause and effect are mere illusions. 
They seem to be something, but are not. Oblivion and 
dreams, not realities, come with sleep. Even so goes on 
the Adam-belief, of which mortal and material life is the 
dream. 
Ontology receives less attention than physiology. Why ? 
Because mortal mind must waken to spiritual 
life before it cares to solve the problem of 
being, hence the author’s experience; but when 
that awakening comes, existence will be on a new stand- 
point. 
It is related that a father plunged his infant babe, only 
a few hours old, into the water for several minutes, and 
Genera 
classified 
The Chris- 
tian's privi- 
lege 
Ontology 
versus 
physiology GENESIS 
557 
repeated this operation daily, until the child could remain 
under water twenty minutes, moving and playing with- 
out harm, like a fish. Parents should remember this, 
and learn how to develop their children properly on dry 
land. 
Mind controls the birth-throes in the lower realms of 
nature, where parturition is without suffering. Vege- 
tables, minerals, and many animals suffer no 
pain in multiplying; but human propagation 
has its suffering because it is a false belief. Christian Sci- 
ence reveals harmony as proportionately increasing as the 
line of creation rises towards spiritual man, — towards 
enlarged understanding and intelligence; but in the line 
of the corporeal senses, the less a mortal knows of sin, 
disease, and mortality, the better for him, — the less pain 
and sorrow are his. When the mist of mortal mind evap- 
orates, the curse will be removed which says to woman, 
“In sorrow thou shalt bring forth children.” Divine 
Science rolls back the clouds of error with the light of 
Truth, and lifts the curtain on man as never born and as 
never dying, but as coexistent with his creator. 
Popular theology takes up the history of man as if he 
began materially right, but immediately fell into mental 
sin; whereas revealed religion proclaims the Science of 
Mind and its formations as being in accordance with 
the first chapter of the Old Testament, when God, Mind, 
spake and it was done. 
The curse 
removed CHAPTER XVI 
THE APOCALYPSE 
Blessed is he that readeth, and they that hear the words of this proph- 
ecy, and keep those things which are written therein: for the time is at 
hand. — Revelation. 
Great is the Lord, and greatly to he praised in the city of our God, 
in the mountain of His holiness. — Psalms. 
ST. JOHN writes, in the tenth chapter of his book of 
Revelation: — 
And I saw another mighty angel come down from heaven, 
clothed with a cloud: and a rainbow was upon his head, and 
his face was as it were the sun, and his feet as pillars of 
fire: and he had in his hand a little book open: and he 
set his right foot upon the sea, and his left foot on the 
earth. 
This angel or message which comes from God, clothed 
with a cloud, prefigures divine Science. To mortal sense 
Science seems at first obscure, abstract, and 
dark; but a bright promise crowns its brow. 
When understood, it is Truth’s prism and praise. When 
you look it fairly in the face, you can heal by its means, 
and it has for you a light above the sun, for God “is the 
light thereof.” Its feet are pillars of fire, foundations 
of Truth and Love. It brings the baptism of the Holy 
Ghost, whose flames of Truth were prophetically de- 
scribed by John the Baptist as consuming error. 
The new 
Evangel THE APOCALYPSE 
559 
This angel had in his hand “a little book,” open for 
all to read and understand. Did this same book contain 
the revelation of divine Science, the “right 
foot” or dominant power of which was upon 
the sea, — upon elementary, latent error, the source of 
all error’s visible forms? The angel’s left foot was upon 
the earth; that is, a secondary power was exercised upon 
visible error and audible sin. The “still, small voice” 
of scientific thought reaches over continent and ocean 
to the globe’s remotest bound. The inaudible voice of 
Truth is, to the human mind, “as when a lion roareth.” 
It is heard in the desert and in dark places of fear. It 
arouses the “seven thunders” of evil, and stirs their latent 
forces to utter the full diapason of secret tones. Then is 
the power of Truth demonstrated, — made manifest in 
the destruction of error. Then will a voice from harmony 
cry: “Go and take the little book. . . . Take it, and eat 
it up; and it shall make thy belly bitter, but it shall be in 
thy mouth sweet as honey.” Mortals, obey the heavenly 
evangel. Take divine Science. Read this book from 
beginning to end. Study it, ponder it. It will be indeed 
sweet at its first taste, when it heals you; but murmur not 
over Truth, if you find its digestion bitter. When you 
approach nearer and nearer to this divine Principle, when 
you eat the divine body of this Principle, — thus partak- 
ing of the nature, or primal elements, of Truth and Love, 
— do not be surprised nor discontented because you must 
share the hemlock cup and eat the bitter herbs; for the 
Israelites of old at the Paschal meal thus prefigured this 
perilous passage out of bondage into the El Dorado of faith 
and hope. 
The twelfth chapter of the Apocalypse, or Re vela- 
Truth’s 
volume 560 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
tion of St. John, has a special suggestiveness in connec- 
tion with the nineteenth century. In the opening of the 
sixth seal, typical of six thousand years since 
Adam, the distinctive feature has reference 
to the present age. 
Revelation xii. 1. And there appeared a great wonder in 
heaven ; a woman clothed with the sun, and the moon 
under her feet, and upon her head a crown of twelve 
stars. 
Heaven represents harmony, and divine Science inter- 
prets the Principle of heavenly harmony. The great 
miracle, to human sense, is divine Love, and 
the grand necessity of existence is to gain the 
true idea of what constitutes the kingdom of 
heaven in man. This goal is never reached while we 
hate our neighbor or entertain a false estimate of any- 
one whom God has appointed to voice His Word. Again, 
without a correct sense of its highest visible idea, we can 
never understand the divine Principle. The botanist must 
know the genus and species of a plant in order to classify 
it correctly. As it is with things, so is it with persons. 
Abuse of the motives and religion of St. Paul hid from 
view the apostle’s character, which made him equal to 
his great mission. Persecution of all who have 
spoken something new and better of God has 
not only obscured the light of the ages, but has been fatal 
to the persecutors. Why ? Because it has hid from 
them the true idea which has been presented. To mis- 
understand Paul, was to be ignorant of the divine idea he 
taught. Ignorance of the divine idea betrays at once a 
greater ignorance of the divine Principle of the idea — igno- 
To-day’s 
lesson 
True estimate 
of God’s mes- 
senger 
Persecution 
harmful THE APOCALYPSE 
561 
ranee of Truth and Love. The understanding of Truth 
and Love, the Principle which works out the ends of eternal 
good and destroys both faith in evil and the practice of 
evil, leads to the discernment of the divine idea. 
Agassiz, through his microscope, saw the sun in an 
egg at a point of so-called embryonic life. Because of 
his more spiritual vision, St. John saw an 
“angel standing in the sun.” The Revelator 
beheld the spiritual idea from the mount of vision. 
Purity was the symbol of life and Love. The Revelator 
saw also the spiritual ideal as a woman clothed in light, a 
bride coming down from heaven, wedded to the Lamb 
of Love. To John, “the bride” and “the Lamb” repre- 
sented the correlation of divine Principle and spiritual idea, 
God and His Christ, bringing harmony to earth. 
John saw the human and divine coincidence, shown in 
the man Jesus, as divinity embracing humanitv in Lifp 
and its demonstration, — reducing to human 
perception and understanding the Life which 
is God. In divine revelation, material and corporeal self- 
hood disappear, and the spiritual idea is understood. 
The woman in the Apocalypse symbolizes generic man, 
the spiritual idea of God; she illustrates the coincidence 
of God and man as the divine Principle and 
divine idea. The Revelator symbolizes Spirit 
by the sun. The spiritual idea is clad with the radiance 
of spiritual Truth, and matter is put under her feet. The 
light portrayed is really neither solar nor lunar, but spirit- 
ual Life, which is “the light of men.” In the first chapter 
of the Fourth Gospel it is written, “There was a man sent 
from God ... to bear witness of that Light.” 
John the Baptist prophesied the coming of the im- 
Espousals 
supernal 
Divinity and 
humanity 
Spiritual 
sunlight 562 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
i maculate Jesus, and John saw in those days the spiritual 
idea as the Messiah, who would baptize with the Holy 
Ghost, — divine Science. As Elias presented 
the idea of the fatherhood of God, which Jesus 
afterwards manifested, so the Revelator completed this 
figure with woman, typifying the spiritual idea of God’s 
motherhood. The moon is under her feet. This idea 
reveals the universe as secondary and tributary to Spirit, 
from which the universe borrows its reflected light, sub- 
stance, life, and intelligence. 
The spiritual idea is crowned with twelve stars. The 
twelve tribes of Israel with all mortals, — separated by 
belief from man’s divine origin and the true 
idea, — will through much tribulation yield to 
the activities of the divine Principle of man in the har- 
mony of Science. These are the stars in the crown of 
rejoicing. They are the lamps in the spiritual heavens 
of the age, which show the workings of the spiritual idea 
by healing the sick and the sinning, and by manifesting 
the light which shines “unto the perfect day” as the night 
of materialism wanes. 
Spiritual idea 
revealed 
Spiritual idea 
crowned 
Revelation xii. 2. And she being with child cried, travail- 
ing in birth, and pained to be delivered. 
Also the spiritual idea is typified by a woman in trav- 
ail, waiting to be delivered of her sweet promise, but re- 
membering no more her sorrow for joy that 
the birth goes on; for great is the idea, and the 
travail portentous. 
Revelation xii. 3. And there appeared another wonder in 
heaven; and behold a great red dragon, having seven heads 
and ten horns, and seven crowns upon his heads. 
Travail 
and joy 563 
THE APOCALYPSE 
Human sense may well marvel at discord, while, to a 
diviner sense, harmony is the real and discord the unreal. 
We may well be astonished at sin, sickness, and 
death. We may well be perplexed at human 
fear; and still more astounded at hatred, which lifts 
its hydra head, showing its horns in the many inventions 
of evil. But why should we stand aghast at nothingness ? 
The great red dragon symbolizes a lie, — the belief 
that substance, life, and intelligence can be material. 
This dragon stands for the sum total of human error. 
The ten horns of the dragon typify the belief that mat- 
ter has power of its own, and that by means of an 
evil mind in matter the Ten Commandments can be 
broken. 
The Revelator lifts the veil from this embodiment of 
all evil, and beholds its awful character; but he also 
sees the nothingness of evil and the allness of 
God. The Revelator sees that old serpent, 
whose name is devil or evil, holding untiring watch, that 
he may bite the heel of truth and seemingly impede the 
offspring of the spiritual idea, which is prolific in health, 
holiness, and immortality. 
Revelation xii. 4. And his tail drew the third part of the 
stars of heaven, and did cast them to the earth: and the 
dragon stood before the woman which was ready to be 
delivered, for to devour her child as soon as it was born. 
The dragon 
as a type 
The sting of 
the serpent 
The serpentine form stands for subtlety, winding its 
way amidst all evil, but doing this in the name of good. 
Its sting is spoken of by Paul, when he refers 
to “spiritual wickedness in high places.” It 
is the animal instinct in mortals, which would impel 
Animal 
tendency 564 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
them to devour each other and cast out devils through 
Beelzebub. 
As of old, evil still charges the spiritual idea with error’s 
own nature and methods. This malicious animal in- 
stinct, of which the dragon is the type, incites mortals to 
kill morally and physically even their fellow-mortals, and 
worse still, to charge the innocent with the crime. This 
last infirmity of sin will sink its perpetrator into a night 
without a star. 
The author is convinced that the accusations against 
Jesus of Nazareth and even his crucifixion were instigated 
by the criminal instinct here described. The 
Revelator speaks of Jesus as the Lamb of God 
and of the dragon as warring against innocence. Since Jesus 
must have been tempted in all points, he, the immaculate, 
met and conquered sin in every form. The brutal bar- 
barity of his foes could emanate from no source except the 
highest degree of human depravity. Jesus “opened not 
his mouth Until the majesty of Truth should be demon- 
strated in divine Science, the spiritual idea was arraigned 
before the tribunal of so-called mortal mind, which was 
unloosed in order that the false claim of mind in matter 
might uncover its own crime of defying immortal Mind. 
From Genesis to the Apocalypse, sin, sickness, and 
death, envy, hatred, and revenge, — all evil, — are typi- 
fied by a serpent, or animal subtlety. Jesus 
said, quoting a line from the Psalms, “They 
hated me without a cause.” The serpent is perpetually 
close upon the heel of harmony. From the beginning 
to the end, the serpent pursues with hatred the spiritual 
idea. In Genesis, this allegorical, talking serpent typi- 
fies mortal mind, “more subtle than any beast of the 
Malicious 
barbarity 
Doom of 
the dragon THE APOCALYPSE 
565 
field.” In the Apocalypse, when nearing its doom, this 
evil increases and becomes the great red dragon, swollen 
with sin, inflamed with war against spirituality, and ripe 
for destruction. It is full of lust and hate, loathing the 
brightness of divine glory. 
Revelation xii. 5. And she brought forth a man child, 
who was to rule all nations with a rod of iron: and her 
child was caught up unto God, and to His throne. 
Led on by the grossest element of mortal mind, Herod 
decreed the death of every male child in order that the 
man Jesus, the masculine representative of the 
spiritual idea, might never hold sway and de- 
prive Herod of his crown. The impersonation of the 
spiritual idea had a brief history in the earthly life of our 
Master; but “of his kingdom there shall be no end,” 
for Christ, God’s idea, will eventually rule all nations 
and peoples — imperatively, absolutely, finally — with di- 
vine Science. This immaculate idea, represented first 
by man and, according to the Revelator, last by woman, 
will baptize with fire; and the fiery baptism will burn up 
the chaff of error with the fervent heat of Truth and Love, 
melting and purifying even the gold of human character. 
After the stars sang together and all was primeval har- 
mony, the material lie made war upon the spiritual idea; 
but this only impelled the idea to rise to the zenith of 
demonstration, destroying sin, sickness, and death, and 
to be caught up unto God, — to be found in its divine 
Principle. 
Revelation xii. 6. And the woman fled into the wilder- 
ness, where she hath a place prepared of God. 
The conflict 
with purity 566 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
As the children of Israel were guided triumphantly 
through the Red Sea, the dark ebbing and flowing tides 
of human fear, — as they were led through the 
wilderness, walking wearily through the great 
desert of human hopes, and anticipating the promised 
joy, — so shall the spiritual idea guide all right desires 
in their passage from sense to Soul, from a material sense 
of existence to the spiritual, up to the glory prepared for 
them who love God. Stately Science pauses not, but 
moves before them, a pillar of cloud by day and of fire 
by night, leading to divine heights. 
If we remember the beautiful description which Sir 
Walter Scott puts into the mouth of Rebecca the Jewess 
in the story of Ivanhoe, — 
When Israel, of the Lord beloved, 
Out of the land of bondage came, 
Her fathers’ God before her moved, 
An awful guide, in smoke and flame, — 
we may also offer the prayer which concludes the same 
hymn, — 
And oh, when stoops on Judah’s path 
In shade and storm the frequent night, 
Be Thou, longsuffering, slow to wrath, 
A burning and a shining light! 
Revelation xii. 7, 8. And there was war in heaven: 
Michael and his angels fought against the dragon; and the 
dragon fought, and his angels, and prevailed not; neither 
was their place found any more in heaven. 
The Old Testament assigns to the angels, God’s divine 
messages, different offices. Michael’s charac- 
teristic is spiritual strength. He leads the 
hosts of heaven against the power of sin, Satan, and 
Spiritual 
guidance 
Angelic 
offices THE APOCALYPSE 
567 
fights the holy wars. Gabriel has the more quiet task 
of imparting a sense of the ever-presence of ministering 
Love. These angels deliver us from the depths. Truth 
and Love come nearer in the hour of woe, when strong 
faith or spiritual strength wrestles and prevails through 
the understanding of God. The Gabriel of His presence 
has no contests. To infinite, ever-present Love, all is 
Love, and there is no error, no sin, sickness, nor death. 
Against Love, the dragon warreth not long, for he is 
killed by the divine Principle. Truth and Love prevail 
against the dragon because the dragon cannot war with 
them. Thus endeth the conflict between the flesh and 
Spirit. 
Revelation xii. 9. And the great dragon was cast out, 
that old serpent, called the devil, and Satan, which deceiv- 
eth the whole world: he was cast out into the earth, and his 
angels were cast out with him. 
That false claim — that ancient belief, that old serpent 
whose name is devil (evil), claiming that there is intelli- 
gence in matter either to benefit or to injure 
men — is pure delusion, the red dragon; and 
it is cast out by Christ, Truth, the spiritual 
idea, and so proved to be powerless. The words “cast 
unto the earth” show the dragon to be nothingness, dust 
to dust; and therefore, in his pretence of being a talker, 
he must be a lie from the beginning. His angels, or mes- 
sages, are cast out with their author. The beast and the 
false prophets are lust and hypocrisy. These wolves in 
sheep’s clothing are detected and killed by innocence, the 
Lamb of Love. 
Divine Science shows how the Lamb slays the wolf. 
Dragon 
cast down 
to earth SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
Innocence and Truth overcome guilt and error. Ever 
since the foundation of the world, ever since error would 
establish material belief, evil has tried to slay 
the Lamb; but Science is able to destroy this 
lie, called evil. The twelfth chapter of the Apocalypse 
typifies the divine method of warfare in Science, and the 
glorious results of this warfare. The following chapters 
depict the fatal effects of trying to meet error with error. 
The narrative follows the order used in Genesis. In 
Genesis, first the true method of creation is set forth and 
then the false. Here, also, the Revelator first exhibits 
the true warfare and then the false. 
Revelation xii. 10-12. And 1 heard a loud voice saying 
in heaven, Now is come salvation, and strength, and the 
kingdom of our God, and the power of His Christ: for the 
accuser of our brethren is cast down, which accused them 
before our God day and night. And they overcame him by 
the blood of the Lamb, and by the word of their testimony; 
and they loved not their lives unto the death. Therefore 
rejoice, ye heavens, and ye that dwell in them. Woe to the 
inhabiters of the earth and of the sea! for the devil is 
come down unto you, having great wrath, because he. 
knoweth that he hath but a short time. 
For victory over a single sin, we give thanks and mag- 
nify the Lord of Hosts. What shall we say of the mighty 
conquest over all sin ? A louder song, sweeter 
than has ever before reached high heaven, 
now rises clearer and nearer to the great heart of Christ; 
for the accuser is not there, and Love sends forth her 
primal and everlasting strain. Self-abnegation, by which 
we lay down all for Truth, or Christ, in our warfare against 
error, is a rule in Christian Science. This rule clearly 
Warfare 
with error 
Paean of 
jubilee 569 
THE APOCALYPSE 
interprets God as divine Principle, — as Life, represented 
by the Father; as Truth, represented by the Son; as Love, 
represented by the Mother. Every mortal at some period, 
here or hereafter, must grapple with and overcome the 
mortal belief in a power opposed to God. 
The Scripture, “Thou hast been faithful over a few 
things, I will make thee ruler over many,” is literally ful- 
filled, when we are conscious of the supremacy 
of Truth, by which the nothingness of error 
is seen; and we know that the nothingness of error is in 
proportion to its wickedness. He that touches the hem 
of Christ’s robe and masters his mortal beliefs, animality 
and hate, rejoices in the proof of healing, — in a sweet 
and certain sense that God is Love. Alas for those who 
break faith with divine Science and fail to strangle the 
serpent of sin as well as of sickness! They are dwellers 
still in the deep darkness of belief. They are in the surg- 
ing sea of error, not struggling to lift their heads above the 
drowning wave. 
What must the end be? They must eventually expi- 
ate their sin through suffering. The sin, which one has 
made his bosom companion, comes back to him 
at last with accelerated force, for the devil 
knoweth his time is short. Here the Scriptures declare 
that evil is temporal, not eternal. The dragon is at last 
stung to death by his own malice; but how many periods 
of torture it may take to remove all sin, must depend upon 
sin’s obduracy. 
The robe 
of Science 
Expiation by 
suffering 
Revelation xii. 13. And when the dragon saw that he 
was cast unto the earth, he persecuted the woman which 30 
brought forth the man child. 570 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
The march of mind and of honest investigation will 
bring the hour when the people will chain, with fetters of 
some sort, the growing occultism of this period. 
The present apathy as to the tendency of 
certain active yet unseen mental agencies will finally be 
shocked into another extreme mortal mood, — into human 
indignation; for one extreme follows another. 
Revelation xii. 15, 16. And the serpent cast out of his 
mouth water as a flood, after the woman, that he might 
cause her to be carried away of the flood. And the earth 
helped the woman, and the earth opened her mouth, and 
swallowed up the flood which the dragon cast out of his 
mouth. 
Millions of unprejudiced minds — simple seekers for 
Truth, weary wanderers, athirst in the desert — are wait- 
ing and watching for rest and drink. Give 
them a cup of cold water in Christ’s name, 
and never fear the consequences. What if the old dragon 
should send forth a new flood to drown the Christ-idea? 
He can neither drown your voice with its roar, nor again 
sink the world into the deep waters of chaos and old night. 
In this age the earth will help the woman; the spiritual 
idea will be understood. Those ready for the blessing 
you impart will give thanks. The waters will be paci- 
fied, and Christ will command the wave. 
When God heals the sick or the sinning, they should 
know the great benefit which Mind has wrought. They 
should also know the great delusion of mor- 
tal mind, when it makes them sick or sinful. 
Many are willing to open the eyes of the people to the 
power of good resident in divine Mind, but they are 
Apathy to 
occultism 
Receptive 
hearts 
Hidden ways 
of iniquity THE APOCALYPSE . 
571 
not so willing to point out the evil in human thought, 
and expose evil’s hidden mental ways of accomplishing 
iniquity. 
Why this backwardness, since exposure is necessary 
to ensure the avoidance of the evil ? Because people like 
you better when you tell them their virtues 
than when you tell them their vices. It re- 
quires the spirit of our blessed Master to tell a man his 
faults, and so risk human displeasure for the sake of doing 
right and benefiting our race. Who is telling mankind 
of the foe in ambush ? Is the informer one who sees the 
foe? If so, listen and be wise. Escape from evil, and 
designate those as unfaithful stewards who have seen the 
danger and yet have given no warning. 
At all times and under all circumstances, overcome 
evil with good. Know thyself, and God will supply 
the wisdom and the occasion for a victory 
over evil. Clad in the panoply of Love, 
human hatred cannot reach you. The cement of a 
higher humanity will unite all interests in the one 
divinity. 
Through trope and metaphor, the Revelator, immortal 
scribe of Spirit and of a true idealism, furnishes the 
mirror in which mortals may see their own 
image. In significant figures he depicts the 
thoughts which he beholds in mortal mind. Thus he 
rebukes the conceit of sin, and foreshadows its doom. 
With his spiritual strength, he has opened wide the gates 
of glory, and illumined the night of paganism with the 
sublime grandeur of divine Science, outshining sin, sorcery, 
lust, and hypocrisy. He takes away mitre and sceptre. 
He enthrones pure and undefiled religion, and lifts on 
Christly 
warning 
The armor 
of divinity 
Pure religion 
enthroned 572 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
high only those who have washed their robes white in 
obedience and suffering. 
Thus we see, in both the first and last books of the 
Bible, — in Genesis and in the Apocalypse, — that sin 
is to be Christianly and scientifically reduced 
to its native nothingness. “Love one an- 
other” (I John, iii. 23), is the most simple and profound 
counsel of the inspired writer. In Science we are chil- 
dren of God; but whatever is of material sense, or mor- 
tal, belongs not to His children, for materiality is the 
inverted image of spirituality. 
Love fulfils the law of Christian Science, and nothing 
short of this divine Principle, understood and demon- 
strated, can ever furnish the vision of the 
Apocalypse, open the seven seals of error with 
Truth, or uncover the myriad illusions of sin, sickness, 
and death. Under the supremacy of Spirit, it will be seen 
and acknowledged that matter must disappear. 
In Revelation xxi. 1 we read: — 
And I saw a new heaven and a new earth: for the first 
heaven and the first earth were passed away; and there was 
no more sea. 
The Revelator had not yet passed the transitional 
stage in human experience called death, but he already 
saw a new heaven and a new earth. Through 
what sense came this vision to St. John ? Not 
through the material visual organs for seeing, for optics 
are inadequate to take in so wonderful a scene. Were this 
new heaven and new earth terrestrial or celestial, mate- 
Native noth- 
ingness of sin 
Fulfilment 
_ of the Law 
Man’s present 
possibilities THE APOCALYPSE 
573 
rial or spiritual? They could not be the former, for the 
human sense of space is unable to grasp such a view. 
The Revelator was on our plane of existence, while yet 
beholding what the eye cannot see, — that which is in- 
visible to the uninspired thought. This testimony of Holy 
Writ sustains the fact in Science, that the heavens and 
earth to one human consciousness, that consciousness 
which God bestows, are spiritual, while to another, the 
unillumined human mind, the vision is material. This 
shows unmistakably that what the human mind terms 
matter and spirit indicates states and stages of con- 
sciousness. 
Accompanying this scientific consciousness was an- 
other revelation, even the declaration from heaven, su- 
preme harmony, that God, the divine Principle 
of harmony, is ever with men, and they are 
His people. Thus man was no longer regarded as a mis- 
erable sinner, but as the blessed child of God. Why? 
Because St. John’s corporeal sense of the heavens and 
earth had vanished, and in place of this false sense was 
the spiritual sense, the subjective state by which he could 
see the new heaven and new earth, which involve the 
spiritual idea and consciousness of reality. This is Scrip- 
tural authority for concluding that such a recognition of 
being is, and has been, possible to men in this present 
state of existence, — that we can become conscious, 
here and now, of a cessation of death, sorrow, and pain. 
This is indeed a foretaste of absolute Christian Science. 
Take heart, dear sufferer, for this reality of being will 
surely appear sometime and in some way. There will 
be no more pain, and all tears will be wiped away. When 
you read this, remember Jesus’ words, “The kingdom of 
Nearness 
of Deity 574 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
God is within you.” This spiritual consciousness is 
therefore a present possibility. 
The Revelator also takes in another view, adapted to 
console the weary pilgrim, journeying “ uphill all the way.” 
He writes, in Revelation xxi. 9: — 
And there came unto me one of the seven angels which 
had the seven vials full of the seven last plagues, and talked 
with me, saying, Come hither, 1 will show thee the bride, 
the Lamb’s wife. 
This ministry of Truth, this message from divine Love, 
carried John away in spirit. It exalted him till he be- 
came conscious of the spiritual facts of being 
and the “New Jerusalem, coming down from 
God, out of heaven,” — the spiritual outpour- 
ing of bliss and glory, which he describes as the city 
which “lieth foursquare.” The beauty of this text is, 
that the sum total of human misery, represented by 
the seven angelic vials full of seven plagues, has full 
compensation in the law of Love. Note this,— that the 
very message, or swift-winged thought, which poured 
forth hatred and torment, brought also the experience 
which at last lifted the seer to behold the great city, the 
four equal sides of which were heaven-bestowed and 
heaven-bestowing. 
Vials of 
wrath and 
consolation 
Think of this, dear reader, for it will lift the sack- 
cloth from your eyes, and you will behold the soft- 
winged dove descending upon you. The very 
circumstance, which your suffering sense 
deems wrathful and afflictive, Love can make an angel 
entertained unawares. Then thought gently whispers: 
Spiritual 
wedlock THE APOCALYPSE 
575 
“Come hither! Arise from your false consciousness 
into the true sense of Love, and behold the Lamb’s 
wife, — Love wedded to its own spiritual idea.” Then 
cometh the marriage feast, for this revelation will de- 
stroy forever the physical plagues imposed by material 
sense. 
This sacred city, described in the Apocalypse (xxi. 16) 
as one that “lieth foursquare” and cometh “down from 
God, out of heaven,” represents the light and 
glory of divine Science. The builder and 
maker of this New Jerusalem is God, as we read in the 
book of Hebrews; and it is “a city which hath founda- 
tions.” The description is metaphoric. Spiritual teach- 
ing must always be by symbols. Did not Jesus illustrate 
the truths he taught by the mustard-seed and the prodi- 
gal ? Taken in its allegorical sense, the description of 
the city as foursquare has a profound meaning. The 
four sides of our city are the Word, Christ, Christianity, 
and divine Science; “and the gates of it shall not be shut 
at all by day: for there shall be no night there.” This 
city is wholly spiritual, as its four sides indicate. 
As the Psalmist saith, “Beautiful for situation, the 
joy of the whole earth, is mount Zion, on the sides of 
the north, the city of the great King.” It is 
indeed a city of the Spirit, fair, royal, and 
square. Northward, its gates open to the North Star, 
the Word, the polar magnet of Revelation; eastward, 
to the star seen by the Wisemen of the Orient, who fol- 
lowed it to the manger of Jesus; southward, to the 
genial tropics, with the Southern Cross in the skies, 
— the Cross of Calvary, which binds human society 
into solemn union; westward, to the grand realization 
The city 
foursquare 
The royally 
divine gates 576 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
of the Golden Shore of Love and the Peaceful Sea of 
Harmony. 
This heavenly city, lighted by the Sun of Righteous- 
ness, — this New Jerusalem, this infinite All, which to 
us seems hidden in the mist of remoteness, — 
reached St. John’s vision while yet he taber- 
nacled with mortals. 
In Revelation xxi. 22, further describing this holy city, 
the beloved Disciple writes: — 
And I saw no temple therein: for the Lord God Almighty 
and the Lamb are the temple of it. 
There was no temple, — that is, no material structure 
in which to worship God, for He must be worshipped 
in spirit and in love. The word temple also 
means body. 'The Revelator was familiar 
with Jesus’ use of this word, as when Jesus spoke of his 
material body as the temple to be temporarily rebuilt 
(John ii. 21). What further indication need we of the 
real man’s incorporeality than this, that John saw 
heaven and earth with “no temple [body] therein”? 
This kingdom of God “is within you,” — is within 
reach of man’s consciousness here, and the spiritual 
idea reveals it. In divine Science, man possesses this 
recognition of harmony consciously in proportion to his 
understanding of God. 
Revelation’s 
pure zenith 
The shrine 
. celestial 
The term Lord, as used in our version of the Old 
Testament, is often synonymous with Jehovah, and ex- 
presses the Jewish concept, not yet elevated 
to deific apprehension through spiritual trans- 
figuration. Yet the word gradually approaches a higher 
meaning. This human sense of Deity yields to the divine 
Divine sense 
of Deity THE APOCALYPSE 
577 
sense, even as the material sense of personality yields 
to the incorporeal sense of God and man as the infinite 
Principle and infinite idea, — as one Father with His uni- 
versal family, held in the gospel of Love. The Lamb’s 
wife presents the unity of male and female as no longer 
two wedded individuals, but as two individual natures 
in one; and this compounded spiritual individuality re- 
flects God as Father-Mother, not as a corporeal being. 
In this divinely united spiritual consciousness, there is no 
impediment to eternal bliss, — to the perfectibility of 
God’s creation. 
"Phis spiritual, holy habitation has no boundary 
nor limit, but its four cardinal points are: first, the 
Word of Life, Truth, and Love; second, 
the Christ, the spiritual idea of God; third, 
Christianity, which is the outcome of the divine Prin- 
ciple of the Christ-idea in Christian history; fourth, 
Christian Science, which to-day and forever interprets 
this great example and the great Exemplar. This city 
of our God has no need of sun or satellite, for Love 
is the light of it, and divine Mind is its own interpreter. 
All who are saved must walk in this light. Mighty 
potentates and dynasties will lay down their honors 
within the heavenly city. Its gates open towards light 
and glory both within and without, for all is good, and 
nothing can enter that city, which “defileth, ... or 
maketh a lie.” 
The writer’s present feeble sense of Christian Science 
closes with St. John’s Revelation as recorded by the 
great apostle, for his vision is the acme of this Science 
as the Bible reveals it. 
In the following Psalm one word shows, though faintly, 
The city of 
our God 578 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
the light which Christian Science throws on the Scriptures 
by substituting for the corporeal sense, the incorporeal 
or spiritual sense of Deity: — 
PSALM XXIII 
[Divine love] is my shepherd; I shall not want. 
[Love] maketh me to lie down in green pastures: 
[love] leadeth me beside the still waters. 
[ Love] restoreth my soul [ spiritual sense] : [love] lead- 
eth me in the paths of righteousness for His name’s sake. 
Yea, though 1 walk through the valley of the shadow of 
death, I will fear no evil: for [love] is with me; [love’s] 
rod and [love’s] staff they comfort me. 
[Love] prepareth a table before me in the presence of 
mine enemies: [love] anointeth my head with oil; my cup 
runneth over. 
Surely goodness and mercy shall follow me all the days of 
my life; and I will dwell in the house [the consciousness] 
of [love] for ever. CHAPTER XVII 
GLOSSARY 
These things saith He that is holy, He that is true, He that hath the key 
of David, He that openeth,and no man shutteth; and shutteth,and no 
man openeth; 1 know thy works ; behold, I have set before thee an open 
door, and no man can shut it. — Revelation. 
IN Christian Science we learn that the substitution of 
the spiritual for the material definition of a Scrip- 
tural word often elucidates the meaning of the inspired 
writer. On this account this chapter is added. It con- 
tains the metaphysical interpretation of Bible terms, 
giving their spiritual sense, which is also their original 
meaning. 
Abel. Watchfulness; self-offering; surrendering to 
the creator the early fruits of experience. 
Abraham. Fidelity; faith in the divine Life and in the 
eternal Principle of being. 
This patriarch illustrated the purpose of Love to create 
trust in good, and showed the life-preserving power of 
spiritual understanding. 
Adam. Error; a falsity; the belief in “original sin,” 
sickness, and death; evil; the opposite of good, — of God 
and His creation; a curse; a belief in intelligent matter, 580 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
finiteness, and mortality; “dust to dust;” red sand- 
stone; nothingness; the first god of mythology; not 
God’s man, who represents the one God and is His own 
image and likeness; the opposite of Spirit and His crea- 
tions; that which is not the image and likeness of good, 
but a material belief, opposed to the one Mind, or Spirit; 
a so-called finite mind, producing other minds, thus mak- 
ing “gods many and lords many” (I Corinthians viii. 5); 
a product of nothing as the mimicry of something; an 
unreality as opposed to the great reality of spiritual ex- 
istence and creation; a so-called man, whose origin, 
substance, and mind are found to be the antipode of 
God, or Spirit; an inverted image of Spirit; the image 
and likeness of what God has not created, namely, mat- 
ter, sin, sickness, and death; the opposer of Truth, 
termed error; Life’s counterfeit, which ultimates in 
death; the opposite of Love, called hate; the usurper 
of Spirit’s creation, called self-creative matter; immor- 
tality’s opposite, mortality; that of which wisdom saith, 
“Thou shalt surely die.” 
The name Adam represents the false supposition that 
Life is not eternal, but has beginning and end; that the 
infinite enters the finite, that intelligence passes into non- 
intelligence, and that Soul dwells in material sense; that 
immortal Mind results in matter, and matter in mortal 
mind; that the one God and creator entered what He cre- 
ated, and then disappeared in the atheism of matter. 
Adversary. An adversary is one who opposes, denies, 
disputes, not one who constructs and sustains reality and 
i Truth. Jesus said of the devil, “He was a murderer from 
the beginning, ... he is a liar and the father of it.” GLOSSARY 
581 
This view of Satan is confirmed by the name often con- 
ferred upon him in Scripture, the “adversary.” 
Almighty. All-power; infinity; omnipotence. 
Angels. God’s thoughts passing to man; spiritual 
intuitions, pure and perfect; the inspiration of goodness, 
purity, and immortality, counteracting all evil, sensuality, 
and mortality. 
Ark. Safety; the idea, or reflection, of Truth, proved 
to be as immortal as its Principle; the understanding of 
Spirit, destroying belief in matter. 
God and man coexistent and eternal; Science show- 
ing that the spiritual realities of all things are created 
by Him and exist forever. The ark indicates temptation 
overcome and followed by exaltation. 
Asher (Jacob’s son). Hope and faith; spiritual com- 
pensation; the ills of the flesh rebuked. 
Babel. Self-destroying error; a kingdom divided 
against itself, which cannot stand; material knowledge. 
The higher false knowledge builds on the basis of evi- 
dence obtained from the five corporeal senses, the more 
confusion ensues, and the more certain is the downfall 
of its structure. 
Baptism. Purification by Spirit; submergence in 
Spirit. 
We are “willing rather to be absent from the body, 
and to be present with the Lord.” (II Corinthians v. 8.) 582 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
Believing. Firmness and constancy; not a faltering 
nor a blind faith, but the perception of spiritual Truth. 
Mortal thoughts, illusion. 
Benjamin (Jacob’s son). A physical belief as to life, 
substance, and mind; human knowledge, or so-called 
mortal mind, devoted to matter; pride; envy; fame; 
illusion; a false belief; error masquerading as the pos- 
sessor of life, strength, animation, and power to act. 
Renewal of affections; self-offering; an improved 
state of mortal mind; the introduction of a more spiritual 
origin; a gleam of the infinite idea of the infinite Prin- 
ciple; a spiritual type; that which comforts, consoles, 
and supports. 
Bride. Purity and innocence, conceiving man in the 
idea of God; a sense of Soul, which has spiritual bliss 
and enjoys but cannot suffer. 
Bridegroom. Spiritual understanding; the pure con- 
sciousness that God, the divine Principle, creates man 
as His own spiritual idea, and that God is the only crea- 
tive power. 
Burial. Corporeality and physical sense put out of 
sight and hearing; annihilation. Submergence in Spirit; 
immortality brought to light. 
Canaan (the son of Ham). A sensuous belief; the 
testimony of what is termed material sense; the error 
which would make man mortal and would make mortal 
mind a slave to the body. 
Children. The spiritual thoughts and representa- 
tives of Life, Truth, and Love. GLOSSARY 
583 
Sensual and mortal beliefs; counterfeits of creation, 
whose better originals are God’s thoughts, not in em- 
bryo, but in maturity; material suppositions of life, sub- 
stance, and intelligence, opposed to the Science of being. 
Children of Israel. The representatives of Soul, not 
corporeal sense; the offspring of Spirit, who, having 
wrestled with error, sin, and sense, are governed by divine 
Science; some of the ideas of God beheld as men, casting 
out error and healing the sick; Christ’s offspring. 
Christ. The divine manifestation of God, which comes 
to the flesh to destroy incarnate error. 
Church. The structure of Truth and Love; what- 
ever rests upon and proceeds from divine Principle. 
The Church is that institution, which affords proof of 
its utility and is found elevating the race, rousing the 
dormant understanding from material beliefs to the ap- 
prehension of spiritual ideas and the demonstration of 
divine Science, thereby casting out devils, or error, and 
healing the sick. 
Creator. Spirit; Mind; intelligence; the animating 
divine Principle of all that is real and good; self-existent 
Life, Truth, and Love; that which is perfect and eternal; 
the opposite of matter and evil, which have no Prin- 
ciple; God, who made all that was made and could not 
create an atom or an element the opposite of Himself. 
Dan (Jacob’s son). Animal magnetism; so-called mor- 
tal mind controlling mortal mind; error, working out 
the designs of error; one belief preying upon another. 584 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
Day. The irradiance of Life; light, the spiritual idea 
of Truth and Love. 
“ And the evening and the morning were the first day.” 
(Genesis i. 5.) The objects of time and sense disappear 
in the illumination of spiritual understanding, and Mind 
measures time according to the good that is unfolded. 
This unfolding is God’s day, and “ there shall be no night 
there.” 
Death. An illusion, the lie of life in matter; the un- 
real and untrue; the opposite of Life. 
Matter has no life, hence it has no real existence. Mind 
is immortal. The flesh, warring against Spirit; that 
which frets itself free from one belief only to be fettered 
by another, until every belief of life where Life is not 
yields to eternal Life. Any material evidence of death is 
false, for it contradicts the spiritual facts of being. 
Devil. Evil; a lie; error; neither corporeality nor 
mind; the opposite of Truth; a belief in sin, sickness, 
and death; animal magnetism or hypnotism; the lust of 
the flesh, which saith: “I am life and intelligence in 
matter. There is more than one mind, for I am mind, — 
a wicked mind, self-made or created by a tribal god and 
put into the opposite of mind, termed matter, thence to 
reproduce a mortal universe, including man, not after the 
image and likeness of Spirit, but after its own image.” 
Dove. A symbol of divine Science; purity and peace; 
hope and faith. 
Dust. Nothingness; the absence of substance, life, or 
intelligence. GLOSSARY 
585 
Ears. Not organs of the so-called corporeal senses, 
but spiritual understanding. 
Jesus said, referring to spiritual perception, “Having 
ears, hear ye not?” (Mark viii. 18.) 
Earth. A sphere; a type of eternity and immortality, 
which are likewise without beginning or end. 
To material sense, earth is matter; to spiritual sense, 
it is a compound idea. 
Elias. Prophecy; spiritual evidence opposed to mate- 
rial sense; Christian Science, with which can be discerned 
the spiritual fact of whatever the material senses behold; 
the basis of immortality. 
“Elias truly shall first come and restore all things.” 
(Matthew xvii. 11.) 
Error. See chapter on Recapitulation, page 472. 
Euphrates (river). Divine Science encompassing 
the universe and man; the true idea of God; a type 
of the glory which is to come; metaphysics taking the 
place of physics; the reign of righteousness. The atmos- 
phere of human belief before it accepts sin, sickness, or 
death; a state of mortal thought, the only error of which 
is limitation; finity; the opposite of infinity. 
Eve. A beginning; mortality; that which does not 
last forever; a finite belief concerning life, substance, 
and intelligence in matter; error; the belief that the hu- 
man race originated materially instead of spiritually, — 
that man started first from dust, second from a rib, and 
third from an egg. 586 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
Evening. Mistiness of mortal thought; weariness of 
mortal mind; obscured views; peace and rest. 
Eyes. Spiritual discernment, — not material but 
mental. 
Jesus said, thinking of the outward vision, “Having 
eyes, see ye not?” (Mark viii. 18.) 
Fan. Separator of fable from fact; that which gives 
action to thought. 
Father. Eternal Life; the one Mind; the divine 
Principle, commonly called God. 
Fear. Heat; inflammation; anxiety; ignorance; error; 
desire; caution. 
Fire. Fear; remorse; lust; hatred; destruction; afflic- 
tion purifying and elevating man. 
Firmament. Spiritual understanding; the scientific 
line of demarcation between Truth and error, between 
Spirit and so-called matter. 
Flesh. An error of physical belief; a supposition that 
life, substance, and intelligence are in matter; an illusion; 
a belief that matter has sensation. 
Gad (Jacob’s son). Science; spiritual being under- 
stood; haste towards harmony. 
Getiisemane. Patient woe; the human yielding to 
the divine; love meeting no response, but still remaining 
love. GLOSSARY 
587 
Ghost. An illusion; a belief that mind is outlined 
and limited; a supposition that spirit is finite. 
Gihon (river). The rights of woman acknowledged 
morally, civilly, and socially. 
God. The great I am ; the all-knowing, all-seeing, 
all-acting, all-wise, all-loving, and eternal; Principle; 
Mind; Soul; Spirit; Life; Truth; Love; all substance; 
intelligence. 
Gods. Mythology; a belief that life, substance, and 
intelligence are both mental and material; a supposition 
of sentient physicality; the belief that infinite Mind is in 
finite forms; the various theories that hold mind to be a 
material sense, existing in brain, nerve, matter; supposi- 
titious minds, or souls, going in and out of matter, erring 
and mortal; the serpents of error, which say, “Ye shall 
be as gods.” 
God is one God, infinite and perfect, and cannot be- 
come finite and imperfect. 
Good. God; Spirit; omnipotence; omniscience; om- 
nipresence; omni-action. 
Ham (Noah’s son). Corporeal belief; sensuality; 
slavery; tyranny. 
Heart. Mortal feelings, motives, affections, joys, and 
sorrows. 
Heaven. Harmony; the reign of Spirit; government 
by divine Principle; spirituality; bliss; the atmosphere 
of Soul. 588 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
Hell. Mortal belief; error; lust; remorse; hatred; 
revenge; sin; sickness; death; suffering and self-de- 
struction; self-imposed agony; effects of sin; that which 
“worketh abomination or maketh a lie.” 
Hiddekel (river). Divine Science understood and 
acknowledged. 
Holy Ghost. Divine Science; the development of 
eternal Life, Truth, and Love. 
I, or Ego. Divine Principle; Spirit; Soul; incor- 
poreal, unerring, immortal, and eternal Mind. 
There is but one I, or Us, but one divine Principle, or 
Mind, governing all existence; man and woman un- 
changed forever in their individual characters, even as 
numbers which never blend with each other, though they 
are governed by one Principle. All the objects of God’s 
creation reflect one Mind, and whatever reflects not this 
one Mind, is false and erroneous, even the belief that 
life, substance, and intelligence are both mental and 
material. 
I Am. God; incorporeal and eternal Mind; divine 
Principle; the only Ego. 
In. A term obsolete in Science if used with reference 
to Spirit, or Deity. 
Intelligence. Substance; self-existent and eternal 
Mind; that which is never unconscious nor limited. 
See chapter on Recapitulation, page 469. GLOSSAKY 
589 
Issachar (Jacob’s son). A corporeal belief; the 
offspring of error; envy; hatred; selfishness; self-will; 
lust. 
Jacob. A corporeal mortal embracing duplicity, re- 
pentance, sensualism. Inspiration; the revelation of 
Science, in which the so-called material senses yield to 
the spiritual sense of Life and Love. 
Japhet (Noah’s son). A type of spiritual peace, flow- 
ing from the understanding that God is the divine Prin- 
ciple of all existence, and that man is His idea, the child 
of Ilis care. 
Jerusalem. Mortal belief and knowledge obtained 
from the five corporeal senses; the pride of power and 
the power of pride; sensuality; envy; oppression; tyr- 
anny. Home, heaven. 
Jesus. The highest human corporeal concept of the 
divine idea, rebuking and destroying error and bringing 
to light man’s immortality. 
Joseph. A corporeal mortal; a higher sense of Truth 
rebuking mortal belief, or error, and showing the immor- 
tality and supremacy of Truth; pure affection blessing 
its enemies. 
Judah. A corporeal material belief progressing and 
disappearing; the spiritual understanding of God and 
man appearing. 590 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
Kingdom of Heaven. The reign of harmony in divine 
Science; the realm of unerring, eternal, and omnipotent 
Mind; the atmosphere of Spirit, where Soul is supreme. 
Knowledge. Evidence obtained from the five cor- 
poreal senses; mortality; beliefs and opinions; human 
theories, doctrines, hypotheses; that which is not divine 
and is the origin of sin, sickness, and death; the oppo- 
site of spiritual Truth and understanding. 
Lamb of God. The spiritual idea of Love; self-im- 
molation; innocence and purity; sacrifice. 
Levi (Jacob’s son). A corporeal and sensual belief; 
mortal man; denial of the fulness of God’s creation; 
ecclesiastical despotism. 
Life. See chapter on Recapitulation, page 468. 
Lord. In the Hebrew, this term is sometimes em- 
ployed as a title, which has the inferior sense of master, 
or ruler. In the Greek, the word hurios almost always 
has this lower sense, unless specially coupled with the 
name God. Its higher signification is Supreme Ruler. 
Lord God. Jehovah. 
This double term is not used in the first chapter of 
Genesis, the record of spiritual creation. It is intro- 
duced in the second and following chapters, when the 
spiritual sense of God and of infinity is disappearing 
from the recorder’s thought, — when the true scientific 
statements of the Scriptures become clouded through a GLOSSARY 
591 
physical sense of God as finite and corporeal. From this 
follow idolatry and mythology, — belief in many gods, or 
material intelligences, as the opposite of the one Spirit, 
or intelligence, named Elohim, or God. 
Man. The compound idea of infinite Spirit; the spirit- 
ual image and likeness of God; the full representation of 
Mind. 
Matter. Mythology; mortality; another name for 
mortal mind; illusion; intelligence, substance, and life 
in non-intelligence and mortality; life resulting in death, 
and death in life; sensation in the sensationless; mind 
originating in matter; the opposite of Truth; the oppo- 
site of Spirit; the opposite of God; that of which immortal 
Mind takes no cognizance; that which mortal mind sees, 
feels, hears, tastes, and smells only in belief. 
Mind. The only I, or Us; the only Spirit, Soul, divine 
Principle, substance, Life, Truth, Love; the one God; 
not that which is in man, but the divine Principle, or God, 
of whom man is the full and perfect expression; Deity, 
which outlines but is not outlined. 
Miracle. That which is divinely natural, but must 
be learned humanly; a phenomenon of Science. 
Morning. Light; symbol of Truth; revelation and 
progress. 
Mortal Mind. Nothing claiming to be something, 
for Mind is immortal; mythology; error creating other 
errors; a suppositional material sense, alias the belief 592 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
that sensation is in matter, which is sensationless; a be- 
lief that life, substance, and intelligence are in and of 
matter; the opposite of Spirit, and therefore the opposite 
of God, or good; the belief that life has a beginning 
and therefore an end; the belief that man is the off- 
spring of mortals; the belief that there can be more than 
one creator; idolatry; the subjective states of error; 
material senses; that which neither exists in Science nor 
can be recognized by the spiritual sense; sin; sickness; 
death. 
Moses. A corporeal mortal; moral courage; a type 
of moral law and the demonstration thereof; the proof 
that, without the gospel, — the union of justice and affec- 
tion, — there is something spiritually lacking, since justice 
demands penalties under the law. 
Mother. God; divine and eternal Principle; Life, 
Truth, and Love. 
New Jerusalem. Divine Science; the spiritual facts 
and harmony of the universe; the kingdom of heaven, 
or reign of harmony. 
Night. Darkness; doubt; fear. 
Noah. A corporeal mortal; knowledge of the noth- 
ingness of material things and of the immortality of all 
that is spiritual. 
Oil. Consecration; charity; gentleness; prayer; heav- 
enly inspiration. 
Pharisee. Corporeal and sensuous belief; self-right- 
eousness; vanity; hypocrisy. GLOSSARY 
593 
Pison (river). The love of the good and beautiful, and 
their immortality. 
Principle. See chapter on Recapitulation, page 465. 
Prophet. A spiritual seer; disappearance of mate- 
rial sense before the conscious facts of spiritual Truth. 
Purse. Laying up treasures in matter; error. 
Red Dragon. Error; fear; inflammation; sensuality; 
subtlety; animal magnetism; envy; revenge. 
Resurrection. Spiritualization of thought; a new 
and higher idea of immortality, or spiritual existence; 
material belief yielding to spiritual understanding. 
Reuben (Jacob’s son). Corporeality; sensuality; de- 
lusion; mortality; error. 
River. Channel of thought. 
When smooth and unobstructed, it typifies the course 
of Truth; but muddy, foaming, and dashing, it is a type 
of error. 
Rock. Spiritual foundation; Truth. Coldness and 
stubbornness. 
Salvation. Life, Truth, and Love understood and 
demonstrated as supreme over all; sin, sickness, and 
death destroyed. 
Seal. The signet of error revealed by Truth. 594 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
Serpent (ophis, in Greek; nacash, in Hebrew). 
Subtlety; a lie; the opposite of Truth, named error; 
the first statement of mythology and idolatry; the belief 
in more than one God; animal magnetism; the first lie 
of limitation; finity; the first claim that there is an oppo- 
site of Spirit, or good, termed matter, or evil; the first 
delusion that error exists as fact; the first claim that sin, 
sickness, and death are the realities of life. The first 
audible claim that God was not omnipotent and that 
there was another power, named evil, which was as real 
and eternal as God, good. 
Sheep. Innocence; inoffensiveness; those who follow 
their leader. 
Shem (Noah’s son). A corporeal mortal; kindly affec- 
tion; love rebuking error; reproof of sensualism. 
Son. The Son of God, the Messiah or Christ. The 
son of man, the offspring of the flesh. “Son of a year.” 
Souls. See chapter on Recapitulation, page 466. 
Spirit. Divine substance; Mind; divine Principle; 
all that is good; God; that only which is perfect, ever- 
lasting, omnipresent, omnipotent, infinite. 
Spirits. Mortal beliefs; corporeality; evil minds; 
supposed intelligences, or gods; the opposites of God; 
errors; hallucinations. (See page 466.) 
Substance. See chapter on Recapitulation, page 
468. GLOSSARY 
595 
Sun. The symbol of Soul governing man, — of 
Truth, Life, and Love. 
Sword. The idea of Truth; justice. Revenge; 
anger. 
Tares. Mortality; error; sin; sickness; disease; 
death. 
Temple. Body; the idea of Life, substance, and in- 
telligence; the superstructure of Truth; the shrine of 
Love; a material superstructure, where mortals congre- 
gate for worship. 
Thummim. Perfection; the eternal demand of divine 
Science. 
The Urim and Thummim, which were to be on Aaron’s 
breast when he went before Jehovah, were holiness and 
purification of thought and deed, which alone can fit us 
for the office of spiritual teaching. 
Time. Mortal measurements; limits, in which are 
summed up all human acts, thoughts, beliefs, opinions, 
knowledge; matter; error; that which begins before, 
and continues after, what is termed death, until the mortal 
disappears and spiritual perfection appears. 
Tithe. Contribution; tenth part; homage; gratitude. 
A sacrifice to the gods. 
Uncleanliness. Impure thoughts; error; sin; dirt. 
Ungodliness. Opposition to the divine Principle and 
its spiritual idea. 596 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
Unknown. That which spiritual sense alone compre- 
hends, and which is unknown to the material senses. 
Paganism and agnosticism may define Deity as “the 
great unknowable;” but Christian Science brings God 
much nearer to man, and makes Him better known as 
the All-in-all, forever near. 
Paul saw in Athens an altar dedicated “to the unknown 
God.” Referring to it, he said to the Athenians: “Whom 
therefore ye ignorantly worship, Him declare I unto you.” 
(Acts xvii. 23.) 
Urim. Light. 
The rabbins believed that the stones in the breast- 
plate of the high-priest had supernatural illumination, 
but Christian Science reveals Spirit, not matter, as the 
illuminator of all. The illuminations of Science give us 
a sense of the nothingness of error, and they show the 
spiritual inspiration of Love and Truth to be the only fit 
preparation for admission to the presence and power of 
the Most High. 
Valley. Depression; meekness; darkness. 
“Though I walk through the valley of the shadow of 
death, I will fear no evil.” (Psalm xxiii. 4.) 
Though the way is dark in mortal sense, divine Life 
and Love illumine it, destroy the unrest of mortal thought, 
the fear of death, and the supposed reality of error. Chris- 
tian Science, contradicting sense, maketh the valley to bud 
and blossom as the rose. 
Veil. A cover; concealment; hiding; hypocrisy. 
The Jewish women wore veils over their faces in token GLOSSARY 
597 
of reverence and submission and in accordance with 
Pharisaical notions. 
The Judaic religion consisted mostly of rites and cere- 
monies. The motives and affections of a man were of 
little value, if only he appeared unto men to fast. The 
great Nazarene, as meek as he was mighty, rebuked the 
hypocrisy, which offered long petitions for blessings upon 
material methods, but cloaked the crime, latent in thought, 
which was ready to spring into action and crucify God’s 
anointed. The martyrdom of Jesus was the culminating 
sin of Pharisaism. It rent the veil of the temple. It re- 
vealed the false foundations and superstructures of super- 
ficial religion, tore from bigotry and superstition their 
coverings, and opened the sepulchre with divine Science, 
— immortality and Love. 
Wilderness. Loneliness; doubt; darkness. Spon- 
taneity of thought and idea; the vestibule in which a 
material sense of things disappears, and spiritual sense 
unfolds the great facts of existence. 
Will. The motive-power of error; mortal belief; ani- 
mal power. The might and wisdom of God. : 
“For this is the will of God.” (I Thessalonians 
iv. 3.) 
Will, as a quality of so-called mortal mind, is a wrong- : 
doer; hence it should not be confounded with the term 
as applied to Mind or to one of God’s qualities. 
Wind. That which indicates the might of omnipo- : 
tence and the movements of God’s spiritual government, 
encompassing all things. Destruction; anger; mortal 
passions. 598 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
The Greek word for wind (pneuma) is used also for 
spirit, as in the passage in John’s Gospel, the third chap- 
ter, where we read: “The wind [pneuma] bloweth where 
it listeth. ... So is every one that is born of the Spirit 
[pneuma].Here the original word is the same in both 
cases, yet it has received different translations, as in other 
passages in this same chapter and elsewhere in the New 
Testament. This shows how our Master had constantly 
to employ words of material significance in order to unfold 
spiritual thoughts. In the record of Jesus’ supposed 
death, we read: “He bowed his head, and gave up the 
ghost; ” but this word ghost is pneuma. It might be trans- 
lated wind or air, and the phrase is equivalent to our 
common statement, “He breathed his last.” What 
Jesus gave up was indeed air, an etherealized form of 
matter, for never did he give up Spirit, or Soul. 
Wine. Inspiration; understanding. Error; fornica- 
tion; temptation; passion. 
Year. A solar measurement of time; mortality; 
space for repentance. 
“One day is with the Lord as a thousand years.” 
(II Peter iii. 8.) 
One moment of divine consciousness, or the spiritual 
understanding of Life and Love, is a foretaste of eternity. 
This exalted view, obtained and retained when the Sci- 
ence of being is understood, would bridge over with life 
discerned spiritually the interval of death, and man 
would be in the full consciousness of his immortality and 
eternal harmony, where sin, sickness, and death are un- 
known. Time is a mortal thought, the divisor of which GLOSSARY 
599 
is the solar year. Eternity is God’s measurement of Soul- 
filled years. 
You. As applied to corporeality, a mortal; finity. 
Zeal. The reflected animation of Life, Truth, and 
Love. Blind enthusiasm; mortal will. 
Zion. Spiritual foundation and superstructure; in- 
spiration; spiritual strength. Emptiness; unfaithful- 
ness; desolation. CHAPTER XVIII 
FRUITAGE 
Wherefore by their fruits ye shall know them. —Jesus. 
That ye might walk worthy of the Lord unto all 'pleasing, being fruit- 
ful in every good work, and increasing in the knowledge of God. — 
Paul. 
Let us get up early to the vineyards: let us see if the vine flourish, 
whether the tender grape appear, and the pomegranates bud forth. — 
Solomon’s Song. 
THOUSANDS of letters could be presented in testi- 
mony of the healing efficacy of Christian Science and 
particularly concerning the vast number of people who 
have been reformed and healed through the perusal or 
study of this book. 
For the assurance and encouragement of the reader, a 
few of these letters are here republished from The Chris- 
tian Science Journal and Christian Science Senti- 
nel. .The originals are in the possession of the Editor, 
who can authenticate the testimonials which follow. 
Rheumatism Healed 
I was a great sufferer from a serious form of rheumatic 
trouble my hands being affected to such an extent that it 
was impossible for me even to dress without assistance. 
The trouble finally reached the knees, and I became very 
lame and had to be assisted in and out of bed. I went 
to the different health resorts for the benefit I hoped to 
derive from the baths and waters that were prescribed by FRUITAGE 
601 
physicians, but found no permanent relief. I was placed 
under an X-ray examination, and was told that the joints 
were becoming ossified. I then consulted a celebrated 
specialist, who after a thorough examination said my 
condition would continue to grow worse and that I would 
become completely helpless. 
At that time a copy of “Science and Health with Key to 
the Scriptures” by Mrs. Eddy was loaned me. I read it 
more from curiosity than with the thought of any physical 
benefit. As the truth was unfolded to me, I realized that 
the mental condition was what needed correcting, and 
that the Spirit of truth which inspired this book was my 
physician. My healing is complete, and the liberation in 
thought is manifest in a life of active usefulness rather 
than the bondage of helpless invalidism and suffering. I 
owe to our beloved Leader, Mrs. Eddy, gratitude which 
words cannot express. Her revelation of the practical 
rather than the merely theoretical application of Jesus’ 
words, “Ye shall know the truth, and the truth shall 
make you free,” proved to be my redeemer. I did not 
even have to apply to a practitioner, but am most grate- 
ful for the helpful words of loving friends. — E. B. B., 
Pasadena, Cal. 
Astigmatism and Hernia Healed 
It is nearly five years since I bought my first copy of 
Science and Health, the reading of which cured me of 
chronic constipation, nervous headache, astigmatism, and 
hernia, in less than four months. 
Where would I be now, had not this blessed truth been 
brought to me by much persuasion of a very dear friend ? 602 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
I certainly should have been deep in the slough of despond, 
if not in the grave. Am I truly thankful for all the good 
that has come to me and mine? I try to let my works 
testify of that; but to those whom I do not meet in person, 
I can truly say, Yes ; I am indeed more thankful than 
words can express for the glorious healing that has come 
to me, both physical, mental, and moral, and I also con- 
vey herein, my song of gratitude to the dear Leader who 
has through her fidelity to Truth enabled me to touch 
at least the hem of Christ’s garment. — B. S. J., Sioux 
City, Iowa. 
Substance of Lungs Restored 
It was about fifteen years ago that Christian Science 
first came to my notice. At that time I had been a chronic 
invalid for a good many years. I had acute bowel 
trouble, bronchitis, and a number of other troubles. One 
physician had told me that my lungs were like wet paper, 
ready to tear at any time, and I was filled with fear, as 
my mother, two brothers, and a sister had been vic- 
tims of consumption. I tried many physicians and 
every material remedy that promised help, but no help 
came until I found a copy of Mrs. Eddy’s book, Sci- 
ence and Health. The book was placed in my hands 
by one who did not then appreciate it, and I was told 
that it would be hard for me to understand it. I com- 
menced reading it with this thought, but I caught beau- 
tiful glimpses of Truth, which took away my fear and 
healed me of all those diseases, and they have never 
returned. 
1 would also like to tell how I was healed of a sprained FRUITAGE 
603 
ankle. The accident occurred in the morning, and all 
that day and during the night I gave myself Christian 
Science treatment, as best I could. The next morning 
it seemed to be no better, being very sore, badly swollen, 
and much discolored. Feeling that I had done all I could, 
I decided to stop thinking about it. I took my copy of 
Science and Health and began reading. Very soon I 
became so absorbed in the book that I forgot all about 
my ankle ; it went entirely out of my thought, for I had 
a glimpse of all God’s creation as spiritual, and for the 
time being lost sight of my material selfhood. After two 
hours I laid the book down and walked into another room. 
When next I thought of my ankle, I found it was not hurt- 
ing me. The swelling had gone down, the black and blue 
appearance had nearly vanished, and it was perfectly well. 
It was healed while I was “absent from the body” and 
“present with the Lord.” This experience was worth 
a great deal to me, for it showed me how the healing is 
done. — C. H., Portland, Ore. 
Fibroid Tumor Healed in a Few Days 
My gratitude for Christian Science is boundless. I 
was afflicted with a fibroid tumor which weighed not 
less than fifty pounds, attended by a continuous hem- 
orrhage for eleven years. The tumor was a growth of 
eighteen years. 
I lived in Fort Worth, Tex., and I had never heard 
of Christian Science before leaving there for Chicago 
in the year 1887. I had tried to live near to God, and 
I feel sure He guided me in all my steps to this heal- 
ing and saving truth. After being there several weeks 604 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
I received letters from a Texas lady who had herself been 
healed, and who wrote urging me to try Christian 
Science. 
Changing my boarding-place, I met a lady who owned 
a copy of Science and Health, and in speaking to her of 
having seen the book, she informed me she had one, and 
she got it and told me I could read it. The revelation 
was marvellous and brought a great spiritual awakening. 
This awakened sense never left me, and one day when 
walking alone it came to me very suddenly that I was 
healed, and I walked the faster declaring every step that 
I was healed. When I reached my boarding-place, I 
found my hostess and told her I was healed. She looked 
the picture of amazement. The tumor began to disap- 
pear at once, the hemorrhage ceased, and perfect strength 
was manifest. 
There was no joy ever greater than mine for this Christ- 
cure, for I was very weary and heavy laden. I thought 
very little of either sleeping or eating, and my heart was 
filled with gratitude, since I knew I had touched the hem 
of his garment. 
I must add that the reading of Science and Health, and 
that alone, healed me, and it was the second copy I ever 
saw. — S. L., Fort Worth, Tex. 
Insanity and Epilepsy Healed 
While an inmate of the State asylum for the insane at 
Middletown, Conn., an epileptic, and at times confined to 
my bed with bilious attacks, pronounced incurable by the 
doctors (at least six in number), the book, Science and 
Health wTith Key to the Scriptures, by Mrs. Eddy was FRUITAGE 
605 
placed in my hands. After reading a few pages, I be- 
came very much impressed with the truth therein stated, 
and although I was surrounded with opposition, I knew 
that “underneath are the everlasting arms.” Since that 
time — past the middle of the year 1899 — I have kept 
pressing on, until I have been healed by reading Science 
and Health. At times I was beset by what seemed un- 
conquerable opposition, until the first week in October, 
1904, when, upon going to my home in Darien for a visit, 
I was given my liberty, and I am now earning my living 
in this city. After having been subject to epileptic at- 
tacks since 1892, and at one time pronounced dying 
by the doctor in charge, I am now well. I have had no 
fit, or symptoms of any, since the first week in May, 
1904. 
I trust that this testimony to the healing power of Truth, 
realized by reading Science and Health (for I had no treat- 
ment), may reach the eye of some to whom the battle 
seems long, and inspire them with fresh courage and a 
realization of the worth of the victory. I am filled with 
inexpressible gratitude and love to God, and to Mrs. 
Eddy. — Mrs. B. B. C., Stamford, Conn. 
A Case of Mental Surgery 
I have felt for some time I should give my experience 
in mental surgery. In May, 1902, going home for 
lunch, on a bicycle, and while riding down a hill at a 
rapid gait, I was thrown from the wheel, and falling 
on my left side with my arm under my head, the bone 
was broken about half-way between the shoulder and 
elbow. While the pain was intense, I lay still in the dust, 606 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
declaring the truth and denying that there could 
be a break or accident in the realm of divine Love, 
until a gentleman came to assist me, saying, he 
thought I had been stunned. I was only two and a 
half blocks from home, so I mounted my wheel again 
and managed to reach it. On arriving there I lay 
down and asked my little boy to bring me our text- 
book. He immediately brought Science and Health, 
which I read for about ten minutes, when all pain 
left. 
I said nothing to my family of the accident, but at- 
tended to some duties and was about half an hour late 
in returning to the office, this being my only loss of time 
from work. My friends claimed that the arm had not 
been broken, as it would have been impossible for me to 
continue my work without having it set, and carrying it 
in a sling until the bone knit together. Their insistence 
almost persuaded me that I might have been mistaken, 
until one of my friends invited me to visit a physician’s 
office where they were experimenting with an X-ray ma- 
chine. The physician was asked to examine my left 
arm to see if it differed from the ordinary. On look- 
ing through it, he said, “Yes, it has been broken, but 
whoever set it made a perfect job of it, and you will 
never have any further trouble from that break.” My 
friend then asked the doctor to show how he could 
tell where the break had been. The doctor pointed 
out the place as being slightly thicker at that part, 
like a piece of steel that had been welded. This 
was the first of several cases of mental surgery that 
have come under my notice, and it made a deep 
impression on me. FRUITAGE 
607 
For the benefit of others who may have something 
similar to meet, I will say that I have overcome almost 
constant attacks of sick headaches, extending back 
to my earliest recollection. — L. C. S., Salt Lake City, 
Utah. 
Cataract Quickly Cured 
I wish to add my testimony to those of others, and 
hope that it may be the means of bringing some poor 
sufferer to health, to happiness, and to God. I was 
healed through simply reading this wonderful book, 
Science and Health. I had be6n troubled periodically 
for many years with sore eyes, and had been to many 
doctors, who called the disease iritis and cataract. They 
told me that my eyes would always give me trouble, and 
that I would eventually lose my sight if I remained in 
an office, and advised me to go under an operation. Later 
on I had to wear glasses at my work, also out of doors 
as I could not bear the winds, and my eyes were gradually 
becoming worse. I could not read for longer than a few 
minutes at a time, otherwise they would smart severely. 
I had to rest my eyes each evening to enable me to use 
them the next day; in fact gas-light was getting unbearable 
because of the pain, and I made home miserable. A 
dear brother told me about Christian Science, and said 
that if I would read Science and Health it would help 
me. He procured for me the loan of the book. The 
first night I read it, it so interested me I quite forgot 
all about my eyes until my wife remarked that it was 
eleven o’clock. I found that I had been reading this 
book for nearly four hours, and I remarked immediately 
after, “I believe my eyes are cured,” which was really 608 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
the case. The next day, on looking at my eyes, my wife 
noticed that the cataract had disappeared. I put away 
my outdoor glasses, which I have not required since, and 
through the understanding gained by studying Christian 
Science I have been able to do away with my indoor 
glasses also, and have had no return of pain in my eyes 
since. This is now a year and a half ago. — G. F. S., 
Liverpool, England. 
Valvular Heart Disease Healed 
Fourteen years ago my heart awoke to gratitude to 
God and the dear Leader at the same time. After a 
patient and persistent effort of three months’ duration, to 
procure a copy of Science and Health (during which time 
I had visited every bookstore, and many of the second- 
hand bookstores in the city of St. Paul), and had failed 
to find it, I at last remembered that the stranger who told 
me I might be healed, had mentioned a name, and 
McVicker’s Theatre Building in Chicago as being in 
some way connected with the work. I sent there for 
information regarding a book called Health and Science, 
and the return mail brought me the book, Science and 
Health, and in it I at once found sure promise of deliver- 
ance from valvular heart disease, with all the accompani- 
ments, such as extreme nervousness, weakness, dyspepsia, 
and insomnia. I had suffered from these all my life, 
finding no permanent relief, even, in material remedies, 
and no hope of cure at any time. Only those who have 
been held in such bondage and have been liberated by 
the same means, can know the eager joy of the first perusal 
of that wonderful book. 609 
FEUITAGE 
Half a day’s reading convinced me that I had found 
the way to holiness and health. I read on, thinking only 
of the spiritual enlightenment, content to wait until I 
should be led to some person who would heal me; but 
old things had passed away, and all things had become 
new. I was completely healed before I had met a Scien- 
tist, or one who knew anything about Christian Science, 
and before I had read a line of any other Christian Science 
literature except one leaf of a tract; so it is absolutely 
certain that the healing was entirely impersonal, as was 
also the teaching, which enabled me to begin at once 
demonstrating the power of Truth to destroy all forms 
of error. — E. J. W., North Yakima, Wash. 
The True Physician Found 
It is with a deep sense of gratitude that I send the 
particulars of my healing through Christian Science. 
While visiting friends in the southwestern part of On- 
tario, about three years ago, my attention was called 
to Christian Science and the wonderful healing it was 
doing. I had lived in New York for twenty-five years, 
but had never heard of Christian Science before, to my 
recollection. 
Up to that time, for seventeen years, I had suffered 
with indigestion and gastritis in the worst form, often 
being overcome from a seeming pressure against the heart. 
I had asthma for four years, also had worn glasses for 
four years. It seemed to me that I had swallowed every 
known medicine to relieve my indigestion, but they only 
gave me temporary benefit. I purchased a copy of Sci- 
ence and Health, and simply from the reading of that 610 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
grand book I was completely healed of all my physical 
ailments in two weeks’ time. I have used no medi- 
cine from that day to this, and with God’s help, and 
the wonderful light revealed to me through the reading 
of Mrs. Eddy’s book, I never expect to again. I used 
to smoke eight or ten cigars a day, and also took an 
occasional drink, but the desire for these has gone, — I 
feel forever. I travel on the road, and am constantly 
being invited to indulge, but it is no effort to abstain, 
and in many instances I find that my refusal helps 
others. 
While I fully appreciate the release from my physical 
troubles, this pales into insignificance in comparison with 
the spiritual uplifting Christian Science has brought me. 
I had not been inside a church for more than ten years, 
to attend regular services, until I entered a Christian 
Science church. What I saw and realized there, seemed 
so genuine that I loved Christian Science from the very 
start. I have never taken a treatment, — every inch 
of the way has been through study and practical demon- 
stration, and I know that all can do the same thing if they 
will try. 
Since I have been in Science I have overcome a case of 
ulcerated tooth in one night through the reading of Science 
and Health; also a severe attack of grip in thirty-six hours 
by obeying the Scripture saying, “Physician, heal thy- 
self.” — B. H. N., New York, N. Y. 
Cancer and Consumption Healed 
I was a great sufferer for many years from internal 
cancer and consumption. I was treated by the best of 611 
FRUITAGE 
physicians in New York, Minneapolis, and Duluth, and 
was finally given up as incurable, when I heard of Chris- 
tian Science. A neighbor who had been healed of con- 
sumption, kindly loaned me Science and Health by Mrs. 
Eddy, which I read and became interested in. In three 
months’ time, I was healed, the truth conveyed to me by 
this book being the healer, and not only of these diseases, 
but I was made whole mentally as well. I have not been 
in bed one day since, or rather in eleven years. I have 
had many good demonstrations during this time, have 
passed through many a “fiery trial,” but this blessed truth 
has caused me to stand, at times seemingly alone, and 
God was with me. 
I will mention a demonstration of painless childbirth 
which I have had since coming to Idaho. Perhaps it may 
help some sister who is looking through the Journal for 
a demonstration of this kind, as I was before my baby 
came. Good help being scarce here, I did my housework 
up to the time I was confined, and was in perfect health. 
I awoke my husband one morning at five o’clock, and at 
half past five baby was born, no one being present but 
my husband and myself. It was quite a surprise to the 
rest of the family to see me sitting by the fire with a new 
baby on my lap. My son got the breakfast, of which I 
ate heartily; at noon I joined the family in the dining- 
room. I was out on the porch the second day, around 
the yard the third day, and have been perfectly well 
ever since, which has been now over three years. To 
one who had previously passed through agony untold, 
with a physician in attendance, this seemed wonderful. 
I hope this will interest some one who is seeking the truth, 
and I wish to express my sincere love for our beloved 612 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
Leader, who has given us the “Key to the Scriptures.” — 
E. C. C., Lewiston, Idaho. 
A Remarkable Case 
Nine years ago my only child was hovering between 
life and death. Some of the best physicians in Boston 
had pronounced his case incurable, saying that if he 
lived he would always be an invalid and a cripple. One 
of the diseases was gastric catarrh. He was allowed 
to eat but very few things, and even after taking every 
precaution, he suffered to the extent that he would 
lie in spasms for half a day. He also had rickets ; physi- 
cians saying that there was not a natural bone in his 
body. 
It was while he was in what seemed to be his greatest 
agony, and when I was in the darkest despair, that I 
first heard of Christian Science. The bearer of the joyful 
tidings could only tell me to come and hear of the wonder- 
ful things that Christian Science was doing. 1 accepted 
the invitation, for I was willing to try anything to save 
my child, and the following Friday evening I attended 
my first meeting, which was in The Mother Church of 
Christ, Scientist. Long before the service began every 
seat was filled, which was amazing to me, being an ordi- 
nary weekly meeting, and that night I realized from the 
testimonies given that Christian Science was the religion 
for which I had been searching for years. The next 
day I went to find a practitioner, but was unable to get 
the one who had been recommended, he being too busy. 
On my way home I thought of some of the testimonies 
which I had heard the night before, — of people being FRUITAGE 
613 
healed by simply reading Science and Health. I resolved 
at once to borrow a copy, and not dreaming of the 
sacrifice that my friend would make by conferring such 
a favor, I went and asked her for a loan of Science 
and Health. I never saw any one part so reluctantly 
with a book as my friend did with her copy of the 
textbook. 
I read it silently and audibly, day and night, in my 
home, and although I could not seem to understand 
it, yet the healing commenced to take place at once. 
The little mouth which had been twisted by spasms 
grew natural and the child was soon able to be up, 
playing and romping about the house as any child 
should. About this time we decided to move to the 
far West. 
I was young in Science at the time, and my husband 
greatly feared that the journey would cause a relapse 
for the child, but instead, he continued to improve. I 
constantly read the Bible, Science and Health, and Mis- 
cellaneous Writings, the two weeks we traveled, and we 
were the only ones in our car who, throughout the journey, 
did not get train sick. The child’s limbs grew perfectly 
straight, he ate anything he wanted, and for years he has 
been a natural, healthy child in every way. He has passed 
through some of the worst forms of contagion untouched 
and unharmed. 
I had been reading Science and Health several months, 
before I gave any thought to myself and my numerous 
complaints. I had never been very strong, and some of 
my ailments were supposed to be hereditary and chronic, 
hence I dragged through many tedious years with a belief 
in medical laws and hereditary laws resting upon me. 614 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
Just before I commenced reading Science and Health 
I spent a half day in having my eyes examined by one 
of the leading oculists in Boston. His verdict was that 
my eyes were in a dreadful condition, and that I would 
always need to wear glasses. In the meantime I com- 
menced to read Science and Health, and when I thought 
of my eyes, I had no need for glasses. The years that 
I have been in Science I have used my eyes incessantly, 
night as well as day, doing all kinds of trying work and 
without requiring the aid of glasses. I was healed of 
all my complaints whilst seeking the truth for my child, 
and many of them have never returned. Those that 
appeared simply came to the surface to be destroyed. 
Teeth have been restored and facial blemishes re- 
moved, unconsciously, simply by reading Science and 
Health. All of this is, however, nothing to compare 
with the spiritual uplifting which I have received, and 
I have everything to be thankful for. — M. T. W., Los 
Angeles, Cal. 
Intense Suffering Overcome 
For about five years I was afflicted with sciatic rheu- 
matism, in such a severe form that my body was drawn 
out of shape. When able to be around, I walked with 
the assistance of a cane. The attacks were periodical, 
recurring every few months; any exposure to rain or 
dampness would bring one. At one time I was in bed 
eleven weeks, suffering intensely all the time except when 
relieved by hypodermic injections. When I had these 
attacks, my regular physician was always in attendance. 
My daughter consulted another physician, who said there FRUITAGE 
615 
would have to be an operation which would include 
the exposing and scraping of the sciatic nerve. There 
was also another physician who, knowing of the case, 
examined my heart and claimed that it was weak and 
that I was liable to pass on at any time from heart 
trouble. 
After suffering three years I heard of Christian Science, 
but did not avail myself of it for two years, when I de- 
cided to give up all other means and rely wholly upon 
it. It was not convenient to call a practitioner, so I took 
Science and Health and applied its teachings as best 
I could. In three days the trouble completely left 
me and there has never been the slightest return. My 
health has been good ever since, and I am at present 
in perfect physical health. I have been benefited in 
every way by Christian Science, physically, mentally, and 
spiritually, and would not be without my understand- 
ing of it for anything. — Mrs. E. A. K., Billings, 
Mont. 
Healed of Rheumatism and Bright’s Disease 
I am very thankful to God for what He has done for 
me. I was suddenly left alone, with many troubles 
and trials, and I took up the study of the Bible. I 
was trying to understand it, prior to joining some 
church, as it seemed to me this would be expected. I 
had attended all sorts of churches from my childhood 
up, but never could find any that met my need. As 
time passed on, my condition became very alarming. 
Sciatic rheumatism, that had troubled me for some 
years, became so severe I could scarcely do anything. 616 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
Then there appeared some complications, so distressing 
that I was unable to walk far, and had to sit down fre- 
quently by the way. I thought I had Bright’s disease, — 
such excruciating pains, no tongue could tell my suffer- 
ings. With all these things upon me, death seemed very 
near. I had never joined any church, and I thought it 
now too late, as I would have to wait six months on pro- 
bation, and I would be dead before that. 
About this time I made some inquiries of my sister in 
reference to Christian Science, as she had already turned to 
that faith, and I soon found that it was just what I had 
been looking for. I saw at once that it declared the truth 
and nothing but the truth. I commenced reading Science 
and Health, also the New Testament. I wanted to find 
out what Jesus said, as I did not expect then to live long. 
I did not go to the meetings, nor did I read Science and 
Health to be cured, — not thinking of that, — but to be 
saved from an everlasting hell hereafter. My sister urged 
me to have a practitioner, but I kept on reading, and 
praying to God in silence, and what happened ? Where 
had the diseases gone ? I persisted in reading Science 
and Health, together with the Bible, with the knowl- 
edge that God as revealed by Christ Jesus can do 
everything, that He made everything that was made, 
that He can and does heal the afflicted. He has healed 
me, thanks to His most holy name. — G. J. H., Charles- 
ton, 111. 
Grateful for Many Blessings 
In the year 1901, Christian Science found me a hope- 
less invalid. I had suffered for seven years previous with 
a very painful back, the result of an operation. I could FRUITAGE 
617 
get no rest or sleep at night, as I could not lie down, but 
had to sit propped in a chair with pillows around me. 
Only those who have suffered as I did can know the full 
misery of it. I had come to the end of material means 
and never hoped to get well. One day, however, while 
out walking, it was my good fortune to come to a Christian 
Scientist’s house, and there the teaching was explained 
to me. I was advised to buy Science and Health, which 
I did, and the study of this book has healed my back en- 
tirely. Christian Science has also cured me of long- 
standing catarrh of the throat, and neuralgia with which 
I had been afflicted from childhood. Before coming into 
Science I had doctored with three of the best physicians 
in Seattle, but none could give me relief. 
I am no longer a sufferer, but rejoice exceedingly in 
Christian Science. God’s promise has been fulfilled to 
me, “But unto you that fear my name shall the Sun of 
righteousness arise with healing in his wings.” — E. O., 
Georgetown, Wash. 
Freed from Neurasthenic and Other Troubles 
Christian Science found in me a minister’s son who 
had failed to profit by continuous teaching in the old 
thought. Some years ago I was pronounced by a pro- 
fessor of materia medica, whose works are in general use, 
a neurasthenic. I had been in this condition more or less 
for eight years, and up to two years ago, when Christian 
Science was first brought to my attention (thanks to Al- 
mighty God) through a kind friend, I was almost con- 
stantly taking medicine and had in all eleven physicians 
who undoubtedly did their best, but without avail, not- 618 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
withstanding almost all known drugs were prescribed, 
and further I had tried very many patent medicines. I 
was also put through forms of hygienic treatment and 
other things that offered inducements. At the time of 
coming into Science I was taking three times daily forty 
minims of cod-liver oil and three of creosote, also three 
drops of Fowler’s solution of arsenic, and on the month 
or so previous had bought eighteen dollars’ worth of 
patent medicine. I was restricted to the simplest means 
of diet, — all stews, fries, sweets, berries, and tomatoes I 
had not touched for two years. 
I started to read Science and Health, and before I had 
half finished the book once I was eating everything that 
any one does. I read the book eleven times straight 
ahead and many times skipping about. The book 
has done the work and I am a well man. — C. E. M., 
Philadelphia, Pa. 
Many Ills Overcome 
I have received much help, spiritually and physically, 
through Christian Science. I had what the doctors 
diagnosed as muscular rheumatism, dropsy, and con- 
stipation of thirty years’ standing. A dear friend whom 
I had known as an invalid had been healed by Christian 
Science and advised me to read Science and Health. I 
did so, having a desire to know the truth. One of my 
troubles was that I could not sleep. I began reading the 
Bible and the Christian Science textbook, and troubles 
of every kind disappeared before I had read Science and 
Health through. The thought came, What about the 
old remedies? but truth prevailed, and I took all the FRUITAGE 
619 
material remedies I had and threw them away. That 
was seven years ago, and I have not had any use for them 
since. My husband was healed of the tobacco habit 
of fifty years’ standing, also of kidney trouble, by read- 
ing Science and Health. I have not words to express 
the gratitude I feel to-day for the many blessings that 
have come to our home. — Mrs. M. K. O., Seattle, 
Wash. 
A Helpful Healing 
I became interested in Christian Science about eleven 
years ago, and was healed of neuralgia of the stomach, 
from which I had suffered from a child. As I grew older, 
the spells became more frequent and more severe; the 
only relief physicians could give me was by hypodermic 
injections of morphine. Finally, after each spell, I would 
be prostrated for a day or two with the after-effect of the 
morphine. I was entirely healed of this trouble through 
the study of Science and Health. I think I never realized 
what fear meant until I began to try and put into practice 
my understanding of Christian Science for my children. 
I have proved, however, many times, that fear can 
neither help nor hinder in our demonstration of truth. 
The first time I realized this was in the overcoming of 
a severe case of croup for my little boy. I was 
awakened one night by the sound that seems to bring 
terror to every mother’s heart, and found the little 
fellow sitting up in bed, gasping for breath. I got up, 
took him in my arms, and went into the next room. 
My first thought was, “O if only there was another 
Christian Scientist in town!” But there was not, and 
the work must be done and done quickly. I tried 620 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
to treat him, but was so frightened I could not think; 
so I picked up Science and Health, which lay on the 
table beside me, and began reading aloud. I had read 
but a few lines when these words came to me as though 
a voice spoke, “The word of God is quick, and powerful, 
and sharper than any two-edged sword.” Almost im- 
mediately after, the little one said, “Mamma, sing ‘ Shep- 
herd,’”— our Leader’s hymn, that both the big and 
the little children love. I began singing, and commenc- 
ing with the second line, the little voice joined me. I 
shall never forget the feeling of joy and peace that came 
over me, when I realized how quickly God’s word, through 
Science and Health and the beautiful hymn, had accom- 
plished the healing work. This is only one of many 
instances in which the power of God’s word to heal has 
been demonstrated in our home. — A. J. G., River- 
side, Cal. 
Relief from Many Ills 
Paul said, “Be ye transformed by the renewing of your 
mind.” In my own case deafness has been overcome by 
an enlarged understanding of God’s word, as explained 
by Mrs. Eddy in Science and Health. Many times I 
have been enabled to turn to God, to know it was Hi§ 
will to help in trouble, and obtained the needed benefit. 
Catarrh has disappeared; tonsilitis, which very frequently 
laid me aside from duties in the schoolroom and home, 
is no longer manifest. When temptation comes (for 
Christian Science is both preventive and curative), I turn 
to that wonderful book, Science and Health, and my 
precious Bible, grown dearer since read in the new light FRUITAGE 
621 
of spiritual understanding, until I know that ray mind is 
renewed, because the action is changed and the inflam- 
mation has abated. 
Thus in my experience in Christian Science, I have seen 
the transformation begun, and Truth is able to perfect 
that which is begun in me so gloriously. — Mrs. C. A. 
McL., Brooklyn, Nova Scotia. 
Health and Peace Attained 
For fifteen years I was a great sufferer physically and 
mentally. Eminent physicians treated me for hereditary 
consumption, torpid liver, and many other diseases. I 
sought relief at famous springs, the ozone of Florida, and 
the pure air of Colorado, but in vain. My life was one 
ceaseless torture. 
During all this time, however, I was an earnest seeker 
after Truth. I examined every religious teaching with 
a calm and unprejudiced attention. From an orthodox 
Protestant I became a skeptic, and a follower of Voltaire, 
Tom Paine, and Ingersoll; yet all the while I retained 
faith in a supreme intelligent Being who made all. Sick, 
weary, doubting, and despairing, I accidentally went into 
a Christian Science church in New York City, on a Wed- 
nesday evening, not knowing what kind of a place it was. 
Seeing a large number of people going into the build- 
ing, I followed, supposing that a marriage ceremony 
had attracted the crowd. Being informed it was their 
regular Wednesday evening service, I inquired as to the 
denomination. I concluded that it was another new fad, 
but after investigation I procured a copy of Science and 
Health, promising I would read it carefully. I began 622 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
reading the book on Tuesday and finished on Friday of 
the same week. I was still in the dark. I laid the book 
down, involuntarily closed my eyes, and silently prayed 
to God. 
I remained in that attitude a few moments, when I 
felt like the mariner who had been tossed for days upon 
a boisterous sea, the clouds bending low, the billows 
rolling high, all nature wrapped in darkness; in his de- 
spair he kneels and commits his soul to God, when he 
suddenly beholds the North Star breaking through the 
clouds, enabling him to guide his ship to the shores of 
safety. Many things were made plain to me. I saw 
that there is one Fatherhood of God and one brother- 
hood of man; that though “once I was blind, now I see;” 
that there was no more pain, nor aches, no fear, nor in- 
digestion. I slept that night like a babe and awoke next 
morning refreshed. There are now no traces whatever of 
my former complaint and I feel like a new being. — L. P., 
New York, N. Y. 
Health and Peace Gained 
About nine years ago I was drawn to Christian 
Science by a relative whose many afflictions had given 
place to health and harmony, and whose loving grati- 
tude was reflected in every word and deed. The 
thought came to me, God indeed healeth all our 
diseases. 
My first reading of Science and Health was without 
understanding. I was full of darkness and gloom, and 
it was laid aside for a time. The good seed had been 
sown, however, and erelong the reading was resumed, FRUITAGE 
623 
and with such interest that my afflictions disappeared 
“like mist before the morning sun.” Asthma (thought 
to be hereditary), neuralgia in an aggravated form, and 
besides these, the tobacco and liquor habit of many years’ 
standing left me. Bless the Lord, “He sent his word” 
and healed me, — for the reading of Science and Health 
brought to my consciousness the truth that makes free. — 
S., Shellman, Ga. 
Consumption Quickly Cured 
I became interested in Christian Science nearly five 
years ago through the healing of my wife of what the 
doctors called consumption in its last stages. I had tried 
everything that I could get in the way of materia medica, 
and every doctor woidd tell me nearly the same story 
about the case. At last they recommended for her only 
a higher, drier climate, and when she would be at her 
worst to give her something to quiet her. 
I tried different climates, but she was no better, 
indeed worse. At last she struggled along until the 
first of March, 1899. She had taken to her bed again. 
For two days and nights she suffered, and I called a 
physician. He came and diagnosed the case, and said 
that he could do nothing for her but give her some 
morphine tablets to make her rest. I gave her two 
of them according to direction, and just before the 
time to give her the third, she called me to her bed- 
side, and said, “Don’t give me any more of that stuff, 
for it does me more harm than good,” so I turned and 
placed them in the fire, though T did not then know any- 
thing about Christian Science. We had heard of it, but 624 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
that was all. I gave her the last tablet at eight o’clock 
that night, and about nine o’clock the next day a lady 
who had been healed in Christian Science visited her, 
and introduced her to this great truth. She accepted it 
and thought she would try it. The lady loaned her Sci- 
ence and Health. She got the book about ten o’clock 
that day and read it until dinner was called. She ate a 
hearty dinner, the first in about three days, and that same 
evening she dressed herself, walked into the dining-room, 
ate a hearty supper and enjoyed it. She slept well that 
night. She borrowed this lady’s copy of Science and 
Health two hours each day for eight days, and was 
healed. The first day that she read Science and Health 
she weighed about ninety-five pounds. Three months 
later she weighed one hundred and thirty-five pounds. — 
A. J. D., Houston, Tex. 
A Profitable Study 
It may help others to know that some one was really 
healed of severe illness through Christian Science. It 
is over nine years since we first became interested in 
the Science, and it would be hard to find a healthier 
person than I am now. I can go all day, from morn- 
ing till night, upheld by the thought that ‘‘they that 
wait upon the Lord shall renew their strength.” I 
can truly say that I scarcely know what physical weari- 
ness is any more. Before I came into Science the 
physicians said that one lung was gone, and that the 
other was affected with tuberculosis; so, from their 
standpoint, there was little left for me to hope for. We 
had tried every remedy that they had suggested. I had FBUITAGE 
625 
gone to the mountains, but could not stay there on account 
of the altitude; and when they did not know what else 
to do, they said we would better go to England — that 
the ocean air would be beneficial. So we spent three 
months in the British Isles, and when I came back I 
seemed much better, but this only lasted a short time. 
In little more than a month I was worse than ever, and 
my mother was told that I had but a few weeks, or at 
most months, to live. 
At that time, a lady, a stranger to us, suggested that 
we try Christian Science. There was no prejudice against 
it, as we did not even know what it was. We knew of 
no Scientists in the Western town where we were living, 
and when we were told that we could send to Kansas City 
for absent treatment, we thought it was absurd. We were 
then told that many people had been healed through the 
reading of the Christian Science textbook, Science and 
Health, and to us this seemed a little worse than the 
absent treatment, but as we had tried everything we 
had heard of up to that time, my mother sent for the 
book. 
It came in the middle of October and we began to read 
it together. It seemed to me from the first that it was 
something I had always believed, but did not know how 
to express — it seemed such a natural thing. My im- 
provement was very gradual, but I felt I was recovering. 
After the Christmas holidays I started in at school and 
went the whole term without missing a day, — some- 
thing I had never done before. I finished my school 
course without missing a day — in fact, I have not spent 
a day in bed since that time. I feel absolutely certain 
that I have two sound, healthy lungs now. The hollows 626 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
in my chest have filled out, and I breathe perfectly on both 
sides; rarely have a cold to meet, and have not a sign of 
a cough. 
People sometimes say, “Oh,well, maybe you never had 
consumption.” Well, I had all the symptoms, and they 
are every one gone through the reading of Science and 
Health. — E. L. B., Chicago, 111. 
Healed of Infidelity and Many Physical Ills 
I feel compelled to write my testimony and hope that 
I may be accepted as one more witness to the Truth as con- 
tained in Science and Health with Key to the Scriptures. 
In the year 1883 I first heard of Christian Science. I 
was sitting in a saloon in Leadville, Col., reading a daily 
paper of that place. My eyes lighted upon an article 
which spoke of some peculiar people in Boston who 
claimed to have discovered how to heal as Jesus healed. 
I do not remember much of the article, but those words 
stayed with me. 
I had drifted out to Colorado from New York City (my 
home), where I had been under the treatment of many 
leading physicians. The last one, who was too honest 
to take my money knowing that he could not cure me, 
advised me to keep away from doctors and quit taking 
medicine, as nothing but death could cure me. My 
trouble was pronounced by some to be Bright’s disease, 
by others gravel on the kidneys with very acute inflam- 
mation of the bladder and prostate gland. 
In the spring of 1888 my wife and myself were spend- 
ing the evening at the house of a gentleman whose wife 
had been healed in the East by Christian Science. The FRUITAGE 
627 
gentleman took a book from its bookcase saying, “Here 
is a work on Christian Science.” It proved to be Science 
and Health. I knew as soon as I had read the title-page 
that this was the very book we wanted. We immediately 
sent for the book, and when it arrived we obeyed the angel 
and feasted on it. I was very much prejudiced against 
the Bible, and my first demonstration over self was to 
consent to read the four Gospels. My wife bought me a 
New Testament and I began to read it. What a change 
came over me! All my prejudice was gone in an instant! 
When I read the Master’s words, I caught his meaning 
and the lesson he tried to convey. It was not difficult for 
me to accept the whole Bible, for I could not help myself, 
I was just captured. The disease with which I had been 
troubled for years tormented me worse than ever for 
about six months, as if trying to turn me aside; but I lost 
all fear of it. 
I kept up my study of Science and Health and the dis- 
ease disappeared. I can honestly say that Science and 
Health was my only healer, and it has been my only 
teacher, — R. A. C., Los Angeles, Cal. 
Diseased Eyes Cured 
Christian Science came to me when I was a wreck, my 
body being completely covered with sores. My eyes were 
very bad, so that I sat in a darkened room for weeks to- 
gether, most of the time in bed under opiates. The home 
doctor and a specialist said the disease of the eyes could not 
be cured, though they might help me for a while. I had 
one operation, and the doctor said if I took cold I would 
become totally blind. My suffering was beyond telling. 628 
SCIENCE AND 
HEALTH 
A clergyman called almost every day, and sat by my bed 
and wept, and my good, kind doctor shed tears many times. 
Finally, after a year of this terrible suffering, I was sent 
to Indiana, to a sister who had been healed of lung trouble 
by Christian Science. The first day I was there she read 
to me from the Bible and from “Science and Health with 
Key to the Scriptures” by Mrs. Eddy, and I was healed. I 
knew that God was no respecter of persons, and when I 
saw what had been done for my sister, who was changed 
from being a mere‘frame to a strong, robust, healthy, rosy- 
cheeked woman, the cough all gone, I said, “God has as 
much for me, if I will accept it.” I was healed instan- 
taneously by Christian Science, and am thankful to God 
for giving us this understanding through Mrs. Eddy, 
our beloved Leader. I am now in perfect health. — 
Mrs. F. S., Laurel, Miss. 
The Textbook Healed Me 
For twelve years previous to the fall of 1897 I had been 
under the care of a physician much of the time. Different 
opinions were given by them, as to the nature of the trouble, 
some diagnosing it as an abnormal growth, etc. I was 
healed through reading “Science and Health with Key to 
the Scriptures” by Mrs. Eddy. It was a clear case of 
transformation of the body by the renewal of the mind. 
I am perfectly well at the present time. — J. M. H., 
Omaha, Neb. 
Obstinate Stomach Trouble Healed 
There is no doubt that by far the greater number come 
to Christian Science by the way of physical healing, but FRUITAGE 
629 
there are those to whom this does not particularly appeal. 
In the hope that it may be of benefit to some such, and in 
gratitude for help received, I submit my own experience. 
Three years ago I knew nothing of Christian Science, aside 
from the knowledge gathered from the daily papers and 
current literature. When I thought of the subject at all, 
it was to class Christian Science with various human the- 
ories with which I could not be in sympathy, for they 
seemed to rely upon both good and evil. I had never 
known of a case of healing, had never read the textbook 
or heard of the Journal or Sentinel, but I would sometimes 
see people going into the Christian Science church. I was 
tired of trying to find anything satisfactory in religious 
belief, for it seemed as if God either could not or would 
not bring into harmony the terrible conditions existing in 
human society. I had quit using any form of prayer ex- 
cept the Lord’s Prayer, and even then omitted the words 
“lead us not into temptation.” How I longed to know 
just a little of the “why ?” and “wherefore?” of it all. 
Here is where Christian Science found me. I was 
thrown in contact with a dear friend of whom I had seen 
very little for a year or more, a thoroughly educated woman 
and a thinker. She told me she had taken some treatments 
in Christian Science for a physical trouble, and had be- 
come very much interested in the study of “Science and 
Health with Key to the Scriptures” by Mrs. Eddy. She 
asked me if I would like to look at the book, and I said I 
would be glad to do so. The first chapter, “Prayer,” 
appealed to me from the first, and when I came to Mrs. 
Eddy’s spiritual sense of the Lord’s Prayer (Science and 
Health, p. 17), my interest was fully aroused. I knew 
that in a dim way I was learning what it means to “pray 630 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
without ceasing.” Very soon I bought a book of my own, 
and with the help of our Lesson-Sermons, as given in the 
Quarterly, I began in earnest the study of Science and 
Health, in connection with the Bible. 
I stood very much in need of physical healing at this 
time, having suffered for several years from an obstinate 
form of stomach trouble. So far as I know, I gave no 
thought to the benefits I might derive physically from the 
study, but I did believe this Science held the truth of things, 
and I was so absorbed in getting an understanding of the 
Principle that I thought very little of myself. After about 
three or four months’ study I realized that the stomach 
trouble was gone, and with it went other physical troubles, 
which have never returned. This healing was brought 
about by the earnest, conscientious seeking for the truth, 
as contained in the Bible and interpreted by our Leader 
in our textbook, Science and Health. I have since learned 
more of the Science of healing and have been able in a 
small way to help others in need. I have also learned 
that in living and loving is healing realized, and in reflect- 
ing divine Love I have the “signs following.” 
When we think of the pure, loving, unselfish life Mrs. 
Eddy must have lived in order to become conscious of this 
truth and give it to us, words are a poor medium through 
which to express the gratitude which her followers feel for 
her. It is best expressed by obediently following her, even 
as she is following Christ. —- H. T., Omaha, Neb. 
Dyspepsia Quickly Healed 
It has occurred to me that I have had ample time to 
meditate on the many blessings which I have received FRUITAGE 
631 
through Christian Science, as it is now more than six 
years since I was entirely healed of dyspepsia as well as 
constipation in its worst form by the reading of Science 
and Health. So aggravated were the conditions that for 
three years or more I was unable to drink a glass of cold 
water. Everything that I drank had to be hot, and my 
only means of relief from the bowel trouble was hot water 
injections, for a period of more than three years. 
I can truthfully say that I was permanently, and I might 
say instantly, healed of those two ailments by reading 
Science and Health as before stated, and in fact I do not 
think I had read more than thirty pages of this book when 
I ignored entirely the most rigid kind of diet. I ate and 
drank everything I wished without a single harmful effect 
from that time to this date, and there has not been a drop 
of medicine in our home for more than six years, in a fam- 
ily of five. 
I have also seen the power of Truth manifested in our 
home by having our youngest child relieved of the most 
excruciating pain, and changed to his most playful mood, 
immediately upon notifying one of the faithful practi- 
tioners of this city. For all this I am endeavoring to be 
thankful to God and to our faithful Leader, Mrs. Eddy, 
whose pure and undefiled life enabled her to discover this 
precious truth for the benefit of all mankind. — M. C. 
McK., Denver, Col. 
After Twenty Years’ Suffering 
From early girlhood I was considered an invalid, hav- 
ing been injured by a hard fall while playing. The pain 
was intense for some time and for several hours I was un- 632 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
able to walk or stand alone. Later, a growing weakness 
of the back accompanied with sharp pains alarmed my 
parents, who called a physician, and he pronounced it 
spinal trouble. Then followed nearly twenty years of 
increased suffering, at times very severe. As years went 
by and I became a wife and mother, my suffering in- 
creased. Everything that medical skill could do was 
done, but finding no lasting benefit from anything, I lost 
hope of recovery. 
When Christian Science found me I was under the 
doctor’s sentence that if I lived the week through I would 
become entirely helpless, not able to move hand or foot. 
My husband was a travelling man, and being urgently 
called home, he met an old friend on the train who asked 
why we did not try Christian Science. The reply, We 
know nothing of it, was followed by a brief explanation 
of its healing power and the benefit his family had re- 
ceived. This inspired my husband with new hope, and 
on his arrival at home he called on a practitioner, who 
recommended our getting Science and Health, which we 
did, but ignorance and the prejudice of old education 
produced such fear that I hid the book under the covers 
of the bed whenever the children came into the room, 
fearing that it was not of God and would injure them. 
God’s dear love was, however, more potent than these 
foolish fears, and the first day I read from its sacred pages 
I was convinced its teachings were the same truths as 
Jesus Christ had taught centuries ago. When I had read 
a few pages, I reached out and threw my medicine from the 
open window at the head of my bed. I then turned back to 
the book and began reading again, when, lo, the Christ-idea 
dawned upon me, and I was healed instantaneously. FKU1TAGE 
633 
I first noticed the spot in my back cooling, and soon 
I got out of bed. I continued to read eagerly; I felt as 
if I wanted to devour the healing truth, and drank it in 
as a thirsty plant does the gentle rain. When dinner was 
prepared, I walked out and ate a hearty meal with the 
family, to the amazement of all. We shall never forget 
what a joyful meal this was. How we did thank God 
for Christian Science! 
As year after year has gone by, till twenty years have 
passed and the healing has remained perfect, I have 
grown to thank God with deeper sincerity that one brave 
woman was found pure enough to bring forth this Christ- 
healing again, to remain forever among men and to save 
suffering humanity from all disease and sin. — Mrs. 
P. L. H., Fairmont, Minn. 
From Despair to Hope and Joy 
I have often had a desire to make public what Chris- 
tian Science has done for me, but I never could tell of 
all my blessings, they are so many. From childhood 
I was always sick, never knew one hour of rest, and was 
under the doctor’s care most of the time. I was living in 
the East at that time, and was advised to try change of 
climate, which I did. I came West with my family in 
the spring of the year, but instead of growing better I 
grew steadily worse, until at last I was obliged to keep 
my bed for nearly three years, — a great sufferer. My 
ailments were, it seemed, all that flesh is heir to, and 
were called incurable by the doctors; viz., Bright’s dis- 
ease, and many others, — in the last stages. My case was 
known among physicians, many of whom were prominent 634 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
specialists, as a most extreme one. Many, upon looking 
at me, would turn away with a wise shake of the head 
and say, “What keeps her alive?” My physicians, who 
were exceedingly kind and did all that lay within their 
power for me, gave me up and the death sentence was 
pronounced on me by all who attended me. 
It was then I realized that “man’s extremity is God’s 
opportunity.” The “little book” was handed me at this 
hour of great need. I read it, not thinking it would heal 
me, but, like a drowning man, I grasped at it. I read it, 
read it again, and soon found myself growing stronger; 
then I kept on reading and was perfectly healed of all the 
supposedly incurable diseases. — L. B., Austin, Minn. 
Truth Makes Free 
As the son of a physician, a graduate in pharmacy, 
and an ex-druggist, I had a perfect contempt for what 
I thought Christian Science to be. About six and a half 
years ago, however, having exhausted all material means 
at my command, — materia medirn, electricity, gym- 
nastics, cycling, and so on, — and being in a hopeless 
state, the study of Christian Science was taken up. I 
had been a sufferer from catarrh and sore throat for over 
thirty years, and in the last five were added several others, 
including dyspepsia, and bronchitis, and a loss in flesh of 
sixty pounds. I was completely healed, and regained 
health, strength, and flesh through the spiritual under- 
standing of Christian Science, the result of about six 
weeks’ study. This good and perfect gift came to me 
through the careful and prayerful study of Christian 
Science, as revealed to the world to-day through Science FRUITAGE 
635 
and Health. The promise of Christ Jesus, “the truth 
shall make you free,” was fulfilled, and the past six years 
of health and harmony have been spent in striving to 
“hold fast that which is good.” 
While most grateful for the physical healing, my grati- 
tude for the mental and spiritual regeneration is beyond 
expression. When I learned that Jesus’ mission of heal- 
ing sickness as well as sin did not end with his short stay 
upon earth, but is practical in all ages, my joy was un- 
bounded. Having spent thousands in the old way, it 
seemed wonderful to be healed at such small cost as the 
price of the “little book” and a few weeks’ study. Every 
thought of prejudice immediately vanished before the 
proofs that Christian Science is indeed the elucidation 
and practical application of Jesus’ teachings, which are 
demonstrable truth, “The same yesterday, and to-day, 
and forever.” — C. N. C., Memphis, Tenn. 
Deaf Ears Unstopped 
As a mother of a family my heart goes out in love and 
gratitude to that good woman we are privileged to call 
our Leader, for all she has done through her book for me 
and mine. 
Ten years ago I was healed of hereditary deafness and 
catarrh of the head, simply through reading the book, 
Science and Health. For years previous I had consulted 
and taken treatment from some of the best specialists 
for the ear and throat, both in England and America, 
but grew worse all the time. I was then urged by a lady 
who had been healed through Christian Science to buy 
this book and study it. I did so very reluctantly, but 636 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
had not read fifty pages before I felt I had indeed found 
the truth which makes free, and can truly say, from that 
time I have never had a return of the ailment. 
That for which I am, however, most grateful, is the 
daily help it is to me in my household of young chil- 
dren. I am sure if mothers only knew what Christian 
Science truly means they would give all they possess 
to know it. We have seen croup, measles, fever, and 
various other children’s complaints, so-called, disappear 
like dew before the morning sun, through the applica- 
tion of Christian Science, — the understanding of God 
as ever-present and omnipotent. It has been proven 
to me without a doubt that God is a very present help in 
trouble, and what a blessed help this wonderful truth is 
in the training of our children, and how quickly the child 
grasps it. 
Some time ago my little girl, then three years old, 
dislocated her shoulder. I was alone in the house at 
the time. The pain was so intense that she became 
faint. I treated her the best I knew how, but kept 
holding the thought that just as soon as some one came 
I would run for help. She seemed to grow worse and 
cried very much. I undressed her and tried to twist 
the arm into place, but it caused such suffering that I 
began to get afraid. Then like a flash came the thought, 
What would you do if you were out of the reach of a prac- 
titioner? Now is your time to prove God’s power and 
presence. With these thoughts came such a sense of 
calm and trustfulness that I lost all fear. I then asked 
the child if I should read to her; she said “Yes, mamma, 
read the truth-book.” I began reading aloud to her 
from Science and Health. In about half an hour I noticed FRUITAGE 
637 
she tried to lift the arm but screamed and became very 
pale. I continued to read aloud and again she made 
an effort to put some candy into her mouth. This time 
I noticed with joy that she almost reached her mouth 
before she felt the pain. I kept reading aloud to her 
until my sister and two boys came in, when she jumped 
off her bed, so delighted to see her brothers that she for- 
got her arm. She then began to tell her aunt that she 
had broken her arm and mamma treated it with the truth- 
book. When this happened, it was about 10.30 a. m. 
and by 3 p. m. she was playing out doors as though 
nothing had ever happened. — Mrs. M. G., Winnipeg, 
Man. 
Saved from Insanity and Suicide 
A few years ago, while under a sense of darkness and 
despair caused by ill health and an unhappy home, Sci- 
ence and Health was loaned me with a request that I 
should read it. 
At that time my daughter was given up by materia 
medica to die of lingering consumption, supposed to have 
been inherited. My own condition seemed even more 
alarming, as insanity was being manifested, and rather 
than go to an insane asylum, it seemed to me the only 
thing to do was to commit suicide. Heart trouble, kid- 
ney complaint, and continual headaches caused from 
female trouble were some of the many ailments I had 
to contend with. My doctor tried to persuade me to 
undergo an operation as a means of relief, but I had 
submitted to a severe operation ten years previous, and 
found only additional suffering as a result, so I would 
not consent. 638 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
When I began with Science and Health, I read the 
chapter on “Prayer” first, and at that time did not sup- 
pose it possible for me to remember anything I read, 
but felt a sweet sense of God’s protection and power, 
and a hope that I should at last find Him to be what 
I so much needed, — a present help in time of trouble. 
Before that chapter on “Prayer” was finished, my daugh- 
ter was downstairs eating three meals a day, and daily 
growing stronger. Before I had finished reading the 
textbook she was well, but never having heard that the 
reading of Science and Health healed any one, it was 
several months before I gave (rod the glory. 
One by one my many ailments left me, all but the head- 
aches; they were less frequent, until at the end of three 
years the fear of them was entirely overcome. 
Neither myself nor my daughter have ever received 
treatments, but the study of the Bible and Science and 
Health, the Christian Science textbook by Mrs. Eddy, 
has healed us and keeps us well. 
While Christian Science was very new to me, I at- 
tended an experience meeting in First Church of Christ, 
Scientist, Chicago. A gentleman told of an unhappy 
woman who was about to separate from her husband. 
This gentleman had asked her if she did not love her 
husband. She replied, “No; when I married him I 
did, but not now.” He told her God made man in His 
image and likeness, and that He is perfect. He said 
to her, “Go home and see only God’s perfect man; you 
don’t need to love a sinful mortal such as you have been 
looking upon.” The lady followed his advice, as he 
told her there is no separation in divine Mind. In a 
short time peace and harmony were in her home, and FRUITAGE 
639 
both husband and wife became members of a Christian 
Science church. 
This testimony was like a message from heaven to me. 
I had received many benefits from the study of Science 
and Health, but it had never dawned upon my darkened 
consciousness till then how wonderful our God is. I 
knew what had taken place in that home could take place 
in my unhappy home where there was neither rest nor 
peace. 
I hopefully took up my cross, and step by step my 
burden grew lighter, as I journeyed along, realizing the 
presence of the Christ, Truth, that indeed makes us 
free. Not all at once did any outward change appear, 
but at the end of three years all was peace, all the 
members of the family attending church together and 
realizing that there is but one Mind. — E. J. B., Supe- 
rior, Wis. 
Stomach Trouble Healed 
I was healed of stomach trouble of many years’ stand- 
ing by reading Science and Health. My condition had 
reached the stage in which I had periodical attacks, that 
came on with greater frequency. I was a travelling sales- 
man, and it was a common occurrence for me to have to 
call a physician to my hotel to administer morphine for 
an acute form of this disease. This became a regular 
thing at certain places, and these attacks always left me 
worse than before. As a result of the last one I lost a 
great deal in weight. I had tried many physicians and 
most of the usual remedies during these years of suffer- 
ing, without any good result. Finally, as a last resort, I 640 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
decided to try Christian Science, and I was healed by 
reading “ Science and Health with Key to the Scriptures ” 
by Mrs. Eddy. 
My health has been of the best since I was healed, now 
six years ago. In the family we have depended entirely 
on Christian Science for our healing, and have ever found 
it efficacious. We consider the physical healing, however, 
only incidental to the understanding of God and His good- 
ness. This, together with our increased love for the Bible, 
is proving most valuable to us. We are humbly trying 
to live the lives that will prove our gratitude to God, and 
to our beloved Leader, Mrs. Eddy. — Charles E. Peck, 
St. Johnsbury, Vt. 
Freed from Many Years of Suffering 
In the spring of 1880 I was taken down with a severe 
attack of stomach trouble, was bedfast for three months, 
and not able to drive out for nearly six months. During 
this time I had three good doctors treating me. I gained 
a little in strength, but had very little relief from the 
stomach trouble. I was recommended to try mineral 
springs and did so, but with the same disappointment. I 
went to a sanitarium, but yet the stomach trouble pre- 
vailed. I had some friends who recommended patent 
medicines, but no healing came. 
I worried along in this way for several years. Finally 
I read medicine nearly two years with a good doctor 
friend, especially for my own benefit, and during this 
time I had a severe attack of bladder trouble, and for 
fifteen years I suffered so severely at times that I thought 
life was not really worth living. In connection with these FRUITAGE 
641 
troubles I suffered every winter with rheumatism and 
the grip. I also had a growth coming on both eyes called 
cataract, which caused my eyes to be inflamed nearly 
all the time, and this growth had made such progress 
that it was causing my vision to be very dim when read- 
ing. Corns were not forgotten, as I was reminded of 
them very frequently, and for all these troubles I had tried 
every remedy I heard of that I was able to get, specialists 
included, without relief. 
Thanks to a friend who took me in this hopeless, dis- 
couraged condition and led me to the light that never 
knows darkness, I got a copy of Science and Health by 
Mrs. Eddy and was healed in a short time by reading this 
work. — D. W. L., Anderson, Ind. 
Relief from Intense Suffering 
I became interested in Christian Science in 1901. For 
four or five years I had suffered with severe attacks which 
nothing but an opiate seemed to relieve. After one 
which I think was the worst I ever had, I consulted our 
family physician, who diagnosed my case as a dangerous 
kidney disease and said that no medicine could help me 
but that I must undergo a surgical operation. I con- 
tinued to grow worse and went to see the physician again, 
and he advised me to consult a doctor who was connected 
with the city hospital of Augusta. This doctor made 
an examination and diagnosed the difficulty as some- 
thing different but quite as serious. Meanwhile a friend 
offered me a copy of Science and Health. I said I did 
not care to read the book, but she was so urgent that I 
finally promised to do so. I received the book on Satur- 642 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
day, and on Sunday morning I sat down to read it. When 
I reached the place where Mrs. Eddy says she found this 
truth in the Bible, I began comparing the two books. I 
read passages which looked very reasonable to me, and 
said to myself, This is nearer to the truth than any- 
thing I have ever seen. I continued to read all day, 
stopping only long enough to eat my dinner. As I read 
on, everything became clearer to me, and I felt that I 
was healed. During the evening a neighbor came in, 
and I said, “I am healed, and that book has healed me.” 
I read on and was certainly healed. Eight days after 
my healing I did my own washing. This occurred in 
February, 1901. About six weeks after, I was called 
to care for my mother, who was under the care of my 
former physician. I again let him examine my side, 
as he wished to see if the trouble was still there. He 
said, “It is certainly gone.” I said to him, “Doctor, 
you told me I would never be a well woman unless I was 
operated upon; what has healed me ?” He replied, “ God 
has healed you.” — S. H. L., North Pittston, Me. 
Grateful for Many Blessings 
It is with sincere gratitude for the many blessings Chris- 
tian Science has brought me, that I give this testimony. 
I first heard of Christian Science about fifteen years 
ago. A friend of mine was taking treatment for physical 
troubles, and was reading the textbook of Christian 
Science, Science and Health with Key to the Scriptures. 
The title of the book appealed to me very strongly. I 
said to my friend, “If that is a Key to the Scriptures, 
I must have it.” FRUITAGE 
643 
I had long been a member of a Bible class in an or- 
thodox Sabbath school, but I never felt satisfied with 
that which was taught; there was something lacking, 
I did not understand then what it was. I purchased a 
copy of Science and Health and began to study it. I 
wish I could express in words what that book brought 
me. It illumined the Bible with a glorious light and I 
began to understand some of the Master’s sayings, and 
tried to apply them. 
I had had a longing to live a better Christian life for 
many years, and often wondered why I failed so utterly 
to understand the Bible. Now I knew; it was lack of 
spiritual apprehension. 
1 did not know at first that people were healed of dis- 
ease and sin by simply reading Science and Health, 
but found after a while that such was the case. At 
that time I had many physical troubles, and one after 
another of these ills simply disappeared and I found 
that I had no disease, — I was perfectly free. The 
spiritual uplifting was glorious, too, and as I go on in the 
study of this blessed Science, I find I am gaining surely 
an understanding that helps me to overcome both sin and 
disease in myself and in others. My faith in good is in- 
creased and I know I am losing my belief in evil as a power 
equal to good. The pathway is not wearisome, because 
each victory over self gives stronger faith and a more 
earnest desire to press on. — E. J. R., Toledo, Ohio. 
Grateful for Moral and Spiritual Awakening 
About four years ago, after I had tried different ways 
and means to be relieved from bodily suffering, a faith- 644 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
fill friend called my attention to the teaching of Chris- 
tian Science. After some opposition, I decided to in- 
vestigate it, with the thought that if this teaching would 
be helpful, it was meant for me as well as for others; if 
it did not afford any help, I could put it aside again, but 
that I would find out and be convinced. 
After I had read Mrs. Eddy’s work, Science and Health, 
a few days, I found that my ailments had disappeared, 
and a rest had come to me which I had never before known. 
I had smoked almost incessantly, although I had often 
determined to use my will power and never smoke again, 
but had always failed. This desire as well as the de- 
sire for drink simply disappeared, and I wish to say here, 
that I received all these benefits before I had gained much 
understanding of what I was reading. Like a prisoner, 
who had been in chains for years, I was suddenly set free. 
I did not then know how the chain had been removed, 
but I had to acknowledge that it came through the reading 
of this book. I then felt an ardent desire to read more, 
and to know what this power was that had freed me 
in a few days of that which I had been trying for years 
to shake off and had failed. It then became clear to 
me that this was the truth which Jesus Christ taught 
and preached to free humanity almost two thousand 
years ago. It did not, however, occur to me to apply 
it in my business affairs; on the contrary, I first thought 
that if I continued in my study I would have to retire 
from business. 
This did not happen, however, for I gradually found 
that the little understanding of this wonderful teach- 
ing which I had acquired became a great help to me in 
my business. I became more friendly, more honesty FRUITAGE 
645 
more loving to my fellow-men; and I also acquired better 
judgment and was able to do the right thing at the right 
time. As a natural result my business improved. Be- 
fore I knew anything of Christian Science my business 
had often been a burden to me, fear and worry deprived 
me of my rest. How different it is now! Through the 
study of the Bible, which now possesses unmeasurable 
treasures for me, and of our textbook, Science and Health, 
and the other works of our Leader, I receive peace and 
confidence in God and that insight into character which 
is necessary for the correct management of any business. 
— W. H. H., Bloomfield, Neb. 
Hereditary Disease of the Lungs Cured 
For a long time I have been impelled to contribute a 
testimony of the healing power of Truth. As I read 
other testimonies and rejoice in them, some one may 
rejoice in mine. I was healed by reading Science and 
Health. By applying it, I found it to be the truth that 
Jesus taught, — the truth that sets free. 
From childhood I had never known a well day. I 
was healed of lung trouble of long standing. Con- 
sumption was hereditary in our family, my mother and 
three brothers having passed on with it. The law of 
materia medica said that in a short time I must fol- 
low them. I also had severe stomach trouble of over 
eight years’ standing, during which time I always re- 
tired without supper, as the fear of suffering from my 
food was so great that I denied myself food when hun- 
gry. For over twenty years I had ovarian trouble, 
which was almost unbearable at times. It dated from 646 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
the birth of my first child, and at one time necessitated 
an operation. I suffered with about all the ills that 
flesh is heir to: I had trouble with my eyes from a child; 
wore glasses for fourteen years, several oculists saying 
I would go blind, one declaring I would be blind in less 
than a year if I did not submit to an operation, which I 
refused to do. 
But thanks be to God whose Truth reached me through 
the study of our textbook. Words fail to express what 
Christian Science has done for me in various ways, for 
my children, my home, my all. The physical healing 
is but a small part; the spiritual unfolding and uplifting 
is the “pearl of great price,” the half that has never been 
told. — Mrs. J. P. M., Kansas City, Mo. 
Textbook Appreciated 
It has been my privilege to have interviews with 
representatives of more than sixty per cent of the na- 
tions of this earth, under their own vine and fig-tree. 
I had never heard a principle ad- 
vanced that would enable mankind to obey the apos- 
tolic command, “prove all things,” until Science and 
Health with Key to the Scriptures was placed in my 
hands. I believe that the honest study of this book 
in connection with the Bible will enable one to “prove 
all things.” 
I make this unqualified statement because of what 
my eyes have seen and my ears heard from my fellow- 
men of unquestioned integrity, and the positive proofs 
I have gained by the study of these books. Many 
supposed material laws that had been rooted and FRUITAGE 
647 
grounded in my mentality from youth have been over- 
come. It required some time for me to wake up to 
our Leader’s words in Miscellaneous Writings, p. 206: 
“The advancing stages of Christian Science are gained 
through growth, not accretion.” I had many disappoint- 
ments and falls before I was willing to do the scientific 
work required to prove this statement; yet notwithstanding 
the cost to ourselves, I am convinced that we cannot do 
much credit to the cause we profess to love until we place 
ourselves in a position to prove God as He really is to us 
individually, and our relation to Him, by scientific work. 
I wish to express loving gratitude to our Leader for 
the new edition of Science and Health. In studying 
this new edition one cannot help seeing the wisdom, 
love, and careful and prayerful thought expressed in 
the revision. Often the changing of a single word in 
a sentence makes the scientific thought not only more 
lucid to him who is familiar with the book, but also to 
those just coming into the blessed light. All honor to 
that God-loving, God-fearing woman, Mary Baker G. 
Eddy, whose only work is the work of love in the helping 
of mankind to help themselves; who has placed before her 
fellow-men understandingly, what man’s divine rights are, 
and what God really is. — H. W. B., Hartford, Conn. 
Rupture and Other Serious Ills Healed 
When I took up the study of Christian Science 
nearly three years ago, I was suffering from a very 
bad rupture of thirty-two years’ standing. Sometimes 
the pain was so severe that it seemed as if I could not 
endure it. These spells would last four or five hours, 648 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
and while everything was done for me that could be 
done, no permanent relief came to me until I com- 
menced reading Science and Health with Key to the 
Scriptures. After I had once looked into it I wanted to 
read all the time. I was so absorbed in the study of 
the “little book” that I hardly realized when the healing 
came, but I was healed, not only of the rupture, but also 
of other troubles, — inflammatory rheumatism, catarrh, 
corns, and bunions. 
I would never part with the book if I could not get 
another. I am seventy-seven years old, and am enjoy- 
ing very good health. — Mrs. M. E. P., St. Johnsbury, Vt. 
Mother and Daughter Healed 
When Christian Science came to me, I had been tak- 
ing medicine every day for twenty years, on account of 
constipation. I had been treated by doctors and spe- 
cialists; had taken magnetic treatments and osteopathy; 
had tried change of climate; had an operation in a hospital, 
and when I came out was worse than before. I was 
so discouraged, after I had tried everything I ever heard 
of, and was no better but rather grew worse, that it seemed 
as though I must give up trying to get well, when a friend 
suggested that I try Christian Science. I had heard 
that Christian Scientists healed by prayer, and I thought 
this must be the way Jesus had healed. I felt that this 
was all there was left for me to try. I sent for the book, 
Science and Health, and commenced to read it out of 
curiosity, not thinking or knowing that I could be helped 
by the reading, but thinking I must still take medicine 
and that I must also have treatment by a Scientist. I, FRUITAGE 
649 
however, dropped my medicine and read for three days; 
then a light began to shine in the darkness. I was healed 
of the trouble and have never had to take medicine since. 
I have studied Science and Health faithfully ever since, 
and other ailments have disappeared. My little daughter 
has also been healed and has learned to use this knowledge 
in her school work. — Mrs. O. R., Leadville, Col. 
Liver Complaint Healed 
As my thoughts go back to the time when I believed 
I had nothing to live for, and when each morning’s awak- 
ing from sleep brought a sense of disappointment to find 
myself still among the living (for I had hoped each night 
that I closed my eyes in sleep that it would be the last 
time), my heart overflows with love and gratitude to 
God for our dear Leader who discovered this blessed 
truth and to the dear ones who have helped me so lov- 
ingly and patiently over many rough places. 
Twelve years ago, I consulted a physician because I 
had noticed some odd-looking spots on one of my arms. 
He said they were liver spots, but that it was not worth 
while prescribing for those few, that I should wait until 
I was covered with them. About three months later, 
with the exception of my face and hands, I was covered 
with them. Then I became alarmed and called on 
another physician who prescribed for me, but he finally 
said he could do no more for me. Other physicians 
were consulted with no better results. Six years ago, 
friends advised me to see their family physician, and 
when I called on him he said he was positive he could 
cure me, so I asked him to prescribe for me. At the 650 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
end of two years, after prescribing steadily, he said I 
was so full of medicine that he was afraid to have me 
take any more, and advised a rest. After having paid 
out a small fortune, I was no better, and very much 
discouraged. 
Two years ago, having failed in business, I applied to 
one of my patrons for a furnished room where I could 
meet the few I still had left. This lady, who is a Christian 
Scientist, loaned me Science and Health, and because 
she asked me so often how I was getting on with the 
book, I began reading it. I also attended the Wednes- 
day evening meetings which I found very interesting. 
After hearing the testimonies at the meetings, I decided 
to speak to some practitioner about these spots, but 
not until I had at least a hundred dollars on hand, be- 
cause I thought I would require that amount for treat- 
ments, as I had been accustomed to paying high prices. 
I had not inquired about prices, and in fact did not speak 
to any one about my intentions, because I felt sensitive 
on this subject. When I had read about half of Science 
and Health, I missed the spots, and upon searching 
could find no trace of them. They had entirely dis- 
appeared without treatment. In a few weeks the read- 
ing of that book had accomplished what materia rnedica 
had failed to accomplish in ten years. It is impossible 
to express the feeling of relief and happiness which came 
over me then. — C. K., Astoria, N. Y. 
A Convincing Investigation 
While I have testified to those around me and in many 
localities, of my healing in Christian Science, I feel that FRUITAGE 
651 
it is high time I put the candle in the candlestick where 
all who will may see. My earliest recollection was a day 
of suffering, — a physical inheritance from my mother, 
which gave simple interest for a time until years ad- 
vanced and compound interest was added. My father 
was a physician, and material remedies were used for 
my mother without avail, consequently his confidence 
in them for me was shaken, — in fact he often told me 
it was better to suffer without medicine than become a 
chronic doser, without pain. 
I began teaching in early life and continued for more 
than twenty years, and during that time not a day passed 
without pain, or fear of pain, and only for my innate 
love of life it would have become an intolerable burden. 
For five years oatmeal was my chief food and I became 
almost as attached to it as Kaspar Hauser to his crust. 
I was early taught to have faith in God, and many times 
was relieved of pain only to have it appear again in an 
aggravated form. 
At last my heart cried out for the living God, and 
the answer came by one of His messengers, who told 
me of Christian Science. I replied that I believed God 
could heal, but that I had no faith in the healing of Chris- 
tian Science, but would like to investigate its theology, 
as it might aid in giving me some clue to the meaning 
of life. For three years I had searched the works of 
the most scientific writers to find the origin of life; many 
times I would think I had traced it to the beginning, 
but it would elude my grasp every time. One day in 
talking with my friend, she said she would like to loan 
me the textbook, Science and Health, which I very will- 
ingly accepted. Not long afterward I felt a severe 652 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
attack of suffering. I opened the book for the first 
time and found a paragraph near the middle which 
attracted my attention. I read the same paragraph over 
and over for nearly two hours. When the tea bell rang 
I closed the book and I shall never forget my per- 
ception of the new heaven and the new earth,— every- 
thing in nature that I could see seemed to have been 
washed and made clean. The flowers that I have 
always loved so much, and that from childhood had 
told me such sweet stories, now spoke to me of the 
All-in-all, the hearts of my friends seemed kinder, — I 
had touched the hem of the garment of healing. 
I ate my supper that evening forgetful of the prepa- 
rations I had made for suffering, and when the next 
day began I was more zealous of good work than ever 
before. Since closing Science and Health at my first 
reading I have never been able to find the paragraph 
which I had read so many times over, the words seemed 
to have slipped away from me, but my joy knew no 
bounds at having found the pearl of great price. By 
the continued reading of the book I was entirely 
healed, and for fourteen years I have not seen a day 
of physical suffering. — Miss L. M., Rome, N. Y. 
Deafness and Dropsy Healed 
I had been deaf from childhood. I suffered intensely 
after eating, and dropsy was another of my complaints. 
This, with consumption, caused one doctor to say, “It 
puzzles me; I have never seen such a case before as 
yours.” 
I met a friend who had been cured in Christian 653 
FRUITAGE 
Science, and she said, “Try Christian Science.” I got 
a copy of Science and Health and in three weeks I 
was entirely cured. I felt uplifted. It seemed as if 
God’s arms were around and about me. I felt as if 
heaven had come down to earth for me. After five 
years of suffering can any one wonder at my unspeak- 
able gratitude ? — A. B., Pittsburg, Pa. 
Grateful for Many Blessings 
In 1894 I began the study of Christian Science. At 
that time I was greatly in need of its healing truth. 
For a number of years previous I had been a semi- 
invalid with no hope of ever being well and strong 
again. Several years before this time I had undergone 
an operation which resulted in peritonitis. For three 
years previous to my study of Science and Health 
by Mrs. Eddy, I was scarcely ever free from headache 
caused by the weakened and diseased condition of the 
internal organs. At the time I began the study of 
Christian Science I was taking five kinds of medicine. 
I began to read Science and Health, and did not 
take treatment, for I thought, “ If this is truth, I shall 
be healed; if it is not, I shall be able to detect it, 
and will have nothing to do with it.” I became a 
devoted student and gradually my bodily diseases left 
me, — I was free, and since that time, nearly ten 
years ago, neither my two children nor myself have 
taken any medicine; and our understanding of truth 
has been able to meet and overcome any suggestion of 
illness. 
I was a devoted member of an orthodox church, 654 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
but as I grew older I began to question my beliefs, 
and to my questions I could find no satisfactory an- 
swer. I became dissatisfied and finally ceased attend- 
ing church. I could not accept the idea of God taught 
there, and at last my friends looked sadly upon me as 
an atheist. There I stood until I learned to know God 
as revealed in Science and Health, and then all my 
questionings were answered. In my girlhood I had 
always prayed to the God I held in mind, and when 
the shadows of sickness, pain, and death came to my 
family, I prayed as only those can who know that if 
He helps not, there is none; but my prayers were 
unanswered. Then I closed my Bible, saying, “There 
is a mistake somewhere, perhaps some time I may 
know.” 
Only those who know the attitude of mind that I 
was in can understand the joy that came to me as I 
began to learn of God in Christian Science, and of my 
relation to Him. 
Many proofs of the healing power of Truth and of 
His protecting care throng my thoughts. Seven years 
ago, when we were in a far distant country, where 
Christian Science was then unknown, my little daughter 
came in one morning from her school, saying, “Mother, 
I have measles; twenty of the girls are sick in bed and I 
am afraid they will put me there also.” Her face, hands, 
and chest were covered with a deep red rash, throat sore, 
and eyes inflamed. We began immediately to do our work 
in Science and at night, when I left her at the door of the 
college, her face was clear, her eyes bright, and all fear 
destroyed. That was the end of the disease. — F. M. P., 
Boston, Mass. FRUITAGE 
655 
A Joyful Experience 
In love and gratitude to God, and to Mrs. Eddy, the 
interpreter of Jesus’ beautiful teachings, I wish to tell 
of some of the benefits which I have received from 
Christian Science. It is a little over a year since 
Science found me in a deplorable condition, physically 
as well as mentally. I had ailments of many years* 
standing, — chronic stomach trouble, severe eye trouble, 
made almost unbearable from the constant fear of 
losing my sight (a fate which had befallen my 
mother), also a painful rupture of twenty-five years’ 
standing. These ailments, combined with unhappy 
conditions in my home, made me very despondent. I 
had entirely lost my belief in an all-merciful God, and 
I did not know where to turn for help. At that time 
Christian Science was brought to my notice, and I shall 
never forget the sublime moment when I perceived that 
an all-loving Father is always with me. Forgotten was 
all sorrow and worry, and after four weeks’ reading in 
Science and Health all my ailments had disappeared. 
I am to-day a healthy, contented woman. 
All this has come to pass in one short year, and my 
earnest desire is to be more and more worthy to be 
called a child of God. This is in loving gratitude for 
an understanding of this glorious truth. — Mrs. R. J., 
Chicago, 111. 
An Ever-Present Help 
It is a year since I began to read Science and Health, 
and I will now try to outline what a knowledge of its 
teachings has done for me. 656 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
My condition was then very trying; my eyes, which 
had caused me much trouble since childhood, were 
very painful. For these I had been treated by some 
of the best specialists in my native land, and after 
coming to the United States I had been doctored 
much and had worn glasses for four years. I also had 
catarrh, for which I had taken much medicine without 
being relieved. In addition to this I was an excessive 
smoker, using tobacco in some form almost constantly. 
I had contracted a smoker’s heart, and used liquors 
freely. 
The one who brought to me that which I now prize 
so highly, was a book agent. I told him that I should 
be forced to leave my trade on account of my eyes. 
He then told me of having been healed of a cancer, 
through Christian Science treatment. He showed me 
a copy of Science and Health, which had the signs of 
much use, and after being assured that if I did my part 
I would be healed of all my diseases, I sent for a copy of 
the book. 
My recovery was very rapid, for after reading the 
book only three weeks I was completely healed of the 
tobacco habit. I will say, in regard to this healing, 
that it did not require even as much as a resolution 
on my part. I was smoking a cigar, while reading 
Science and Health, when all the desire to continue 
smoking left me, and I have never had a desire to use 
tobacco in any form since then. My eyes were the 
next to manifest the influence of the new knowledge 
gained, and had soon so far recovered that I could go 
about my work with ease, and I have had no more 
use for glasses. To-day my heart is normal, the catarrh FRUITAGE 
has totally disappeared, and I am not addicted to the 
use of liquor. 
Christian Science has proved to be an ever-present 
help, not only in overcoming physical ailments, but in 
business and daily life. It has also overcome a great 
sense of fear. The Bible, which I regarded with 
suspicion, has become my guide, and Christianity has 
become a sweet reality, because the Christian Science 
textbook has indeed been a “Key to the Scriptures” and 
has breathed through the Gospel pages a sweet sense of 
harmony. — A. F., Sioux City, Iowa. 
Severe Eye Trouble Overcome 
After hearing Christian Science lightly spoken of, 
from a Christian pulpit, I decided to go to one of the 
services and hear for myself. From infancy I had 
been devoted to my church, and as soon as I was old 
enough I was ever active in the work. Feeling it to 
be my duty to attend every service held in my own 
church, I took advantage of the Wednesday evening 
meetings. My first visit was not my last, I am thank- 
ful to say, for I saw immediately that these people 
not only preached Christianity, but practised and lived 
it. At that time I was wearing glasses and had worn 
them for sixteen years. At times I suffered the most 
intense pain, and for this phase of the trouble, one 
specialist after another had been consulted. All gave 
me very much the same advice; each one urged ex- 
treme carefulness and gave me glasses that seemed to 
relieve for a time. None of them held out any hope 
that my sight would ever be restored, saying that the 658 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
defect had existed since infancy, and that in time I should 
be blind. 
The thought of blindness was very distressing to me, 
but I tried to bear it with Christian resignation, since 
I thought that God had seen fit to afflict me; but since 
I have learned that He is a loving Father, who gives 
only good, I regret that I ever charged Him with my 
affliction. I had no treatment, but I read Science and 
Health, and my eyes were healed and glasses laid aside. 
I can never find words to express my thanks to our dear 
Leader, through whose teachings my sight has been re- 
gained. I can truthfully say that “whereas I was blind, 
now I see ” — through an understanding of Truth I 
have found my sight perfect as God gave it. — Miss 
B. S., Wilmington, N. C. 
A Testimony from Ireland 
It is with a heart full of love and gratitude to God, 
and to our dear Leader, that I send this testimony to 
the Field. I had never been a strong girl; had always 
been subject to colds and chills, and suffered all my 
life from a delicate throat. Seven years ago I had a 
very severe attack of rheumatic fever and subsequently 
two less severe ones. These left all sorts of evils be- 
hind them, — debility, chronic constipation, and several 
others, so that with these ills my life was often a 
burden to me and I used to think I never should re- 
ceive relief or health. I had also lost all love for 
God and faith in Him. I could not accept a God who, 
as I then believed, visited sickness and sorrow upon 
His children as a means for drawing them to Him. FRUITAGE 
659 
I was in this state of mind and body when Christian 
Science found me. A dear friend, seeing my suffering, 
presented the truth to me, and though at first I did not 
believe that there could be healing for me, the Chris- 
tian Scientists’ God seemed to be the one I had been 
looking for all my life. I began to read Science and 
Health, and shall never forget my joy at finding that 
I could love and trust God. I took to studying the 
Bible, and read nothing but Science and Health and 
other Christian Science literature for a year. After 
studying the “little book” for about six weeks, I one 
day realized that I was a well woman, that I had taken 
no medicine for three weeks, and that my body was 
perfectly harmonious. The reading of Science and 
Health had healed me. The wonderful joy and spirit- 
ual uplifting which came to me then no words of mine 
can describe. I had also suffered from astigmatism 
and had for several years been obliged to use special 
glasses when reading or working, and could never use 
my eyes for more than half an hour; but from the first 
reading of Science and Health I found that I could read 
in any light and for any length of time without the slight- 
est discomfort. I am not only grateful for the physi- 
cal healing but for the mental regeneration. I rejoice 
that I am now able to help others who are sick and sor- 
rowing. — E. E. L., Curragh Camp, County Kildare, 
Ireland. 
The Textbook Makes Operation Unnecessary 
In the early part of the year 1895 my physician said I 
must undergo a surgical operation in order ever to be well. 660 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
While in great fear, and dreading the operation, a kind 
neighbor called, and after telling me of Christian Science 
gave me a copy of Science and Health. She said I must 
put aside all medicine, and by reading faithfully she knew 
I could be healed. The book became my constant com- 
panion, and in a short time I was healed. Besides the 
relief from an operation, I was completely healed of severe 
headaches and stomach trouble. Physicians could give 
me no help for either of these ailments. For ten years I 
have not used medicine of any kind, and have not missed 
a Christian Science service on account of sickness during 
this period. I am perfectly well. To say that I am grate- 
ful to God for all this does not express my feelings. The 
physical healing was wonderful, but the understanding 
given me of God, and the ability to help others out- 
weigh all else. I also love our dear Leader. — Mrs. 
V. I. B., Concord, N. H. 
Kidney Disease and Eye Trouble Healed 
Early in 1904 I was teaching in a private boarding- 
school. I was a very unhappy, discontented woman; I 
had kidney disease, besides sore eyes, and my general 
health was very bad. The doctor said that the climate 
did not suit me, and that I certainly should have a change. 
The best thing, he said, was to go back to France (my 
own country); but I did not like to leave the school, so I 
struggled on until July, when we went travelling for a 
month, but I came home worse than ever. I had a lot 
of worry, one disappointment after another, and I often 
thought that life was not worth living. In September, 
1904, we heard for the first time of Christian Science FRUITAGE 
661 
through a girl who was attending our boarding-school, 
and who was healed through Christian Science treatment. 
We bought the textbook, “ Science and Health with Key 
to the Scriptures ” by Mrs. Eddy, and what a revelation 
it was and is to us; it is indeed the fountain of Truth. I 
had read Science and Health but a very short time when 
I took off my glasses, began to sleep well, and soon found 
myself well in mind and body. Besides this, it has brought 
harmony into our school, where there had been discord, 
and everything is changed for the better. I cannot de- 
scribe the happiness that has come to me through Chris- 
tian Science; I can only exclaim with the psalmist: “Bless 
the Lord, O my soul;” and may God bless Mrs. Eddy. 
My one aim now is to live Christian Science, not in words 
only, but in deeds; loving God more and my neighbor as 
myself, and following meekly and obediently all our 
Leader’s teachings. Words cannot express my gratitude 
to Mrs. Eddy for Christian Science. — S. A. K., Van- 
couver, B. C. 
Disease of Bowels Healed 
When I first heard of Christian Science I had been 
afflicted for nine years with a very painful disease of the 
bowels, which four physicians failed even to diagnose, 
all giving different causes for the dreadful sufferings I 
endured. The last physician advised me to take no more 
medicine for these attacks, as drugs would not reach the 
cause, or do any good. About this time I heard of 
Christian Science, and had the opportunity of reading 
“ Science and Health with Key to the Scriptures ” by Mrs. 
Eddy, a few minutes every day for about a week, and I 662 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
was thereby healed. In looking back I found I had not 
suffered in the least from the time I began reading this 
book. It has been nearly seventeen years since this won- 
derful healing, and I have had no return of the disease. 
My gratitude is endless and can be best expressed by 
striving mightily to walk in the path our Leader has so 
lovingly shown us in Science and Health. — Mrs. 
J. W. C., Scranton, Pa. 
Healed by Reading the Textbook 
After doctoring about a year, I was obliged to give 
up school and was under medical care for two years ; 
but grew worse instead of better. I was then taken to 
specialists, who pronounced my case incurable, saying 
I was in the last stages of kidney disease and could 
live only a short time. Shortly afterward my uncle 
gave me a copy of “ Science and Health with Key to 
the Scriptures,” and asked me to study it. After study- 
ing a short time I was able to walk a distance of several 
miles, which I had not been able to do for three years. 
I also laid aside glasses which I had worn seven years, 
having been told I would become blind if my eyes did 
not receive proper care. It is over a year since I re- 
ceived God’s blessing, and I am now enjoying perfect 
health and happiness. I have never had my glasses on 
since I first began reading Science and Health, and I have 
not used any medicine. — L. R., Spring Valley, Minn. 
A Testimony from Scotland 
I came to Christian Science purely for physical healing. 
I was very ill and unhappy; very cynical and disbeliev- 
ing in regard to what I heard of God and religion. FRUITAGE 
663 
I tried to live my life in my own way and put religion 
aside. I was a great believer in fate and in will-power, 
and thought to put them in the place of God, with 
the consequence that I was led to do many rash and 
foolish things. I am now thankful to say that my out- 
look on life is entirely changed; I have proved God’s 
wisdom and goodness so often that I am willing and 
thankful to know my future is in His hands and that 
all things must work out for the best. I have found a 
God whom I can love and worship with my whole 
heart, and I now read my Bible with interest and 
understanding. 
I was healed of very bad rheumatism simply by read- 
ing Science and Health. I had tried many medicines, 
also massage, with no result, and the doctors told me 
that I would always suffer from this disease, as it 
was inherited, and also because I had rheumatic fever 
when a child. I suffered day and night, and nothing 
relieved me until Science proved to me the falseness 
of this belief by removing it. I gave up all the medi- 
cines I was taking and have never touched any since, 
and that is more than two years ago. Before this I 
had often tried to do without a medicine that I had 
taken every, day for ten years, but was always ill and had 
to return to it, until I found out that one Mind is the only 
medicine, and then I was freed from the suffering. 
I had also suffered constantly from bilious attacks, 
colds, and a weak chest, and had been warned not to 
be out in wet weather, etc., but now, I am glad to say, 
I am quite free from all those material laws and go 
out in all sorts of weather. — R. D. F., Edinburgh, 
Scotland. 664 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
Curing Better than Enduring 
For eight years I was a great sufferer from weak 
lungs and after being treated by ten different physi- 
cians, in the States of Illinois, Missouri, and Colo- 
rado, I was told there was no hope of my recovery 
from what they pronounced tuberculosis, which was 
hereditary, my father having been afflicted with it. I 
was greatly emaciated and hardly able to be about. 
My general condition was aggravated by what the doc- 
tors said was paralysis of the bowels. Three physi- 
cians so diagnosed it at different times, and assured 
my husband that I could never get more than tem- 
porary relief. This indeed I found difficult to obtain, 
in spite of my almost frantic efforts. At times I was 
nearly insane from suffering, and after eight years of 
doctoring I found myself steadily growing worse. For 
four years I did not have a normal action of the bowels, 
and it was only by extreme effort and by resort to pow- 
erful drugs or mechanical means, with resultant suffering, 
that any action whatever could be brought about. 
I had heard nothing of the curative power of Chris- 
tian Science, and only to oblige a friend I went one 
night, about three years ago, to one of their mid-week 
testimonial meetings, in Boulder, Colorado. I was much 
impressed by what I heard there, and determined at once 
to investigate this strange religion, in the hope that it 
might have something good for me. I bought the text- 
book, Science and Health, and from the first I found 
myself growing stronger and better, both physically and 
mentally, as I acquired a better understanding and en- 
deavored to put into practice what I learned. In one week FRUITAGE 
665 
I was able to get along better without drugs than I had for 
years with them, and before three months had passed I 
was better than I had been any time in my life, for I 
had always suffered more or less from bowel trouble. 
Since that time I have taken no medicine whatever, and 
rely wholly upon Christian Science. My lungs are now 
sound, my bowels normally active, my general health 
excellent, and I am able to endure without fatigue 
tasks that before would have prostrated me. The 
study of our textbook was the sole means of my healing. 
— L. M. St. C., Matachin, Canal Zone, Panama. 
Severe Eczema Destroyed 
It is only two years since I came from darkness into 
the light of Christian Science, and to me the spiritual 
uplifting has been wonderful, to say nothing of the 
physical healing. Words cannot express my gratitude 
for benefits I have received in that time. For five 
years I suffered with that dreaded disease, eczema, all 
over my body. Five doctors said there was no help 
for me. The suffering seemed as terrible as the hell 
fire that I had been taught to believe in. When Christian 
Science came to me two years ago through a dear friend, 
she gave me a copy of Science and Health and asked 
me to read it. I told her that I would, for I was like a 
drowning man grasping at a straw. I had been a Bible 
student for twenty-eight years, but when I commenced 
reading Science and Health with the Bible I was healed 
in less than a week. I never had a treatment. A case 
of measles was also destroyed in twenty-four hours after 
it appeared. — Mrs. M. B. G., Vermilion, Ohio. 666 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
Science and Health a Priceless Boon 
I am a willing witness to the healing power of Chris- 
tian Science, having had a lifetime’s battle with dis- 
ease and medical experiments. Various doctors finally 
admitted that they had exhausted their resources, and 
could only offer me palliatives, saying that a cure was 
impossible. I had paralysis of the bowels, frequent 
sick headaches with unutterable agony, and my mortal 
career was nearly brought to an end by a malignant 
type of yellow fever. Many were the attending evils of 
this physical inharmony, but God confounds the wis- 
dom of men, for while studying Science and Health 
two years ago, the veil of ignorance was lifted and 
perfect health was shown to me to be my real con- 
dition, and to such there is no relapse. The constant 
use of glasses, which were apparently a necessity to 
me for years, was proven needless, and they were laid 
aside. Mrs. Eddy has made Scripture reading a never- 
failing well of comfort to me. By her interpretation 
“the way of the Lord” is made straight to me and 
mine. It aids us in our daily overcoming of the tyr- 
anny of the flesh and its rebellion against the blessed 
leading of Christ, Truth. The daily study of the Bible 
and our textbook is bringing more and more into our con- 
sciousness the power of God unto salvation. — J. C., 
Manatee, Fla. 
A Critic Convinced 
With gratitude to God I acknowledge my lifelong 
debt to Christian Science. In 1895 I attended my first FRUITAGE 
667 
Christian Science meeting, and was deeply impressed 
with the earnestness of the people and the love re- 
flected, but as for the spiritual healing of the physical 
body, I did not believe such a thing to be possible. 
I bought Science and Health and studied it to be 
able to dispute intelligently with the supposedly de- 
luded followers of Christian Science. I pursued the 
study carefully and thoroughly, and I have had abun- 
dant reason since to be glad that I did, for through this 
study, and the resultant understanding of my rela- 
tion to God, I was healed of a disease with which I 
had been afflicted since childhood and for which there 
was no known remedy. Surely my experience has 
been the fulfilling in part of the Scripture: “He sent 
His Word and healed them, and delivered them from 
their destructions.” I believe that Science and Health 
reveals the Word referred to by David. — C. A. B. B., 
Kansas City, Mo. 
Born Again 
It was in April, 1904, that I first heard the “still, 
small voice” of the Christ and received healing through 
Christian Science; and the blessings have been so 
many since, that it would take too much space to 
name them. Reared from childhood in an intellectual 
atmosphere, my paternal grandfather having been an 
orthodox minister of the old school for forty years, 
and my father a deep student, ever seeking for the 
truth of all things, I began early to ponder and to 
study into the meaning of life, and came to the con- 
clusion before I was twenty that though God probably 668 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
existed in some remote place, still it was impossible to 
connect Him with my present living. My highest 
creed, therefore, became, “Do right because it is right 
and not for fear of being punished.” Then began the 
suffering. Sorrow after sorrow followed each other 
in rapid succession; for ten long years there was no 
rest, the road was indeed long and hard and had no 
turning, until finally the one thing that had stood by 
me all through the trials, namely, my health, gave 
way, and with that went my last hope. But the last 
hour of the night had come, the dawn of day was at 
hand; a dear friend left Science and Health upon my 
piano one day, saying that I would gain much good by 
reading it. 
Glad to get away from my own poor thoughts, I 
opened the “little book” and began to read. I had 
read only a short time when such a wonderful trans- 
formation took place! I was renewed; born again. 
Mere words cannot tell the story of the mighty up- 
lifting that carried me to the very gates of heaven. 
When I began to read the book, life was a burden, but 
before I had finished reading it the first time, I was doing 
all my housework and doing it easily; and since that 
glorious day I have* been a well woman. My health 
is splendid, and I am striving to let my light so shine 
that others may be led to the truth. There have been 
some mighty struggles with error, and I have learned 
that we cannot reach heaven with one long stride or 
easily drift inside the gate, but that the “asking” and 
the “seeking” and the “knocking” must be earnest and 
persistent. 
For a long time I was always looking back to see if FRUITAGE 
669 
the error had gone, until one day when I realized 
that to catch a glimpse of what spiritual sense means 
I must put corporeal sense behind me. I then set to 
work in earnest to find the true way. I opened 
Science and Health and these words were before me, 
“If God were understood, instead of being merely be- 
lieved, this understanding would establish health” (p. 203). 
I saw that I must get the right understanding of God! 
I closed the book and with head bowed in prayer I 
waited with longing intensity for some answer. How 
long I waited I do not know, but suddenly, like a won- 
derful burst of sunlight after a storm, came clearly 
this thought, “Be still, and know that I am God.” I 
held my breath — deep into my hungering thought 
sank the infinite meaning of that “I.” All self- 
conceit, egotism, selfishness, everything that constitutes 
the mortal “I,” sank abashed out of sight. I trod, as 
it were, on holy ground. Words are inadequate to con- 
vey the fulness of that spiritual uplifting, but others 
who have had similar experiences will understand. 
From that hour I have had an intelligent consciousness 
of the ever-presence of an infinite God who is only good. 
— C. B. G., Hudson, Mass. 
A Restless Sense of Existence Destroyed 
Through reading Science and Health and the illu- 
mination which followed, I was healed of ulceration of 
the stomach and kindred troubles, a restless sense of 
existence, agnosticism, etc. The torture I endured with 
the stomach trouble I will not attempt to describe. The 
attending physician declared that I could live but a short 670 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
time, and I felt there would be a limit to my endur- 
ance of the torture, but the disease was dissipated into 
nothingness through Christian Science, which brought 
me peace. 
Like many others I had been seemingly lost in the 
sea of error, without a compass, yet earnestly and hon- 
estly seeking a haven. I had investigated all kinds of 
religions and philosophies that came under my notice, 
with the exception of Christian Science, which was 
not then deemed worthy of inquiry, and yet it held 
the very truth I was searching for — the light which 
“shineth in the darkness; and the darkness com- 
prehended it not.” Three years of stubborn resist- 
ance to Truth, with increasing suffering, followed — 
then the light came, and with it a new experience. 
Now, after nine years of Christian Science experience, 
under severe tests, it can be truthfully said that it 
has not failed me in any hour of need. — J. F. J., 
Cincinnati, Ohio. 
Morally and Physically Healed 
I did not accept Christian Science on account of any 
healing of my own, but after seeing my mother, who was 
fast drifting toward helplessness with rheumatism, restored 
to perfect health with only a few treatments in Christian 
Science, I thought surely this must be the truth as Jesus 
taught and practised it, and if so it was what I had been 
longing for. 
This was about ten years ago and was the first I had 
ever heard of Christian Science. We soon got a copy 
of Science and Health and I began in the right way to FRUITAGE 
671 
see if Christian Science were the truth. I had no thought 
of studying it for bodily healing; in fact, I did not think 
I needed it for that, but my soul cried out for something 
I had not yet found. This book was indeed a key to the 
Scriptures. 
It was not long after I began reading before I dis- 
covered that my eyes were good and strong, I could 
read as much as I wished, and at any time, which was 
something I could not do before, as my eyes had always 
been weak. The doctors said they never would be very 
strong, and that if I did not wear glasses, I might lose 
my sight altogether. I never gave up to wearing glasses, 
and now, thanks to Christian Science, I do not need them, 
my work for the past two years as a railway mail clerk 
being a good test. At the same time my eyes were healed, 
I also noticed that I was entirely healed of another ail- 
ment which had been with me all my life, and which was 
believed to be inherited. Since that time my growth 
has seemed to me slow, yet when I look back and view 
myself as I was before Christian Science found me, and 
compare it with my life as it now is, I can only close my 
eyes to the picture and rejoice that I have been “born 
again” and that I have daily been putting off “the 
old man with his deeds,” and putting on “the new 
man.” 
Some of the many things that have been overcome 
through the study of Science and Health, and through 
realizing and practising the truth it teaches, are pro- 
fanity, the use of tobacco, a very quick temper, which 
made both myself and those around me at times very 
miserable, and such thoughts as malice, revenge, etc. —• 
O. L. It., Fort Worth, Tex. 672 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
Health and Understanding Gained 
Most of my boyhood days were spent in the hands 
of physicians. From birth I was considered a very 
weakly child, but my mother was brave, and being 
much devoted to me did everything within her knowl- 
edge and power for my comfort. Sickness and medi- 
cine were continually before me, and by the time I 
reached my teens I thought I knew a material remedy 
for every ill. I continued in my delusion, because I 
was never told the real cause of my trouble. Besides 
being under a leading specialist for two years, I was 
also an outdoor patient at a noted hospital, but I was 
not healed. It is wonderful how the “little ones” are 
cared for in the face of all these seeming difficulties. 
I always used the prayers that I had been taught, and 
as I grew older I began to ask for wisdom. Little by 
little I gained a desire for freedom, and my prayers 
finally led me to the truth. The first week that I 
heard of Christian Science, I visited the home of dear 
Christian Science friends, and was at once refreshed 
by their purity of thought and example. I bought 
a copy of Science and Health, and, after studying it 
a little while with the Bible, I saw that if the Bible 
was true, Science and Health must also be true. I 
began to demonstrate over my physical and mental 
condition, and as soon as the fear and pain began 
to leave me I felt encouraged to go on. I was healed, 
and stopped complaining. I kept on studying our 
textbook, and when I got an understanding in a 
small degree of the Science of Mind, my first thought 
was to help others. I was guided where I could pro- FRUITAGE 
673 
gress in Science, and was no longer “carried about with 
every wind of doctrine,” but held to Principle as closely 
as possible. From the time the healing came into my 
consciousness, the desire for material remedies left me, 
because Christian Science at once pointed out the way to 
get at the cause of discord and disease. All that I had to 
give up were the false beliefs of mortal mind. Christian 
Science then taught me to love the church, and to appre- 
ciate what it had already done for mankind. I often 
thought of the old adage, “Charity begins at home,” 
and after three years’ preparation I felt able to take Chris- 
tian Science to* my home, where it found, in due time, 
ready acceptance and willing disciples. This gave me 
even greater joy than my own healing. The more good 
I saw accomplished, the more love I had for the truth. 
Christian Science changed my course from the first, and 
gave me a nobler aim and purpose in life. I was not 
so easily influenced by other people’s shortcomings, 
when I learned that evil has neither personality nor place. 
I was not so ready to take offence, when I found out the 
way to work unselfishly for the upbuilding of the Cause. 
— A. E. J., Toledo, Ohio. 
An Ever-Present Help Found 
On the 23rd of March, 1900, I received from one of my 
daughters a copy of Science and Health on my seventy-first 
birthday. Although a constant reader of all kinds of papers 
and books, I had never heard anything of Christian Sci- 
ence, except a short notice that spring in a San Francisco 
newspaper, from an orthodox clergyman, referring to the 
Christian Science people in not very complimentary style. 674 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
In Mrs. Eddy’s book I came across a great deal of 
thought that was not readily understood at the first read- 
ing, but by continued and careful study, and a go<xl deal 
of help from my knowledge of chemistry and natu- 
ral philosophy, I soon shook off the belief of sensation 
in matter, — the so-called elementary substance. One 
afternoon I put the belt on my circular saw to cut blocks 
of firewood and also to split a small stick of frame tim- 
ber. In doing this the stick closed and pinched the saw. 
I picked up a small wooden wedge and tried to drive 
it into the saw kerf, but a bit of ice let the stick on to the 
back of the saw and instantly it flew, with heavy force, 
into my face, and bouncing off my left cheek fell about 
twenty feet off on the snow. The blood spattered on the 
snow next the saw table, and on feeling with my hand 
there were two wounds, one on the lock of the jaw and 
another forward, as big as a dollar, on the cheek bone. 
“Now,” I thought to myself, “there is a case of surgery 
for you,” and without further ceremony, I began to 
treat the case to the best of my knowledge, with the 
result that the bleeding stopped almost instantly, and 
so did a thumping pain, which had commenced. I 
paid no more attention to the matter, but finished my 
work, and then went to supper. When I washed my 
face, I felt a big lump on the jawbone where the block 
of wood struck, but after my usual reading I went to 
bed and slept all night until near daylight, when a pain 
on the right side awoke me. On feeling with my hand 
there was another big lump on the right, side, but I 
treated it and went to sleep again. I never lost an 
hour from the hurt, although I found out that my jaw 
was broken. There is no scar, only a little red spot on FRUITAGE 
675 
the cheek, and the lumps on the bone have long since 
disappeared. 
In summing up the benefits I have received from 
the reading of Science and Health, I can but refer to 
a condition of sickness dating back to the war (1862), 
when chronic and malignant diarrhoea came near 
making an end of my material existence. My hearing, 
also, was seriously impaired from the effect of cannon 
firing at Shiloh, but it has come back to me, and where 
I formerly dared not eat an orange, or grapes, I can now 
eat anything without being hurt. My peace of mind 
is giving me a rest which I never experienced before 
during my life, and I have ceased to look away off for 
the divine presence that was always near, though I did 
not know it. — L. B., Baldy, N. M. 
Many Physical and Mental Troubles Overcome 
Less than a year ago, when nothing but trouble seemed 
to encompass me, I was led to Christian Science. My 
mother’s copy of Science and Health was always lying 
on the table, but I scarcely ever read it. One day, how- 
ever, the mental conflict was so great I commenced read- 
ing in the hope of obtaining peace. Every day since 
then my companions have been the Bible and Science 
and Health. At that time I had a very serious eruption 
on my face, which had been there two years. We had 
consulted several physicians, and used every remedy 
suggested to eradicate it, but they proved useless. I 
had given up all hopes of its ever being healed, as the 
physician we last consulted pronounced it tuberculosis 
of the skin and incurable. A few weeks after I com- menced reading, I was amazed to see it almost healed 
over, and to-day my cheek is perfectly smooth, while the 
scar is disappearing. 
In April my baby was born with only the practitioner 
and a woman friend present. I suffered little pain, and 
the third day I went down-stairs. I am able to nurse 
him, — a privilege of which I was deprived with my first 
child. He is a picture of health, having never been 
sick a day since he was born. — K. E. W. L., Mt. 
Dora, Fla. 
A New Life Gained 
Leaving home when a young man, I carried with me 
a protection against the temptation of a great city, — a 
mother’s prayers and a small Bible. For a time I read 
the Bible and prayed, but without understanding. This 
did not suffice, and evil seemed to gain the victory. I 
soon omitted to read my Bible; forgot to go to God in 
prayer for guidance and help, and looked to the world 
for that which it never has and never can give, — health, 
peace, and joy. 
Thus, years later, when Christian Science came into 
my home, it found me prayerless, churchless, godless; 
a home discordant, and with no thought or knowledge 
of spiritual things. Up to this time, my wife had for 
years been seeking health through the physicians, 
but without success, and as a last resort had been 
sent to Christian Science. The help received was so 
wonderful that I commenced the study of Science and 
Health. The first effect which I realized from the 
reading of our textbook, was a great love for the Bible 
and a desire to read it, something which I had not done 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH FRUITAGE 
677 
for years. I went in silent prayer to God, that I might 
see the light and truth which would enable me to be- 
come a better man. “Ye must be born again.” Thus 
again, and as a child, was I taught to pray “the effectual 
fervent prayer” which “availeth much.” In a few 
weeks’ study of Science and Health together with the 
Bible, and without other help, I was healed of a desire 
for liquor, of years’ standing, and of the use of tobacco. 
Ten years have passed and these appetites have never 
returned. I have never used either liquor or tobacco 
in any form from that time to the present. Surely this 
Scripture is fulfilled in our home: “Old things are passed 
away; behold, all things are become new.” How can 
we estimate the value of a book, the study of which brings 
such transformation and regeneration ? Only as we 
endeavor to live, and strive to practise what it teaches, 
can we l>egin to pay our debt to God, and to her whom 
He has sent to make plain to human understanding the 
life and teaching of Christ Jesus. — W. H. P., Boston, 
Mass. 
A Voice from England 
For a number of years I was a weary woman, not ill 
enough in health to be called an invalid, but suffering 
more than could be told with fatigue and weakness. 
Feeling that this was God’s will, I did not ask to be healed, 
although I was constantly doctoring. I suffered with dys- 
pepsia, congestion of the liver, and many other things, 
including weak eyesight. With all the medicine, and 
with different changes for rest, I never regained health, 
and thought I never should, so I prayed for grace to bear 
my cross patiently for others’ sake. One day, while SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
lying on my couch exhausted, which had l>ecome a fre- 
quent experience, the words came to me, “Whatsoever 
ye shall ask in prayer, believing, ye shall receive.” I 
rose, knelt down and said, O God, make me well. I 
was telling a friend this and she kindly gave me a Senti- 
nel. Imagine my joy when I saw the testimonies of heal- 
ing ! I believed them, remembering our Lord’s words, 
“Blessed are they that have not seen, and yet have be- 
lieved.” I obtained a copy of Science and Health and 
before a week had passed I realized that if God was my 
all I needed no glasses. My eyes were healed in a few 
days, and since then I have never thought of glasses. 
I was also cured of dyspepsia, and nothing that I have 
eaten has hurt me since then. The belief in health laws 
was next destroyed, by knowing that our heavenly Father 
did not make them, and from this has come the beautiful 
experience of the overcoming of fatigue. 
For this alone I can never be thankful enough. True 
indeed are the words, “They shall run, and not be weary.” 
This was more than a year ago, and I can say that not 
once have I felt inclined to lie on the couch, nor have I 
had a headache, although I am doing more work than 
ever before. Fear has also been overcome in many ways. 
— A. L., Chelmsford, England. 
Depraved Appetites Overcome 
When Christian Science first came to me, or rather, 
when I first came to Christian Science, I did not have 
a very bad opinion of myself. I thought I was a pretty 
good fellow. I had no religious views. I seemed to be 
getting along as well as, if not better than, some who FRUITAGE 
679 
professed Christianity. So I drifted along until I was 
led to investigate Christian Science. 
As I progressed in the understanding as gained from 
the study of both Science and Health and the Bible, 
and commenced to know myself, I found that a great 
change had been wrought in me. For fifteen years I 
had used tobacco, both chewing and smoking; for ten 
years I had been a victim of the drink habit, sometimes 
to excess; I was also addicted to profanity. Christian 
Science removed these appetites. A stomach trouble 
and other lesser ills, such as headache, a bad temper, an 
inordinate love of money, etc., disappeared under the 
same benign influence. Those things that seemed to be 
pleasure do not give me pleasure now. They were not 
real pleasure. I have lost nothing, I have sacrificed 
nothing; but I have gained everything, and not yet the 
whole, for I can see plenty yet to be done. 
The condition of mind before investigating and after 
is as different as black and white. As Mrs. Eddy 
says, “Not matter, but Mind, satisfieth.”— G. B. P., 
Henry, S. D. 
Catarrh of the Stomach Healed 
I should like to express my gratitude for the many 
benefits I have received through Christian Science, and 
to mention the great joy brought to me in the thought 
that man is not the helpless victim of sin, disease, and 
death. Through its teachings I have been able to over- 
come many errors. 
When Christian Science found me, one year ago 
last April, in Chicago, I was suffering from catarrh 680 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
of the stomach, which had been very persistent, and I 
had been a slave to the cigarette habit for eighteen 
years. Pain and weakness had robbed me of all that 
one holds dear. The first symptoms of the disease 
appeared about five years ago in the form of severe 
cramps of the stomach, which finally developed into 
other symptoms of that painful disease. I doctored 
continually, my diet daily becoming more rigid, until 
three slices of toast became my daily allowance of food. 
In this condition I left the East for my home in 
Chicago, hoping that a change of climate might benefit 
me. After spending six weeks there and finding no re- 
lief, I concluded to return East. The Sunday morning 
before leaving I picked up a Sunday paper, and glanc- 
ing through the religious items my eyes fell on the notices 
of Christian Science church services. Curiosity led me 
to a service and I shall never forget that morning or the 
surprise and joy it gave me to find that beautiful church, 
and to know that so great a number actually believed 
that God does heal the sick to-day. This brought a first 
ray of hope. The evening service found me there again. 
Among the notices read was that of a reading room, 
giving the location and time of opening. Monday morn- 
ing found me there promptly, and the first book I picked 
up was Science and Health which opened a new 
world to me. 
I had dieted so long and suffered so much that I had 
a morbid fear of food. When I had reached and read 
“neither food nor the stomach, without the consent of 
mortal mind, can make one suffer” (Science and Health, 
p. 221), I left the reading room for something to eat. I 
found a bakery near by, and bought a bag of cakes FRUITAGE 
681 
which I ate, and shortly after I had a hearty dinner with- 
out the least complaint from my stomach. 
From that time until now I have eaten anything that I 
wished, and the craving for cigarettes, which I had for 
many years, has entirely vanished. The understanding 
of Truth, which entirely relieved the diseased stomach, 
healed also the morbid appetite for smoking. After 
coming back East, I bought a copy of Science and Health, 
which I have read daily, and find it a continual help in 
all the affairs of life. 
In my home and at work I find this Science a com- 
fort and source of strength. I have had many difficulties 
in the way, but it has helped me out of them all. — W. E. 
B., New Britain, Conn. 
Spinal Disease Healed 
When I first heard of Christian Science, seven years 
ago, I supposed that it was some old fad under a new 
name. In the little Texas town where we then lived 
there were two or three Christian Scientists who met 
at the home of one of their number to read the Lesson- 
Sermon. Meeting one of them one day, I asked if un- 
believers could come to their meetings. She said that 
they could if they wanted to. I went, expecting them 
to do something that I could laugh at when telling my 
friends about it. How surprised I was to find out that 
they did n’t do anything but read the Bible and another 
book which they called Science and Health. I still 
thought it all foolishness, but resolved to go to their meet- 
ings until I found out all they believed. I continued to 
go until I began to understand a little of what they knew, 682 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
not what they believed; and instead of spending my 
time telling others what a silly thing Christian Science 
is, I am now trying to find words to tell what a great 
and wonderful thing it is. I have been healed of so- 
called incurable spinal disease of ten years’ standing 
by studying the Bible and Science and Health. Science 
and Health has been my only teacher, and I wish to send 
my thanks to our dear Leader. 
There are no other Scientists near where we now live, 
but I have the Quarterly and study the lessons by myself. 
I have five small children, and Christian Science is in- 
valuable to me in controlling them, and in overcoming 
their common ills. They often help themselves and 
each other to destroy their little hurts and fears. — Mrs. 
M. H., Oleta, Okla. 
Many Troubles Overcome 
In the second chapter of First Peter, ninth verse, I 
read “that ye should show forth the praises of him who 
hath called you out of darkness into his marvellous 
light.” The periodicals so wisely established by our 
Leader give us one means of showing forth the praises 
of Truth. 
From the darkness of physical pain and weariness into 
the light of wholeness and joyousness in work and 
living, — from the darkness of a clouded sight into the 
light of clearer vision, — from the darkness of doubt 
and discord into the marvellous light of the reality of 
good, — this is what a reading of the Christian Science 
textbook has done for me. 
At the time the book was lent to me, I was teach- FRUITAGE 
683 
ing in the public schools of Chicago, and absences from 
my work on account of illness were of frequent occurrence. 
For five weeks I had been under the care of a specialist 
for an organic trouble, and he said I would have to come 
as many more months before a cure could be effected. 
At this time, Science and Health was brought to my 
notice. I never thought of such a thing as being healed 
by the reading of the book, but my thought was so changed 
that I was healed, not only of the organic trouble, but of 
blurred eyesight, fatigue, and a train of other discordant 
manifestations. I did not go back to the physician 
until four months later to pay my bill (which, by the 
way, was more than five times the price of the Science 
and Health I had purchased). From the time I read 
the book I taught steadily without losing time from my 
work. I was helped, too, with my work in many other 
ways. 
Through reading the textbook I learned that God has 
given us strength to do all we have to do, and that it is 
the things we do not have to do (the envying, strife, emu- 
lating, vainglorying, and so on) that leave in their wake 
fatigue and discord. 
Gratitude to our beloved Leader, Mrs. Eddy, and 
to her faithful students, with whom I afterwards be- 
came associated, can be expressed only by daily efforts 
to put into practice what has been taught.—T. H. A., 
Madison, Wis. 
Prejudice Overcome 
I became interested in Christian Science somewhat 
over three years ago when in much need of help. I 
had never been strong, and as I grew older I grew 684 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
weaker and at last became so ill that life was a burden 
to me. Science and Health by Mrs. Eddy was sent 
to me, in answer to prayer, as I thought. I was a little 
afraid of all these new fads, as I thought them, but I 
had not read far before I felt that I had found the truth 
which makes us free. I was healed of stomach trouble, 
inward weakness, and bilious attacks. 
One physician said I might have to undergo an opera- 
tion before I could get well, but, thanks to this Truth, I 
have found that the only operation needed was the re- 
generation of this so-called human mind by learning to 
know God. In many cases I have been able to help 
myself and others. 
Words cannot express my thanks to Mrs. Eddy, and 
to all who are bringing these great truths to the help of 
the whole world. — E. E. M., Huntington, W. Va. 
A Convincing Testimony 
I became interested in Christian Science some five 
years ago, the practical nature of its statements appeal- 
ing to me, and I must say, at the outset, that with my 
little experience I have found it all and more than I ever 
dreamt of realizing on this plane of existence. I am 
satisfied that I have found Truth. God is indeed to me 
an ever-present help. 
My little girl, some ten months old, was afflicted 
with constipation. It was so severe I dreaded to go 
out anywhere with her, as I knew not when she would 
be taken with a convulsion. I had tried all the usual 
remedies in such cases, but it seemed to grow more ob- 
stinate. There was a Christian Scientist living in FKUITAGE 
685 
the same house with us, a Scientist who let her light 
shine, and while she said little, I felt the reflection of 
Love. I had no knowledge of the teachings of Chris- 
tian Science, save that God was the physician at all 
times. In my own way I believed He was all-power- 
ful, and I said to my husband one day, “I am through 
with medicine for baby. I am just going to leave her 
in God’s care and see what He will do. I have done 
all I can.” I did as I said, laid my burden at God’s 
feet, and did not pick it up again. In two days the 
child was perfectly natural, and has since been free 
from the trouble. She is now six years of age. Some 
months later a second test came. She woke up at nine 
o’clock at night crying and holding her ear. There 
was to sense a gathering. I was alone. I took up my 
Science and Health and Bible, but the more I worked 
the louder she screamed. Error kept suggesting ma- 
terial remedies, but I said firmly: “No; I shall not go 
back to error. God will help me.” Just then I thought 
of my own fear, how excessive it was, and a conversation 
I had with the Scientist who first voiced the truth to me, 
came to mind. She said she always found it helpful 
to treat herself and cast out her own fear before treat- 
ing a patient. I put baby down and again took up 
my Science and Health, and these were the words 1 
read: — 
“Every trial of our faith in God makes us stronger. 
The more difficult seems the material condition to be 
overcome by Spirit, the stronger should be our faith 
and the purer our love. The Apostle John says: ‘There 
is no fear in Love, but perfect Love casteth out fear’” 
(Science and Health, p. 410). I looked up, the crying 686 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
had ceased, the child was smiling, and in a few minutes 
asked to be put to bed. There has been no further 
trouble of that kind. 
I have since seen the power of Truth overcome error 
of many forms, including croup, whooping-cough, ton- 
silitis, etc. I am thankful for all these proofs, but far 
more grateful am I for the spiritual teaching to love, to 
forgive, to curb my tongue, and cease my criticism. — 
M. A. H., Brockton, Mass. 
Healed Physically and Spiritually 
I had been taking medicine continually for many 
years. Finally I was taken suddenly ill and could not 
leave my room for about two months, then I went away 
for three months, thinking that I should come back 
and be able to continue my work. I improved very much, 
but the fear of quick consumption was with my doctor 
and my family and friends, and I was warned about the 
coming winter. Only too soon the fear manifested 
itself. I had worked just three weeks when all the pains 
and aches returned, and I had to go to bed as soon as I 
got home, so there was no pleasure in living. My em- 
ployer advised me to see my physician, and said perhaps 
I should not work that winter. I then and there turned 
to Christian Science. I could not afford to give up work 
and live away from home, neither did I want to depend 
on doctors and medicine any longer. I took the book 
and read it on my way to work, and at noon I lay down 
on a couch instead of going out for luncheon and fell 
asleep. When I awoke I was a different person, all 
pains and aches had gone, and I was free. I was so FRUITAGE 
687 
happy I could hardly contain myself; to material 
sense it was wonderful. As I walked I kept saying, 
‘‘Wonderful, wonderful, wonderful,” and tried to un- 
derstand “the scientific statement of being” by repeat- 
ing portions at a time, then pondering over them. I 
read the book four times in succession, and every 
time I found more and more to aid in the under- 
standing. 
This healing was in October, 1901, with no other 
help than Science and Health, and soon I was relieved 
of other chronic ailments. In February I was able to 
put away eyeglasses, which I had worn ten years and 
a half for astigmatism. Oculists told me I would always 
have to wear them. A month later my father asked 
me to help him, as he was suffering so much from con- 
stipation, dyspepsia, and neuralgia. He had been sub- 
sisting on bran, nearly starving himself .until he was most 
miserable, and his limbs seemed so cold that they were 
kept wrapped in blankets. I felt very humble as he 
asked me, and told him I would have a practitioner help 
him, as I had never treated any one; but he would not 
consent to have any one but myself, and I finally told 
him I would try, but that he must not hold Science respon- 
sible if .he were not benefited, for my lack of understand- 
ing, and not Science, would be at fault. At my request 
he read Science and Health, ate whatever he wanted, 
and used no medicine in any form. After two treat- 
ments I received word from him that he was healed 
of that bondage of thirty years’ standing. In view of 
all these signs which followed my acceptance of Chris- 
tian Science, I knew it must be true. — II. L. A., 
Chicago, 111. 688 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
A Voice from the South 
I was delicate from childhood, and my parents did 
not think it was possible for me to live more than a 
few years. I lived, however, although there was not 
much improvement in my health. Travel and change 
of climate brought only temporary relief, and the physi- 
cians gave me no hope that I would ever be well. 
As a last resort I began the study of Science and 
Health, and before I had finished reading the book I 
realized that its author was divinely commissioned to 
bring this spiritual message to a waiting world. Through 
this reading my health was restored, and I was healed 
of one disease that has been called incurable by all 
physicians. 
For this, together with the greater and higher bless- 
ing of having the. spiritual fact of being unfolded to me, 
I am most grateful. 
What shall be rendered for such benefits received and 
made possible by the consecrated life of our revered 
Leader ? Only by following the teachings of our text- 
book, and by loving obedience to her gentle and timely 
admonitions can we show our true sense of gratitude. — 
F. H. D., De Funiak Springs, Fla. 
Healed after Much Suffering 
A testimony given in the Journal led me to investi- 
gate Christian Science, and I hope in return to be the 
means of leading sortie one else to see the beauty of this 
saving truth, and to learn to know God aright and 
man’s relationship to Him. I know from experience FRUITAGE 
689 
that it is prejudice and misapprehension of what Christian 
Science is, that keeps many from enjoying the blessings 
it bestows. 
I had been taking patent medicines for several years, 
and had been to one of the best sanitariums in this country, 
but was not healed, although I received some benefit, for 
which I shall always feel grateful, for I know the physi- 
cians did all they could for me. I sometimes thought 
I had exhausted all remedies, but did not give up, for 
I felt there must be something to heal me if I could 
find it. 
When in this state of mind Christian Science came to 
my notice, and after reading several Journals, I pur- 
chased a copy of Science and Health. I read for several 
days at odd times. I commenced to improve, and in 
about a week I was healed of most of my ills, among 
which were dyspepsia and nervous debility. 
Although I had heard about Christian Science before, 
I had never heard that the reading of the Christian 
Science textbook had ever effected the healing of anybody. 
I commenced reading to find out what Christian Science 
was, but was surprised to find myself improving, and was 
soon assured that it was the theology of Science and 
Health that healed me, just as it was the theology of 
Jesus that healed the sick. 
It has also proved to me that there can be no 
Christian Science Church that does not heal the sick 
and sinful, for healing follows as the natural result of the 
teaching of Christian Science. The Bible has become 
a new revelation to me, and I can read it much more 
understandingly by the light received through the reading 
of Science and Health. — A. F. M., Fairmont, Minn. 690 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
Through Great Tribulations 
When I attempt to make plain what Christian Science 
has done for me, words fail me. For twenty years 
I was a constant sufferer, my spine having been 
injured when I was very young. As a little child I 
suffered so much that I would look up to the stars 
and beg God, who I thought might be up . there 
somewhere, to take me away from the earth, — I was 
so tired. A great wall of pain seemed to separate me 
from the pleasures enjoyed by others, and I could not 
explain how I felt, because no one could understand. 
Years passed, and I saw my earthly happiness swept 
away; my heart was broken and I did not know what 
to do. I cried for help, day after day and night after 
night, although I was not sure what God was, nor where 
lie was. I only knew that I suffered, and was 
in need of help, and that there was no earthly help 
for either mind or body. I loved purity, truth, and 
right always, and this made evil seem a most terrible 
reality. I was unable to cope with it, and so found 
myself in despair. This was my condition when I com- 
menced reading Science and Health. I was ready for 
its message, and in about ten days there came a won- 
derful insight into the truth which heals the sick and 
binds up the broken-hearted. All pain left me, I had 
a glimpse of the new heavens and the new earth, and 
was beginning to be fed by Love divine. 
I had suffered for years with insomnia. That night 
I rested like a child, and awoke the next morning well 
and happy. A flood of light daily illumined the pages 
of the “little book,” and the revelation it holds for all FRUITAGE 
691 
came to my waiting heart. “The peace which passeth 
all understanding” rested upon me, and joy too deep for 
words transformed my life. My prayers were answered, 
for I had found God in Christian Science. 
The Bible, which I knew very little about, became 
my constant study, my joy, and my guide. The copy 
which I bought at the time of my healing is marked 
from Genesis to Revelation. It was so constantly 
in my hands for three years that the cover became 
worn and the leaves loose, so it has been laid away 
for a new one. Two and three o’clock in the morning 
often found me poring over its pages, which grew 
more and more sacred to me every day, and the help 
I received therefrom was wonderful, for which I can 
find no words to express my gratitude. — I. L., Los 
Angeles, Cal. 
A Helpful Testimony 
Words cannot express my gratitude to God for 
Christian Science. When I first read Science and 
Health, I had tried every remedy I had ever heard of. 
I felt no change in mind or body that I was conscious 
of until I read page 16 of the chapter on “Prayer,” in 
Science and Health. The first words of the “spiritual 
sense of the Lord’s Prayer,” telling of our Father- 
Mother God, gave me a glimpse of heavenly light. I 
stopped and reasoned, and remembered the teachings 
of Jesus. The truth of man’s spiritual being dawned 
on my consciousness. I realized I was not subject to 
mortal laws, as I had been taught all my life. I could 
not explain how I knew this, but I knew it. Through 
Christian Science, Mrs. Eddy had given me what 692 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
I had longed for all my life, — a Mother, a perfect 
“Father-Mother God.” I had known there was a 
great lack, and at that time I believe the orthodox 
world had but half of the truth which Jesus came to 
establish. When I read, “Give us this day our daily 
bread,” and its spiritual interpretation, my tears began 
to flow; all the years of bitterness, hate, and fear melted 
away. I knew then, as I know now, that nothing satisfies 
but Love. That day began the outward and inward 
conscious healing, — mental and physical. There never 
came a doubt! I absolutely knew that Christian Science 
was and is the truth. Money, friends, materiality, are 
nothing beside the conscious knowledge of God, man, 
and the universe. 
I did not need treatment from any one, — Science 
and Health was so clear and beautiful. I could not 
understand the Bible before, but I found it illumined 
now that I had a little understanding of Christian 
Science. For ten years I have not had to lie down in 
the daytime from any sickness. I am now, and have 
been all these years, the picture of perfect health. 
When I first read Science and Health I weighed one 
hundred and four pounds; I now weigh over one hun- 
dred and sixty. This physical health is not to be com- 
pared to my happiness, — my harmony that nothing 
can take away, — because it is the gift of God. Nothing 
has shown me the perversity of the human mind more 
than in its conclusions in regard to my healing. Even 
when I felt and knew that I was healed, people con- 
stantly said, because I was thin and delicate looking, 
“You are not well, any one could look at you and know 
it.” Now that I am fleshy, they say, “You don’t look FRUITAGE 
693 
as if you ever had a pain in all your life. You could not 
have had consumption.” 
When I think what my life was before I had Christian 
Science, of the six years of colds, suffering, and cough- 
ing, not to mention the unhappiness, I want to “work, 
watch, and pray ” for the Mind of Christ, that I may work 
rightly in God’s vineyard, and to know that in truth, what 
belongs to one belongs to all, — that one God, one Life, 
Truth, and Love is all.—A. C. L., Kansas City, Kans. 
Desire for Liquor and Tobacco Disappeared 
I first heard of Christian Science four years ago. At 
that time drinking and smoking were my comforters. I 
had no other companionship. I had lived almost con- 
stantly from childhood in an evil atmosphere. Though 
I was far from being satisfied with my condition, I failed 
to see how to better it until I read Science arid Health. 
I used occasionally to listen to a sermon, but sermons 
did not give me any more comfort than I derived from 
my pipe, hence I concluded that church-going could not 
satisfy me and I preferred drinking and smoking. When 
I began to read Science and Health, I saw it offered some- 
thing substantial. After a few months’ study all desire 
for drinking and smoking disappeared. I did not give 
them up; I made no sacrifices, I simply found some- 
thing better. I might mention that I had smoked ever 
since I can remember. I used to smoke years before I 
left school, and, like most Englishmen, loved my pipe, and 
would almost prefer to miss a meal rather than to go 
without my smoke. I used to think it gave me comfort. 
During my four years’ study of Christian Science I 694 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
have not spent a cent for doctors or medicine, neither 
have I lost a day from my work on account of sickness, 
which compares wonderfully with the previous four years. 
I take a great interest and pleasure in reading the Bible 
and studying the lessons in the Quarterly. The Bible 
used to be a most mysterious book, to me, but Science 
and Health makes it a most precious book, making its 
meaning clearer, plainer, and simpler. 
I take this opportunity to express my gratitude to Mrs. 
Eddy and to the friend who invited me to attend the ser- 
vice held in the Auditorium years ago. I also wish to 
acknowledge the benefit I have had from the Journal 
and the Sentinel. They have helped me wonderfully. If 
the value of Science and Health and these publications 
were measured as business men value things, by the 
results or benefits they bring, they certainly would be 
priceless to me. It woidd be impossible to measure 
their value, as I have got something from Science and 
Health that all the money in the world could not buy. — 
H. P. H., Chicago, 111. 
An Expression of Loving Gratitude 
In the spring of 1893, while studying for the minis- 
try, Science and Health was placed in my hands, and 
the truth contained therein at once became to me the 
pearl of great price. I literally devoured the book, 
reading it about eighteen hours a day. Its originality 
was startling, upsetting my preconceived opinions of 
God, man, and creation. Two sentences especially 
appealed to me: “The foundation of mortal discord is a 
false sense of man’s origin” (p. 262), and, “For right FRUTTAGE 
695 
reasoning, there should be but one fact before the thought, 
namely, spiritual existence ” (p. 492). I had found the 
keynote to the Science of being as taught in this marvel- 
lous book, and persevered until a glimpse of the new heav- 
ens and new earth came, for the old were passing away. 
With this spiritual uplifting came also physical health. 
All my life had been spent in semi-invalidism, and 
I seemed destined to a life of suffering. In three 
weeks after beginning Science and Health, to my joy- 
ful surprise I found myself a well man, sound physi- 
cally, and uplifted spiritually. Life was being lived 
from a new basis, the old things of personal sense 
were passing away and all things becoming new. I 
learned that the infinite good is the one Friend upon 
whom we can call at all times, an all-powerful, ever- 
present help in every time of trouble; that His children 
are really governed in peace and harmony by spiritual 
law, and as the right understanding of it is gained, the 
other things soon follow, bringing a peace the human 
concept can never know. 
For the last twelve years my whole time has been 
devoted to Christian Science practice, and I have seen 
nearly every so-called incurable disease healed by its 
beneficent influence. God bless our dear Leader! She 
has set before us an open door, which no man can shut, 
and it is but a question of time when the world will know 
her better and love her more. — E. E. N., Washington, 
D. C. 
Healed of Bright’s Disease 
August 18, 1902, I was taken down with what three 
doctors pronounced Bright’s disease, and they stated 696 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
that I would not live a year, or if I did succeed in liv- 
ing longer, I would be mentally unbalanced. On De- 
cember 6, 1902, my wife presented me with Science and 
Health as a birthday gift, and it was indeed the 
best present I ever received. Since that time I 
have been reading it and attending Second Church 
here. I have not used any medicine since, nor has any 
one in our home. I am in the finest of health and have 
lost all my bad habits. This truth has brought a great 
spiritual uplifting to all of us, and words cannot express 
my gratitude to Mrs. Eddy and to all who have helped 
me to the same. — T. V., Chicago, 111. 
Fibroid Tumor Destroyed 
When quite young I was impressed that the Bible 
was not properly interpreted by the preachers, for I 
could not conceive of a God of wrath who was unjust 
enough to allow His little ones to suffer pain, misery, and 
death. I had hope, however, that some day the truth 
would be revealed to an awakening world, but little did 
I dream that even then there was one of God’s noble 
women who reflected sufficient purity and holiness to 
entertain the “angel of his presence,” and commune with 
the true God. 
I was believed to be predisposed to scrofula, so that 
I was not a strong or attractive child, and my girlhood 
and womanhood were scarcely ever free from dread of 
the laws of matter and lack of strength. The climax 
was reached when a physician informed me, after weeks 
of treatment, that I had a fibroid tumor, which required 
an operation. The conditions were most trying and I FRUITAGE 
697 
was heartsick and discouraged when, in January, 1893, 
I heard of Christian Science through a letter from a dear 
sister who had been greatly benefited thereby, and I re- 
solved to go at once to a practitioner, for 1 believed it 
to be the long-lost truth that would make me free. It 
meant a great effort and sacrifice for me to go to Chicago 
at that time, but divine Love opened the way arid I reached 
there in March. I had been in my sister’s home but 
a few days, reading Science and Health almost con- 
stantly, when I asked her if I had not better have 
treatment for the tumor, which had given me so much 
trouble. She said to me, “You feel well, do you not?” 
I assured her that I never had felt so well as I had since 
reaching there. “Well,” she said with decision, “your 
tumor is gone, for God never made it,” and her statements 
were true, for it has never been heard of from that day. 
Since then I have been healed of chronic sore throat, 
hay fever, and other troubles, and I know that Christian 
Science is the truth. — B. W. S., Coldwater, Mich. 
Light out of Darkness 
I have received so much benefit from the testimonies 
in the Sentinel and Journal that I send mine, hoping 
it may cheer some struggling heart. I was reared by 
kind and loving Christian parents and was a member 
of an orthodox church for over twenty years, but I was 
never satisfied. I was filled with fear and bound down 
by the false gods of this world, — sin, disease, and pov- 
erty; consequently every way I turned, and in everything 
I attempted to do, I was met with disappointment and 
failure; but God was leading me into a different life. 698 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
My interest was first awakened to Christian Science 
about thirteen years ago, and I have been a willing dis- 
ciple ever since. Through the reading of Science and 
Health I was healed of chronic catarrh and laryngitis, 
and it also enabled me to lay off my glasses. Christian 
Science has not only helped me mentally, morally, and 
physically, but the greatest blessing of all is the spirit- 
ual uplifting which enabled me to know that God is both 
able and willing to care for His children, if we are but 
willing to do our part and bear the cross which, though 
it seems heavy at times, always brings a sure reward. 
Christian Science has not only helped me, but it has 
enabled me to help others. 
The Bible is a new book to me. I now see what 
Jesus meant when he said, “Come unto me, all ye that 
labor and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest.” 
My heart goes out in gratitude to Mrs. Eddy for the 
work she has done and is still doing for the world, and 
to God T am most grateful that He has guided me into the 
truth, that I may have life, and have it more abundantly. 
— Mrs. M. M., Chicago, 111. 
A Grateful Testimony 
“Thy word is a lamp unto my feet, and a light unto 
my path.” 
This has been proven to me in every way. When 
Christian Science came to me, I was a wreck, physically, 
mentally, and financially; but since the reading of Sci- 
ence and Health turned my thought toward the light, I 
have found that, as far as I am willing to receive the word 
and live it, all comforts are supplied me. I am especially 699 
FRUITAGE 
grateful for the spiritual help. I know that things which 
I did and thought last year I would not do or think this 
year, and am satisfied. Through the careful and prayer- 
ful study of Science and Health I have been lifted from 
sickness to health, from sorrow to peace, from lack to 
plenty, and, the most beautiful of all, from darkness to 
light. — Mrs. H. S. C., Seattle, Wash. 
Healed of Consumption and Asthma 
It is a pleasure to acknowledge the great benefits which 
have come to me through Christian Science. It is nearly 
ten years since I began the investigation of the subject by 
borrowing a copy of Science and Health. I had become 
a hopeless sufferer from asthma, — the disease being so 
aggravated at times as to make breathing almost impos- 
sible. I was also a victim of that dread disease, consump- 
tion. It was hereditary, nearly all my family on both 
sides having passed away with it. I took up Christian 
Science very much as a drowning man catches at a straw. 
However, I was much interested as soon as I began to 
understand it, and having read the book nearly all my 
waking hours for a few weeks, I became so much better 
and so convinced of its truth, that myself and wife de- 
stroyed all the medicines in the home, and have never 
since used any remedy except Christian Science. I con- 
tinued to study and to put into practice the teaching as 
best I knew, and was restored to health in a few months. 
Prior to my investigation of Christian Science I had 
been from boyhood an outspoken infidel, had read that 
class of literature extensively, and had no desire for 
anything of a religious nature, — the orthodox teaching 700 
SCIENCE AND HEALTH 
never having appealed to me as a rational exposition of 
an all-wise God. I now have no more doubt of the truth 
of the teaching of the great Way-shower, Jesus of Naza- 
reth, than I doubt the correctness of the basic law of 
mathematics or music. I have no doubt whatever that 
Christian Science saved me from the grave, and thus 
proved a most practicable and efficient help in time of 
greatest need. However great my physical suffering has 
been, I can but feel glad that through it the door of con- 
sciousness was opened to let in the fight of Truth. Thus 
I have progressed a little way in the knowledge of God, 
good, as revealed in Christian Science. — C. B., Webb 
City, Mo. 
THE*PLIMPTON* PRESS 
NORWOOD* MASS* U*S*A